Full text of "Entomological news"

m \.^> ^ Xh^stvx X>o[^X w m

R I ES t/j SMlTHSONlAN~INSTITUTlON C/) NOinillSNrNVINOSHimS C/ '
I /^S&X I V 1 , 1 stt^ 2

S3 I y VU 8 IT

-= >."> -C ^ X^VOSHV^ >,

co " z to z co

i^ssiavaan^tiBRARiES SMITHSONIAN__INSTITUTION NO

^-rr^r>^ Z ^ - co

z
c/>

RIES

O Xi/vo5v^ Z. O XvosHX IT

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI^NVINOSHil^SS I a Va 8 ll"* i I

M * '

L z r- 2 r-

vco XM^S\ O xr^Tx ^., O x^^S\

m
co

I1SNI NVINOSH1IWS^S3 I MV8 8 II LI B R AR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION^ NO

^-rz^ ^ Z .... CO -r_ tn

~ j -w 5 ^ xiomsjix

RIES SMITHSONlAN_INSTITUTlON </> NOIiniliSN| Z NVlNOSHllWS S-
4/5 -^ co ,

ui xr^sdiOv uj ^rnrr^ Z ,^x, ^

_, ^^i^^- __ -+*^? _*',** u

!iSNI n NVINOSHilWS z S3 I H V<J 8 H^LI B RAR I ES 2 SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION Z NOI

^ .-VST 2 \i^2ivx' x^\oil^ 2

S^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTlON^NOtiniliSNrNVINOSHilWS
E x^2^\ < V S ^fc < ^<Trr^

. /. - , - "x^^j'j^x- >* *^.

1SNI NVINOSHiFWS S3 I H VM 8 H_LI B R AR I ES^SMITHSONlAN^INSTITUTlON ^ NOI,

ui ^r?rrp^ z w ... ^ w

23 X^^/ _ 5 X^^X 2

ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNf'NVlNOSHill^SS I a Va 8 II ^ L
^ Z r- r-

co = co

i SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH11WS S3 I d VH 8 II _LI B R AF

CO __ , _

z \^ A -H W2ZS,. i /&rTfcK$\ W<

'/' - jy ,*. *-?

O
CO

H- o^sX

> \n^ g ^ \^ >

z ^ - to

I_NVINOSH1IWS S3ldVUai1_LIBRARlES SMITHSONIANJNSTITUTION NOIlOl

1 V. ^-^l(j^l ^

c ^T V ^,^J c (|. Jj) < ^C 5 |^J|

O XiNos^X _ O

Z 5 Z -I

> SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3 I H VJJ 8 ll_ LI B RA

/ ^'= ^8^ P ^^ = j^, ? /^^ S J^

2 CO CO

""NVINOSHIIWS S3iyvyan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. .Nouni

1 ^> 1 /^^ I ^m ,,,

Z ''''f/M

> '-^r^ S ^ > xiuus^x ^ > -^^

^ Z CO Z to * Z

S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3 I H VH 8 I1_LI B RA

H V c >_
O ^ x^rms^/ Q \^N_PJ

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN^INSTiTUTlON NOIini
Z r- Z

CD /V^ii^'/^ ^P/'^ CD /^QS^\ /.^

II IMVINOSH1MS

r; >

CD
^j

s VI

co to _

S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3liJVyail LIBRA

Jl NVINOSHimS < S3 I

> 5 >sC^w^x' >'

a 1 1 Z LI BRAR I ESSMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3IHVyan LIBR/

JANUARY & FEBRUARY, 1993

USISSN0013-872X
NO. 1

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

On Thomas Say's entomological
publications printed in
New Harmony, Indiana

The phylogenetic position of
Chloroniella peringueyi
(Megaloptera: Corydalidae)
and its zoological significance

Yves Bousquet 1

Norman D. Penny 17

A new species of Polycentropus
(Trichoptera: Polycentropodidae)
from Arkansas

D.E. Bowles, M.L. Mathis, S.W. Hamilton

A new species in the Polycentropus
cinereus group (Trichoptera:
Polycentropodidae) from
Arkansas and Texas S.R. Moulton, II, K.W. Stewart

Interactions of predaceous katydids
(Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae) with
neotropical social wasps
(Hymenoptera: Vespidae):
are wasps a defense
mechanism or prey?

Sean O'Donnell 39

Records of bat flies from Jordan,
Libya, and Algeria

A chamber for mass hatching
and early rearing of
praying mantids (Orthoptera:
Mantidae)

Elmidae of Taiwan, Part II:
Redescription of Leptelmis
formosana (Coleoptera:
Dryopoidea)

Z.S. Amr, M.B. Qumsiyeh 43

F.R. Prete, RJ. Mahaffey 47

BOOK REVIEWS

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 28, 1992

SOCIETY MEETING OF NOVEMBER 18, 1992

M.-L. Jeng, P.-S. Yang 53

15, 16,60

34
46

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St.. Philadelphia, PA.
19103. U.SA.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, PA The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the
vicinity. Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1991-1992: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice-President: Harold B. White;
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer; Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Fresse.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd. Chr., D. Otte, and Paul M.

Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G.Schmieder(1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H.Arnett, Jr.; 1973-4/1974
R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic and
foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for non-members and for institutions such as
libraries, laboratories, etc.. domestic: $18.00 per year postpaid: foreign: $20.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. The American Entomological Society. 1900 Race St.. Philadelphia.
PA 19103. U.SA.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by Writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, PA. 19103, U.S.A

Membership dues: $10.00 per year (regular); $6.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the
editor: Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey
08088, U.S.A Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members
of the American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all
prospective authors join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recom-
mended in the AIBS Style Manual for BiologicalJoumals and should follow the style used in
recent issues of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each
manuscript are needed on 8Vz x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged
and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight
printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to
pay the entire costs of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable
such an article to appear without division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology,
ecology, behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are
appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic
and regulatory entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only
if they also make a major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: If undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road,
Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S. A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, U.S.A.

Vol. 104. No. 1. January & February, 1993

ON THOMAS SAY'S ENTOMOLOGICAL
PUBLICATIONS PRINTED IN
NEW HARMONY, INDIANA 1

Yves Bousquet^

ABSTRACT: All entomological papers published by Thomas Say and printed in New
Harmony, Indiana, are briefly commented upon. The dates and citations of all new
taxa and new replacement names of Coleoptera proposed in these papers are presented in
a table. Four of Say's names, previously considered as junior synonyms, have priority:
Chlaenius circumcinctus Say, 1830. in place ofC. perplexus Dejean, 1831; Chlae niux soccatus
Say, 1 830, in place of C. melanarius Dejean, 1 83 1 ; Dytiscus confluens Say, 1 830, in place of D.
dauricus Gebler. 1832; Tenomerga cinerea (Say, 1831), in place of T. concolor (Westwood.
1835).

From January 1826 to October 10, 1834, the date of his death, Thomas
Say lived in New Harmony, a small community in southwestern Indiana
located along the Wabash River. Say published most of his entomologi-
cal and conchological observations while in New Harmony first in the
journal 'The Disseminator of useful knowledge" which became "The
Disseminator" on June 29, 1830. The journal was suspended on June 26.
1831 and reappeared only in 1834. During that interval. Say published
his descriptions in several pamphlets, printed in New Harmony, which
have become extremely rare. Some of these pamphlets were reprinted,
with minor editorial changes, in scientific journals and this action has
created confusion over the dates of many new species described by Say.

The purpose of this publication is to briefly comment on each of
Say's entomological papers published in New Harmony and give the
proper publication dates of all new taxa and new replacement names of
beetles published in these papers.

1. Say, T. 1830. Correspondence relative to the insect that destroys
the cotton plant. The Disseminator of useful knowlege; contain-
ing hints to the youth of the United States from the "School of
industry" 3: 19-21.

The journal, usually abbreviated as 'The Disseminator of useful
knowledge" was a semi-monthly publication, printed in octavo form.
The first issue appeared on January 1 6, 1 828 and the last one (vol. 3, no. 9)
on May 12, 1830. Three volumes were published (not two as noted in

1 Received March 19. 1992. Accepted May 18. 1992

2 Centre for Land and Biological Resources Research. Agriculture Canada. Ottawa,
Ontario, KIA OC6

ENT. NEWS 104(1): 1-14. January & February. 1993

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Titus, 1965): the first in 1828, the second in 1829, and the third, which was
not completed, in 1830. The third volume is extremely rare and the only
copy I am aware of is in The Public Library of Cincinnati & Hamilton
County, Department of Rare Books and Special Collections (Ian
MacPhail, personal communication).

This paper consists of a letter, dated January 1 827, from C.W. Capers,
University of Pennsylvania, to Say and Say's response, dated November

1. 1827, in which he describes the moth Noctua xylina (= Alabama
argillacea Hiibner, 1823). The paper was first published in 1828 in the
"Southern Agriculturist" (volume 1, page 203) (Horn and Schenkling
1928) and subsequently reproduced with minor changes by A. Fitch in
1858 in the Transactions of the N.Y. State Agricultural Society (volume
17, pages 813-814). The version reproduced by J.L. LeConte (in Say
18590: 369-371) is that published by Fitch.

2. Say, T. 1830. Descriptions of new species of North American
insects, and observations on some already described. The Dis-
seminator of useful knowledge; containing hints to the youth of
the United States from the "School of industry" 3: 67-69,
133-135.

This paper appeared in number 5 (March 17 issue, pages 67-69) and
number 9 May 12 issue, pages 133-135). It contains descriptions of some
taxa of Carabidae, including cicindelids, and observations on others.
The content of this paper was reprinted in Say (1830c) and (1 834/7).

3. Say, T. 1830. Descriptions of new species of North American
insects and observations on some already described. The Dis-
seminator 1(1):[3]; 1(3):[3]; 1(4):[3]; 1(5):[3]; 1(6):[3]; 1(7):[3].

"The Disseminator" continued "The Disseminator of useful
knowledge". It was published weekly, in folio, numbered separately, but
with the pages unnumbered. The first volume was published from June
29, 1830(number l)toJune25, 1831 (number52).Thejournal reappeared
on June 1 834, under the same title but as a new series, and ceased in April
1841. Seven volumes of the new series were published (Titus 1965).

The paper contains the descriptions of several species of Cara-
bidae which appeared on the third pages of numbers 1 and 3-7. Its con-
tent was reprinted in Say (1830c) and (1834/?).

4. Say, T. 1830-1834. Descriptions of new species of North
American insects, and observations on some of the species
already described. School Press, New Harmony [Indiana]. 81
pages (numbered [l]-73, 73 1/2-80).

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993

The first 17 pages of this pamphlet, which are not numbered, are
unaltered reprints of Say's papers published in the third volume of "The
Disseminator of useful knowledge" (pages [1-4] in double columns) and
the first volume of "The Disseminator" (pages [5-17] in single columns).
The next pages are numbered 18 to 65 with an unnumbered blank page
before page 1 8, two unnumbered blank pages before pages 50 and 58, and
one unnumbered blank page before page 66 (numbered 46). The next
eight pages are incorrectly numbered 46 to 53 (instead of 66 to 73) and the
last eight pages are numbered 73 1/2 to 80.

The cover page of the pamphlet bears the date 1829-1833 and at the
bottom of page 1 8 is printed "August 20, 1 830." There are no other dates
indicated on the pamphlet. The publication dates of the pages, however,
were discussed by T.W. Harris in a letter addressed to J.L. LeConte dated
Nov. 29, 1852: "The last eight pages [of this pamphlet] were printed after
the title page, and only a short time before his [Thomas Say] last sickness
and death. About one half of the whole work, ending with the description
of Lathrobium dimidiatum, was actually printed and distributed in 1830.
Thence to Anthophagus verticalis inclusive, in 1831; thence loAleochara
semicarinata inclusive, in 1832; . . . Thence \oAgriluspolitus, in 1833; and
the remainder, to Elater exstriatus inclusive, in 1834" (Harris 1869: 222-
223). Therefore, pages [1]-41 were published in 1830 (with pages 18-41
likely printed on August 20), pages 42-49 in 1831, pages 50-57 in 1832,
pages 58-73 in 1833, and pages 73 1/2-80 in 1834 (before October 10). The
dates indicated on the cover page are incorrect and should have read
1830-1834.

I knowof five copies of this pamphlet. The copy in the Library of New
Harmony Workingmen's Institute contains only the pages 18-65
(Rosemary Alsop, personal communication). The Library of Congress
has a copy in its Rare Books Section which has the printed pages 18-65,
and the first 17 pages and a few of the remaining pages in a handwritten
form. The American Museum of Natural History Library possesses the
copy of S.H. Scudder which includes pages [l]-73. The copy was pre-
viously owned by J.L. LeConte and includes a few of his manuscript
notes on margins of pages [information written on front cover and
copied from Sherman Catalogue no. 6]. The American Museum of
Natural History Library also has a photostat of the pages 73 1/2-80
"made from Harvard University copy March 1948". The Houghton
Library, Harvard University, holds two copies of this pamphlet. One
copy has only the pages 1 8-65, and the second copy is complete. Byrd and
Peckham (1955) reported the presence of additional, incomplete copies
of this pamphlet in the libraries of the Indiana University, the University
of Minnesota, the Case Western Reserve University, and the Academy of
Natural Sciences.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Pages [l]-57 of the pamphlet were republished with minor editorial
changes in 1834 in the New Series of the Transactions of the American
Philosophical Society (volume 4, pages 409-470) and pages 58-80 were
republished with minor editorial changes and scientific comments of
T.W. Harris in 1839 in the same journal (volume 6, pages 155-190). The
last 14 pages of the 1839 publication contain descriptions and notes not
previously published and were likely taken from manuscripts sent after
Say's death by his wife, Lucy W. Say, to T.W. Harris (Weiss and Ziegler
1931). The version reproduced by J.L. LeConte (in Say 18596: 521-629) is
that of the Transactions of the American Philosophical Society.

Carus and Engelmann (1861) correctly recorded the dates (1830-34)
and the number of pages (8 1 pages) of this pamphlet. Hagen ( 1 863) listed
it as published in 1829-1833 and containing 65 pages. Horn and Schen-
kling (1928) catalogued the pamphlet as "Disseminator of useful
knowledge. New Harmony, 1829-33, sep. p. 1-81". Summers (1982) re-
ported it as printed in 1834 and "included material originally published
in the Disseminator". I am not aware of any taxonomic works citing this
pamphlet except Blackwelder (1952) who listed it in the "Bibliography"
section as published in 1 830. The reproduction in the Transactions of the
American Philosophical Society of 1834 and 1839 is the reference cited
by most taxonomists and the publication dates of that journal (i.e. 1834,
1839) are those which are, erroneously, attached to Say's scientific
names.

5. Say, T. 1831. Descriptions of new species of North American
insects, found in Louisiana by Joseph Barabino. School Press,
New Harmony [Indiana]. 17 pp.

This pamphlet, published in March 1831, as indicated on the title
page, had 17 printed pages which were numbered 3-19. Scudder (1899)
called attention to this work which had been omitted by J.L. LeConte (in
Say 1859fl, b). As discussed by Bequaert (1950), Horn and Schenkling
(1928) incorrectly cited this pamphlet and the one published in January
1832 (item #8) as the same publication with different titles.

The publication contains the description of 22 species, 12 Coleop-
tera, four Hemiptera, five Hymenoptera, and one Diptera. All but two of
the descriptions were already published (Say 18306 and/or 1830<r), or
were republished later (Say 183 Id, 1835, 1836, or 1837).

6. Say, T. 1831. Descriptions of new species of curculionites of
North America, with observations on some of the species already
known. School Press, New Harmony [Indiana]. 30 pp.

Vol. 104. No. 1, January & February, 1993

This publication was published in July 1831, as indicated on the
front page. The title reported here appears on the front page, but the
second page bears another title "Descriptions of North American Cur-
culionides & an arrangement of some of our known species agreeably to
the method of Schoenherr". Pages 25-30 constitute the "supplement" and
could have been published later, possibly in 1832 (Anonymous 1861).
However, because there is no tangible evidence supporting that inter-
pretation, the year indicated on the pamphlet (i.e. 1831) should be ac-
cepted for nomenclatural purposes. The paper was republished, under
the title on the second page, with short comments by J.L. LeConte (in Say
1859a: 259-299).

7. Say, T. 1831. Descriptions of new species of heteropterous
Hemiptera of North America. School Press, New Harmony
[Indiana]. 39 pp.

This pamphlet was published in December 1831, as indicated on the
cover page. It was reproduced by A. Fitch, in 1 858, in the Transactions of
the N.Y. State Agricultural Society (volume 17, pages 755-812). Fitch
(1858) reported that although the title page bears the date 1831, only the
first four pages were printed that year, because Say mentioned, on page 5,
his pamphlet of January 1832 (item #8). However, since both pamph-
lets appeared nearly simultaneously (December 1831 and January 1832),
it is likely that both were printed concurrently. Say, who was involved in
the printing process (Weiss and Ziegler 1 93 1 ), had access to the plates of
the January 1832 pamphlet and could have modified the plates of the
December 1831 pamphlet. Obviously, it is also possible that the cover
date is incorrect but, in my opinion, it is unlikely that some pages were
published in 1831 and others later. Because of the uncertainty concern-
ing the publishing date, I believe that the year on the cover page (i.e. 1 83 1 )
should be accepted for nomenclatural purposes. The version rep-
roduced by J.L. LeConte (in Say 1859a: 310-368) is that published in the
Transactions of the N.Y. State Agricultural Society.

8. Say, T. 1832. New species of North American insects, found by
Joseph Barabino, chiefly in Louisiana. School Press, New Har-
mony [Indiana]. 16 pp.

This publication was published in January 1832, as indicated on the
cover page. It contains the descriptions of 19 species, seven Coleoptera,
nine Hemiptera, one Hymenoptera, and two Diptera. The descriptions
of some Hemiptera species were partly reprinted from the December

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1831 pamphlet (item #7). The paper was republished with short com-
ments by J.L. LeConte (in Say 1859a: 300-309).

Because of the scarcity of the New Harmony pamphlets and the sub-
sequent reproductions of some of them, the dates associated with many
species described by Say are often given incorrectly. This is mainly true
for species of Coleoptera. Table 1 lists all new taxa and new replacement
names of beetles proposed by Say and published in New Harmony, with
their references (including their subsequent reproductions, with the
exception of Say [18590, ,]) and valid names. By employing the correct
dates, four of Say's names, previously considered as junior synonyms,
have priority. They are: Chlaenius circumcinctus Say, 1830 [not 1834] in
place of Chlaenius perplexus Dejean, 1831; Chlaenius soccatus Say, 1830
[not 1834] in place of Chlaenius melanarius Dejean, 1831; Dytiscus con-
JluensSay, 1830, [not 1834] in place of Dytiscus dauricusGebler, 1832; and
Tenomerga cinerea (Say, 1831) [not 1834] in place ofTenomerga concolor
(Westwood, 1835) [not 1830].

Table 1. Alphabetical list of new taxa and new replacement names of Coleoptera pro-
posed by Say and printed in New Harmony, with references and valid names (i.e. correct
scientific names for the taxa).

Say's Taxa

Acanthocinus quadrigibbus
Acupalpus debilipes
Acupalpus ob e oletus
Agonum orbicollis

Agonum sururale

Agraphus
Agrilus atiosus
Agrilus fallax
Agrilus putillus
Aleochara bilobata
Aleochara exigua
Aleochara falsifica
Aleochara fasciata
Aleochara indentata
Aleochara lustrica
Aleochara minima
Aleochara obscuricollis
Aleochara propera
Aleochara semicarinata
Aleochara simplicicollis
Aleochara verna

References

1831a: 9; 1835: 195
1830c: 21; 18346: 435
1830c: 22; 18346: 435
18306: (4)[3]; 1830c: [11];

18346: 423
18306: (4)[3]; 1830c: [10);

18346: 422
18316: 13

1833: 68(48); 1839: 163
1833: 66(46); 1839: 163
1833: 67(47); 1839: 163
1833: 59; 1839: 156
1833: 59; 1839: 156
1833: 58; 1839: 155
18326: 56; 18346: 469
18326: 56; 18346: 469
18326: 55; 18346: 468
1833: 59; 1839: 156
18326: 55; 18346: 468
18326: 57; 18346: 470
18326: 57; 18346: 470
1833: 58; 1839: 155
1833: 58; 1839: 156

Valid Names

Acanthoderes quadrigibbus (Say, 1831)
Bradycellus rupestris (Say, 1823)
Bradycellus obsoletus (Say, 1830)
Agonum punctiforme (Say, 1823)

Agonum sururale Say, 1830

Agraphus Say, 1831
Agrilus atiosus Say, 1833 [not otiosus)
Agrilus fallax Say, 1833
Agrilus putillus Say, 1833
Aleodorus bilobarus (Say, 1833)
Oligota exigua (Say, 1833)
?Xenota falsifica (Say, 1833)
Phanerota fasciata (Say, 1 832)
Philhygra indentata (Say, 1832)
Aleochara lustrica Say, 1832
?Xenota minima (Say, 1833)
Aleochara obscuricollis Say, 1832
Amischa propera (Say, 1832)
?Funda semicarinata (Say, 1832)
Crataraea suturalis (Mannerheim, 1830)
Aleochara verna Say, 1833

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993

Aleochara 4-punctata
Aleodorus
Altica exapta
Altica mellicollis
Altica ocreata
Amara dolosa

Amara furtiva
Amara grossa
Amara sera
Amblycheila
Anchomenus collaris

Anisodactylus dilatatus
Anthonomus calceatus
Anthonomus erythropterus
Anthonomus musculus
Anthonomus quadrigibbus
Anthonomus signatus
Anthophagus verticalis
Anthribus brevicornis
Anthribus cornutus
Aphrastus
Apion segnipes
Aracanthus
Aretharea

Aretharea helluonis

Ateuchus humectus
Bagous aereus
Bagous mamillatus
Bagous simplex
Balaninus nasicus
Balaninus nasutus
Balaninus rectus
Baridius acutipennis
Baridius nigrinus
Baridius scolopax
Baridius striatus
Baridius transversus
Baridius trinotatus
Baridius undatus

Barynotus erinaceus
Barynotus granulatus

18326:57; 18346:470

1833:60; 1839: 157

1832a: 6

1831a: 10; 1835: 199

1832a: 7

18306: (7)[3]; 1830c: [15];

18346: 429
18306: (7)[3]; 1830c: [16);

18346: 429
18306: (7)[3j; 1830c: |16];

18346: 430
18306: (7)[3]; 1830c: [16];

18346: 429
1830a:67; 1830c: [1|;

18346: 409
18306: (4)[3|; 1830c: [10];

18346: 421

1830c: 18; 18346: 431
18316: 15
18316: 25
18316: 15
18316: 15
18316: 25

1831c: 49; 18346: 463
18316:4
18316:4
18316:9
18316:6
18316:9
1830a:68; 1830c: [2];

18346:411
1830a: 69; 1830c: [2];

18346:411
1832a: 4
18316: 29
18316: 28
18316:29
18316: 16
18316: 16
18316: 16
18316:27
18316:26
18316: 26
18316: 17
18316: 18
18316: 17
18316: 17

18316: 12
18316: 12

?Xenota quadripunctata (Say, 1832)
Aleodorus Say, 1833
Altica carinata German 1824
?Disonycha mellicollis (Say, 1831)
Monomacra tibialis (Olivier, 1808)
Amara dolosa Say, 1830

Amara exarata Dejean, 1828
Euryderus grossus (Say, 1830)
Amara sera Say, 1830
Amblycheila Say, 1830
Agonum collare (Say, 1830)

Anisodactylus anthracinus (Dejean, 1829)
Odontopus calceatus (Say, 1831)
Anthonomus suturalis LeConte, 1824
Anthonomus musculus Say, 1831
Anthonomus quadrigibbus Say, 1831
Anthonomus signatus Say, 1831
Geodromicus verticalis (Say, 1831)
Phaenithon brevicome (Say, 1831)
Toxonotus cornutus (Say, 1831)
Aphrastus Say, 1831
Apion segnipes Say, 1831
Aracanthus Say, 1831
Aretharea Say. 1830

Aretharea helluonis Say, 1830

Canthon humectus (Say, 1832)
Tyloderma aereum (Say, 1831)
Bagous mamillatus Say, 1831
Lissorhoptrus simplex (Say, 1831)
Curculio nasicus (Say, 1831)
Curculio proboscideus (Fabricius, 1775)
Curculio proboscideus (Fabricius, 1775)
Craptus acutipennis (Say, 1831)
Pseudobaris nigrina (Say, 1831)
Aulobaris scolopax (Say, 1831)
Baris striata (Say, 1831)
Baris transversa (Say, 1831)
Trichobaris trinotata (Say, 1831)
Craptus undatus (Say, 1831)

[not undulatus]

Panscopus erinaceus (Say, 1831)
Anametis granulata (Say, 1830)

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Say's Taxa

Barynotus rigidus
Bembidium ephippiatum
Bembidium incurvum
Bembidium postremum
Bembidium semifasciatus
Bembidium sigillare
Bembidium tripunctatum
Brachinus stygicornis

Bruchus mimus
Bruchus musculus
Bruchus obsoletus
Bruchus obtectus
Bruchus oculatus
Bruchus transversus
Bruchus triangularis
Buprestis acornis
Buprestis impedita
Buprestis thureura
Buprestis ultramarina
Callopistus
Centrinus scutellum album

Ceutorhynchus curtus
Ceutorhynchus inaequalis
Ceutorhynchus triangularis
Chlaenius circumcinctus

Chlaenius soccatus
Chlaenius vigilans

Cleogonus sedentarius
Cleonus trivittatus
Colymbetes gutticollis
Coptotomus
Coptotomus serripalpus
Cossonus corticola
Cossonus multiforus
Cossonus platalea
Cryptorhynchus
anaglypticus

Cryptorhynchus bisignarus
Cryptorhynchus cribricollis
Cryptorhynchus elegans
Cryptorhynchus ferratus
Cryptorhynchus foveolatus
Cryptorhynchus obliquus
Cryptorhynchus palmacollis

References

18316: 11

1830c: 25; 18346: 439
1830c: 26; 18346: 440
1830c: 23; 18346: 437
1830c: 25; 18346: 438
1830c: 24; 18346: 437
1830f: 26; 18346: 439
18306: (1)[3); 1830c: (5);

18346: 415
18316: 2
18316:3
18316: 2
18316: 1
18316:2
18316: 3
18316: 1

1833: 63; 1839: 159
1833: 63; 1839: 160
1832a: 3

1833: 64; 1839: 160
18316:9
18316:21

18316: 29
18316: 20
18316: 20
18306: (3)[3j; 183ft-: [7];

1831a:3; 18346:418
18306: (3)[3j; 183ft-: [8];

18346: 419
18306: (3)[3); 183ft-: [8];

18346: 419
18316: 30
18316: 10

1830c:29; 18346:442
1830c: 29; 18346: 443
1830c: 30; 18346: 443
18316: 24;
18316: 30
18316: 24
18316: 18

18316: 19
18316: 28
18316: 18
18316: 28
18316: 19
18316: 28
18316: 27

Valid Names

Phyxelis rigidus (Say, 1831)
Pericompsus ephippiatus (Say, 1830)
Elaphropus incurvus (Say, 1831)
Bembidion postremum Say, 1830
Bembidion semifasciatum Say, 1830
Bembidion punctatostriatum Say, 1823
Elaphropus tripunctatus (Say, 1830)
Brachinus quadripennis Dejean, 1825

Gibbobruchus mimus (Say, 1831)
Meibomeus musculus (Say, 1831)
Acanthoscelides obsoletus (Say, 1831)
Acanthoscelides obtectus (Say, 1831)
Acanthoscelides oculatus (Say, 1831)
Althaeus hibisci (Olivier, 1795)
Acanthoscelides triangularis (Say, 1831)
Actenodes acornis (Say, 1833)
Cypriacis striata (Fabricius. 1775)
Descarpentriesina thureura (Say, 1832)
Buprestis salisburyensis Herbst, 1801
Compsus Schonherr, 1823
Odontocorynus scutellumalbum

(Say, 1831)

Acanthoscelidius curtus (Say, 1831)
Craponius inaequalis (Say, 1831)
Rhinoncus triangularis (Say, 1831)
Chlaenius circumcinctus Say, 1830

Chlaenius soccatus Say, 1830
Chlaenius tricolor Dejean, 1826

Pseudomus sedentarius (Say, 1831)
Cleonidius trivittatus (Say, 1831)
Rhantus gutticollis (Say, 1830)
Coptotomus Say. 1830
Coptotomus serripalpus Say, 1830
Cossonus corticola Say, 1831
Cossonus multiforus Say, 1831
Cossonus platalea Say, 1831
Conotrachelus anaglypticus (Say, 1831)

Eubulus bisignatus (Say, 1831)
Pheloconus cribricollis (Say, 1831)
Conotrachelus elegans (Say, 1831)
Apteromechus ferratus (Say, 1831)
Tyloderma foveolatum (Say, 1831)
Cryptorhynchus obliquus Say, 1831
Rhyssomatus palmacollis (Say, 1831)

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993

Say's Taxa

Cryptorhynchus retentus
Cryptorhynchus tubulatus
Cupes cinerea
Cymindis laticollis

Deracanthus pallidus
Dermestes nubilus
Dryopthorus corticalis
Dytiscus bimarginatus

Dytiscus confluens
Dytiscus habilis
Elaphrus fuliginosus

Elaphrus ruscarius

Elater agonus
Elater apicatus
Elater armus
Elater attenuatus^
Elater baridius

Elater bilobatus
Elater cardisce
Elater choris
Elater curiatus
Elater discalceatus
Elater ectypus
Elater exstriarus
Elater fallax
Elater hamarus
Elater hieroglyphicus
Elater inquinatus
Elater mellillus
Elater oblessus'
Elater obliquus
Elater pectoralis
Elater soleatus
Elater sulcicollis
Erirhinus ephippiatus
Erirhinus mucidus
Erirhinus rufus [as rufous]
Erodiscus myrmecodes
Feronia deparca

Feronia oblongo-notata
Feronia obscura

References

18316: 27

18316: 20

1831a: 6; 1835: 167

1830a: 134; 1830c: |3];

18346: 413
18316:9
1832a: 3
18316: 24
1830c: 28; 1831a: 5;

18346: 442

1830c: 27; 18346: 440
1830c: 27; 18346: 441
18306: (1)(3|; 1830c: [6];

18346: 417
18306: (1)|3); 1830c: (6];

18346: 417
1834a: 75; 1839: 171
1834a: 74; 1839: 170
1834a: 75; 1839: 171
1833: 70(50); 1839: 166
1834a: 79; 1839: 176

1834a: 78; 1839: 174
1834a: 73^; 1839: 169
1834a: 76; 1839: 172
1834a: 77; 1839: 173
18340: 73Vi 1839: 169
1833: 72(52); 1839: 167
18340: 80; 1839: 177
1834a: 74; 1839: 170
18340: 74; 1839: 170
18340: 75; 1839: 172
18340: 78; 1839: 175
18340: 76; 1839: 173
1833: 70(50); 1839: 165
18340:77; 1839: 174
18340:76; 1839: 173
18340: 79; 1839: 176
1833: 70(50); 1839: 168
18316:25
18316: 14
18316: 25
18316: 15
18306: (6)|3]; 1830r: [13];

18346: 426
18306: (6)[3|; 1830c: [13];

18346: 425
18306: (5)[3j; 1830c: [12];

18346: 425

Valid Names

Conotrachelus retentus (Say, 1831)
Idiostethus tubulatus (Say, 1831)
Tenomerga cinerea (Say, 1831)
Cymindis laticollis Say, 1830

Aracanthus pallidus (Say, 1831)
Dermestes caninus Germar, 1824
Dryophthorus americanus Bedel, 1885
Hydaticus bimarginatus (Say, 1830)

Dytiscus confluens Say, 1830
Dytiscus habilis Say, 1830
Elaphrus fuliginosus Say, 1830

Elaphrus ruscarius Say, 1830

Limonius agonus (Say, 1834)
Ampedus apicatus (Say, 1834)
Limonius stigma (Herbst, 1806)
Parallelostethus attenuates (Say, 1825)
Hemicrepidius memnonius

(Herbst, 1806)

Hemicrepidius bilobatus (Say, 1834)
Cardiophorus cardisce (Say, 1834)
Negastrius choris (Say, 1834)
Horistonotus curiatus (Say, 1834)
Elathous discalceatus (Say, 1834)
Limonius ectypus (Say, 1833)
Drapetes exstriarus (Say, 1834)2
Ctenicera fallax (Say, 1834)
Ctenicera hamata (Say, 1834)
Ctenicera hieroglyphica (Say, 1834)
Glyphonyx inquinatus (Say. 1834)
Aeolus mellillus (Say, 1834)
Ampedus oblessus (Say, 1833)
Ampedus areolatus (Say, 1823)
Paradonus pectoralis (Say. 1834)
Ischiodontus soleatus (Say, 1834)
Ctenicera sulcicollis (Say, 1833)
Elleschus ephippiatus (Say, 1831)
Dorytomus mucidus (Say, 1831)
Elleschus ephippiatus (Say, 1831)
Myrmex myrmex (Herbst, 1797)
Amara deparca (Say. 1830)

Pterostichus adstrictus

Eschscholtz. 1823
Pterostichus sayanus Csiki. 1930

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Say's Taxa
Feronia obsoleta
Feronia permunda

Graphorhinus
Graphorhinus operculatus
Graphorhinus vadosus
Gyrinus obtusus
Gyrinus parcus
Harpalus amputatus
Harpalus ocreatus
Hydrocanthus atripennis
Hydrophilus castus
Hydroporus bifidus
Hydroporus discicollis
Hydroporus interruptus

Hydroporus nudatus

Hydroporus sericatus
Hypsonotus alternatus
Lamia crypta
Lathrobium armatum
Lathrobium cinctum
Lathrobium confluentum
Lathrobium dimidiatum
Lathrobium millepunctatum

Lathrobium similipenne
Lathrobium sphaericolle
Lepyrus geminatus
Listroderes lineatulus
Listroderes porcellus
Listroderes sparsus
Listroderes squamiger
Lixus concavus
Lixus lateralis
Lixus marginatus
Lixus musculus
Metonius

Metonius laevigatus
Metonius purpureus
Molosoma
Noterus bicolor

Nothiophilus porrecrus

Odontopus
Oedemera apicialis
Olisthopus cinctus

References

1830ft: (5)[3]; 1830o: [12];

1834ft: 424
18306: (6)[3); 1830c: [14];

1834ft: 426
1831ft: 8
1831ft: 9
1831ft: 8

1830r 34; 1834ft: 447
1830c: 34; 1834ft: 448
1830c: 19; 1834ft: 432
183Qr: 20; 1834ft: 433
1830c:33; 1834ft: 447
1831a: 7; 1835: 170
1830c: 31; 1834ft: 444
1830c: 32; 1834ft: 446
1830o: 32; 1834ft: 445

1830c: 31; 1834ft: 444

1830c: 31;
1831ft: 10
1832a: 5
1830c: 40;
1830c: 40;
1831r: 43;
1830c: 41;
1831c:42;

1834ft: 445

1834ft: 453
1834ft: 454
1834ft: 456
1834ft: 455
1834ft: 456

1830c: 40; 1834ft: 453

1831c: 42; 1834ft: 455

1831ft: 12

1831ft: 11

1831ft: 14

1831ft: 13

1831ft: 14

1833: 68(48); 1839: 164

1833: 69(49); 1839: 164

1833:69(49); 1839:. 164

1831c: 48; 1834ft: 462

1830c: 33; 1831a: 5;

1834ft: 446
1830ft: (3)[3]; 1830c: [7];

1834ft: 418
1831ft: 15

1831a: 9; 1835: 188
1830ft: (5)[3]; 1830c: [11];

1834ft: 424

Valid Names

Cyclotrachelus obsoletus (Say, 1830)
Pterostichus permundus (Say, 1830)

Graphorhinus Say, 1831
Epicaerus operculatus (Say, 1831)
Graphorhinus vadosus Say, 1831
Gyrinus obtusus Say, 1830
Gyrinus parcus Say, 1830
Harpalus amputatus Say, 1830
Notiobia terminata (Say, 1823)
Hydrocanthus atripennis Say, 1830
Hydrobiomorpha casta (Say, 1831)
Potamonectes bifidus (Say, 1830)
?Hydroporus dichrous Melsheimer, 1846
Potamonectes griseostriatus

(DeGeer, 1774)
?Potamonectes aequinoctialis

(Clark, 1862)

Hydroporus sericatus Say, 1830
Trichalophus alternatus (Say, 1831)
Ataxia crypta (Say, 1832)
Lathrobium armatum Say, 1830
Astenus cinctus (Say, 1830)
Sunius confluentus (Say, 1831)
Lobrathium dimidiatum (Say, 1830)
Achenomorphus corticinus

(Gravenhorst, 1802)
Ochthephilum similipenne (Say, 1830)
Apocellus sphaericollis (Say, 1831)
Lepyrus palustris (Scopoli, 1763)
Listronotus sparsus (Say, 1831)
Listronotus porcellus (Say, 1831)
Listronotus sparsus (Say, 1831)
Listronotus squamiger (Say, 1831)
Lixus concavus Say, 1831
?Lixus lateralis Say, 1831
?Lixus marginatus Say, 1831
?Lixus musculus Say. 1831
Pachyschelus Solier, 1833
Pachyschelus laevigatus (Say, 1833)
Pachyschelus purpuratus (Say, 1833)
Osorius Dejean, 1821
Hydrocanthus bicolor (Say, 1830)

Notiophilus aeneus (Herbst, 1806)

Odontopus Say, 1831

Nacerdes melanura (Linne, 1758)

Olisthopus parmatus (Say, 1823)

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993

Say's Taxa

Omalium marginatus
Omalium rotundicolle
Oodes parallelus

Ophryastes
Orchestes ephippiatus
Orchestes pallicornis
Oxyporus stygicus
Oxytelus cordatus
Oxytelus emarginatus
Oxytelus rugulosus
Paederus cinctus
Paederus discopunctatus
Peritelus bellicus
Peritelus chrysorrhaeus
Phytonomus comptus
Phytonomus trivittatus
Pterocolus
Rhynchites aeratus
Rhyncholus latinasus
Rhynchophorus cicatricosus
Rhynchophorus immunis
Rhynchophorus inaequalis
Rhynchophorus interstitialis
Rhynchophorus placidus
Rhynchophorus praepotens
Rhynchophorus rectus
Rhynchophorus truncatus
Rhynchophorus venatus
Rugilus dentatus
Scymnus terminatus
Sitona indifferens
Sitona scissifrons
Spheracra

Staphylinus apicialis
Staphylinus connexus
Staphylinus dimidiatus
Staphylinus ephippiatus
Staphylinus inversus
Staphylinus iracundus
Staphylinus tachiniformis
Stenolophus cinctus
Stenus colon
Stenus femoratus
Stenus geniculatus
Stenus quadripunctatus
Stenus stygicus
Stomis granulatus

References

1832A: 50; 18346: 463
18326: 50; 18346: 464
18306: (3)|3j; 1830c: |8);

183 la: 4; 18346: 420
18316: 13
18316: 16
18316: 16

1831c: 46; 18346: 459
1831c:47; 18346:461
183k: 48; 18346:461
183k: 47; 18346:460
1831c: 44; 18346:457
183k: 43; 18346: 457
18316: 13
18316: 13
18316: 12
18316: 12
18316:5
18316: 5
18316: 30
18316:22
18316: 23
18316:23
18316:21
18316:23
18316:21
18316:22
18316: 22
18316: 22

183k: 44; 18346:457
183 la: 11; 1835:203
18316: 10
18316: 10
1830a: 133; 1830c: (3);

18346: 412

1830c: 37; 18346: 451
1830c: 35; 18346: 448
1830c: 37; 18346: 450
183(V: 35; 18346: 448
1830c: 36; 18346: 449
1830r 35; 18346: 449
1830c: 37; 18346: 450
1830c: 20; 18346: 434
183k: 45; 18346: 458
183k: 45; 18346:459
183k: 44; 18346:458
183k: 46; 18346: 459
183k: 45; 18346: 458
18306: (6)|3]; 1830c: |14]

18346:427

Valid Names

Eusphalerum marginatum (Say, 1832)
Olophrum obtectum Erichson, 1840
Lachnocrepis parallela (Say, 1830)

Ophryastes Say, 1831
Tachyerges ephippiatus (Say, 1831)
Rhynchaenus pallicornis (Say, 1831)
Oxyporus stygicus Say, 1831
Bledius cordatus (Say, 1831)
Bledius emarginatus (Say, 1831)
?Anotylus rugulosus (Say, 1831)
Homaeotarsus cinctus (Say, 1831)
Astenus discopunctatus (Say, 1831)
Agraphus bellicus (Say, 1831)
Cercopeus chrysorrhaeus (Say, 1831)
Hypera compta (Say, 1831)
Hypera trivittata (Say. 1831)
Pterocolus Say, 1831
Pselaphorhynchites aeratus (Say. 1831)
Cossonus corticola Say, 1831
Sphenophorus cariosus (Olivier. 1807)
Sphenophorus venatus (Say, 1831)
Sphenophorus inaequalis (Say, 1831)
?Sphenophorus interstitialis (Say, 1831)
Sphenophorus venatus (Say, 1831)
Cleonidius trivittatus (Say, 1831)
Sphenophorus rectus (Say, 1831)
Sphenophorus pertinax (Olivier, 1807)
Sphenophorus venatus (Say, 1831)
Rugilus dentatus Say, 1831
Diomus terminatus (Say, 1831)
Sitona indifferens Say, 1831
Sitona scissifrons Say, 1831
Leptotrachelus Latreille, 1829

Hesperus apicialis (Say, 1830)
Belonuchus connexus (Say, 1830)
Philonthus sericans (Gravenhorst, 1802)
Belonuchus ephippiatus (Say, 1830)
Quedius capucinus (Gravenhorst, 1806)
Quedius fulgidus (Fabricius, 1787)
Philonthus tachiniformis (Say, 1830)
?Bradycellus rupestris (Say, 1823)
Stenus colon Say, 1831
Stenus femoratus Say, 1831
Stenus flavicornis Erichson, 1840
Carpelimus quadripunctatus (Say, 1831)
Stenus stygicus Say, 1831
?Stomis granulatus Say. 1830

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Say's Taxa

Tachinus cincticollis

Tachinus humidus
Tachinus obsoletus
Tachinus trimaculatus

Tachyporus acaudus
Tachyporus faber
Tachyporus fumipennis
Tachyporus jocosus
Tachyporus moestus

Tachyporus opicus
Tachyporus ventriculus
Tanymecus confusus
Tenebrio rufinasus
Thamnophilus barbitus
Thamnophilus pallidus
Thamnophilus pandura
Thecesternus
Thylacites microps
Trox aequalis
Trox alternatus
Tychius amoenus
Tychius aratus
Tylodes clavarus
Xantholinus cephalus
Xantholinus hamatus
Zygops quercus

References

1832*: 51; 18346: 465

18326: 52; 18346: 465
18326:51; 18346:464
18326:51:18346:464

18326: 54; 18346: 467
18326: 55; 18346: 468
18326: 52; 18346: 466
18326: 53; 18346: 466
18326: 53; 18346: 466

18326: 54; 18346: 467

18326: 53; 18346: 466

18316:9

1831a: 8; 1835: 187

18316:6

18316:7

18316: 8

18316:9

1832a: 5

1831a: 7; 1835: 179

18316: 26

18316: 29

183flt: 39; 18346: 452

1830c: 39; 18346: 453

18316: 20

Valid Names

Lordithon thoracicus thoracicus

(Fabricius, 1776)

?Mycetoporus humidus (Say, 1832)
Lordithon obsoletus (Say, 1832)
Lordithon thoracicus venustus

(Melsheimer, 1846)
Tachyporus jocosus Say, 1832
Tachyporus nitidulus (Fabricius, 1781)
Tachinus fumipennis (Say, 1832)
Tachyporus jocosus Say, 1832
Sepedophilus crassus

(Gravenhorst, 1802)
Sepedophilus opicus (Say, 1832)
Coproporus ventriculus (Say, 1832)
Tanymecus confusus Say, 1831
?Alphitobius rufinasus (Say, 1831)
Magdalis barbita (Say, 1831)
Magdalis armicollis (Say, 1824)
Magdalis pandura (Say, 1831)
Thecesternus Say, 1831
Minyomerus microps (Say, 1831)
Trox aequalis Say, 1832
Trox suberosus Fabricius, 1775
Smicronyx amoenus (Say, 1831)
Tychius aratus Say, 1831
Acalles clavarus (Say, 1831)
Nudobius cephalus (Say, 1830)
Neohypnus hamatus (Say, 1830)
Cylindrocopturus quercus (Say, 1831)

1 Obviously, Say (1833) intended, on page 70, to describe a new species under the binomen
Elater attenuatus. He apparently overlooked the fact that he already had described an Elater
attenuatus in 1825, on page 257. The descriptions are slightly different but seem to apply to
the same taxon (E. Becker, personal communication). Elater attenuatus Say, 1833 is a
primary homonym and probably also a junior synonym of Elater attenuatus Say, 1825.

2 This species is usually listed under the name Drapetes geminatus (Say, 1825). However,
Say's name, described under the binomen Elater geminatus, is a primary homonym of Elater
geminatus Germar, 1824 and so is invalid (ICZN, 1985, art. 57 [b]). Say (1834a) explicitly
proposed the name Elater exstriatus as a replacement name for E. geminatus Say, 1825.

3 Say explicitly proposed the name Elater oblessus as a new replacement name for Elater dis-
coideus Fabricius, 1801, a primary homonym of Elater discoideus Weber, 1801. Despite Say's
(1833: 70) comments which show that he simultaneously applied the new name to a dif-
ferent species, his name remains nevertheless the valid one for the species described as
Elater discoideus Fabricius, 1801 (ICZN, 1985, art. 72 [e]), not Elater sellatus Leng, 1918 as
given by some authors.

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993 13

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank A. Wheeler, Common wealth of Pennsylvania, Harrisburg (PA). S.Granato, The
American Museum of Natural History Library, New York. A Kleine-Kreutzmann, Public
Library of Cincinnati & Hamilton County, Cincinnati, and R. Alsop. Library of New Har-
mony Workingmen's Institute. New Harmony, for providing xerox copies of some of Say's
publications and S. Sherman, Entomology Research Library, Agriculture Canada.
Ottawa, for her help locating various publications. My colleagues A Smetana and S.
Laplante of the Centre for Land and Biological Resources Research, Ottawa, and I.
MacPhail. The Morton Arboretum. Lisle (IL), reviewed the manuscript and offered
useful comments.

LITERATURE CITED

Anonymous. 1861. Catalogue of the Harris library. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 7 (1859-

1861): 266-271.
Bequaert, J. 1950. A bibliographic note on Say's two tracts of March 1831, and January,

1832. Psyche 57: 146.

Blackwelder, R.E. 1952. The generic names of the beetle family Staphylinidae with an
essay on genotypy. Bulletin of the United States National Museum No. 200. 483 pp.
Byrd, C. K. and H.H. Peckham. 1955. A bibliography of Indiana imprints 1804-1853.

Indiana Historical Bureau, Indianapolis, xxi + 479 pp.

Carus, J.V. and W. Engelmann. 1861. Bibliotheca Zoologica. Verzeichniss der Schriften
uber Zoologie, welche in den periodischen Werken enthalten und vom Jahre 1846-1 860
selbsta'ndig erschienen sind mit Einschluss der allgemein-naturgeschichtlichen, peri-
odischen und palaeontologischen Schriften. Erster Band. Engelmann, Leipzig. 950 pp.
Fitch, A. 1858. Say's Heteropterous Hemiptera. Trans. N.Y. State Agri. Soc. 17 (1857):

754.
Hagen, H.A. 1863. Bibliotheca entomologica. Die Litteratur uber das ganze Gebiet der

Entomologie bis zum Jahre 1862. Zweiter Band. N-Z. Engelmann. Leipzig. 512 pp.
Harris, T.W. 1869. Entomological correspondence of Thaddeus William Harris. M.D.

edited by Samuel H. Scudder. Boston Society of Natural History. Boston. 375 pp.
Horn, W. and S. Schenkling. 1928. Index litteraturae entomologicae. Serie I: Die Welt-
Literatur uber die gesamte Entomologie bis inklusive 1863. Band III. W. Horn, Berlin.
Pp. 705-1056.

International Code of Zoological Nomenclature [ICZN]. 1985. International Code of
Zoological Nomenclature, third edition, adopted by the XX General Assembly of the
International Union of Biological Sciences. International Trust for Zoological Nomen-
clature, London, xx + 338 pp.
Say, T. 1825. Descriptions of new American species of the genera Buprestis. Trachys and

Elater. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York 1 (2): 249-268.
Say, T. 1 830a. Descriptions of new species of North American insects, and observations on

some already described. The Disseminator of useful knowledge 3: 67-69, 133-135.
Say, T. 18306. Descriptions of new species of North American insects and observations on
some already described. The Disseminator 1(1): [3]; 1(3): [3]; 1(4): [3]; 1(5): [3); 1(6): [3];

1(7): [3].

Say, T. 1830<?-1834a. Descriptions of new species of North American insects, and obser-
vations on some of the species already described. New Harmony [Indiana). 81 pp.
[1830c-: 1-41; 183k: 42-49; 18326: 50-57; 1833: 58-73; 1834a: 73 1/2-80].

Say,T. 1831a. Descriptions of new species of North American insects, found in Louisiana
by Joseph Barabino. New Harmony (Indiana). 17 pp.

14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Say, T. 1831ft. Descriptions of new species of curculionites of North America, with obser-
vations on some of the species already known. New Harmony [Indiana]. 30 pp.
Say, T. 183 \d. Descriptions of new species of heteropterous Hemiptera of North

America. New Harmony [Indiana]. 39 pp.
Say, T. 1832a. New species of North American insects, found by Joseph Barabino, chiefly

in Louisiana. New Harmony [Indiana]. 16 pp.
Say, T. 18346. Descriptions of new North American insects, and observations on some

already described. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (N.S.) 4: 409-470.
Say, T. 1 835. Descriptions of new North American Coleopterous insects, and observations

on some already described. Boston J. Nat. Hist. 1 (1834-37): 151-203.
Say, T. 1836. Descriptions of new North American Hymenoptera, and observations on

some already described. Boston J. Nat. Hist. 1 (1834-37): 210-305.
Say, T. 1837. Descriptions of new North American Hymenoptera, and observations on

some already described. Boston J. Nat. Hist. 1 (1834-37): 361-416.
Say, T. 1839. Descriptions of new North American Insects, and observations on some

already described. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (N.S.) 6: 155-190.
Say, T. 1 859a. The complete writings of Thomas Say on the Entomology of North America.

Edited by John L. Le Conte, M.D. with a memoir of the author, by George Ord. Vol. 1.

Balliere Brothers, New York, xxiv + 412 pp (+ 54 plates).
Say, T. 1 859ft. The complete writings of Thomas Say on the Entomology of North America.

Edited by John L. Le Conte, M.D. with a memoir of the author, by George Ord. Vol. 2.

Balliere Brothers, New York, iv + 814 pp.
Scudder, S.H. 1899. An unknown tract on American insects by Thomas Say. Psyche 8:

306-308.
Summers, G. 1982. A bibliography of the scientific writings of Thomas Say (1787-1834).

Arch. Nat. Hist. 11:69-81.
Titus, E.B. (ed.). 1965. Union list of serials in libraries of the United States and Canada.

Third edition. Volume 2. Wilson Company, New York.
Weiss, H.B. and G.M. Ziegler. 1931. Thomas Say, early American naturalist. Thomas,

Springfield, xiv + 260 pp.

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993 15

BOOK REVIEW

THOMAS SAY: NEW WORLD NATURALIST. Patricia Tyson Stroud.
1992. University of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia. 340 pp. $24.95.

Entomologists have often maligned Thomas Say for the inadequacies of his descrip-
tions and the loss of most of his specimens. George Ord's Memoir, read before the
American Philosophical Society two months after Say's death in 1 834, was not wholly flat-
tering, speaking of Say's "neglect of literature" and his "want of technical precision." Ord,
"a small man of sour impulses," (in Peter Mathiessen's words) did go on to praise Say's
"industry and zeal" and his "integrity" and "veracity". It remained for Weiss and Ziegler. in
their 1931 biography, to clarify Say's status as America's first systematic entomologist.

In a carefully researched and lavishly illustrated new biography, Patricia Tyson Stroud
paints Say in much broader strokes, not only as an entomologist but as a pioneer naturalist
of major stature. He did, after all, describe many birds, mammals, reptiles, and shells as
well as insects, and he was acquainted with most of the naturalists of his time. The Thomas
Say that emerges from these pages is indeed a "strong, self-determined, highly motivated,
even driving character," as Stroud promises in her Introduction.

Say did not attend the initial gathering of Philadelphia naturalists on June 25. 1812, but
he did attend the following meeting, when the group decided to call itself the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, with Say listed as a founding member. (Ord spoke of
these initial meetings as "a club of humorists" which met for "the purpose of amusement.")
Over the next few years Say served as the Academy's curator, librarian, and editor of the
Journal. In between his field trips to Florida and to the Rockies and the Red River of the
north he remained active in the Academy, and after his move to New Harmony he often
longed for the atmosphere of "the Athens of America." Say was never a success at earning
money, and because of his dependence on William Maclure's patronage he was never to
escape the isolation and drudgery that marked the final decade of his life.

Stroud's quotations from many of Say's previously unpublished letters reveal a more
forceful (though sometimes cranky and discouraged) Say than has been appreciated. He
had little use for Rafinesque's conceits, and was disturbed by Rafinesque's not wholly
favorable review of his American Entomology. He criticized John E. LeConte for dis-
regarding some of his species descriptions and for sending specimens abroad for identi-
fication for Say believed strongly in American taxonomic self-sufficiency. (Ironically, it
was LeConte's son, John L.. who in 1 859 collected Say's scattered publications in two lavish
volumes.) But Say did have fast friends, for example Philadelphian Reuben Haines and
naturalists Charles Lucien Bonaparte and Charles Lesueur.

Lucy Say also emerges as a stronger personality than previously apparent. After her
husband's death she saw to the disposition of his collections and effects and even learned
to engrave the plates for the seventh part of American Conchology. "I am looked upon as
being very singular [she wrote to a friend], particularly since I have commenced En-
graving a gentleman remarked 'Well! at what do you think the ladies will stop?'. I replied.
I hoped at nothing. . . that we were tired of cramping our genius over the needle and the dis-
taff." Lucy Say was the first woman to be elected to the Academy of Natural Sciences. She
outlived her husband by half a century.

There are a few minor points in Stroud's biography that bothered me. Dermestid
beetles are not really "microscopic predators." and the drink that Say noted on his Mexican
trip, pulque, is not the same as tequila, though both are derived from agave. As an
entomologist, I would have enjoyed being reminded of some of the exciting discoveries Say

16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

made on his various field trips, such as the remarkable tiger beetle Amblycheila cylin-
driformis and the fiery tarantula hawk Pepsis formosa. But Stroud's objective was to place
Say securely as a leading figure in the awakening of Americans to their biological riches,
and in this she has been most successful.

Howard E. Evans

Dept. of Entomology

Colorado State University

Fort Collins, CO

BOOK REVIEW

FLORISSANT BUTTERFLIES: A GUIDE TO THE FOSSIL AND
PRESENT DAY SPECIES OF CENTRAL COLORADO. Thomas C.
Emmel, Marc C. Minno, and Boyce A. Drummond. Stanford Univ.
Press, Ca. 1992. $14.95 paper; $35.00 cloth.

Having pleasant memories of two visits to the Florissant area, I was delighted when
asked to review this book. Boyce Drummond's stunning cover photograph of two Par-
nassius phoebus sayii immediately catches one's attention.

This book about an area renowned for the quantity of well preserved insect and plant
fossils begins with information on insect fossils and the Earth's geological record. This first
section contains descriptions and photographs of the twelve butterfly fossil species found
at Florissant. The next section covers the ecology of the Florissant region's extant butter-
flies and gives detailed habitat accounts of both plants and butterflies. Other topics include
butterfly diversity, biology, behavior and survival. The authors described the ninety-seven
species recorded in the area, and black and white photographs of the larvae, pupae, and
adults accompany many of these entries. In addition, ten color plates, showing both male
and female forms, illustrate all ninety-seven species. At the end of the book one finds
references, an excellent glossary, and a checklist of the present day butterflies of the Floris-
sant Region and Central Colorado. In addition, there are general and plant indexes.

Florissant Butterflies contains a great deal of information and is a pleasure to read.
Although a field guide version would be more practical than the current, 8x11 inch format,
the book will still appeal to the serious lepidopterist as well as the traveler and the naturalist
interested in Colorado.

Jane Ruffin, naturalist and
amateur lepidopterist.

Vol. 104. No. 1, January & February, 1993 17

THE PHYLOGENETIC POSITION OF

CHLORONIELLA PERINGUEYI

(MEGALOPTERA: CORYDALIDAE)

AND ITS ZOOGEOGRAPHIC SIGNIFICANCE 1

Norman D. Penny^

ABSTRACT: Male and female genitalia of Chloroniella peringueyi are illustrated for the
first time, and phylogenies of all genera of Corydalinae are presented, based both on
morphological analysis and plate tectonics. A possible general pattern of megalopteran
evolution is suggested.

When Glorioso( 1981) published his revision of the Corydalinae, he
did not include the South African genus Chloroniella in his phylogenetic
analysis because he was "unable to obtain specimens of the only known
species due to its scarcity in collections." Further attempts to locate
additional specimens by the present author have also been unsuccessful.
In November 1986 Drs. John T. Doyen and Charles E. Griswold col-
lected 14 specimens of a species that compares well with the original de-
scription of Chloroniella peringueyi Esben-Petersen at Algeria Forest
Camp in the Sederberg mountains of Cape Province, South Africa.
Thus, the time seems appropriate to revise the original cladistic analysis
to include all known genera.

METHODS

The cladistic analysis utilized the 70 character states from Glorioso's
study with a few modifications. His character 18, the stipal setae, was
found to be too variable for inclusion. Characters 30 and 41, the 1A
branches and male ninth sternal setae respectively, were not in-
cluded in his cladogram, but are included here. His first three character
states are common to all Corydalinae, and thus are uninformative about
relationships within the subfamily and have not been included. Five
additional characters have been found and are incorporated, four of
them exist in Chloroniella, two of them being unique to this genus (Table
1). Three of these new characters are autapomorphies 3 within the sub-
family, and two are shared with only one other genus. As in Glorioso's
study, the apomorphic state was derived from a comparison with genera
in Chauliodinae, these being considered the outgroup. In all, 7 1 charac-

1 Received February 5, 1990. Revision received and accepted September 12, 1992.

2 California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco. California. USA,
94118.

3 Autapomorphies are also uninformative about relationships, but do provide evidence
about the monophyly of a group.

ENT. NEWS 104(1): 17-30. January & February. 1993

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CuP

CuA

Figures 1-2. Chloroniella peringueyi. 1. Head in dorsal view (10X). 2. Right forewing
(5X).

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993

ters are considered in this analysis. To help construct the most par-
simonious cladogram, the PAUP computer program was used. Illus-
trations were made utilizing a Wild M6 binocular microscope with a
camera lucida attachment. Genitalia were studied after clearing in 10%
cold KOH for 24 hours and female genitalia were stained with Chlorazol
Black E. The terminology is the same as that used by Glorioso.

RESULTS

Individuals of Chloroniella have forewings with mostly plesio-
morphic character states, although a few apomorphic modifications
have arisen, such as reduced apical forks of R5 and MP (Fig. 2). The male
genitalia (Figs. 3, 4) provide the most distinctive characters, with
medially notched ninth sternum, medially fused papillae, a tuft of setae
at the base of the tenth tergites, and medially divided tenth gonocoxites.
Other useful characters are found in the female genitalia (characters 62
to 71) (Figs. 5, 6). The pale coloration with dark markings of Chloroniella
superficially resembles that of the New World Chloronia and the Asiatic
Neuromus (Fig. 1). Utilizing these and the other characters listed by
Glorioso, only one most parsimonious cladogram is generated by the

gonocoxjte

Figures 3-4. Chloroniella peringueyi apex of male abdomen (25X). 3. Dorsal view. 4.
Ventral view.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

PAUP program (Cladogram 1), with a consistency index of 0.688. This
cladogram has 109 steps.

CONCLUSIONS

The cladogram generated by PAUP is very similar to that presented
by Glorioso. Except for the addition of Chloroniella, there are no
other changes.

Megalopterans are today highly dependent on fresh water and there
is no reason to believe that previous ancestors behaved differently.
Adults are heavy-bodied, weak flyers and are seldom found far from
streams and lakes. Eggs are laid in large masses on land, and pupae are

ninth tergite
ninth gonocoxite

Figures 5-6. Chloroniella peringueyi apex of female abdomen (25X). 5. Lateral view. 6. Ven-
tral view.

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993

found on land in the substrate near the margins of water courses. Larvae
of all megalopterans are aquatic, and with the exception of Pacific Coast
Neohermes and Protochauliodes are all confined to permanent bodies of
water. Thus, the ability to disperse is highly restricted, and present day
distribution patterns probably closely reflect past climatic and plate tec-
tonic events. Ancestral forms in Laurasia and Gondwanaland would
have suffered drastic distributional and richness reductions as "con-
tinental effects produced extensive aridity as the land-mass drifted

5
B 3 i ! g

1
1

10',18.20.22.27r.28r.30,45.64.69

27,42.55.61,67
\

CLADOGRAM 1

Cladogram 1 . Phylogenetic position of corydaline genera using PAUP analysis. Numbers
refer to apomorphic states in Table 2.

22 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

through middle latitudes in the late Permian and Triassic" (Riek, 1970).
There would have been a polarizing effect during the Triassic as "the
lower-latitude zone featured high aridity to about 45N and 55S, except
in western Europe, where somewhat greater humidity characterized the
higher latitude areas" (Frakes, 1979). At the same time, where aquatic
habitats continued to exist, the ameliorating local environment may
have allowed primitive forms to survive long after terrestrial forms
became extinct. Subsequent improving climatic conditions in lower
latitudes during the Paleogene (65 to 22.5 mya) would have allowed
plates, such as South America and India, drifting into the tropical zones,
to retain and even expand their high latitudinal faunas, while these same
faunas were being eliminated closer to the poles "an abundance of
atmospheric moisture at high latitudes seems to have retreated equator-
ward through the interval, and the first glaciers since the Paleozoic
formed and expanded in Antarctica" (Frakes, loc. cit.).

The three suprageneric groups of Megaloptera (Sialidae, Chaulio-
dinae and Corydalinae) all show elements of a previous austral distribu-
tion (Maps 1-3). Each of the three groups has at least one endemic species
in South Africa, and Sialidae and Chauliodinae each have endemic
species in Madagascar. No megalopterans are known from other parts of
sub-Saharan Africa. An endemic sialid species is known from southern
Asia, as well as five genera of Corydalinae and four genera of
Chauliodinae. In the U.S.S.R. and Europe only Sialis occurs today,
although fossil evidence indicates that Corydalidae was previously
present.

In the Australian Region, two endemic groups of Sialidae occur in
Australia. One additional genus of C\\au\iodinae,Archichaulidoes is con-
fined to Australia, New Zealand and Chile.

The Neotropical Region contains endemic sialid species formerly
placed in Protosialis, as well as a very distinctive Chilean species, Pro-
tosialis chilensis. This region also shares two endemic genera of Cory-
dalinae and two genera of Chauliodinae with the Australian Region.

The only other genus of Corydalinae found in the Neotropical
Region, Corydalus, as well as the chauliodine Protochauliodes, may pro-
vide clues to the largest anomaly of the Gondwanian distribution pat-
tern. Corydalus is not only found throughout South and Central
America, but also occurs throughout most of North America as well.
However, as Glorioso pointed out, "Because of the diversity and pres-
ence of the most primitive species of Corydalus and Playneuromus in the
Amazonian region, I hypothesize this as the ancestral range of the com-
mon ancestor of these genera, with subsequent range extension into
Central America." (p. 273). To this could also be added the genus

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February. 1993 23

Chloronia (Penny & Flint, 1982). Protochauliodes has a broad distribu-
tion, which may be explained in a similar manner. In addition to being
found in Australia, New Zealand, and Chile, it is also present in the
western United States. This genus probably has moved northward from
its previous Gondwanian distribution. The Chauliodinae also contain
fourother genera that are endemic to North America. As indicated by the
distribution ofCorydalus and Protochauliodes, there appears to have been
a pathway for northward movement from South America into the
western United States. However, this pathway was probably of early
origin, as primitive chauliodine eggs have been found in Tertiary
deposits of the Laramie Formation. Thus, the western Nearctic Region
may have become a secondary center of evolution within the Chaulio-
dinae at a relatively early date.

This theory of Gondwanian distribution would have to hypothesize
a few other factors. Corydalinae would have had to become extinct in
Madagascar and Australia. The geographical pattern ofSialis would be
best explained by a Laurasian, rather than Gondwanian evolution,
perhaps from an earlier vicariant event. It should also be noted that the
higher classification of Sialidae is badly in need of revision. Such a study
could affect the zoogeographical analysis of this family.

The cladogram generated in this study provides another anomaly to
a Gondwanian distribution. Although the majority of genera fit well into
such a pattern, such as the three South American genera and two primi-
tive lineages in southern Asia, the presence of Chloroniella in South
Africa in this scenario necessitates either a later evolution of this genus
or a movement of an ancestral Chloroniella from Asia and into southern
Africa. As mentioned earlier, there are no megalopterans today in tropi-
cal Africa, and an early extinction with subsequent reintroduction from
Asia seems doubtful. A non-parsimonious cladogram, with Chloroniella
evolving from a position completely compatible with what we know of
plate tectonics, is presented in Cladogram 2. In this case, all five Asiatic
genera are together at the base of the cladogram. Some of these five
genera in three clades could have either been present in southern Asia
from a previous vicariant event (perhaps the split of Laurasia and
Gondwanaland), or been present as a single or multiple ancestor on the
Indian subcontinent as it drifted northward, later forming the genera
Protohermes, Neurhermes, Neoneuromus, Neuromus, andAcanthacorydalis.
As the continents of Africa and South America separated, they took with
them the ancestors of Chloroniella, and Platyneuromus, Chloronia. and
Corydalus, respectively. Although not the most parsimonious clado-
gram, there are only four more steps (113 steps; consistency index 0.664)
than the most parsimonious cladogram, and in view of the general

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

"ca

o
U

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993

2
u

-
B9

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

C
u
00

o
c

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993

indications of a Gondwanian distribution, it is felt that this non-
parsimonious modification is justified.

Because of similar biologies and restrictions to fresh water environ-
ments, the three main groups of megalopterans may have had similar
histories of speciation and vicariant events. Much of this early evolution
may have been caused by plate tectonics, leading to the similar world-
wide distribution patterns evident today. Further studies of sialid and
chauliodine phylogeny may reveal whether geographically associated

c
o

a
-c

7.1 OM 8.20,22,45,52.54.64.66.68.69

1.3,4.6,13.15,29,63

CLADOGRAM 2

Cladogram 2. Phylogenetic position of corydaline genera reflecting geographical dis-
tributions.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

genera of the three groups had similar cladistic histories, or not. They
may also reveal which of the two cladograms presented best fits a general
megalopteran evolution pattern.

Table 1. Characters of the Corydalinae with their plesiomorphic and apomorphic
states.

Character

Plesiomorphic

Apomorphic

1. Head shape

2. Postocular flange

3. Postocular spine

4. Posterior tentorial pits

5. Cranial disk

6. Antennae

7. Clypeal margin

8. Male mandibles

9. Female mandibles

10. Labrum shape
10'.

11. Labral position

12. Labral anterior margin

13. Maxilla shape

14. Lacinia apex

15. Galeal setae

16. Galeal sensory peg
16'.

17. Maxillary palp

18. Maxillary palp apex

19. Maxillary palp setae

20. Maxillary palp sensory

areas

21. Labial palp

22. Labial palp sensory

areas

23. Last branch of radial

sector

24. Ml + 2 branches

25. M3 + 4 branches

26. 1A branches

27. Rl-Rs crossveins

28. Medial crossveins

29. M-Cu crossveins
29'.

30. Cubital accessory

crossveins

31. Costal crossveins

32. Male ninth sternum

33. Male ninth sternum

Robust

Absent

Feebly developed

Linear

Without spines

Feebly subserrate

Entire

Not enlarged

Three-fourths head length

or shorter
Triangular

Over mandibles
Sparsely setose
Short and broad
With three elongate setae
Flattened, lanceolate
Well developed

Five-segmented

Conical

Long

One at apex

Four-segmented
one at apex

Bifurcate

Two

Three

Two

Three

Absent

Vertical or oblique
Hind margin not notched
More or less quadrate

Flattened

Present

Moderately to well developed

Arcuate

With spines

Filiform

Incised medially

Enlarged

Length of head

Ovoid

Broadly truncate

Between mandibles

Fimbriate

Relatively elongate

Without elongate setae

Bristlelike

Poorly developed

Absent

Four-segmented

Broadly rounded

Short

Two at apex

Three-segmented
Two at apex

Not bifurcate

Four or more

One

Three

Four or more

Three or more

Four

Six or more

Present

Reticulate

Hind margin notched

Attenuate

Vol. 104, No. 1. January & February, 1993

Table 1. Character stales (continued)

Character

Plesiomorphic

Apomorphic

34. Male ninth sternum

35. Male ninth sternum

36. Male ninth sternum

37. Male ninth sternum
37'.

38. Male ninth sternum

39. Male ninth sternum

40. Male ninth sternum

41. Male ninth tergum

42. Male ninth tergum

43. Ninth tergal internal

inflection

44. Ninth tergal internal

inflection

45. Membrane between 9th

& 10th sternites
45'.

46. Genital papillae

47. Genital papillae

medially

48. Tenth gonocoxites

49. Tenth gonocoxites

50. Tenth gonocoxites

51. Tenth gonosrylus
51'.

52. Ninth gonostylus

53. Ninth gonosrylus

54. Ninth gonostylus

55. Ninth gonostylus

apodeme

56. Tenth tergites

57. Tenth tergites

58. Tenth tergites

59. Tenth tergites

60. Tenth tergites

61. Eleventh tergum

62. Lateral sclerite of

ovipositor

Without median projection
Without posterolateral lobes
Without setiferous lateral

protuberances
With normal setae

Not sclerotized dorsally
Without internal ridges
Not locking with tenth

sternite
More or less quadrate

With dorso-lateral

incisions
Without median fossa

Arched
Thin

Present
Separated

Without median projection
Antero-lateral corner

without acute projection
Medially joined
Digitiform

Unguiform
Relatively short
Sparsely setose
Parallels ninth tergum

Short

Without sensory field on

apical surface
Rounded
Uniramous
Not bearing basal tuft

of hairs
Present
Well sclerotized

With median projection
With posterolateral lobes
With setiferous lateral

protuberances
With short, stout setae
With fine setae
Sclerotized dorsally
With internal ridges
Locking with tenth sternite

Short, with broad median

incision
Without dorso-lateral

incisions
With median fossa

Inverted V-shaped
Thickened, bilobate

Thickened, regularly

convoluted
Absent
Fused

With median projection
Antero-lateral corner with

acute projection
Medially separated
Short, broad
Papilliform
Clavate
Long, bent
Densely setose
Directed medially

Long, thin

With sensory field on

apical surface
Laterally compressed
Biramous
Bearing basal tuft of hairs

Absent

Weakly sclerotized

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 1. Character states (continued)

Character

Plesiomorphic

Apomorphic

63. Gonostylus

64. Sternal pouch

65. Sclerites between 8th

sternum & gonopore

66. Bursa copulatrix

67. Number of

spermathecae

68. Spermathecal duct

69. Accessory glands

70. Accessory glands

71. Accessory glands

Articulated with gonocoxite Fused with gonocoxite

Absent
Absent

Not saclike
Two

Continuous with bursa

Present

Short

Sigmoid

Present
Present

Saclike
Ore

Separate from bursa,

T-shaped
Absent
Long
Linear

LITERATURE CITED

Esben-Petersen, P. 1924. South African Megaloptera. Annals of the South African
Museum, 19:151-158. (Esben-Petersen's name was erroneously spelled "Ebsen-Peter-
sen" in this article.)

Frakes, L.A. 1980 (1979). Climates throughout Geologic Time. Elsevier Scientific Pub-
lishing Company. New York.

Glorioso, M J. 1981. Systematics of the dobsonfly subfamily Corydalinae (Megaloptera:
Corydalidae). Systematic Entomol., 6:253-290.

Penny, N.D. and Flint, O.S., Jr. 1982. a revision of the genus Chloronia (Neuroptera: Cor-
ydalidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, No. 348. 29 pp.

Riek, E.F. 1970. Composition and distribution of the fauna, pp. 187-204, In C.S.I.R.O., The
Insects of Australia. Melbourne University Press.

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993 31

A NEW SPECIES OF POLYCENTROPUS
(TRICHOPTERA: POLYCENTROPODIDAE) FROM

ARKANSAS 1

David E. Bowles^, Michael L. Mathis^, Steven W. Hamilton^

ABSTRACT: Polycentropus stephani, a new species from Arkansas, is described and illus-
trated. This species is a member of the confusus species-group and is most closely related to
P. chelatus. P.floridensis and P. neiswanderi. but differs primarily in having a prominent spur
on the basoventral swelling of the phallus. Known only from the interior highlands. P.,
stephani may be endemic to that region.

The Polycentropus confusus species-group (Trichoptera: Polycen-
tropodidae) consists of 16 previously described species with all occur-
ring in eastern North America (Hamilton el al 1990). During a survey of
the Trichoptera of the interior highlands of Arkansas (Bowles and
Mathis 1989), some undescribed adult caddisflies belonging to the
Polycentropus confusus species-group were collected with ultraviolet-light
traps. These caddisflies were initially identified as Polycentropus species
B and C (Bowles and Mathis 1989), but were subsequently determined to
be conspecific. Herein, we describe that species. Morphological ter-
minology follows that of Hamilton (1986) and Hamilton et al (1990).

The holotype and allotype are deposited at the National Museum of
Natural History (NMNH), Washington, DC. Paratypes are deposited at
the Royal Ontario Museum (ROM), Florida State Collection of Arthro-
pods (FSCA), Illinois Natural History Survey (INHS), University of
North Texas (UNT), and the NMNH. All material is preserved in 70%
ethanol.

Polycentropus stephani, new species

(Figures 1-4)
Polycentropus species B and C, Bowles and Mathis, 1989:237

Adult. Length of forewing: Male, 5. 1 mm; female, 6. 1 mm. Body and wing color light
brown. Setae on dorsum of head and thorax tan.

1 Received May 27, 1992. Accepted June 21, 1992.

* United States Air Force Armstrong Laboratory, Occupational and Environmental
Medicine Branch, Brooks AFB, Texas, 78235

3 Department of Biological Sciences. University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, Arkansas.
72701

4 Center for Field Biology and Department of Biology. Austin Peay State University,
Clarksville, Tennessee 37044

ENT. NEWS 104(1): 31-34. Januarv & February. 1993

32 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Male genitalia. Abdominal sternite IX large, semicircular in lateral view, anterior
margin rounded, posterior margin sinuate. Intermediate appendages apically free, slightly
decurved, proximally fused to membranous dorsum of segment IX. Body of each preanal
appendage short, with broad emargination of posterior margin; dorsal process long and
decurved. Each inferior appendage with elongate ventral portion, in lateral view only
slightly narrowed distad, in ventral aspect narrowing gradually distad; dorsobasal arm of
inferior appendage large, curving posterad, in lateral view narrowing abruptly into ventral
portion, with turned-in blade-like portion at base, in caudal view this part broadly tri-
angular with apex rounded. Phallobase tubular, moderately decurved, basoventral swell-
ing bearing a prominent caudally directed spur; phallic sclerite elongate.

Female genitalia. Sternite VIII broad, membranous; lateral lobes elongate, expanded
at mid-point, tapering posteriorly. Vaginal sclerites forming vase-shaped sac; vulvar
sclerite circular, with rimmed opening posteriorly.

Type Material: United States, Arkansas. Holotype. <f, Logan Co., Mt. Magazine,
Green Beach, Gutter Rock Creek, 1 May 1987, R.Leschen,UV-light(NMNH). Allotype. 9,
same data as holotype (NMNH). Paratypes. 1 cf, 1 9, same data as holotype (FSCA); 1 cf, 1
9, same data as holotype (ROM); 2 d 1 cf. Independence Co., unnamed intermittent stream,
18 April 1987, P. Harp (NMNH, UNT); 2 c? cf, 2 9 9, Washington Co., Devil's Den State
Park, 22 April 1989, C. E. Carlton, blacklight (NMNH); 1 cf, Washington Co., 2 mi. N
Bugscuffle, dirt road at Hwy 265, near Strickler, 20 April 1987, R. Leschen, at light
(INHS).

Etymology. We name this species in honor of Karl Stephan whose unfailing en-
thusiasm for collecting insects has been invaluable in the development of the interior
Highlands caddisfly inventory.

DISCUSSION

This species belongs in the confusus species-group and exhibits
characters similar to several species within that group. The broadly
emarginate basal portion of the preanal appendage is similar to that
observed for several members of the confusus species-group including P.
floridensis Lago and Harris, P. neiswanderi Ross, and P. thaxtoni Hamilton
and Holzenthal. The phallus of P. stephani is most similar to that off.
chelatus Ross and Yamamoto from which it differs in the presence of a
prominent spur situated on the basoventral swelling of the phallobase.
This spur is unique among the species of the confusus species-group. The
female of/ 3 , stephani bears resemblance to several other species in the
confusus species-group. However, the females off. chelatus, P. floridensis
and P. thaxtoni are unknown and detailed comparisons among these
species can not be completed at this time.

This species has been collected only from the interior highlands of
Arkansas and may be endemic to the region. Polycentropus centralis
Banks was the only other member of the confusus species-group collected
in conjunction with P. stephani. Small intermittent streams are the prob-
able habitat of the immatures based on collection of the adults. However,
nothing is known about the biology of this species. A description of the
type locality was presented by Mathis and Bowles (1989), and a descrip-
tion of a paratype locality by Flint and Harp (1990).

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993

int.app.

inf.app.

Figs. 1-4: Polycentropus stephani n. sp. 1. Male genitalia, lateral. 2. Male phallus, lateral. 3.
Dorsobasal arm of inferior appendage, caudal. 4. Female genitalia. ventral. Abbreviations:
b.v.s., basoventral spur; d.p., dorsal process of preanal appendage; 1.1. s. VII, lateral lobe of
eighth sternite; pre. app., preanal appendage; s. IX. ninth sternite; VIII. eighth tergite.

34 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Chris Carlton and Richard Leschen for providing us specimens of this
species. Oliver Flint kindly provided some additional information about paratypes and
reviewed this manuscript. Chad McHugh and Stephen R. Moulton II gave commentary
on earlier versions of this manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Bowles, D. E., and M. L. Mathis. 1 989. Caddisflies(Insecta:Trichoptera) of mountainous

regions in Arkansas, with new state records for the order. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc.

62:234-244.
Flint, O. S., Jr., and P. A. Harp. 1990. Lepidostoma (Nosopus) ozarkense (Trichoptera:

Lepidostomatidae), a new species from Arkansas. Entomol. News 101:81-87.
Hamilton, S. W. 1986. A new species of Polvcentropus (Trichoptera: Polycentropodidae)

from Cuba. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 88:731-733.
Hamilton, S. W. 1986. A new species of Polvcentropus (Trichoptera: Polycentropodidae)

from Cuba. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 88:731-733.
Hamilton, S. W., S. C. Harris, and P. K. Lago. 1990. Description of two new species of

Polvcentropus from Alabama with a checklist of the Polvcentropus confusus-group

(Trichoptera: Polycentropodidae). J. New York Entomol. Soc. 98:362-368.
Mathis, M. L., and D. E. Bowles, 1989. A new microcaddisfly genus (Trichoptera:

Hydroptilidae) from the interior Highlands of Arkansas. J. New York Entomol. Soc.

97:187-191.

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 28, 1992

INSECTS IN THE CLASSROOM-
TURNING KIDS ON TO SCIENCE WITH BUGS

Dr. Harold B. White, organizer

University of Delaware

A diverse set of speakers and styles highlighted a presentation on teaching entomology
in schools. This meeting, more in line with a workshop than a lecture, featured presen-
tations by five entomologists drawn from the Science Alliance's Speakers Bureau, a
resource "pool" of professionals available for speaking to students in Delaware schools.
The objectives of this meeting, as outlined by Dr. White, were twofold: to give teachers ideas
on presenting science (and particularly entomology) to their students, and to provide
encouragement to entomologists to make themselves available for presentations in the
schools. Dr. White also highlighted the Society's educational activities, including the Field
Day and the Calvert Prize.

Dr. Douglas Tallamy. University of Delaware, talked on "Introducing Insect Behavior"
and featured an excellent series of slides related to the subject. A major point he attempts to
bring out to students is to consider how an insect's appearance is related to its behavior, e.g.,
defensive, mimicry, crypsis, etc. and in so doing attempts to get beyond many students'
impressions that insects are grotesque. An impressive set of slides focused on the monarch
butterfly and other milkweed insects and illustrated how this complex of insects is able to
avoid the latex flow when feeding on milkweed leaves. Another interesting series of slides

Continued on page 38

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993 35

A NEW SPECIES IN THE

POLYCENTROPUS CINE RE US GROUP

(TRICHOPTERA: POLYCENTROPODIDAE)

FROM ARKANSAS AND TEXAS 1

Stephen R. Moulton II, Kenneth W. Stewart 2

ABSTRACT: Polycentropus harpi. a new species belonging to the P. cinereus group, is de-
scribed and illustrated. The species was collected from the Edwards Plateau physiographic
subregion of southcentral Texas and the Ouachita Mountains of Arkansas. This addition
brings the total number of species belonging to the P. cinereus group to three.

The diversity of caddisflies in Texas is still poorly known despite
earlier attempts to document the fauna (Edwards 1 973). In order to better
understand the species composition and distribution of caddisflies in
Texas, a long term study was undertaken to intensively sample all major
physiographic subregions in the state. The caddisfly fauna of the Interior
Highlands (Ozark and Ouachita Mountains), though better known than
Texas (Unzicker etal. 1970, Bowles and Mathis 1989, Mathis and Bowles
1992), still needs a thorough analysis of its biogeographic affinities.
Current research of the senior author is addressing those needs. In the
course of examining recent collections from the Edwards Plateau
physiographic subregion of central Texas and the Ouachita Mountains
in Arkansas, we have discovered an undescribed species belonging to
the Polycentropus cinereus group. Herein we describe and illustrate the
new species, and discuss its relationship to other members of the
group.

Morphological terminology follows that of Hamilton et al. (1990).
Type material is deposited in the collections of Clemson University
(CU), Illinois Natural History Survey (INHS), National Museum of
Natural History (NMNH), and the University of North Texas (UNT). All
material is preserved in 70% ethanol.

Polycentropus harpi, new species

Male. Length of forewing 4.0-7.0 mm. Thoracic pleura, sterna and legs yellow; nota and
dorsum of head darker brown with numerous clear-yellow, erect setae. Forewings covered
with a mixture of yellow and brown setae; membranes interspersed with small indistinct
pale spots; stigmal region with spots coalesced to form a large pale area (not evident in

1 Received June 29, 1992. Accepted August 27, 1992.

2 Department of Biological Sciences, University of North Texas, Denton, Texas 76203

ENT. NEWS 104(1): 35-38. January & February. 1993

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

material older than one year). Fork 1 of hind wing present; discoidal cell closed. Male
genitalia (Figs. 1-4): Abdominal sternite IX (s.IX) in lateral aspect broad basally, tapering
dorsally; ventrally concave. Preanal appendages (pre. app.) broad, short and rounded
apically. Membranous terga IX and X fused (IX+X). inferior appendage (inf. app.) roughly
quadrate in lateral aspect; posterior margin deeply emarginate; dorsomesal processes
(dm.pr.) in lateral view acute and projecting posteriorly, their mesal surfaces with two to
three clear, stout setae projecting mesally; ventromesal lobes of each inferior appendage
broadly rounded with dark, truncate peg-like setae covering the apicodorsal and apicoven-
tral surfaces. Phallobase broad and deeply concave in lateral view; apicodorsal area of
phallus membranous; in dorsal aspect, left phallic rod (1. ph. r.) lanceolate and curving

pre.app.

dm.pr.

inf.app.

dm.pr.

ph.scl.

r.ph.rd:

Fig. 1-4. Polycentropus harpi n.sp. 1, male genitalia, lateral. 2, sternite IX and inferior
appendages, ventral. 3. phallus, lateral. 4, phallus, dorsal. VIII = abdominal segment 8,
s.IX = abdominal sternite 9, IX+X = fused, membranous abdominal segments 9 and 10,
pre.app. = preanal appendage, inf.app. = inferior appendage, dm.pr. = dorsomesal pro-
cess, ph.scl. = phallic sclerite, r.ph.rd. = right phallic rod, l.ph.rd. = left phallic rod.

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993 37

gradually to left; right phallic rod (r. ph. r.) shorter and straight; phallic sclerite (ph. scl.)
straight and gradually tapering to a point in dorsal view; in lateral view, phallic sclerite
slightly bowed with anterior end emarginate.

Female. Unknown.

Immatures. Unknown.

Material. Holotype, male: U.S.A., Texas, Kendall Co., Cibolo Creek below confluence
with Ranger Creek, Boerne, 17-111-1992, K. W. Stewart UV light (NMNH). Paratypes.:
same data as holotype, 1 male, (NMNH); same as holotype but 18-IV-1992, D. E. Bowles, 1
male, (INHS); Arkansas: Garland Co., Bear Creek at Camp Clear Fork, 27-IX- 1986, D. E.
Bowles, 1 male (NMNH); Montgomery Co., Strawn Spring. 0.5 mi E Caddo Gap. 12-IX-
1980, H. W. Robison, 4 males, (INHS); same as previous but Jones's Creek at AR Hwy 8,
Caddo Gap, 2 males (CU); Fourche Mt., E Mena District Rifle Range, ca. 10 mi NW Mena,
1 1-V1-1991, B. Ewing, 2 males, (CU); Polk Co.. Ewing Farm, 7 mi W Mena, 26-V1-1991, B.
Ewing, 2 males, (UNT); same data as previous but 27-VI-1991, 1 male, (NMNH).

Etymology: We name this species in honor of George L. Harp (Arkansas State Uni-
versity) who has made extensive contributions to our understanding of aquatic insects
in Arkansas.

DISCUSSION

Polycentropus harpi is most closely related to P. cinereus Hagen. It is
readily distinguished from the latter by the following combination of
male characters: ( 1 ) much deeper posterior emargination of the inferior
appendage, (2) left dorsal phallic rod curved to the left; this structure is
straight in P. cinereus. and (3) general convex outline of the dorsomesal
processes of the inferior appendages when viewed ventrally; this outline
is straight in P. cinereus. Polycentropus harpi and P. cinereus are easily dis-
tinguished from P. sabulosus Leonard and Leonard on the basis of the
posterior emargination of the inferior appendage. Specimens of P. harpi
from Arkansas are much smaller than those from Texas and may have
the left phallic rod angled more sharply to the left.

The P. cinereus group contains two species recorded from North
America (Armitage and Hamilton 1990), in addition to P. harpi. The
nominate species, P. cinereus, is transcontinental (Armitage and
Hamilton 1990). Polycentropus sabulosus is known only from Michigan.
Polycentropus harpi is known only from the type series. In Texas P. harpi
has been collected with P. picana Ross while in Arkansas it has been
collected with P. centralis Banks.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank D. E. Bowles. B. Ewing. and H. W. Robison for collecting additional
specimens of P. harpi. M. L. Mathis allowed the senior author to examine material in the
University of Arkansas Arthropod Collection. We thank S. W. Hamilton and J Kennedy
for reviewing an early draft of the manuscript. The comments of three anonymous
reviewers were appreciated. This study was supported in part by the National Science
Foundation (DEB-9200895) and a UNT Faculty Research Grant to KWS.

38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Armitage, B. J. and S. W. Hamilton, 1990. Diagnostic atlas of North American caddisfly

adults. II. Ecnomidae, Polycentropodidae, Psychomyiidae, and Xiphocentronidae.

The Caddis Press. Athens, AL. 152 pp.
Bowles, D. E. and M. L. Mathis. 1989. Caddisflies (Insecta: Trichoptera) of mountainous

regions in Arkansas, with new state records for the order. Jour. Kans. Entomol. Soc.

62:234-244.

Edwards, S. W. 1973. Texas caddisflies. Texas Jour, of Science 24:491-516.
Hamilton, S. W., S. C. Harris, and P. K. Lago. 1990. Description of two new Polycentropus

from Alabama with a checklist ofthePolycentropusconfusus species-group (Trichoptera:

Polycentropodidae). Jour. New York Entomol. Soc. 98:362-368.
Mathis, M. L. and D. E. Bowles. 1992. A preliminary survey of the Trichoptera of the

Ozark Mountains, Missouri, U.S.A. Entomol. News 103:19-29.
Unzicker, J. D., L. Aggus, and L. O. Warren. 1970. A preliminary list of the Arkansas

Trichoptera. Jour. Georgia Entomol. Soc. 5:167-174.

Continued from page 34

showed the entire process of silphid beetles burying a mouse carcass and the development
of the beetle brood. He also showed how the carrion beetle life cycle could be replicated in
the classroom. A related presentation, by Dr. Judith Hough-Goldstein, entitled "Amazing
Insects", also used slides to illustrate many basic ideas concerning insects such as body
characteristics, major orders, metamorphosis, etc. She also stresses to students that insects
can be competitors to humans, and ends her presentation with live insects, including a
hissing cockroach. In addition, she brings to the classroom a collection of striking and
interesting specimens.

Dr. Elzie McCord Jr., of the Stine Haskell DuPont Labs, presented "Insect Show and
Tell". He goes to the classroom to promote insects as interesting, not "yucky", to encourage
participation by the students, introduce students to what scientists do and show that scien-
tists can come from diverse backgrounds. He attempts to develop with the students lots of
interactions and much exposure to live insects, aptly demonstrated by his talk to the
society, and he tries to leave the students with a setup of live insects for their classroom. Dr.
Susan Whitney, University of Delaware, in "Bug Out", presented an overview of a wonder-
ful series of lessons she has developed for 6-10 year olds entitled Bug Out. This series incor-
porates interaction, observation, projects and short lectures to illustrate many aspects of
insect biology (available at low cost through North Carolina State University). She ended
by having the entire audience participate in a sample lesson of drawing a "mystery" bug
and then identifying it; the trick here is that the children receive much information about
how an insect is constructed while participating in a fun game. Dr. Harold White, Uni-
versity of Delaware, ended the session with "Aquatic Insects." As an amateur entomologist
(he is a biochemistry professor) he stresses this aspect of the science to kids, and sees his
presentations as a way to get children interested in science perse, not just entomology. His
demonstrations were simple but effective, and relied only on a petri dish, overhead pro-
jector and a few live aquatic insects. By simply placing the insects in water in the dish on
the projector, locomotion, morphology and respiration of aquatic insects all can be illus-
trated. He stressed, above all, that the best experience for the kids is to take them out-
side to a pond!

Over 50 society members, guests and teachers attended this meeting at the Uni-
versity of Delaware.

Jon K. Gelhaus,
Corresponding Secretary

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993 39

INTERACTIONS OF PREDACEOUS KATYDIDS

(ORTHOPTERA: TETTIGONIIDAE)

WITH NEOTROPICAL SOCIAL WASPS

(HYMENOPTERA: VESPIDAE): ARE WASPS

A DEFENSE MECHANISM OR PREY? 1

Sean O'Donnell 2

ABSTRACT: Field observations of interactions between predaceous tettigoniids, Phlugis
poecila and Ancistrocercus inficitus, and neotropical eusocial wasps, Polistes instabilis and P.
versicolor, show that tettigoniids prey on unguarded wasp nests and may employ chemical
or tactile cues to distinguish the nests. Tettigoniids prey on brood in P. instabilis nests from
which adult wasps are experimentally removed. Polistes instabilis and Polybia occidentalis
wasp workers are not tolerant of tettigoniids roosting near their nests, and tettigoniids near
wasp nests behave as if avoiding detection by adult wasps. These observations suggest that
predation on brood is an important feature of tettigoniid associations with neotropical
wasp nests.

Associations of tettigoniids with active colonies of social wasps in the
neotropics have been interpreted as a commensalistic or mutualistic
relationship, wherein the tettigoniids gain protection from predators for
the duration of their diurnal inactive period and the wasps gain
additional warning of predator approach (Downhower and Wilson
1973; Richards 1978). Here I report a case of predation on a wasp colony
by the katydid Phlugis poecila Hebard (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae). Com-
bined with observations of interactions of social wasps and green-faced
katydids, Ancistrocercus inficitus (Walker), roosting near their nests, and
with the results of experimental removal of adult Polistes wasps from
nests with katydids roosting nearby, these observations suggest that an
important component of the association is predation on wasp broods
by katydids.

Nest predation observations

On 3 August 1990 at 1200h, I discovered a small, newly-founded (pre-
adult emergence) nest of Polistes versicolor (Olivier) (Hymenoptera: Ves-
pidae) 2 m above the ground under a Heliconia sp. leaf at the edge of a
clearing nearGamboa, Republic of Panama. The nest was attended by a
single female wasp, presumably the foundress, during observations. A
female tettigoniid, Phlugis poecila, was resting on the same leaf at a dis-

1 Received May 16, 1992. Accepted July 27, 1992

~ Department of Entomology, University of Wisconsin. Madison, WI 53706

ENT. NEWS 1(M{1): 39-42. January & February. 1993

40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

tance of 5 cm when the nest was discovered. Phlugis poecila is predaceous,
though little else is known of its behavior (D. Nickle, pers. comm.).

The P. poecila female approached the nest at approximately 5 min
intervals over the course of 45 min following nest discovery. On each
approach the tettigoniid remained at a distance roughly equal to her
antennal length and gently touched both the nest and adult wasp with
the distal ends of her antennae; whenever her antennae contacted the
wasp the katydid retreated to a distance of between 10 and 30 cm from the
nest and remained motionless until the next approach. The wasp made
no obvious response to the tettigoniid throughout this period. The wasp
departed for 4 minutes on a foraging trip, but the katydid did not
approach during this time.

After 50 min of observation I removed the wasp from the nest and
placed her in a sealed container. The tettigoniid approached and anten-
nated the unoccupied nest 5 min later, then retreated 3 cm. After 4 min
the tettigoniid returned, antennated the nest, then approached and
touched the nest petiole and the bases of the cells with her labial and
maxillary palpi. The tettigoniid climbed onto the nest and touched the
brood cell entrances with her palpi before climbing back to the base of
the nest. At this point she held the nest with her forelegs and chewed at
the bottom of one brood cell near its attachment to the nest petiole. This
chewing continued for 10 min, at the end of which I collected the nest
and the tettigoniid.

The damage to the wasp nest was clearly visible at 8X magnification
as holes chewed into brood cell bases. A total of three cells bore similar
damage, suggesting that the nest had been attacked before my obser-
vations. All cells contained larvae, however.

Nest predation experiment

I surveyed 45 active P. instabilis de Saussure colonies for the presence
of katydids roosting within 1 m of their nests on 8 July 1992 at Palo Verde
National Park, Costa Rica. Green-faced katydids were found near 7 1 % of
the nests surveyed (Xnumber katydids present = 2.96, sd = 3.45, range =
Oto 17); over 90% of the katydids were roosting within 10 cm of the nests.
The number of adult wasps occupying the nests at the time of the survey
ranged from 2 to 1 1 (X = 5.2, sd = 2.28). None of the wasp nests bore
damage, for example holes or tears in brood cell walls, which might sug-
gest attempted katydid predation.

Downhower and Wilson (1973) noted that a green-faced katydid
roosting near a Polistes sp. nest in Costa Rica fed on wasp pupae after the
nest had been moved and the adult wasps had been removed. I removed
all adult wasps from five P. instabilis colonies on 13 July 1992 between

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993 41

1930h and 2030h, after nearby katydids had left to forage, to test the
hypothesis that brood in unguarded wasp nests would be preyed upon by
katydids. I did not otherwise manipulate the nests or katydids. At 600h
the following morning 4 to 12 green-faced katydids were present at four
of the treated nests. Brood cells in these four nests were apparently
chewed open on the sides and their contents partially removed (number
of cells damaged ranged from 6 to 15). No katydids were present at the
remaining nest, which was undamaged. Four surveys of the manipulated
nests were conducted over the ensuing 36 hours. The number of cells
damaged increased on the four nests with katydids present, and katydids
were observed chewing through cells and consuming brood on each of
these nests. The nest without katydids present was not damaged.

Downhower and Wilson (1973) found that A. inficitus were able to
relocate two Polistes sp. nests in the morning after the nests were dis-
placed 1 m from their original site the previous night, and that the nest
petioles were especially attractive to the tettigoniids; the adult wasps
placed in a nearby cage were not attractive. These results, combined with
my observations, suggest that some tettigoniid species are capable of dis-
tinguishing wasp nests using chemical or tactile cues, and that the tet-
tigoniids can discriminate between the nest and the adult wasps using
these cues. In the case of P. poecila, substrate-borne cues were apparently
employed in discriminating between the nest and the adult wasp.

Wasp responses to tettigoniids

Ancistrocercus inficitus often perch on twigs within 10 cm of wasp
nests, adopting the cryptic posture described for other neotropical
orthopterans (Robinson 1969). My observations in Guanacaste, Costa
Rica in 1988 and 1991 showed \ha\.A. inficitus roosting near eusocial wasp
(Polistes instabilis and Polybia occidentalis [Olivier]) colonies were at-
tacked and occasionally driven away after being detected by wasp
workers. Though roosting tettigoniids often remained motionless for
several hours, initial detection was probably visual, since the wasps often
oriented to and approached the tettigoniids following movement. Wasp
workers that contacted tettigoniids with their antennae raised their
wings, elevated their bodies, and bit the intruders repeatedly (observed
on several occasions at one Polistes instabilis nest in 1988 and at two
Polybia occidentalis nests in 1991). When attacked by wasps, A. inficitus
slowly raised the body part being bitten and only moved away if the wasp
worker was especially persistent. A similar response to tettigoniids was
noted at a Synoeca sp. colony in Costa Rica (Downhower and Wilson
1973). Social wasps are not tolerant of roosting tettigoniids, though this
may be a general response by workers to foreign insects near the nest.

42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Roosting near wasp colonies may afford protection to predaceous tet-
tigoniids, but it is unclear which potential predators of tettigoniids would
be repelled by the wasps (Downhower and Wilson 1973). Both wasp
nests and green-faced katydids are fed to nestling trogons (Trogon sp.) by
their parents in Guanacaste (F. Joyce, pers. comm.).

Association with wasp nests during the daylight hours maximizes the
probability that the nest will be unoccupied or occupied by few wasps,
since social wasp foragers return to and cluster on their nests at night.
This is especially true in relatively young colonies of independent-
founding wasps such as Polistes spp., however, even a small number of
adult wasps present on the nest can apparently deter katydid predation.
Further observations of tettigoniids roosting near small wasp colonies
are needed to establish the frequency of predation on unmanipulated
nests and the impact of tettigoniid predation on wasp colony success.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Thanks are extended to Donald Windsor who served as my Smithsonian research
advisor during field work in Panama. Ann Eraser, Bruce Howlett, John Lill, Karen Lon-
don, and Adrienne Nicotra of Organization for Tropical Studies course 92-3 provided valu-
able suggestions and assisted ably with the wasp nest survey in Costa Rica. David Nickle
identified the tettigoniid from Panama and supplied useful background information on its
habits. Robert Jeanne, Tom Phillips, and two anonymous reviewers read and commented
on an earlier version of the manuscript. Financial support was provided by a Short Term
Fellowship from the Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute, a grant from the University
of Wisconsin-Madison Graduate School, and an Organization for Tropical Studies/Pew
Charitable Trust Tropical Fellowship.

LITERATURE CITED

Downhower, J.F. and D.E. Wilson. 1973. Wasps as a defense mechanism of katydids.

Am. Midi. Nat. 89:451-455.
Richards, O.W. 1978. The social wasps of the Americas. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), London.

580 pp.
Robinson, M.H. 1969. Orthopteroid defensive behaviour in Panama. Trans. R. Ent. Soc.

Lond. 121:281-303.

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993 43

RECORDS OF BAT FLIES FROM JORDAN,
LIBYA AND ALGERIA 1

Z. S. Amr, M. B. Qumsiyeh^

ABSTRACT: Eight species of bat flies (Insecta: Diptera: Streblidae and Nycteribiidae)
collected from bats from Jordan, Libya and Algeria are listed along with their respective
hosts. Brachytarsina flavipennis, Stylidia biarticulata, Stylidia Integra and Basilia nana are
new records for Jordan.

In the course of extensive collecting throughout Jordan, Libya and
Algeria in 1981, several species of ectoparasites were removed from bats.
Although the Chiroptera of Jordan and North Africa have been studied
(Qumsiyeh 1980, Qumsiyeh el al. In press, Hufnagl 1972, Hayman and
Hill 1971), little information is available on their associated bat flies.

The only record of a bat fly from Jordan was reported by Kock and
Nader (1979). Anciaux de Faveaux (1976) provided a list of parasitic
insects from Algerian bats and Hurka (1982) reported on the bat flies of
coastal Libya.

This paper provides additional records of bat flies from Libya,
Algeria and Jordan.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Bats were collected by mistnet or while roosting in caves or crevices.
A total of 63 bats were collected: 12, 15 and 36 from Jordan, Libya and
Algeria respectively. Each bat was individually examined and their
ectoparasites were stored in vials containing 75% alcohol, "n" designates
the number of bats examined.

Systematic List

Family Streblidae

Brachytarsina flavipennis Macquart 1851

Material examined:

Jordan: Wadi Khanzaireh( W.Araba). 9.2. 1981, ex 2M,Rhinolophusblasii

(n = 7).

Libya: Kuf National Park, 13.3.1981, ex 6M, Khinolophus mehelyi (n == 9).
Algeria: Misserghin Cave, 7.5.1981, ex IF, Myotis blythi (n = : 10).

1 Received May 4. 1992. Accepted August 26, 1992.

2 Department of Biology, Jordan University of Science and Technology. Irbid. Jordan.

ENT. NEWS 104(1): 43-46. January & February. 1993

44 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Remarks: This species has been reported from Miniopterus schreibersi
and several species of the genus Rhinolophus (Theodor 1967). Hurka
(1982) indicated its presence on R. mehelyi.

Family Nycteribiidae
Stylidia biarticulata (Harmann 1864)

Material examined:

Jordan: Wadi Khanzaireh (W. Araba), 9.2.1981, ex 2M, Rhinolophus

blasii (n = 7).

Libya: Kuf National Park, 13.3.1991, ex 1M, R. mehelyi (n = 9).
Algeria: Misserghin Cave, 7.5.1981, ex 1M, 2F, Myotis blythi (n = 10).

Tipasa, 5.7.1981, ex 1M, IF, Miniopterus schreibersi (n = 2).

Tipasa, 5.7.1981, ex 1M, R. mehelyi (n = 1).

Remarks: Theodor (1967) reported Stylidia biarticulata from Rhinolophus
euryale, R.ferrumequinum, R. hipposideros minimus, R. blasii, Myotis myotis
and Miniopterus schreibersi. Hurka ( 1 982) considered Stylidia biarticulata
to be a westpalearctic species.

Stylidia integra (Theodor and Moscona 1954)

Material examined:

Jordan: Dibbin National Park, 27.2.1981, ex 1M, Rhinilophus hip-
posideros (n = 1).

Remarks: Kock and Nader (1979) commented on the distribution of 5 1 .
integra and they suggested this species represents a saharosindian
faunal element. It is known from Rhinolophus blasii and R. acrotis
(Theodor 1965).

Basilia nana Theodor and Moscona 1954

Material examined:

Jordan: Dibbin National Park, 27.2.1981 and 9.8.1981, ex 1M, 3F,
Myotis nattereri (n = 1 ).

Remarks: It seems that Basilia nana is host-specific for the genus Myotis.
Theodor (1965) reported Myotis nattereri and M. myotis as hosts for
Basilia nana.

Basilia daganiae Theodor and Moscona 1954

Material examined:

Libya: KufNational Park, 15-16.3. 1981, ex, \M,3,Ptpistrelluspipistrellus

(n ---- 5).

8 km SSEHaniya, 3.4.1981, ex 1M, P. pipistrellus (n = 1).

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993 45

Remarks: Theodor (1965) reported that Basilia daganiae parasitized
Pipistrellus Kuhlii in Deganya.

Penicillidia dufouri (Westwood 1835)

Material examined:

Algeria: Misserghin Cave, 7.5.1981, ex 4M, 3F Myotis blythi (n = 10).
Cap Aokas, 23.6.1981, ex 1M, 3F, M. blythi (n = 3). "
Tipasa, 5.7.1981, ex 1M, Miniopterus schreibersi (n = 2).
Tipasa, 5.7.1981, ex 1M Rhinolophus euryale (n = 11).

Remarks: Rhinolophus hipposideros was reported as host of this bat fly
(Theodor 1967).

Nycteribia pedicularia Latreille 1796

Material examined:

Algeria: Misserghin Cave, 7.5.1981, ex IF, Myotis blythi (n = 10).

Remarks: Rhinolophus hippisideros minimus, R. euryale and Miniopterus
schreibersi are known hosts for Nycteribia pedicularia (Vermeil 1960,
Theodor 1967).

Nycteribia schmidlii Schiner 1853

Material examined:

Algeria: Misserghin Cave, 7.5.1981, ex 1M, 3F, Miniopterus schreibersi

(n = 8).

Sig cave, 9.5.1981, ex 1M, 3F, M. blythi (n = 1).

Tipasa, 5.7.1981, ex 2M, IF, R. euryale (n = 1).

Tipasa, 5.7.1981, ex 2M, 6F, Miniopterus schreibersi (n = 2).

Remarks: In addition to the above species, Nycteribia schmidlii has been
taken from Rhinolophus ferrumequinum and Mvotis mehelvi (Fa\coz 1923,
Theodor 1967).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We are grateful to T. C. Maa for his help in species determination and D. Kock for pro-
viding reprints on bat flies. This work was supported in part by a grant (No. 26/92)
from the Deanship of Academic Research (J. U. S. T.)

LITERATURE CITED

Anciaux de Faveaux, M. 1976. Distribution de chiropteres en AJgerie avec notes
ecologiques et parasitologiques. du Bulletin de la Societete d'Histoire Naturelle de
1'Afrique du Nord, 67: 69-80.

Falcoz, L. 1923. Biospeologica n 49. Diptera Pupipara ( 1 Serie). Arch.. Zool. Exper. Gen.,
61: 521-552.

46 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Hayman, R. and Hill, J. 1971. The Mammals of Africa, an Identification Manual.

Part 2. Order Chiroptera. Washington, Smithsonian Inst. Press. 73 pp.
Hufnagl, E. 1972. Libyan-Mammals. The Oleander Press. London. 88 pp.
Hurka, K. 1982. On the insect bat ectoparasites of coastal Libya. Cimicidae, Nycteribiidae,

Strebiidae and Ischnopsylidae. Vestn. Cesk. Spol. Zool. 46: 85-91.
Rock, D. and Nader, I. 1979. Two bat flies from the kingdom of Saudi Arabia, their

nomenclature, host specificity and zoogeography (Insecta: Diptera: Nycteribiidae).

Senckenbergiana bio., 60: 65-73.
Qumsiyeh, M. B. 1980. New records of bats from Jordan. Saugetier Kdl. Mitt.. 28:

36-39.
Qumsiyeh, M. B., Disi, A. M. and Amr, Z. In Press. Systematics and distribution of the

bats (Mammalia: Chiroptera) of Jordan. Dirasat.
Theodor, 0. 1967. An Illustrated Catalogue of the Rothschild Collection of Nycteribiidae.

The British Museum. Publication No. 655: 1-506. London.
Theodor, O. and Moscona, A. 1954. On bat parasites in Palestine. I. Nycteribiidae.

Strebiidae, Hemiptera, Siphonaptera. Parasitology, 44: 157-245.
Vermill, C. 1960. Contribution a 1 etude des Nycteribiidae et des Strebiidae de Tunisie.

Ann. Parasit. Hum. Comp., 35: 737-743.

SOCIETY MEETING OF NOVEMBER 18, 1992
ECOLOGY OF PAVEMENT ANTS

Mr. Thomas King,

Peerless Pest Control

Philadelphia, PA

We are all well aware of the detrimental effects of increasing urbanization and develop-
ment on the natural environment, including the loss of diverse habitats and the numerous
insect denizens which occur there. The informative and humorous presentation by Mr.
Thomas King, drawing upon his own observations and those of others, reminds us that
there are numerous insects, among these the pavement ant, Tetramorium caespitum (Lin-
naeus), who find in urbanization an opportunity for range expansion and population
growth.

The pavement ant, although probably evolved in Europe or Africa, is now found scat-
tered throughout the world, including diverse places as Belize, Chile, North America and
Australia. Although possibly arriving in North America with the early European colonists,
it continues its rapid spread at a local level even today. For example, a monograph on the
ants of Colorado in the early 1960's stated that Tetramorium caespitum was absent from
Denver; during a recent trip to Denver, Mr. King found the ant abundant everywhere he
looked. The success of the pavement ant in cities is most probably related to the habitat in
which it originally evolved, i.e., open areas of scarce, low vegetation. It is equally at home in
the wall-to-wall pavement of any major city (thus its apt common name), or in the lawns of
the suburbs.

Mr. King's interest in ants in general extends back to age 7. More recently, his ant
research has included one year studying the fire ant at Texas Tech University, and con-
tinues with observations on interactions between the introduced Tetramorium caespitum
and other ant species in the Philadelphia area. Surprisingly, although the pavement ant is
well adapted to the urban and disturbed environment, it does face severe competition from

Continued on page 52

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993 47

A CHAMBER FOR MASS HATCHING AND

EARLY REARING OF PRAYING MANTIDS

(ORTHOPTERA: MANTIDAE) 1

Frederick R. Prete, Robert J. Mahaffey^

ABSTRACT: A rugged, easily maintained polycarbonate and lucite chamber for the mass
hatching and early rearing of praying mantises is described.The chamber is sealed after
eggs are introduced so that even the smallest prey (e.g., Drosophila) cannot escape. An
aquarium pump forces fresh air through a water bottle into the sealed chamber. Gas
exchange and the introduction of prey, food, and water occur through several holes that are
plugged with foam rubber. If necessary, the temperature of individual chambers can be
raised above ambient by placing an incandescent light bulb at the appropriate distance.

The praying mantis' dramatic method of prey capture and the rela-
tive ease with which the predatory strike can be elicited in the laboratory
have made this insect an important investigatory tool for the study of
visually guided behaviors (e.g., Barnes, 1979; Barnes and Mote, 1980;
Collet, 1987; Liske and Mohren, 1984; Kirmse, 1985; Horridge, 1986;
Rossel, 1986; Prete, 1991; Prete, 1992a, b; Prete, et al, 1992a, b).

In spite of the popularity of mantises among professional and
amateur entomologists, information regarding methods of mass rearing
and maintaining these insects remains primarily anecdotal. A few infor-
mative reports on small scale rearing have appeared (e.g.. Heath, 1980),
but problems unique to those rearing large numbers of mantises remain
unaddressed in the literature. Here, we describe a chamber in which egg
cases can be incubated and young (e.g., up to fourth or fifth instar
Tenodera or Sphodromantis) mantises can be easily raised prior to being
placed in individual containers. The chamber solves several of the prob-
lems that mantis breeders face for instance: maintaining high
humidity, maintaining high prey densities, feeding the introduced prey,
and preventing the escape of small prey.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The chambers are easily built and, with reasonable care, have an
indefinite life. The materials needed for the construction of one chamber
are these (measurements are given in inches for appropriate items): i) a
polycarbonate rodent cage (51 x 41 x 22 cm; Fisher Scientific); ii) one
piece of clear lucite (53 x 42 x 0.64 cm); iii) eleven foam rubber plugs ( 3.5

1 Received June 27, 1992. Accepted July 18, 1992.

2 Department of Psychology, Youngstown State University, Youngstown, Ohio 44555.

ENT. NEWS 104(1): 47-52. January & February. 1993

48 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

x 4 cm; e.g., standard Drosophila vial plugs); iv) 42 cm long x 3.8 cm (1.5
inches) wide aluminum piano hinge; v) 42 cm long x 1 .3 cm (.5 inch) wide
aluminum angle; 2.5 cm long ( 1 inch) 6-32 round head bolts, 1 .6 cm long
(.625 inch) 10-32 Hat head bolts, 1.6 cm long (.625 inch) 6-32 Oat head
bolts, appropriate washers and nuts. A finished chamber is pictured in
Fig. 1.

The first step is to cut the lucite into two sections across its width. One
piece will serve as a door, the other as the permanently attached portion
of the top. The width of the door can be varied to suit individual prefer-
ences but we suggest cutting the lucite into two approximately equal sec-
tions. This allows sufficient access to the chamber interior when re-
moving mantises and cleaning without having to remove the entire top.
The two pieces of lucite are connected with the piano hinge on the out-
side of the chamber. If the hinge is not pre-drilled, the 10-32 fiat head
screws are spaced 10cm between centers with the heads recessed into the
lucite. The aluminum angle is attached to the lip of the door with the 6-32
flat head screws, also spaced 10cm between centers and recessed into the
lucite. Fewer screws should not be used in that one purpose of the hinge
and angle is to prevent the lucite from warping. If the two top pieces do
not fit snugly under the hinge, the gap can be filled with a strip of .64 cm
(.25 inch) wide adhesive foam rubber weather stripping (e.g., Door &
Window Weather Strip, Macklanburg-Duncan, Oklahoma City, OK).
The top is affixed to the bottom with the 6-32 round head screws. Holes
should be drilled through the top such that the screws pass through the
center of the rolled lip of the box; The 6-32 nuts will fit snugly within the
lip. Holes should be drilled for four bolts on each side (two on each side
of the top and two on each side of the door) and for three along the back
edge of the top. This is the minimum number sufficient to prevent the top
from warping.

Seven 3.2 cm (1.25 inch) holes are drilled in the sides of the box, and
four in the top (see Fig. 1 for placement). Foam rubber plugs are inserted
into each hole. Standard Drosophila vial plugs work well; however; larger
holes may be drilled as long as the plugs used fit snugly. Prey, and food
for the prey are introduced through these holes.

Fresh humid air is supplied to the chamber by a standard aquarium
pump attached to an 8 oz (237 ml) polyethylene wash bottle (Carolina
Biological) containing water. After clipping off the thin tip to increase air
flow, the nozzle of the bottle is inserted into the chamber through the
center of one of the foam rubber plugs. Any mid-sized pump (x;2500 cc/
min at 4 PSI) is sufficient to aerate two chambers. If chambers become
too humid, any number of foam rubber plugs can be replaced with
square pieces of fine screen taped over the holes and/ or the wash bottle

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993

Cfl

-C

(50

<a
oo

4J
u
3

50 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

can be emptied. Internal chamber temperature can be monitored by an
aquarium thermometer and, if necessary, the temperature can be raised
above ambient by placing an incandescent light bulb at the appro-
priate distance.

Perch sites for the mantises are supplied by a continuous (2.5 meter)
length of 15 cm high heavy (_> 5 x mm) plastic mesh folded back and
forth inside of the chamber (e.g., Co-Polymer Gutter Guard, Allumax
Home Products, Lancaster, PA).

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Prior to hatching, egg cases are hung from the plastic mesh with wire
hooks and the door is bolted closed. Generally, we incubate simul-
taneously four to eight egg cases of about the same age in one chamber.
Although the chamber is relatively easy to use, precautions are
necessary.

For over two hundred years, those who have written about keeping
mantises have continually reminded their readers that cannibalism can
be held to a minimum by supplying the mantises with sufficient prey
(Prete and Wolfe, 1992). This is easily done with a chamber from which
prey cannot escape and, if fed, survive well until eaten. For early instars,
we suggest the following procedure: just before the mantises hatch and
prior to bolting the chamber lid closed, place a jar (approximately 50 x
1 10 cm) half filled with commercial Drosophila food on its side under one
of the foam rubber plugs. Placing the jar on its side prevents mantises
from becoming entrapped in the food. Shortly after the first hatching
(and then as needed) anesthetized flies can be added by pouring them
through a funnel inserted into one of the holes in the top of the chamber.
If the foam rubber plug is kept in place during the procedure and is just
pushed aside by the funnel's spout, flies and mantises cannot escape.
When the jar needs refilling, it can be righted easily by means of a long
sturdy wire with 1.5cm of the tip bent at a right angle. The wire is inserted
through a hole in the top of the chamber (with the plug kept in place), and
hooked under the lip of the jar. Then, with the jar's base pushed against
the side of the chamber, it is pulled upright and slid, if necessary, directly
under the foam rubber plug. With practice, this procedure takes only
seconds. Once upright, the jar can be refilled with Drosophila food
through a funnel and returned to its side with the wire hook.

Obviously, other prey, such as crickets of any size, can be introduced
into the chamber through a funnel of appropriate size. Prey can be sup-
plied with slices of vegetables impaled on a thin stainless steel wire that is
bent at the tip and inserted through one of the holes in the top. The wire

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993 51

should extend sufficiently far beyond the top to prevent it from falling
into the chamber. Although crickets can be maintained on just vege-
tables with high water content, such as potatoes, if they become thirsty or
hungry they will prey on the mantises. To avoid this problem, we also
supply the crickets with powdered laboratory rodent food and fresh
water. The former is simply poured through a funnel into the chamber.
Water is supplied in a slice of wet sponge impaled on a thin stainless steel
wire as is done with vegetables. The sponge should not be so wet that it
loses water into the chamber. We have found it best to place a small plas-
tic dish into which the crickets can climb (such as a small jar lid) under
the sponge to keep excess water off the chamber floor. This can be done
by placing the dish under the hole through which the sponge will be
inserted before the lid is bolted down or by first threading the wire on
which the sponge is impaled through the center of the dish. Obviously, if
the latter method is used, a hole large enough to accept the dish has to be
cut in the lid.

Once mantises reach approximately the sixth instar (depending on
species), we transfer them into aquaria with screen tops; immediately
after their final molt, they are placed in individual containers.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This research was supported in part by a University Research Council Grant from
Youngstown State University. We thank S. P. Grossman of The University of Chicago, and
B. Greenberg of the University of Illinois at Chicago forcritically reading an earlier version
of this manuscript. We also thank our referees and editor for their thoughtful criticisms and
suggestions.

LITERATURE CITED

Barnes, S. N. 1979. The visual system of the mantis Tenodera aridifolia sinensis. Invest.

Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. Suppl.: 277-278.
Barnes, S. N., and Mote, M. I. 1980. Lamina mono polar cells of the praying mantis

Tenodera-aridifolia: Response pattern and receptive fields. Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci.

Suppl.: 88.

Collett, T. S. 1987. Binocular depth vision in arthropods. TINS. 10: 1-2.
Copeland, J., and Carlson, A, D. 1977. Prey capture in mantids: Prothoracic tibial flexion

reflex. Jour. Insect. Physiol. 23: 1151-1156.
Corrette, B. J. 1980. Motor control of prey capture in the preying mantis, Tenodera aridifolia

sinensis. Ph.D. dissertation, Univ. of Oregon 217 pp.
Heath, G. H. 1980. Rearing and studying the praying mantids. Amat. Entomol. Soc. Leaf.

36: 1-15.
Horridge, G. A. 1986. A theory of insect vision: velocity parallax. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. B.

229: 13-27.

Kirmse, W. 1985, Short communication. Visual position information controlling smooth-
tracking in the praying mantis. Jour. Exp. Biol. 1 19: 365-367.
Liske, E., and Mohren, W. 1984. Saccadic head movements of the praying mantis, with

52 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

particular reference to visual and proprioceptive information. Physiol. Entomol. 9:

29-38.
Prete, F. R. 1990. Prey catching in mantids: The role of the prothoracic tibial flexion reflex.

J. Insect Physiology, 36: 335-338.
Prete, F. R. 1991. Configurational prey selection by the praying mantis., Sphodromantis

lineola (Burr.): The effects of size and direction of movement. Brain, Beh. Evol. 36:

300-6.
Prete, F. R. 1992a. The effects of background pattern and contrast on prey discrimination

by the praying mantis Sphodromantis lineola (Burr). Brain. Beh. Evol. (in press).
Prete, F. R. 1992b. The discrimination of visual stimuli representing prey versus non-prey

by the praying mantis, Sphodromantis lineola (Burr). Brain, Beh. Evol. (in press).
Prete, F. R. and M. M. Wolfe 1992. Religious supplicant, seductive cannibal, or reflex

machine? In search of the praying mantis. J. Hist. Biol., 25: 91-136.
Prete, F. R., H. Lum, and S. P. Grossman 1992a. Non-predatory ingestive behaviors of the

praying mantis Sphodromantis lineola (Burr.) Brain. Beh. Evol. 39: 124-32.
Prete, F. R., C. A. Klimek, and S. P. Grossman 1990a. The predatory strike of the mantis,

Tenodera aridifolia sinensis (Sauss.). J. Insect Physiol. 36: 561-565.
Prete, F. R., P. J. Placek, M. A. Wilson, R. J. Mahaffey and R. R. Nemcek 1992b. The

Effects of Stimulus Speed and Order of Presentation on the Discrimination of Visual

Stimuli Representing Prey by the Praying Mantis Sphodromantis lineola (Burr.), Brain,

Behav. Evol. (in press).
Rossel, S. 1986. Binocular spatial localization in the praying mantis. Jour. Exp. Biol. 120:

265-281.

Continued from page 46

many species it did not initially evolve with, including native species of Pheidole and
Monomorium ants, and even small rodents like mice and rats. For example, T. caespitum
won't forage in bright sunlight and the resultant heat, therefore limiting its foraging times
in warm areas to night and morning hours; some species of ants can forage at much higher
temperatures during the day, and mice probably compete with the pavement ant for food
during the nocturnal periods. Other factors which may impact the competitiveness of
T.caespitum are the large nest sizes and foraging areas it maintains (nests may be up to 7
square meters, foraging areas may be up to 40 square meters), its tolerance of other ant
species in its area and its high investment in reproductives (up to 50% of the colony's energy
may go toward reproductives).

There were several notes of local entomological interest preceding Mr. King's talk. Con-
cerning the widely publicized decline in monarch butterfly populations due to severe cold
and logging in their overwintering forests in Mexico, Dale Schweitzer suggested that local
factors may have also played an additional factor. He reported that population levels in
Cumberland Co., New Jersey appeared to be building in July, but never appeared as a flush
of adults in August as expected, possibly due to cooler summer temperatures and/or dis-
ease. Mildred Morgan stated that numbers of monarchs tagged at Cape May. New Jersey
by Jane Ruffin and herself was one-tenth that of the previous year. Barbara Kirschenstein
reported on small flies (family Phoridae) attracted to iodized salt. Society president Joe
Sheldon urged everyone to attend the traveling insect exhibition, "Backyard Monsters" at
the Franklin Institute, Philadelphia, which features monstrous robotic insects, a mar-
velous collection of OH MY! insects from around the world, interactive exhibits and an
operational scanning electron microscope. The meeting at the Academy of Natural
Sciences was attended by 27 members and their guests.

Jon K. Gelhaus,
Corresponding Secretary

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February. 1993 53

ELMIDAE OF TAIWAN PART II:

REDESCRIPTION OF LEPTELMIS FORMOSANA

(COLEOPTERA: DRYOPOIDEA) 1

Ming-Luen Jeng, Ping-Shih Yang^ 3

ABSTRACT: Leptelmisformosana is the only member of the genus known from Taiwan. It
is redescribed and the male genitalia and other characters are illustrated. Because of
similar male genitalia but somewhat different external morphology, we regard Leptelmis
vietnamensis from Vietnam as a subspecies of L. formosana. A key is modified from Brown
and Thobias (1984) to include all known Leptelmis species of Asia.

The genus Leptelmis Sharp was reviewed recently by Brown and
Thobias (1984). More than twenty species are known from Asia and
Africa. Leptelmis formosana Nomura is the only species known from
Taiwan. Nomura described this species in 1962 based on two adults
collected by Yano in 1938. The descriptions only pointed out the dif-
ferences between L. formosana and L. parallela Nomura from Japan.
Brown and Thobias omitted these two species in their key to Asian
species of Leptelmis since the original diagnoses were too ambiguous to
separate them from L. gracilis Sharp from Japan. Actually, L. gracilis is
quite distinct in elytral shape. Because its humeri are not prominent and
the elytra are very broad at their apical 1/3, the body looks expanded pos-
teriorly. Both L. formosana and L. parallela have prominent humeri and
their elytra are subparallel-sided (Fig. 1 ). However, it is necessary to note
that the wing polymorphism may accompany morphological change of
pronotum and elytra (Deleve 1945; Brown, personal communication).

While examining the insect collections of Taiwan Agricultural
Research Institute (TARI), three specimens of Leptelmis formosana
were found. We redescribe and illustrate the species here. In addition, we
regard Leptelmis vietnamensis Deleve from Vietnam as a subspecies of
L. formosana due to its similar male genitalia but somewhat different
external morphology. A key to all known Asian species, modified from
Brown and Thobias (1984), is provided to include L. formosana and
L. parallela .

The following description of coloration is based on alcoholic
specimens viewed under a white light source. Body length is measured
from apex of pronotum to apex of elytra.

1 Received July 3, 1992. Accepted July 30, 1992.

2 Laboratory of Insect Conservation, Department of Plant Pathology and Entomology,
National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan 10764, R.O.C.

3 This study was supported by the National Science Council, Republic of China, Grant
No. NSC 82-0409-B-002-053.

ENT. NEWS 104(1): 53-59. January & February. 1993

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1 mm

Fig. 1. Leptelmis formosana formosana Nomura, dorsal aspect.

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993

Leptelmis formosana formosana Nomura

Leptelmis formosana Nomura, 1962, Toho Gakuho 12:48.

: Brown and Thobias, 1984, Pan-Pacific Entomol. 60(1 ):28.

Length 2.3 2.4 mm, width 0.8 0.9 mm. Body elongate, subparallel-sided, convex
dorsally. General coloration brown, with elytra feebly shining. Epicranium darker than
other portions; venter lighter than dorsum; antennae, palpi, tarsi and genitalia translucen-
tly testaceous.

Head retractable within prothoracic collar; visible portion finely granulate and pubes-
cent. Vertex concave at middle, impressed in a band on each side toward antennal base.
Frons convex at middle, about 3/5 as broad as width across eyes. Eyes rather large. Fronto-
clypeal suture indistinct. Labrum transverse, anterior margin feebly truncate with frontal
angle round. Antennae 11-segmented, barely reaching pronotal base; apex of distal seg-
ment acute.

Pronotum longer than broad by about 1 . 1 times; widest at basal 2/5, thence subparallel
posteriorly to base; narrowest at middle transverse impression. Anterior pronotal margin
arcuate and projecting over the vertex; anterior angles subacute, slightly protruding out-
wards; sides conspicuously bisinuate, not crenate; posterior margin feebly sinuate; basal
angles subquadrate. Surface finely and sparsely granulate anteriorly, coarsely and deeply
punctate at transverse impression and posterior portion. A subtriangular elevation located
behind the transverse impression; two upper tubercles of the elevation very prominent; the
lower tubercle smaller, with an indistinct ridge posteriorly; an indistinct impression com-
posed of some punctures extending from transverse impression to near lower tubercle of
the elevation. Two oblique, convergent grooves behind the subtriangular elevation deep,
with two oblique elevations posteriorly. Base with two small, round feeble impressions.

Scutellum fiat very sparsely granulate.

Elytra 2.4 times as long as pronotum; humeri prominent; sides subparallel in anterior
2/3, thence tapering posteriorly to a rounded apex; feebly depressed at base, but convex at
humeri. Each elytron bearing 9 punctate-striae; the 3rd and 4th striae merge on apical
declivity. Strial punctures on disk rather large, subquadrate, separated from one another
by less than half their diameters; punctures on apical declivity smaller and shallower.
Strial intervals on disk narrower than half diameter of punctures; the third interval (be-
tween 2nd and 3rd striae) elevated at base. Lateral borders feebly margined and finely
serrate. Epipleura narrowed gradually towards apex.

Fig. 2. Hind wing of L. formosana formosana.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

0.5mm

Fig. 3. Prosternum and mesosternum of L. formosana formosana.

Hind wing with venation as in Fig. 2. Venation essentially like that of the Cylloepus
(Hinton 1940, Figs. 251, 252); Veins 3Aj and 3A2 separated near base.

Prosternum coarsely punctate posteriorly. Prosternal process with sides subparallel or
slightly expanded posteriorly; apex truncate (Fig. 3).

Mesosternum with inconspicuous, blunt hind angles.

Metasternum with large, deep punctures; punctures separated at most by 1/2 their
diameters. Anterior position bare between mesosternum and longitudinal sulcus.

Abdomen with first two visible sterna with large, deep punctures similar to those on
metasternum; punctures on the last three sterna finer and sparser. Apex of last sternum
feebly truncate in males and round in females; males with two tufts of hairs and a semicir-
cular depression at the apex of 5th sternum.

Legs long and slender, with fine pubescence and sparse granules. Tibiae with in-
conspicuous rows of small setae present along innerdistal margins. Tarsi 5-segmented, that
of foreleg shortest and hindleg longest; segments progressively longer from base to apex;
apical segment as long as segments 1-4 combined, without ventroapical tuft of setae; claws
large, each with a basal tooth.

Male genitalia as shown in Fig. 4. It is noteworthy that while the genitalia are connected
ventrally with sternum IX the parameres are parallel-sided, but when sternum IX is
removed, the parameres expand outward as illustrated.

Variation: In one specimen the pronotum has its broadest width at base.

Specimens examined: Icf, Tamsui, Taihoku (Taipei Hsien), 24-VIII-1941, S. Miyamoto
leg.; 2 99, Heito (Pintong Hsien), V-1933, Y. Miwa leg. These specimens are deposited in
Department of Applied Zoology, TARI.

Distribution: The type locality of this species is Takezaki (Chuchi,
Chiayi Hsien). When more specimens become available we expect that
this species may be distributed from northern to southern Taiwan. At
present, the only known specimens are the two type specimens (in
National Science Museum, Tokyo) and the three specimens reported
here.

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993

0.1mm

Fig. 4. male genitalia of L. formosana formosana.

Leptelmis formosana vietnamensis Deleve

Leptelmis vietnamensis Deleve, 1968, Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hung., Pars Zool. 60:154.
: Brown and Thobias, 1984, Pan-Pacific Entomol. 60(1):27.

Since the male genitalia of this taxon is so similar to that of L. for-
mosana, we regard it as a subspecies of the later. Compared with the
nominate subspecies, the pronotum of this subspecies has (1) a smaller
elevation; (2) more indistinct upper tubercles; (3) a longer ridge behind
the lower tubercle and (4) a conspicuous longitudinal impression at
anteromiddle of the elevation. Its body size is a little smaller than the
nominate subspecies. These differences are shown in Fig. 5a and b.

E
to

Fig. 5a. Pronotum of L. formosana formosana; b. of L. formosana vietnamensis.

58 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Specimens examined: Holotype male, labelled "Vietnam, Prov. Ha-
Tinh, forestiere Huong-son, 1 50 m, foret trop. pluv./ a la lumiere, 1 5, VIII,
1963, T. Pocs./ Prepar. genit. No. 21266.2". Paratypes, Icf, 19, with identi-
cal data; Prepar. genit. No. 21266.1 and 21266.3 respectively.

The following key is modified from Brown and Thobias, 1984, to
include L. formosana and L. parallela .

Key to Asiatic Species and Subspecies of Leptelmis*

1. Elytra maculate 2

Elytra essentially uniform in color or with the humeri lighter 5

2. Each elytron with 5 yellow spots (Vietnam) L. signata

Elytra with fewer than 5 spots or markings 3

3. Elytra without vitta in apical half on intervals, with only humeral and apical markings;

larger (3.0 mm) (Sumatra) L. stricticollis

Elytra with both vitta, humeral and apical markings; smaller (less than 2.5 mm)
4

4. Elytra with strial interval 3 raised from base to apex; smaller (1.8 mm) (Philip-
pines) L. tawitawiensis

Elytra with strial interval 3 raised only at base; larger (2.3 mm) (Vietnam) . . .L. basalis

5. Elytra without prominent humeri 6

Elytra with prominent humeri 7

6. Elytra expanded posteriorly; venter punctate; larger (2.5-2.8 mm) (Japan). . . .Lgracilis
Elytra not expanded posteriorly; venter granulate; smaller (2.15 mm) (South India)

L. philomina

1. Tarsi 4-segmented (South China) L. flavicollis

Tarsi 5-segmented 8

8. Elytra with humeri paler 9

Elytra uniform in coloration; or if the elytra with humeral spot and /or paler 3rd strial
interval, the body size less than 2.5 mm 10

9. Larger (2.5-2.6 mm) (Japan) L. parallela

Smaller (2.0 mm) (North India) L. fracticollis

10. Elytra with strial interval 3 raised from base to apex 11

Elytra with strial interval 3 raised at base only or extending to apical 1/3 13

11. Male genitalia with parameressubparallel in apical half(Sumatra, Java) . . . .L.sulcata
Male genitalia with parameres tapering from base to apex 12

12. Penis subparallel laterally, longer than basal piece by 1.7 times (Sri Lanka)

L. cederholmi

Penis dilated at apical 1/4 and thence tapering basally, longer than basal piece by 1.5
times (Vietnam) L. obscura

13. Two upper tubercles of triangiriar elevation on pronotum very prominent; longitudinal
impression at anteromiddle of the pronotal elevation inconspicuous (Taiwan)

L. formosana formosana

Upper tubercles of triangular elevation on pronotum not very prominent; longitudinal

impression at anteromiddle of the pronotal elevation distinct (Vietnam)

L. formosana vietnamensis

* The species L. nietneri was transferred to the genus Podelmis by Jach (1984).

Vol. 104, No. 1, January & February, 1993 59

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Department of Applied Zoology (Liang-Yih CHOU), Taiwan Agricultural
Research Institute, R.O.C. and Termeszetrudomanyi Miizeum ( Otto MERKL), Hungary,
for lending us the precious specimens. We also express gratitude to Harry G. NELSON
(Field Museum of Natural history, Chicago), Harley P. BROWN (Dept. of Zoology. Univ.
of Oklahoma, Norman, U.S.A.) and M. A JACH (Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Aus-
tria) for revising the English manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Brown, H. P. and M. P. Thobias. 1984. World synopsis of the riffle beetle genus Leptelmis
Sharp, 1888, with a key to Asian species and description of a new species from India
(Coleoptera, Dryopoidea, Elmidae). Pan-Pacific Entomol. 60(1): 23-29.

Deleve, J. 1945. Contribution a 1'etude des Dryopidae. III. Le genre Pseudomacronychus
Grouvelle et le dimorphism alaire de ses especes. Bull. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg.

Hinton, H. E. 1940. A monographic revision of the Mexican water beetles of the family

Elmidae. Novit. Zool. 42:217-396.
Jach, M. A. 1984. Die Koleopterenfauna der Bergbache von Sudwest-Ceylon. Arch.

Hydrobiol. Suppl. 69 (2): 228-332.
Nomura, S. 1962. Some new and remarkable species of the Coleoptera from Japan and its

adjacent regions. Toho Gakuho 12:35-51.

60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

BOOK REVIEW

A SYNTHESIS OF THE HOLARCTIC MIRIDAE (HETEROP-
TERA): DISTRIBUTION, BIOLOGY, AND ORIGIN, WITH EM-
PHASIS ON NORTH AMERICA. A. G. Wheeler, Jr. and T. J. Henry.
1992. Thomas Say Foundation, Vol. 15. Entomological Society of
America, Lanham, MD. 282 pp. $30 (members), $50 (non-members).

The authors have determined that about 5% (98 spp.) of New World mirids also occur in
the Old World, and thus appear to have Holarctic distributions. However, they present
good evidence that 61 of these species (3%) have been introduced into North America
through commerce, so actually only 37 spp. (2%) are likely Holarctic. Distinguishing these
two types of origins are important to those in the biological control, quarantine, and
biogeography fields.

Although the adults and nymphs of most mirid species are not hardy or long-lived,
diapausing mirid eggs imbedded in plant tissue can easily survive long ocean voyages, and
were the likely means of dispersion. Many mirids were not detected until years after their
initial establishment, as commonly happens with immigrant species. A number of them
were first found by one or both of the authors.

A total of 98 species are included in this book, arranged by subfamily. For each species,
the known distribution (with a map), host plant and habits, and zoography is discussed,
with references cited. Most species are phytophagous, but some are predators. Several are
economically important pests. Ten additional species formerly thought to be Holarctic are
discussed briefly.

Five tables follow the text. These list indigenous mirids (species present since the
Beringian land connection), and species which were introduced through eastern, north-
western southern, and multiple ports of entry. The tables place the species in functional
groups, but the contents (or index) must be used to locate the discussion on each species in
the text.

There are two indices, listing the common and Latin names of the mirid species and of
their host plants. There are also ca. 500 references, for those who wish further information.
However, this list is the most comprehensive for taxonomic papers, and is less complete for
economic and biocontrol citations, especially after 1986. There was a refreshing ab-
sence of misspellings and other errors throughout the book.

This small volume contains a wealth of information, it will be useful to taxonomists,
economic entomologists, and quarantine and biological control specialists.

W. H. Day
USDA-ARS-BIRL
Newark, DE

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to (1) provide the names of two
qualified individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and
(2) suggest the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to
whom the manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are
submitted to recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as toorder and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited
in abstracting journals and should be carefully written. It should be an informative digest
of the significant contents and of the main conclusions of the research. The author's com-
plete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the arti-
cle. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them
useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of
the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the
name(s) of recognized institution(s) where their voucher specimens have been deposited.
Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric
system or. if in the standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be
included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manu-
script, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying figures, tables and
other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends,
should be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed
illustration, including all legends, is 4'/2 x 6'/2 inches. Authors will be charged for all text
figures and half-tones at rate of S 10.00 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor.
Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books
received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books
dealing with taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and
similar aspects of insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and
regulatory entomology, on toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's
Market Place.

Page charges: For society members, a charge of $15.00 is made for each published page of
an article, plus costs of all illustrations. For non-society members, the page charge is $20.00
per page. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of billing, authors will be charged an
additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time
at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript
is submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status
(unemployed or retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum
of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform for University
Microfilms International.

Call toll-free 800-521-3044. Or mail inquiry to:
University Microfilms International. 300 North
Zeeh Road. Ann Arbor. Ml 48106.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges
not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and
position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box
numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new
ones are added at the end of the column, and. when necessary.ihe older
ones at the top are discontinued. ,

FOR SALE: Insects from Venezuela. All species available here. Price list is available by
request from Mr. Paul ROUCHE. Edificio El Algarrobo-Apto 2-C, Sector El Convento-II,
Avenida SANZ, EL MARQUES - CARACAS-1070, VENEZUELA. Phone: 21.79.06. We
can correspond in French, English or Spanish.

EUROPEAN TETRASTICHINAE (CHALCIDOIDEA). Revision of remaining genera.
By Marcus Graham. Memoir Amer. Ent. Inst. No. 49, 1991. 322 pages. Price $45.00.
ICHNEUMON-FLIES OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO, Part II. Tribes Oedemposini,
Tryphonini & Idiogrammatini. By Henry Townes, V. Gupta, & M. Townes. Memoir Amer.
Enl Inst. No. 50, 1992. 296 pages. $45.00. Both available from ASSOCIATED PUBLISHERS.
3005 SW 56th Avenue, Gainesville, FL 32608. Check with order. Postpaid.

FOR SALE: Excellent quality insect mounting pins including standard black, stainless
steel. Elephant. Best prices available. Also offering unmounted worldwide butterflies,
moths and beetles with data in all price ranges. Personalized service to all including new
collectors! We specialize in Papilio. Morpho. and Heliconius. Send $5.00 U.S. for one year
price list subscription to: IANNI BUTTERFLY ENTERPRISES. P.O. Box 8 1 1 7 1 , Cleveland,
Ohio 44181, U.S.A Phone: (216) 888-2310.

12-PAGE WORLDWIDE LEPIDOPTERA CATALOG! Includes Neotropical African,
Palearctic and Indo-australian region butterflies. Specialists in Morphidae, Brassolidae
and Papilionidae. Many ex-pupae specimens available. ENTOMOLOGICAL AND
NATURALIST TOUR PROGRAMS AVAILABLE. Transworld Butterfly Company
celebrates 1 6 years serving Lepidopterists in December 1992. Latest catalog $ 1 or one year's
monthly lists via airmail $6. TRANSWORLD BUTTERFLY COMPANY, Apartado 695 1 ,
100N San Jose, COSTA RICA, Central America.

FOR SALE: Desirable, Al Coleoptera specimens, Coptolabrus lafossei buchi; C.principalis;
C.pust. pustulifer; C.pust. mirificus; Plusiotis limbata; P.aurigans; P.aurigans red form;
Ischnocelis (Neocelis) dohmi male; Heterostemus oberthuri male; Pelidnota burmeisteri; Man-
tichora latipennis livingstonia; Anoplophora zonatrix (Thailand & Malaysia forms); Pyrodes
longiceps; Proculus mniszechi; Inca clathrata (Lg. prs. 5+ cm); Gymnetis chevrolati (flavo-
marginata?). Reasonable prices. Contact: Bob Natalini, 118 Old Spies Church Rd., Read-
ing, PA 19606 U.S.A. Phone: 215-370-0817.

FOR SALE: Unbound complete 21-volume set of Environmental Entomology Vol. 1(1)
thru Vol. 21(6) (1972-1992). Make offer to: J. W. Peacock, 51 Mill Pond Road, Hamden,
CT06514.

USISSN0013-872X

NEWS

A new species of Aleodorus (Coleoptera:
Staphylinidae) from Costa Rica and
generic reassignment of Falagria

costariccnsis to Aleodorus

Egg surface ultrastructure in

Mantispa interrupta (Neuroptera:
Mantispidae)

E. Richard Hoebeke 61

Bruce Cutler 68

Reclarification of males of Alloperla
concolor and A. neglecta (Plecoptera:
Chloroperlidae), with new distribution
records for both species

B.C. Kondratieff, R.F. Kirchner

New records of spiders (Araneae)

from Cape Cod, MA, including two
possible European immigrants

First karyotypic data on a cupedid beetle
(Coleoptera: Archostemata) showing
achiasmatic meiosis J. Galian, J.F. Lawrence

An ecotonal study of carrion beetles
(Coleoptera: Silphidae) in the Great
Swamp N.W.R., NJ

Techniques for obtaining adult-associated

immature stages of predacious tachydromiine

flies (Diptera: Empidoidea), with implications

for rearing and biocontrol J.M. Cumming, B.E. Cooper

Establishment of Hippodamia variegata
and new records of Prop y/ea
quatuordecimpunctata (Coleoptera:
Coccinellidae) in the eastern U.S.

Epilachna vigintioctopunctata (Coleoptera:
Coccinellidae), new record for
Western Hemisphere, with a review
of host plants

R.F.W. Schroder. M.M. Athanas, C. Pavan

Robert L. Edwards 79

Paul P. Shu beck 88

A.G. Wheeler, Jr. 102

BOOKS RECEIVED & BRIEFLY NOTED

111

67, 72, 78

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academv of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St.. Philadelphia. PA.
19103. U.SA.

Officers for 1991-1992: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice President: Harold B. White;
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer; Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus;
Treasurer: William H. Day.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr., D. Otte, and Paul M.
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G.Schmieder(1898-1967); 1 968-1 972 R.H.Arnett, Jr.; 1973-4/1974
R.W. Lake.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, PA, 19103, U.S.A

Membership dues: $10.00 per year (regular); $6.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the
editor: Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey
08088, U.S.A Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members
of the American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all
prospective authors join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recom-
mended in the AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in
recent issues of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each
manuscript are needed on 8'/2 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged
and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight
printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to
pay the entire costs of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable
such an article to appear without division.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: If undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road,
Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, V.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, U.S.A.

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 61

A NEW SPECIES OF ALEODORUS
(COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE) FROM COSTA

RICA, AND GENERIC REASSIGNMENT OF
FALAGRIA COSTARICENSIS TO ALEODORUS l

E. Richard Hoebeke^

ABSTRACT: Aleodorus maureenae. new species of falagriine Staphylinidae, is described
from Costa Rica. Falagria costaricensis Bemhauer is redescribed and transferred to Aleo-
dorus. A lectorype is designated.

The genus Aleodorus was established by Say (1833) for the North
American species Aleochara bilobata, also described by Say that same
year. Chitalia was proposed by Sharp (1883) to accommodate four new
species (crenata, granigera, debilis, and dubius) collected at various
localities in Mexico and Central America. The latter genus was later
determined to be a junior synonym of Aleodorus (Fenyes, 1912).

Members of Aleodorus are restricted to the Western Hemisphere. At
present, four species are known to occur in America north of Mexico,
with the Nearctic species having been revised by Hoebeke ( 1985). Black-
welder (1944) lists five species from Mexico and Central America, and
one species from South America. Pace (1989, 1990) added 4 taxa to the
existing South American fauna by describing 3 new species from Argen-
tina, Peru, and Brazil, and by reassigning Falagria discisa Erichson
(Brazil) to Aleodorus. The Neotropical species have not been revised.

In March and April 1973, specimens of a distinctive, yet unrecog-
nized, species of Aleodorus were collected from Berlese samples of leaf
mold and leaf litter in virgin forest in Puntarenas and Guanacaste prov-
inces, Costa Rica, by J. Wagner and J. Kethley of the Field Museum of
Natural History (Chicago). Specimens of this new species, which I dis-
covered among recently prepared and unidentified Staphylinidae in the
Field Museum collection (FMNH), are described below.

Furthermore, after examination and dissection of syntypes of
Falagria costaricensis Bernhauer. I have found these to belong to the
genus Aleodorus and herein propose this reassignment.

MAY ? 1993

1 Received September 12. 1992. Accepted October 14. 1992

- Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca. New York

ENT. NEWS 104(2): 61-67, March & April. 1993

62 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Aleodorus maureenae, new species
(Figs. 1-6)

Diagnosis. In overall adult body size and in pronotal shape, Aleodorus maureenae
is similar to A. granigerus (Sharp), but differs most noticeably by the very roughened
surface of the head, thorax, and elytra caused by a dense, uniform covering of setiferous
asperities.

Description. Agreeing with generic characters given by Hoebeke (1985).

Length 2. 8-3.4 mm (n = 9,x = 3.2mm). Body color uniformly dark rufo-brunneous, with
distal antennal articles, mouthparts, and, in some specimens, last two abdominal segments
rufo-testaceous. Habitus as in Figs. 1-2.

Head (Fig. 1) quadrate, slightly longer than wide, posterior angles broadly rounded,
posterior margin slightly arcuate to truncate. Eyes moderately large, prominent, their long-
est diameter nearly subequal to length of temple. Dorsal surface with a dense, uniform
covering of asperities, each bearing a short, erect microseta; dorsum with narrow, median
area between posterior margins of eyes, and median frontal prominence between antennal
bases devoid of asperities smooth and glossy (see Fig. 1) (some specimens with smooth,
glossy area between eyes appearing as small dimple, or absent altogether); cuticular sur-
face between asperities smooth, glossy. Gena and ventral surface of head without as-
perities, smooth and glossy. Antennae moderately long, reaching anterior 0.4 of elytra;
distal articles beyond article IV compactly organized; scape somewhat incrassate, nearly
equal to length of article II; article II and III elongate, II slightly shorter than III; article IV
somewhat quadrate, but slightly longer than wide; articles V-X becoming gradually more
transverse; article XI obovate, slightly shorter than IX + X,

Pronotum (Fig. 1) slightly wider than head, broadest across anterior third, strongly
narrowed and converging behind towards base; posterior angles nearly acute; posterior
margin broadly truncate. Disc narrowly and deeply channeled along median line, channel
terminating in deep, subbasal fovea; surface on either side of channel densely and uni-
formly covered with setiferous asperities; cuticular surface between asperities smooth and
glossy. Scutellum large, flat, densely punctured (punctures minutely asperate), on either
side of a broad smooth, slightly impressed, median channel.

Elytra (Figs. 1-2) about as long as prothorax, humeri well developed, lateral margins
broadly arcuate posteriorly, posterior angles sinuate, posterior margin truncate; surface
with a dense, uniform covering of setiferous asperities; in some specimens, asperities tend-
ing to be arranged in longitudinal series, and thus appearing somewhat costate; cuticular
surface between asperities smooth, glossy.

Abdomen (Fig. 2) broad at base, but narrower than elytra. Terga III-V (first three visible
tergites) broadly, transversely impressed at base; impressions coarsely foveate, each fovea
limited laterally by distinct, flattened ridge; basins of foveae smooth and glossy, without
microsculpture. Tergite VI slightly impressed at base with several obsolete ridges and
foveae. Tergal surfaces posterior to basal impressions moderately densely punctured and
pubescent, some punctures at most minutely asperate; cuticle smooth and glossy. Sterna
III-V strongly constricted at base; basal constriction coarsely foveate (often visible in
lateral view).

Male. Eighth tergite with apical margin broadly arcuate at middle, with comb of
minute denticles. Median lobe of aedeagus as in Figs. 3-4. Paramere and apical lobe of
paramerite as in Fig. 5.

Female. Eighth tergite with apical margin as in male. Spermatheca as in Fig. 6.

Secondary sexual characteristics. None apparent.

Material examined. Holotype: male, COSTA RICA: Puntarenas; OTS Sta. finca Las
Cruces, 4000 ft.; San Vito; 111:18:1973. 8258'W-846'N, leg. J. Wagner. J. Kethley/
FM(HD)#73-322, 73CRIII-18d FLC Berlese ISOOcc. leaf litter in stream bed. away from

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993

flowing water, steep banks, virgin forest cover. Terminalia. aedeagus and parameres mounted
(in Euparal) on microslide and affixed below specimen. The holotype is deposited in the
Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago (FMNH).

Paratypes. 9: Same data as holotype. 1; same data, except 111:16:1973, 4; same data,
except 11:19:1973, 2; COSTA RICA: Guanacaste; Canas. Miravalles Volcano, 1042'N-
857'W;IV:8:1973. leg. J. Wagner, J. Kethley/FM(HD) #73-385, 73CRIV-8e: Berlese 2 liters
cone, leaf litter + soil in dry rivulet #1. 1; same data, except FM(HD) #73-386, 73CRIV-8f.
1. Eight paratypes deposited in the FMNH; 1 paratype (female), with same data as
holotype. except with the date 111:16:1973. is deposited in the Cornell University insect
Collection (CUIC).

Etymology. This elegant species is named for my wife, Maureen, who, over the years,
has graciously provided encouragement and constant support of my work on the
Staphylinidae.

Geographic distribution. Known only from the type localities in Puntarenas and
Guanacaste provinces, Costa Rica.

Bionomics. Little is known about the habitat of this species, but specimens at hand
have been collected from Berlese samples of leaf litter in stream beds, in dry rivulets, and
on slopes above stream banks in virgin forests of Costa Rica.

Remarks. Only slight external morphological variation exists be-
tween the populations from Puntarenas and Guanacaste provinces. The

Figs. 1-2. Aleodorus maureenae n. sp. (OTS Sta. finca Las Cruces, Puntarenas province,
Costa Rica), scanning electron photomicrographs. 1, head, thorax, scutellum, and upper
one-third of elytra, dorsal aspect. 2, lower two-thirds of elytra, and abdominal segments III-
VI, dorsal aspect.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figs. 3-6. Aleodorus maureenae n. sp. 3, Median lobe of aedeagus, lateral aspect. 4, Median
lobe of aedeagus, dorsal aspect. 5, Paramere. 6, Spermatheca. Scale line, 0.1 mm.

ten specimens from Puntarenas province are slightly larger than those
from Guanacaste province (2 specimens) (cf. 3.1-3.4 mm vs. 2.8 mm, re-
spectively). Furthermore, the setiferous asperities on the heads of the
Guanacaste specimens are slightly less dense (asperities separated by
slightly more than their diameters) than on the heads of the Puntarenas
specimens (asperities separated by less than or equal to their diameters).
The density of the asperities on the thorax and elytra of the Puntarenas
and Guanacaste specimens is similar. For all other external characters,
specimens from the two Costa Rican localities are identical.

Generic Reassignment and Redescription of
Falagria costaricensis Bernhauer

Bernhauer ( 1 940) described Falagria costaricensis from Costa Rica.
All subsequent authors and cataloguers have followed this original
generic placement. The diagnostic morphological features of Falagria
species [type species Falagria caesa Erichson, 1837 = sulcata (Paykull,
1789) nee (Miiller, O. F., 1776)] include a bicarinate scutellum, comb of
minute denticles on the apical margin of tergum VIII, margined hypo-
mera, deep pronotal sulcus, and uniform elytral punctation.

I have carefully examined specimens of the synrype series of F. cos-
taricensis and found them to belong to the genus Aleodorns Say [type
speciesAleochara bilobata Say]. Members of this genus are characterized

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 65

by the unique mesosternum which is on a different plane from that of the
metasternum (mesosternum appears elevated), the short, abbreviated
mesosternal process which does not extend between the coxae, and the
long, generally coiled flagellum of the male aedeagus.

Aleodorus costaricensis (Bernhauer), new combination

(Figs. 7-9)

Falagria costaricensis Bernhauer, 1940:159. Lectotype here designated: La Caja: 8 kil-
[ometers]. w(est]. San Jose, C|osta].R[ica)., Schmidt 1934/H and written "costaricensis
Brnh. Typ" (white label)/Handwrirten "costaricensis Brh. Typus Falagria" (red label)/
Chicago NHMus, M. Bernhauer Collection/ LECTOTYPE Falagria costaricensis
Bernhauer, desig. E. R. Hoebeke 1992 (red label) (FMNH).

Paralectotypes, 5, here designated: Same data as lectotype. with the additional
labels: Syntypus (red label)/Bernhauer det./Coll. DEI Eberswalde/PARALECTO-
TYPE Falagria costaricensis Bernhauer, desig. E. R. Hoebeke 1992 (red label) (IPFE).

Redescription. In agreement with generic characters given by
Hoebeke (1985).

Length 2.1-2.6 mm. (n = 5, x = 2.4 mm). Body color rufo-brunneous. with antennae
(especially toward apices), mouthparts, and legs generally rufo-testaceous; in some speci-
mens, basal three abdominal segments light rufo-brunneous.

Head somewhat quadrate, nearly as long as wide, posterior angles somewhat obtuse,
posterior margin truncate to slightly arcuate; neck very slender, about 0.3 x head width
across eyes. Eyes moderate in size, longest diameter slightly greater than temple length.
Dorsal surface smooth and glossy, moderately sparsely, but uniformly punctured and
pubescent, except for broad median area; punctures very fine, non-asperate. Antennae
moderately long, reaching posteriorly to near 0.5 elytral length; articles I-III elongate; arti-
cle III slightly longer than II; article IV somewhat quadrate, slightly longer than wide;
articles V-X becoming gradually broader, more transverse; article XI obconical, pointed
apically, slightly shorter than IX + X.

Pronofum subequal to width of head, broadest across anterior third, gradually narrow-
ing and converging behind toward base; posterior angles acute; posterior margin truncate.
Disc narrowly and deeply sulcate along median line, terminating in deep, subbasal fovea;
surface on either side of sulcus sparsely punctured and pubescent; punctures very fine,
non-asperate; surface between punctures smooth, glossy. Scutellum large, flattened, with
fine, asperate punctures on either side of a broad, smooth, median channel.

Elytra approximately 1.2 x longer than pronotum, humeri well developed, lateral
margins broadly arcuate in posterior half, posterior angles sinuate, posterior margin trun-
cate; surface with moderately dense and uniform covering of very fine punctures and micro-
setae; area adjacent to scutellum with slightly more dense punctures; cuticular surface
between punctures smooth and glossy.

Abdomen slightly narrower than elytra, parallel-sided, tapering to apex; terga III-V
transversely impressed at base; impressions of terga III + IV with large, rather coarse,
foveae, each bordered laterally by fine, slightly elevated, ridges (less so on tergum V); basins
of large foveae obscurely granulate (with imbricate microsculpture); tergal surface pos-
terior to basal impressions of terga III-V moderately sparsely punctured, pubescent; cuticle
smooth and glossy.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Male. Eighth tergite with apical margin broadly arcuate at middle, with comb of
minute denticles. Median lobe of aedeagus as in Fig. 7. Paramere and apical lobe of
paramedic as in Fig. 8.

Female. Eighth tergite with apical margin as in male. Spermatheca as in Fig. 9.

Secondary sexual characteristics. None apparent.

Figs. 7-9. Aleodorus costaricensis (Bernhauer). 7, Median lobe of aedeagus, lateral aspect. 8,
Paramere. 9, Spermatheca. Scale line, 0.1 mm.

Remarks. The syntype series of F. costaricensis bears a striking resem-
blance to specimens identified &s Aleodorus dubius (Sharp) from Mexico,
Guatemala, and Costa Rica. There is close agreement in body length,
coloration, pronotal configuration, punctation, and, more importantly,
the genitalic characters of both sexes (shape of median lobe and coiled
flagellum of aedeagus, apical lobe of paramerite, and Spermatheca);
these latter genitalic characters are virtually identical for the two species.
Based on this evidence, I strongly suspect that these species are con-
specific. However, I have not, as yet, examined the type series of A. dubius,
and have studied only a limited number of identified specimens.
Therefore, this hypothesis must remain tentative until a comprehensive
revision of the Neotropical Aleodorus is completed.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am thankful to the following institutions and individuals for providing all specimens
studied (codens identify the collections in the text): (FMNH) Field Museum of Natural
History, Chicago, Illinois, A. F. Newton, Jr. and M. K. Thayer; and (IPFE) Institut fur
Pflanzenschutzforschung, Kleinmachnow der Akademie der Landwirtschaftswissen-
schaftern, Eberswalde-Finow, Federal Republic of Germany, L. Zerche. J. Howard Frank
(University of Florida, Gainesville) and James K. Liebherr (Cornell University) each pro-
vided helpful suggestions and critical review of the manuscript.

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 67

LITERATURE CITED

Bernhauer, M. 1940. Neue Staphyliniden aus Costa Rica. Arb. Morphol. Taxon. Entomol.

Berlin Dahlem 7:158-161.
Blackwelder, R. E. 1944. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central

America, the West Indies, and South America. Part I. Bull. U.S. Natl. Mus. 185:1-188.
Erichson, W. F. 1837. Die Kafer der Mark Brandenburg, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 1-384. Berlin.
Fenyes, A. 1912. Falagria Mannh. and its relatives. J. New York Entomol. Soc. 20:20-27.
Hoebeke, E. R. 1985. A revision of the rove beetle tribe Falagriini of America north of

Mexico (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae: Aleocharinae). J. New York Entomol. Soc. 93:913-

1018.
Miiller, O. F. 1776. Zoologiae Danicae prodromus, seu animalium daniae et norvegiae

indigenarum characteres, nomina, et synonyma imprimis popularum. Copenhagen.

274 pp.
Pace, R. 1989. Aleocharinae neotropiche del Museo Ungherese di Storia Naturale

(Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Natl. Hung. 81:53-107.
Pace, R. 1990. Nuovi Falagriini. Hoplandriini ed Aleocharini della Regione Neotropica

(Coleoptera. Staphylinidae) (LXXX contribute alia conoscenza della Aleocharinae).

Gion Ital. Entomol. 5:157-180.

Paykull, G. 1789. Monographia staphylinorum Sueciae. Upsala, 81 pp.
Say, T. 1830-1834. Descriptions of new species of North American insects and obser-
vations on some of the species already described. New Harmony, Indiana. 81 pp.

(1833:58-73]
Sharp, D. 1883. Biologia Centrali-Americana: Insecta, Coleoptera. 1 (pt. 2): 145-3 12.

London.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

SYSTEMATICS AND ECOLOGY OF THE SUBGENUS IXODIOPSIS (ACARI: IXO-
DIDAE: IXODES). R.G. Robbins & J.E. Keirans. 1992. Thomas Say Fd., Entomol. Soc.
Amer. 159 pp. $25.00 ESA member. S40.00 other.

The publisher states this is the first cladistic analysis within the Ixodidae and the first
quantitative investigation of/xocles. For the seven species ofLcodiopsis, all known host and
distributional data are summarized, and dichotomous identification keys, accompanied
by scanning electron photomicrographs, are provided.

CLASSIFICATION. CLADISTICS. AND NATURAL HISTORY OF NATIVE NORTH
AMERICAN HARPALUS LATREILLE (INSECTA: COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE:
HARPALINI). EXCLUDING SUBGENERA GLANODES AND PSEUDOPHONUS.
G.R. Noonan. 1991. Thomas Say Fd., Entomol. Soc. Amer. 310 pp. $30.00 ESA member.
$50.00 other.

This work revises the native North American species ofHarpalus and includes keys to
separate all North American members of the genus from those of othergenera of No. Amer.
Harpalini.

68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

EGG SURFACE ULTRASTRUCTURE IN

MANTISPA INTERRUPTA
(NEUROPTERA: MANTIS PI DAE) 1

Bruce Cutler^

ABSTRACT: The eggchorion ofMantispa interrupta was examined by scanning and trans-
mission electron microscopy. The egg surface consists of reticulations connected by
bridges that rise from the inner chorion surface. The egg stalk surface is featureless even at
high magnifications. This same morphology is seen in the Chrysopidae, as reported by
Hinton(1981).

The eggs of mantispids are white ovals on short stalks and are found
on the undersides of exposed surfaces, such as leaves and anthropogenic
structures (Kuroko 1961; Redborg and MacLeod 1983, 1984, 1985; Rice
1986). They greatly resemble those of Chrysopidae, except that the stalks
are rarely more than 2-3 times the length of the egg and usually less. Illus-
trations of gross morphology are found in Hungerford (1936), Kuroko
(1961), and Merti ( 1940).

METHODS

A female Mantispa interrupta Say was found on West Campus,
University of Kansas, Lawrence, Douglas County, Kansas, on October
13, 1990, laying eggs on a slightly curled red leaf of a 3 m tall planted sugar
maple (Acer saccharum Marshall). Accessible leaves were examined for
90 minutes, but no additional Mantispa were found. The Mantispa female
was enclosed in a glass container with the sides lined with chroma-
tography paper. Eggs were laid in the laboratory on October 1 5, 20, 27, 30,
November 3, 9, 1 3. The female died November 14. Larval emergence was
from 13-17 days after laying. Approximate egg counts were 200-300 per
batch, with a total of about 1500.

Eggs to be fixed were cut out of the main batch of eggs along with the
chromatography paper to which the stalks were fastened. Fixation was
in 2.5% glutaraldehyde in 0.1 M, 7.3 pH sodium cacodylate buffer at
room temperature for 1 hour, followed by fresh fixative at 4C for 2-3
days. For scanning electron microscopy, eggs were then rinsed in buffer,
run through a dehydration series of ethanol to 100% ethanol, then placed
in two 10 minute changes of HMDS (hexamethyldisilazane) and air

1 Received August 24, 1992. Accepted October 19, 1992

2 Electron Microscopy Laboratory and Department of Entomology, University of Kansas,
Lawrence, Kansas 66045-2106

ENT. NEWS 104(2): 68-72, March & April, 1993

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 69

dried from the HMDS. Many eggs, regardless of developmental stage,
were subsequently seen to be collapsed. A few remained intact, and these
were the ones studied. In retrospect, critical point drying would probably
have produced greater numbers of non-collapsed eggs. The paper con-
taining the eggs was glued to a stub and sputter-coated with 200-250 A of
gold-palladium alloy. Specimens were examined with a Philips 501
scanning electron microscope.

For transmission electron microscopy, eggs were rinsed in buffer,
postfixed in 1% osmium tetroxide in the same buffer at 4C for 2.5 hours.
After rinsing in buffer, eggs were dehydrated in an ethanol series to 100%
ethanol, followed by 100% acetone and ultimately embedded in the
epoxy resin, EM-BED 812 (Electron Microscopy Sciences). Silver to
silver-gold sections were cut with a diamond knife, stained with uranyl
acetate and lead citrate, and examined with a JEOL 1 200 EX II transmis-
sion electron microscope.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The surface of the eggs of Mantispa interrupta was virtually identical
to that of Chrysopa species illustrated by Hinton (1981, figs. 50A-E).
Figure 1 shows a whole egg in side view. The micropyle is also very
similar to the micropyle of Chrysopa, and the reticulations of the mic-
ropyle are identical to those of the general egg surface. The only pub-
lished electron micrograph of a Mantispa egg is Hinton's fig. 50F,
showing a view of the side surface ofM interrupta. The reticular surface is
clearly identical to that of figure 3 here. Figure 2 shows the base of the
stalk and the posterior pole of the egg. As in the Chrysopa egg in Hinton's
fig. 50E, the reticulations disappear at the base of the stalk, which is
featureless at magnification up to 20,OOOX. Figure 4 shows the details of
chorionic structure in cross section. The outer reticulations and inner
chorion give no indication of an aeropyle. The reticulations are essen-
tially solid and arise from a solid layer sitting on the inner chorion. The
outer portion of the reticulations is more electron lucent than the base,
and this less dense appearing material also forms the bridges. The inner
chorion consists of two layers of chorionin bridged by pillars. Nowhere
in examined sections are there connections between the spaces between
pillars and the outside. Similar inner (but not outer) chorionic structure
is found in the stick insect Carausius (Hinton, 1981, fig. 180A). In Car-
ausius the pillars arise from the inner layer and are capped at the outer
end. In Mantispa the pillars appear to arise from both layers and join in
the middle. Hinton ( 198 1 ) refers to transmission electron micrographs of
Chrysopa, but does not illustrate them. His statement that "there is no

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

space for a film of air" implies that the outer chorionic layer sits on the
inner as inMantispa. To reiterate, the resemblance to the eggs ofChrysopa
is great. Certainly, on the basis of the ultrastructure of the egg surface of
those species of Chrysopidae and Mantispidae examined, one could not
distinguish one family from the other.

Figures 1-2. Mantispa interrupta egg. 1. Side view of egg, S = stalk, M = micropyle, scale
line = 100 |jm. 2. Base of egg stalk(s), scale line = 10pm.

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993

Figures 3-4. Mantispa intemtpta egg: chorion structure. 3. Surface view, R = reticulation, B
= bridges, scale line - 1 u. 4. Section through chorion, see text for detailed explanation.
R = reticulation, B = bridge, I = inner chorion, P = pillars, scale = 0.2 urn.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank Kevin Hoffman, Clemson University, South Carolina, for iden-
tifying the Mantispa; and Hank Guarisco, Kansas Biological Survey, for sharing informa-
tion and reviewing the manuscript. Byron Alexander, University of Kansas, also reviewed
the manuscript. The adult female specimen and some eggs and larvae are deposited in the
Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, voucher number BC 101390.

72 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Hinton, H. E. 1981. Biology of Insect Eggs, v. I, II, III. Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1125

pp.
Hungerford, H. B. 1936. The Mantispidae of the Douglas Lake, Michigan Region, with

some biological observations (Neurop.). Entomol. News 47:69-72; 85-87, plate 1.
Kuroko, H. 1961. On the eggs and first instar larvae of two species of Mantispidae. Esakia

3: 25-32, plates 10-14.
Merti, C. 1940. Contribucion al estudio de Mantispa decorata Erd. (Hemip. Cor.). Revista

de la Sociedad Entomologica Argentina 10: 304-307.

Redborg, K. E. and E. G. MacLeod 1983. Climaciella brunnea (Neuroptera: Mantis-
pidae): a mantispid that obligately boards spiders. Jour. Natural History 17: 63-73.
. 1984. Maintenance feeding of first instar mantispid larvae (Neuroptera,

Mantispidae) on spider (Arachnida, Araneae) hemolymph. Jour. Arachnology 13:

139-140.

_. 1985. The developmental ecology of Mantispa uhleri Banks (Neuroptera:

Mantispidae). 111. Biol. Monograph 53, 130 pp.
Rice, M. E. 1986. Communal oviposition by Mantispa fuscicon. is (Say) (Neuroptera: Man-
tispidae) and subsequent larval parasitism on spiders (Arachnidae: Araneida) in south
Texas. Jour. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 59: 121-126.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

THE HOT-BLOODED INSECTS. B. Heinrich. 1993. Harvard Univ. Press. 597 pp.
$75.00

This author of Bumblebee Economics and Ravens in Winter presents here what is now
known about thermoregulation in all of the major insect groups, offering new insights into
physiology, ecology, and evolution. By describing the environmental opportunites and
challenges faced by a wide range of insect life, Heinrich attempts to explain their great
variety of physiological and behavioral adaptations for survival in their world.

INSECT PATHOLOGY. Y. Tanada & H.K. Kaya. 1993. Academic Press. 666 pp.

Originally intended as an update of Steinhaus' 1949 text, "Principles of Insect Pathol-
ogy", this book developed into a new text on insect pathology, on the different types of dis-
eases in insects, and on their biological control. Each of the 16 chapters ends with a very
comprehensive listing of additional references.

THE BIOLOGY OF MOSQUITOES. Volume 1. DEVELOPMENT, NUTRITION, AND
REPRODUCTION. A.N. Clements. 1992. Chapman & Hall. 509 pp. $99.50

This is the first of two volumes arising from the rewriting of "The Physiology of Mos-
quitoes", published in 1963, so it is written from the viewpoint of a physiologist. This first
volume covers subjects such as genetics, embryology, larval biology, growth & develop-
ment, metamorphosis, adult physiology, and nutrition of adults and larvae.

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 73

A RECLARIFICATION OF THE MALES OF

ALLOPERLA CONCOLOR AND A. NEGLECTA

(PLECOPTERA : CHLOROPERLIDAE), WITH NEW

DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR BOTH SPECIES 1

Boris C. Kondratieff, 2 Ralph F. Kirchner 3

ABSTRACT: Historically, there has been confusion concerning the identification of
Alloperla concolor Ricker and Alloperla neglecta Prison. Studies of types and specimens
determined by S.W. Hitchcock (United States National Museum of Natural History), T.H.
Prison (Illinois Natural History Survey), and material in the author's collections revealed
new characters allowing for accurate separation. Figures of the male epiproct of both
species showing specific details are presented. New distribution records are also noted.

Adults of the genus Alloperla are generally recognized by their deli-
cate habitus and lime green or yellow coloration in vivo. Presently, this
genus includes 28 Nearctic species. Many of these species are regionally
endemic and often are only locally abundant.

Ricker (1935) described Alloperla concolor from Homing's Mills,
Ontario, Canada based on a male and two females. Prison, also in 1935
described Alloperla neglecta from North Carolina near Newfound Gap
based on three males. In 1942, Prison synonymized A. concolor, after con-
cluding that this species was "specifically identical with neglecta." Ricker
apparently concurred with this opinion. However, Hitchcock (1968) pre-
sented morphological evidence that Alloperla concolor was a valid
species, based on the shape of the male epiproct. He again in 1974 men-
tioned that both species were specifically distinct, based on the charac-
ters of the epiproct, Surdick (1985) listed A. concolor as being north-
eastern in distribution and A. neglecta restricted to the southern Appa-
lachian Mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee.

After we collected specimens of A. concolor from West Virginia in
1990, a review of the taxonomic status of both species was undertaken.
Types of both species were examined, but unfortunately the male
terminalia of the holotype of A. concolor had been lost (G. W. Wiggins,
Royal Ontario Museum, personal communication). Additionally,

1 Received September 15, 1992. Accepted September 16. 1992

2 Department of Entomology, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523

3 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Water Quality Section (ED-HW), 502 8th Street. Hunt-
ington. West Virginia 25701

4 The views of the second author do not purport to reflect the position of the Depart-
ment of the Army or the Department of Defense.

ENT. NEWS 104(2): 73-78. March & April. 1993

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

material determined by Hitchcock (United States National Museum of
Natural History) and Prison (Illinois Natural History Survey) were
also examined.

RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS

Figs. 1-6 illustrate the apex of the epiproct of both species. Contrary to
Hitchcock's (1968) observations that the epiproct of A. neglecta lacked
distal serration, both species have these serrations (Fig. 1 ). In lateral view
the epiproct of A. concolor resembles the head of a duck, flattened and
forming a distinct serrated edge at the top (Figs. 2A, 3), whereas A.
neglecta has subparallel margins with the tip rounded (Figs. 2B, 5). In
dorsal aspect the epiproct of A. concolor is nearly as wide as long, but in A.
neglecta the epiproct is two times as long as wide (Figs. IB, 5, 6). Speci-
mens collected from southwestern Virginia, which were thought to be
Alloperla concolor by Kondratieff and Kirchner (1987), are A. neglecta.
This represents a northern range extension. The records of A. concolor
from West Virginia represent a new state record and a southern range
extension for this species. Map 1 indicates the recorded distribution of
both species, including the records listed below.

1 A

1 B

Fig. I. Apex of epiproct, dorsal view. A. A. concolor: B.. A. neglecta.

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993

Fig. 2. Epiproct, lateral view. A., A. concolor; B.,A. neglecta.

Material Examined: Alloperla concolor: Ontario, Canada: Homing's Mills, 1 m pinned
(holotype), 2 f pinned. Connecticut: Hartland, 14-VM966, SW Hitchcock, 1 m, 1 f.
Barkhamstead, 1 -VI- 1967, SW Hitchcock, 4 m 3 f. New Hampshire: North Woodstock,
13-V1-1964, SW Hitchcock, 3 m, 8 f. West Virginia: Nicholas Co., near Richwood. North
Fork Cherry River, 14- V- 1990, B. C. KondratiefT, J. L. Welch & R. F. Kirchner, 2 m. 1 f; same
but 2-V1- 1992, 1 m.

Alloperla neglecta: North Carolina: Swain Co., (near) Newfound Gap. 3560 ft, 28-V-
1934, TH Prison, 1 m (pararype); Haywood Co., Shining Rock Natl. Rec. Area, East Fork
Little Pigeon River, 17-V-1983, BC Kondratieff & RF Kirchner, 18 m; same but 23- V- 1990,
BC Kondratieff, RF Kirchner & JL Welch, 7 m, 6 f. Tennessee: Sevier Co., (West Prong)
Little Pigeon River, (near) Newfound Gap, 14-V-1939, TH Prison & HH Ross, 4 m; Sevier
Co., Gatlinburg, 14- VI- 1940, TH Prison etal. 1 m 5 f. Virginia: Grayson Co., Lewis Fork.
2-VII-1978, RF Kirchner & GT Voreh, 4 m; same but 18-V-1990, BC Kondratieff. RF
Kirchner & JL Welch, 58 m, 35 f.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

*.&

Figs. 3-6. Epiproct,/! concolor; 3. Lateral (680X), 4. apex, dorsal view (81 OX). A. neglecta; 5.
lateral (600X), 6. apex, dorsal view (925X).

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993

Map 1. Distribution of /I. concolor (), A. neglecta ().

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Oliver S. Flint, Jr. (United States Museum of Natural History), Glenn B.
Wiggins (Royal Ontario Museum), and Kathryn C. McGiffen (Illinois Natural History
Survey) for providing critical material for study. Additionally, we appreciate the comments
on this project by the participants of the XI International Symposium on Plecoptera
(August 17-20), Tomahawk, Wisconsin.

78 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Prison, T. H. 1935. New North American species of the genus Alloperla (Plecoptera:

Chloroperlidae). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 61: 331-344.
Prison, T. H. 1942. Studies of North American Plecoptera with special reference to the

fauna of Illinois. Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Sur. 22: 235-355.
Hitchcock, S. W. \968.Alloperla (Chloroperlidae: Plecoptera) of the Northeast with a key

to species. J. New York Entomol. Soc. 76: 39-46.
Hitchcock, S. W. 1974. Guide to the Insects of Connecticut. Part VII. The Plecoptera or

stoneflies of Connecticut. State Geological and Natural History Survey of Connecticut,

Department of Environmental Protection. Bull. 107. 262 pp.
Kondratieff, B. C. and R. P. Kirchner. 1987. Additions, taxonomic corrections, and

faunal affinities of the stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Virginia, USA. Proc. Entomol. Soc.

Wash. 89: 24-30.

Ricker, W. E. 1935. New Canadian perlids (Part II). Can. Entomol. 67: 256-264.
Surdick, R. P. 1985. Nearctic genera of Chloroperlinae (Plecoptera: Choroperlidae).

Illinois Biol. Monogr. 54: 146 pp.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

CATERPILLARS. ECOLOGICAL AND EVOLUTIONARY CONSTRAINTS ON
FORAGING. N.E. Stamp and T.M. Casey, eds. 1993. Chapman & Hall. 587 pp. $75.00

This volume provides a framework for a unified theory of foraging, taking into account
how two or more constraints influence caterpillars. Ranging from behavioral and nutri-
tional ecology to insect physiology and biophysics, it will serve as a valuable resource for
courses in insect-plant interactions, insect ecology, population and community ecology,
and biological control.

INSECT LEARNING. ECOLOGICAL AND EVOLUTIONARY PERSPECTIVES.
D.R. Papaj and A.C. Lewis, eds. 1993. Chapman & Hall. 398 pp. $54.95

This volume challenges the widespread view that insect behavior is rigidly pro-
grammed and inflexible. There is increasing recognition that there is plasticity in the
behavior of insects that can be explained only by learning. This book surveys a number of
studies on the ecology, evolution, and mechanisms of learning in a number of insect
species, both social and non-social.

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 79

NEW RECORDS OF SPIDERS (ARANEAE) FROM
CAPE COD, MASSACHUSETTS, INCLUDING
TWO POSSIBLE EUROPEAN IMMIGRANTS 1

Robert L. Edwards 2

ABSTRACT: Trochosa ruricola (Lycosidae) and Lepthyphantes tenuis (Linyphiidae), the for-
mer previously known only from Europe and Asia, the latter only from Europe and the west
coast of North America, occur and appear to be well established on Cape Cod, Massa-
chusetts, USA. Six southerly distributed species, Gladicosa pulchra, Lycosa acompa,
Drassylus dixinus. Thymoites expulsa, Grammonota vitatta. and Dictyne pixi also are com-
monly found here.

This paper is presented as a reference to use in connection with Kas-
ton's Spiders of Connecticut, revised in 1981, which is still a widely used
volume and the only one of its kind. Kaston recorded 478 species of
spiders in Connecticut. So far I have recorded 465 species from Cape
Cod (Edwards, unpubl.). There are some uncertainties in the list, some
are yet to be identified, and a few are almost certainly undescribed. After
five years of intensive sampling, additions to the list continue to show up
with regularity. The study area is on the southwestern tip of Cape Cod,
township of Falmouth, and extends for 15 km north from the village of
Woods Hole to Hatchville. The area is dominated by suburban develop-
ments, salt and brackish marshes and a few extensive tracts of second
growth pine and deciduous woodland.

The widely distributed palearctic species, Trochosa ruricola (De Geer)
is common here, with mature specimens found throughout the year. In
the British Isles this species is regularly taken in the same habitats with
Trochosa terricola Thorell (Roberts 1985). Trochosa ruricola and T. terricola
are the most common of the four Trochosa species found in the British
Isles. These two species are common on Cape Cod, occupying somewhat
separate habitats. Trochosa ruricola and T. terricola are most abundant in
open areas such as fields, lawns and gardens, marsh environments, and
edges of woods. Trochosa ruricola is more abundant in wetter areas and
closer to the shore.

Both sexes and all instars of Trochosa ruricola have a claw on their
palp, including the cymbium; T. terricola does not. In addition, males of
T. ruricola have a unique ridge on the fang, nearer the proximal end of the
anterior margin. The male palp of T. terricola has a loop near the ter-

1 Received August 27, 1992. Accepted September 22, 1992.

2 Research Associate, U.S.N.M. Home address: Box 505, Woods Hole, MA 02543.

ENT. NEWS 104(2): 79-82, March & April, 1993

80 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

minus of the embolus (Brady 1979, fig. 30); whereas that of ruricola is
barely curved. The epigyna of T. ruricola and T. terricola are very much
alike, but the presence or absence of a claw on the female palp suffices to
separate the two species.

On Cape Cod, T. ruricola outnumbers T. terricola in pitfall traps by a
factor of two or more. Adults of T. ruricola have been taken year round,
with females carrying egg sacs taken May through July. During the day,
females can be found in shallow, often silk-lined burrows in dry, matted
grass, old mouse nests, and under boards and rocks. Four sacs of T.
ruricola contained from 72 (July) to 17 1 (May) eggs. For further details on
the diagnosis and ecology of Trochosa terricola see Brady 1979; for T.
ruricola, see Roberts 1985.

Lepthyphantes tenuis (Blackwall) (Linyphiidae) is commonly taken in
tall grass in wet boggy areas and around pools. It has been found in
association with small ( 10 cm), horizontal sheet-like webs, usually
well above ground level. Mature specimens have been taken July
through October. Immatures could easily be mistaken for those of
Lepthyphantes zebra (Emerton). The genitalia of the adults are well illus-
trated in Roberts 1985. This species also occurs on the west coast of North
America. It has been recorded from the state of Washington by Crawford
1988, and from British Columbia, Canada by West et al 1984.

There is a distinct southern element in the other species newly found
on Cape Cod. The following six species illustrate this. B. J. Kaston's
treatise (op. cit.) included all known New England species, but did not
include these. All six species are well established on Cape Cod.

Gladicosa pulchra (Keyserling) (Lycosidae) is a handsome, strikingly
marked lycosid found on tree trunks, especially the rough barked trunk
of pitch pine (Pinus rigida). It is also found in holes and other protective
shelters on the trunks of more smoothly barked trees, such as the scarlet
oak. This lycosid matures late in the summer and descends to the ground
in the fall where it is taken in pitfall traps during a brief period in October
and early November. Young spiders appear on tree trunks in the spring,
usually before the end of April. Gladicosa pulchra has been taken as far
north as Long Island, but is generally found south of the Mason-Dixon
line (Brady 1986).

Lycosa acompa Chamberlin is common on Cape Cod in open
grassland, deciduous forest litter and old gravel pits where it is taken in
pitfall traps. The few records of L. acompa in the literature suggest that it
is typically a southern species. Young et al. 1989, note that it is a common
species in Washington County, Misssissippi.

Drassyllus dixinus Chamberlin (Gnaphosidae) is taken from June to
August as adults in pitfall traps in old fields. The northernmost pub-

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 81

lished record is for Patrole, Maryland, (Platnick and Shadab, 1982).

Tymoites expulsa Gertsch and Mulaik(Theridiidae) is found on dune
grass in the salt marsh near the ocean. Adults have been found in the
spring and fall. When Levi (1957) revised the genus, the northernmost
record was from North Carolina.

Grammonota vitatta Barrows (Linyphiidae) has been regularly col-
lected as immatures and adults along the edges of brackish and fresh-
water marshes during the colder months of the year. Previously, the
northernmost record was the type locality. Cape May, New Jersey,
( Bishop etal 1932).

Dictynapixi Chamberlin and Gertsch (Dictynidae) adults have been
taken in June by sweeping old fields dominated by such forbs as false
indigo and sweet fern. Immatures and subadults have been taken in pit-
fall traps in October. The type locality is Washington Crossing, New
Jersey; and it has been recorded from North Carolina, Arkansas, and
Michigan (Chamberlin and Gertsch, 1958).

The erigonines constitute about 20% of the total spider fauna in the
study area (Edwards, unpubl.). One species Kaston considered ubi-
quitous and extremely common in Connecticut, Ceraticelusfissiceps (O.
P.-Cambridge), has yet to be taken in the study area. On Cape Cod,
apparently C. fissiceps has been replaced by C. alticeps (Fox). Sixteen
species Kaston did not find in Connecticut but from Massachusetts or
farther north have been taken on Cape Cod. And among the erigonines
he recorded from Long Island and/or further south but not Connecticut
or elsewhere in New England are Grammonota maculata Banks, G.
pallipes Banks and Ceraticelus laticeps (Emerton). All are found on Cape
Cod and are common. These data also suggest that there may be a ten-
dency for more southerly distributed species to extend their range
northward along the coast.

With regard to the possible immigrants from Europe, it is a matter of
record that this region has been studied and collected by individuals
interested in spiders for over 100 years. Earlier investigators might have
missed Lepthyphantes tennis. It is a small spider and could easily have
been misidentified as one of the other two common Lepthyphantes
species. The relatively large size and abundance today of Trochosa
ruricola, as well as the lack of records elsewhere in New England, sug-
gests a more recent arrival. Since the 1 880's, Woods Hole. Cape Cod, has
been an area of considerable activity, principally focused on the marine
environment. The several institutions are often visited by scientists and
research essels from various parts of the world, especially from Europe,
thus providing many opportunities for stowaways, including spiders.

82 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This study was funded in part by a grant from the natural Heritage & Endangered
Species Program of the State of Massachusetts.

Allen Brady (Hope College) kindly provided me with the initial identifications of
Trochosa ruricola and Lycosa acompa. He was most helpful in discussions of lycosid species,
their diagnosis and ecology and with comments on this manuscript. Daniel Jennings
(Univ. of Maine) thoroughly critiqued the final draft with his usual care and thoughtful-
ness. Charles Dondale and James Redner (BRC, Canada) assisted with helpful comments,
and information on the distribution ofLepthyphantestenuis. I am grateful to Vincent Roth,
Portal, Arizona, who provided my first assist in coping with a number of taxonomic prob-
lems concerning lycosids, and to Jonathan Coddington (USNM) for his comments and
suggestions on an early draft of the paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Bishop, S. C. and C. R. Crosby. 1932. Studies in American spiders: the Genus Gram-

monota. J. New York Ent. Soc., 40:393-421.
Brady, A. R. 1979. Nearctic species of the wolf spider Genus Trochosa (Araneae: Lyco-

sidae). Psyche, 86(2-3): 167-2 12.
1986. Nearctic species of the new wolf spider Genus Gladicosa

(Araneae:Lycosidae). Psyche, 93(3-4):285-319
Chamberlin, R. V. and W. J. Gertsch. 1958. The spider family Dictynidae in America

north of Mexico. Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist., 116(1):1-152.
Crawford, R. L. 1988. An annotated checklist of the spiders of Washington. Burke Mus.

Cont. in Anthropology and Nat. Hist. No. 5:1-48.
Kaston, B. J. 1981. Spiders of Connecticut (rev. ed.). Connecticut St. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv.

Bull., 70:1-1020.
Levi, H. W. 1957. The spider Genera Enoplognatha, Theridion, and Paidisca in America

north of Mexico (Araneae: Theridiidae). Bull. American Mus. NaL Hist., 112(1):1-

124.
Platnick, N. L. and M. U. Shadab 1982. A revision of the American spiders of the genus

Drassylus (Araneae, Gnaphosidae). Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist., 173(l):l-97.
Roberts, M. J. 1985-1987. The Spiders of Great Britain and Ireland. 3 volumes, 1 : 1-229; 2: 1-

204; 3:1-256. Harley Books, Essex, England.
West, R., C. D. Dondale and R. A. Ring. 1984. A revised checklist of the spiders (Araneae)

of British Columbia. J. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia, 81:80-98.
Young, O. P., T. C. Lockley and G. B. Edwards. 1989. Spiders of Washington County,

Mississippi. J. Arachnol. 17(l):27-42.

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 83

FIRST KARYOTYPIC DATA ON A CUPEDID

BEETLE (COLEOPTERA: ARCHOSTEMATA)

SHOWING ACHIASMATIC MEIOSIS 1

J. Galian^^ j.p. Lawrence^

ABSTRACT: The chromosomes of a species of Cupedidae, Distocupes varians (Lea) were
studied for the first time. The male diploid chromosome number of the species is 2n = 19
and the male sex chromosome system is of the XO type. The presence of 9 pairs of
autosomes agrees with the hypothesis that suggests that this number is the ancestral condi-
tion for the whole Order Coleoptera. On the other hand the analysis of the spermatogenesis
reveals an achiasmatic meiosis pattern. The occurrence of this kind of meiosis in
Cupedidae (never recorded in Polyphaga, but present in some groups of Adephaga) is in
agreement with hypotheses that relate Archostemata with Adephaga.

The suborder Archostemata is a primitive group of beetles which
includes three families, Cupedidae, Micromalthidae and Ommatidae
(Lawrence etal. 1987). The only species of Micromalthidae so far karyo-
typically studied is Micromalthus debilis LeConte (Scott, 1936, 1941)
which has haplodiploidy, males with n = 10 and females with 2n = 20.
The family Cupedidae has 25 species worldwide and is represented in
Australia by the monotypic genus Distocupes and four species ofAdino-
lepis (Neboiss, 1984). To date nothing has been published on the karyo-
types of these species.

The relationships between Archostemata and the other three subor-
ders of Coleoptera are still in dispute. Crowson (1955, 1960) considers
that there are three ancestral stocks: Archostemata, Adephaga and Myx-
ophaga plus Polyphaga. Lawrence and Newton (1982) and Kukalova-
Peck and Lawrence (in press) suggest that Archostemata, Myxophaga
and Adephaga may form a monophyletic group based on wing venation
and folding.

In the present paper information on the chromosomes of the species
Distocupes varians (Lea) is reported and the relationships of its karyotype
with those of the other suborders is discussed.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Five individuals of Distocupes varians were collected in December

1 Received June 1 1992. Accepted September 26, 1992

2 CSIRO Division of Entomology, GPO Box 1700, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia

3 Departamento de Biologia Animal y Ecologia, Facultad de Veterinaria, Universidad de
Murcia, Apdo. 4021, Murcia 30071, Spain

ENT. NEWS 104(2): 83-87, March & April, 1993

84 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1990 from a permanent colony living in a garden in O'Connor, Can-
berra, Australia. The beetles are deposited in the Australian National
Insect Collection, Canberra. Male specimens wre injected with a 0.04 M
sodium acetate plus 0.05% colchicine solution for ten minutes and then
anesthetized. The testes were dissected out, fixed in 3:1 ethanol: acetic
acid solution, and then squashed in a drop of 1% lacto-propionic
orcein.

RESULTS

The male diploid chromosome number of Distocupes varians is 2n =
19 with nine pairs of autosomes plus X. The karyogram made from
metaphase II cells (Fig. 1 ) shows 9 pairs of metacentric and submetacen-
tric chromosomes gradually decreasing in size. The X chromosome
seems to be a metacentric element about the size of the second pair.

In meiosis during early prophase I the homologues condense (Fig. 2,
3) and at zygotene the central regions of the bivalents, probably of
heterochromatic nature, are heavily stained while the rest is weakly
stained (Fig. 3). During pachytene (Fig. 4) to metaphase I (Fig. 5) the
homologues remain in parallel alignment without showing any trace of
chiasmata. Homologous centromeres appear more deeply separated in
some bivalents (Fig. 5). The onset of anaphase I is denoted by a parallel
separation of homologues, which is delayed in the telomeric regions of
some bivalents (Fig. 6). At prophase II chromosomes appear as single
structures (Fig. 7). The two chromatids are seen again at metaphase II,
but they remain parallel instead of the typical cruciform figure due to
chromatid repulsion (Fig. 8). The X chromosome condenses pre-
cociously (Fig. 4) and moves undivided to one pole at anaphase I, and
divides its chromatids during anaphase II.

During specimens preparation, the testes of this species were found
to be of the normal follicular type, in which a number of small sperm
tubes are attached individually to the vas deferens (Snodgrass, 1935),
rather than the tubular type (Jeannel, 1941), which consists of a single,
coiled tube. This feature is of phylogenetic importance (see below).

DISCUSSION

Male meiosis of Distocupes varians resembles the achiasmatic pattern
that was previously described in Adephaga (Carabidae:Bembidiini,
Pogonini and perhaps Harpalini) by Serrano ( 1 98 1 a). Since achiasmatic
meiosis is considered to have evolved secondarily (John, 1990), this
character represents a specialized condition within the Cupedidae, an

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April. 1993 85

unexpected result in view of the supposed archaic nature of the group.
However, it may also be considered as a latent tendency of the first
coleopterans that may appear in particular groups or species. Given the
lack of reports of achiasmatic meiosis in the suborder Polyphaga, in
spite of the large number of species studied (2000 in Smith and Virkki,
1978, and many more since then), the occurrence of this kind of meiosis
is in agreement with the hypotheses that relate the suborder Archo-
stemata with the suborder Adephaga (Lawrence and Newton, 1982;
Kukalova-Peck and Lawrence, in press).

I *
'
*

P 3 f U 3 * *r :

* / + + i"

\ f <:v>

f 8

Chromosomes of Distocupes varians. Figure 1. Karyogram made from two metaphase II
cells with n = 9 + X (above) and n = 9 (below). Figure 2. Early zygotene. Figure 3.
Zygotene. Figure 4. Postpachytene stage. Note the precocious condensation of the X
chromosome. Figure 5. Metaphase I. Figure 6. Anaphase I. Figure 7. Prophase II with n = 9
(left) and n = 9 + X (right). Figure 8 Metaphase II. Arrows show the X chromosome.
The bar equals 5 um.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

On the other hand, the chromosome number of Distocupes varians 2n
= 19, is very close to that found in other primitive coleopteran groups
(Table 1), thus supporting the hypothesis that the 2n = 20 karyotype is
ancestral for the Order Coleoptera, and that higher numbers developed
thereafter in the adephagan and polyphagan stocks, with disappearance
of the ancestral karyotype in modern Adephaga.

If the lack of the typical polyphagan Xyp sex-chromosome mecha-
nism in D. varians is corroborated in other species of Archostemata, it
will indicate that this system is characteristic of the suborder Polyphaga
but is not found in the other suborders of Coleoptera (Table 1 ). Thus the
Xyp system evolved when Polyphaga became separated from the other
suborders and represents an apomorphy for the suborder.

Finally, the occurrence of follicular testes in D. varians, as well as in
two other Cupedidae, Priacma serrata LeConte and Prolixocupes lobiceps

Table 1. Chromosome numbers in Coleoptera

Suborder

Species

References(*)

ARCHOSTEMATA
CUPEDIDAE

MICROMALTHIDAE

MYXOPHAGA

ADEPHAGA

POLYPHAGA

Distocupes varians

n (cf ) = 9 + X

2n (cf) = 19

Male achiasmatic meiosis

Micromalthus debilis

n (cf) = 10

2n (9) = 20

Sex-chromosome mechanism by

haplo-diploidy (arrhenotoky)

Ytu zeus

n(cf) = 9 + XY

2n (cf ) = 20

Ancestral karyotype
n(cf) = 18 + X

2n (cf ) = 37

Ancestral karyotype

n (cf ) = 9 + Xyp (parachute)

2n (cf ) = 20

(*) 1, Present study; 2, Scott (1936); 3, Mesa and Fontanetti (1985); 4, Serrano (1981b); 5,
Smith and Virkki ( 1978).

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 87

(LeConte) (K.W. Cooper, pers. comm.) conflicts with the reports of
tubular testes in Prolixocupes latreillei (Solier) and also in Tetraphalerus
wagneri Waterhouse (family Ommatidae) (Vidal-Sarmiento, 1969). It
appears that tubular and follicular testes, which characterize Adephaga
and Polyphaga, respectively, both occur within the suborder Archo-
stemata. If this is the case, it suggests that modern Archostemata are not
monophyletic or that this character has undergone reversal. However,
more data is needed to confirm the presence of tubular testes in either
Ommatidae or Cupedidae.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We are grateful to K. Houston for providing the material and J. Serrano, M. Horak and T. A
Weir for their valuable comments on the manuscript. J. Galian was supported by a post-
doctoral grant (PF91-22936091) of the Spanish Government for staying in Australia.

LITERATURE CITED

Crowson, R.A. 1955. The natural classification of the families of Coleoptera. London.

Crowson, R.A. 1960. The phylogeny of Coleoptera. Ann. Rev. Entomol. 5: 1 1 1-134.

John, B. 1990. Meiosis. Cambridge Univ. Press. Cambridge.

Jeannel, R. 1941. Faune de France. 39. Coleopteres Carabiques. Premiere Parte. Le-
chevalier. Paris.

Kukalova-Peck, J. and J.F. Lawrence, (in press). Evolution of the hind wing in Coleop-
tera. Can. J. Zool.

Lawrence, J.F. and A.F., Jr. Newton. 1982. Evolution and classification of beetles. Ann.
Rev. Ecol. Syst. 13: 261-290.

Lawrence, J.F., T.A. Weir, and J.E. Pyke. 1987. Archostemata and Myxophaga. In:
Zoological catalogue of Australia. Volume 4. Coleoptera: Archostemata, Myxophaga
and Adephaga. D.W. Walton (ed.). Pp. 6-16. Australian Government Publishing Ser-
vice. Canberra.

Mesa, A., and C.S. Fontanetti. 1985. The chromosomes of a primitive species of beetle:
Ytu zeus (Coleoptera, Myxophaga, Torridincolidae). Proc. Acad. Natl. Sci. Philadelphia
137: 102-105.

Neboiss, A. 1984. Reclassification of Cupes Fabricius (s. lat.), with description of new
genera and species (Cupedidae: Coleoptera). Syst. Entomol. 9: 443-447.

Scott, A.C. 1936. Haploidy and aberrant spermatogenesis in a Coleopteran, Micromalthus
debilis Leconte. J. Morphol. 59: 485-515.

Scott, A.C. 1941. Reversal of sex production in Micromalthus. Biol. Bull. 81: 420-431.

Serrano, J. 198 la. Male achiasmatic meiosis in Caraboidea (Coleoptera, Adephaga).
Genetica57: 121-137.

Serrano, J. 1981b. Chromosome numbers and karyotypic evolution of Caraboidea.
Genetica 55: 51-60.

Smith, S.G. and N. Virkki. 1978. Animal cytogenetics 3, Insecta 5, Coleoptera. Born-
traeger. Berlin.

Snodgrass, R.E. 1935. Principles of Insect Morphology. McGraw-Hill. New York.

Vidal-Sarmiento, J.A. 1969. El sistema reproductor masculino y organos de copulacion
en Cupesidae (Coleoptera-Archostemata). Rev. Soc. Entomol. Argent. 31: 43-48.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

AN ECOTONAL STUDY OF CARRION BEETLES

(COLEOPTERA: SILPHIDAE) IN THE GREAT

SWAMP NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE,

NEW JERSEY 1

Paul P. Shubeck 2

ABSTRACT: Carrion beetles were collected in chicken breast baited traps situated at 15
meter intervals, along a 60 m base line intersecting a woodland and field in Great Swamp
National Wildlife Refuge, NJ. There was no evidence, for any species, of a declining linear
gradient in numbers of carrion beetles from their preferred to their secondary habitat. An
abrupt edge effect was noted for one species, Nicrophonts orbicollis. which was taken in the
woodland and at the woodland/field interface, but not in the field proper. On the other
hand, Necrophila americana, Oiceoptoma noveboracense, and Oiceoptema inaequale were
each approximately equally abundant on either side of the actual interface of their pre-
ferred and secondary habitat. Furthermore, this junction zone (ecotone) may end between
15 m and 30 m into the field for Necrophila americana since it was found to be significantly
more abundant at 30 m into the field (its preferred habitat).

Two previous studies have shown that carrion beetles (Silphidae)
manifest slight to strong preferences for particular habitats. Anderson
(1982) observed species preferences, in Canada, for coniferous forests,
deciduous forests, fields and marshes. Shubeck (1983) observed species
preferences when trapping carrion beetles in woodland, field, and marsh
habitats in NJ. These findings are especially interesting in view of an
earlier study which showed there is much random flight when carrion
beetles search for carrion (Shubeck, 1968). In the New Jersey study it had
been found that eight species of carrion beetles had slight or strong pre-
ferences for woodland or field habitats. Only 5% of the individuals were
taken in a marsh.

Neither of the above habitat studies discussed ecotonal aspects of
boundaries between habitats. According to Odum ( 197 1 ), "An ecotone is
a transition between two or more diverse communities as, for example,
between forest and grassland ..." He further stated, "It is a junction zone
or tension belt which may have considerable linear extent but is
narrower than the adjoining community areas themselves."

In this current study an attempt was made to determine what
influence, if any, the ecotone might have on carrion beetle populations
in terms of numbers. Specific objectives included an attempt to deter-
mine if there might be (1) a declining linear gradient in numbers of car-

1 Received September 11, 1992. Accepted September 16, 1992.

Biology Department, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, New Jersey 07043.
Present Address: 65 Pleasantview Ave., New Providence, NJ 07974.

ENT. NEWS 104(2): 88-92. March & April. 1993

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 89

rion beetles, along a base line, from the preferred habitat to the sec-
ondary habitat, and (2) an abrupt drop in numbers at the interface be-
tween the preferred habitat and the secondary habitat. In other words,
does the change occur at the interface itself or at 15 or 30 m inside of
either habitat.

The study was conducted in the Great Swamp National Wildlife
Refuge, Basking Ridge, NJ. Collections were made during June, July and
August 1984, and April and May 1985.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Carrion beetles were trapped in five No. 10 food cans (3.78 1 ), each of
which was concealed in a wooden box having 1.27 cm wire mesh at the
top and a rain cover 5 cm over the opening. These have been described
elsewhere (Shubeck, 1976). A base line of 60 meters length was estab-
lished which intersected the boundary at which a deciduous woodland
and an old field were adjacent to each other. These habitats have been
described in a previous paper (Shubeck, 1983).

The five traps were situated along the base line so that one trap was 30
m into the woodland, a second was 1 5 m into the woods, a third was at the
edge of the woods where the field began, a fourth 1 5 m into the field, and a
fifth was 30 m into the field. One chicken breast was placed in each trap a
week before the first collection, a second added when collections began,
and each week thereafter the older in each trap was replaced with a fresh
chicken breast.

Traps were examined each week, carrion beetles were removed, iden-
tified, and the data recorded. There was a total of 2 1 weekly collections
12 during June, July, and August in 1984, and 9 during April and May in
1985. A previous study (Shubeck et a/., 1981), which ran from April
through November, had shown that over 98% of silphids collected in
Great Swamp were taken from early April through August.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

A total of 1,173 carrion beetles (Silphidae) was collected during this
study (Table 1). In rank order of abundance they were: 1. Necrophila
americana (525); 2. Oiceoptoma noveboracense (349); 3. Oiceoptoma inae-
quale (206); 4. Nicrophorus orbicollis (66); 5. Nicrophorus tomentosus ( 1 2); 6.
Nicrophorus pustulatus (6); 7. Necrodes surinamensis (5); 8. Nicrophorus
marginatus (4). In view of the small numbers for the last 4 species this
analysis and discussion will be limited to the four most abundant species
whose larger numbers may be treated statistically.

Table 1 shows total numbers, for 1984 and 1985, of species trapped

90 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

along the base line intersecting the woodland and field interface. The
data, for each species, show how many beetles were trapped 30 m into the
woodland habitat, 15 m into the woodland, at the edge of woodland/
field, 15 m into the field, and 30 m into the field.

Table 1 shows that no species exhibits a linear gradient in numbers
collected from their preferred to their secondary habitat. Even the 4
species found in low numbers seem to bear this out (Table 1).

Only for Nicrophorus orbicollis was an abrupt edge effect noted. This
species was trapped in approximately equal numbers at the edge of the
woodland, and at 1 5, as well as 30 m into the wooded area. No individual
of this species was taken within the field proper. These data seem to indi-
cate that for jV. orbicollis, the interface of its woodland habitat with a field
can be a very real "barrier," or edge, beyond which this species seldom
ventures in search for food. Although in a previous habitat study
(Shubeck, 1983) 10 of a total of 73 individuals (13.7%) were taken in the
field, the great majority (86.3%) was collected in the forest their pre-
ferred habitat.

On the other hand, the 3 most abundant species behaved very dif-
ferently. Necrophila americana, Oiceoptoma noveboracense, and Oiceop-
toma inaequale were captured in somewhat similar numbers along the
base line (with the possible exception of TV. americana since 30% of its
numbers were taken 30 m into the field). It seems clear for these species
there is a definite ecotone, or zone, which extends from within one
habitat, across the edge into its adjacent habitat. Within this zone it
appears these beetles were approximately equally abundant on either
side of the actual interface of the preferred and the secondary habitat. In
order to support this observation the chi square statistic was used to
determine if the numbers of individuals from each of these 3 species,
taken on either side of the interface (i.e. forest vs. field) were significantly
different. The total number of individuals collected at 15 m and at 30 m
into the forest was compared with the total number collected at 1 5 m and
30 m into the field for each of these species respectively. It was found
there was no significant difference in the total number taken on either
side of the actual interface (but within the 60 m wide margin tested) in the
case of 2 species; Oiceoptoma noveboracense (X2 = 1.39, df = 1, P > .2)
Table 1, Oiceoptoma inaequale (X2 = 1.16, df = 1, P > .2) Table 1. Chi
square analysis of Necrophila americana , on the other hand, indicated
there is a significant difference in the numbers on either side of the inter-
face (X2 - 9.43, df = 1, P > .01) Table 1. However, the data in Table 1 may
indicate the junction zone, or tension belt (Odum, 1971), may end bet-
ween 15 and 30 m into the field for this species, since it has been noted
that N. americana manifested somewhat larger numbers 30 m into the

Vol. 104. No. 2, March & April, 1993 91

field. Chi square treatment of the numbers when all five collections for
this species are included indicate a significant difference in the numbers
(X2 = 34.26, df = 4, P > 0.00 1 ). On the other hand, when the latter collec-
tion numbers (30 m into the field) are excluded, and the remaining four
collections are subjected to chi square analysis, no significant difference
in collection numbers is noted (X 2 = 0.945, df = 3, P > .8). The very
obvious difference is the large number of beetles taken 30 m into the
field. I believe this can be accepted as evidence that this species may have
been clear of the ecotone at that point, since the field is its preferred
habitat (Shubeck, 1983), and larger numbers of individuals would be
expected to be there.

This study appears to indicate that there is a zone (ecotone), at least
1 5-30 m wide on either side of the field/woodland interface, within which
there are no significant differences in the numbers collected (on either
side of the interface) of Oiceoptoma noveboracense, Oiceoptoma inaequale,
and Necrophila americana. Nicrophorus orbicollis, however, seemed to
manifest an abrupt edge effect in that its numbers were taken in the
woods and at the interface but not in the field. It appears for this species
that the habitat preference for the woods is so strong that the concept of
"ecotone" may be meaningless.

Table 1. Totals of carrion beetles collected (1984 & 1985) at 15 meter intervals along a base
line which intersected a woodland and an adjacent field in Great Swamp National
Wildlife Refuge, N.J.

WOODS/
SILPHIDAE WOODS WOODS FIELD FIELD FIELD TOTAL

30m 15m Om 15m 30m

Necrophila americana

158

(525)

Oiceoptoma noveboracense

(349)

Oiceoptoma inaequale

(206)

Nicrophorus orbicollis

(66)

Nicrophorus tomentosus

(12)

Nicrophorus pustulatus

(6)

Necrodes surinamensis

(5)

Nicrophorus marginatus

(4)

92 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to Thank John Korky, Biology Department, Montclair State College, for read-
ing the manuscript and offering many suggestions, and also Helen Roberts, Mathematics
and Computer Science Department, Montclair State College, who reviewed the statistics
and corrected some of the P values and interpretations. Their assistance is much
appreciated.

LITERATURE CITED

Anderson, R. S. 1982. Resource partitioning in the carrion beetle (Coleoptera: Silphidae)
fauna of southern Ontario: ecological and evolutionary considerations. Can. J. Zool.
60:1314-1325.

Odum, E. P. 1971. Fundamentals of Ecology, 3rd Edition. Saunders, Philadelphia, PA.

Shubeck, P. P. 1968. Orientation of carrion beetles to carrion: random or non-random?
J. New York Entomol. Soc. 76:253-265.

Shubeck, P. P. 1976. An alternative to pitfall traps in carrion beetle studies (Coleoptera).
Entomol. News 87:176-178

Shubeck, P. P., N. M. Downie, R. L. Wenzeland S. B. Peck. 1981. Species composition
and seasonal abundance of carrion beetles (Coleoptera) in an oak-beech forest in
Great Swamp National Wildlife Refuge, N.J. Entomol. News 92:7-16.

Shubeck, P. P. 1983. Habitat preferences of carrion beetles in The Great Swamp National
Wildlife Refuge, New Jersey (Coleoptera: Silphidae, Dermestidae, Nitiduli-
dae, Histeridae, Scarabaeidae). J. New York Entomol. Soc. 91:333-341.

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 93

TECHNIQUES FOR OBTAINING

ADULT-ASSOCIATED IMMATURE STAGES

OF PREDACIOUS TACHYDROMIINE FLIES

(DIPTERA: EMPIDOIDEA), WITH IMPLICATIONS

FOR REARING AND BIOCONTROL 1

J. M. Gumming, B. E. Cooper^

ABSTRACT: Gravid females of four species of tachydromiine flies, namely Mega-
grapha exquisita, Platypalpus holosericus. P. aequalis. and P. melleus were induced to oviposit
by decapitation. Eggs were placed on a saline nutrient agar medium prior to hatching.
Ovaries containing fully mature eggs were additionally dissected from females of P.
holosericus. These eggs were transferred in situ in each ovary to agar plates, where they
embryonated and hatched, demonstrating parthenogenesis in this species. First instar lar-
vae of all four species were held in agar medium for several weeks, and were presented with
various prey organisms and other food materials. Only those that fed on Drosophila
melanogaster larvae, or on each other, developed to later larval instars. In one instance, a
fully mature larva of M. exquisita pupated after diapausing, and developed as far as the
teneral adult stage. Implications of the results of this study are discussed in terms of the
potential for obtaining taxonomic and phylogenetic information on previously unknown
immature stages, and for rearing Tachydromiinae as biological control agents of agri-
cultural pests.

The beneficial nature of empidoid flies as predators of insect pests
has long been recognized (reviewed for example by Smith, 1969, p. 18),
with the potential economic importance of one subfamily, the
Tachydromiinae, recently attracting considerable interest 3 . For exam-
ple, adult tachydromiines have been identified as important regu-
lators of small Diptera, Thysanoptera and aphid pests in cereal and oil
seed crops (Berest, 1987; Brunei et al, 1989; Chvala, 1975; Crook and
Sunderland, 1984; Jones, 1965, 1969, 1976a, 1976b; Potts and Vickerman,
1974; Stark, 1990; Stark and Wetzel, 1987; Sunderland et al. 1985), leaf-
mining flies in greenhouse and field situations (Kovalev, 1966; Rotheray,
1989; Whitfield, 1925), as well as psyllids and phytophagous mites in
orchards (Chvala, 1975; Fleschner and Ricker, 1953).

Despite this interest, effective use of tachydromiines as biological
control agents of agricultural pests has been severely hindered by a lack

1 Received July 3, 1992. Accepted September 26, 1992.

2 Biological Resources Division, Centre for Land and Biological Resources Research.
Agriculture Canada, Research Branch, Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Ontario,
Canada K1AOC6.

3 Classification of the Tachydromiinae within either the Empididae or Hybotidae is dis-
cussed in Cumming and Cooper (1992).

ENT. NEWS 104(2): 93-101. March & April. 1993

94 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

of information about immature stages and life histories of empidoid flies
in general. For example, no empidid species has ever been successfully
reared through all life stages in the laboratory. Even the informative
outline of the life cycle ofEmpis tessellata Fabricius, described by Hobby
and Smith (1961), was pieced together from collections of mature larvae
taken from leaf litter (reared to adults) and from eggs obtained from
mated females (hatched to first instar larvae). The entire literature on the
structure and habits of immature stages of the Tachydromiinae, essen-
tially amounts to brief descriptions of the larva of a Platypalpus species
by Beling (1888), the larva and pupa of a Drapetis species by Malloch
(1917), and the larva of Crossopalpus curvipes (Meigen) by Smith (1989).
Smith (1989) additionally lists rearing records of adults of Crossopalpus
sp. from dung, C. nigritellus (zetterstedt) from fungi, Elaphropeza ephip-
piata (Fallen) from woodland soil, and Tachypeza nubila (Meigen) from
fungi and under bark, indicating that the immatures of Tachydromiinae
appear to occupy various terrestrial habitats.

The primary purpose of this paper is to add to our knowledge of the
Tachydromiinae by reporting on techniques used to obtain adult-
associated immature stages and on preliminary investigations into the
establishment of a rearing method for members of the subfamily, in
addition, a procedure is described for determining female reproduc-
tive mode.

PROCEDURE AND RESULTS

Rearing Method. Adult females of megagrapha exquisita (Malloch),
Platypalpus holosericus Melander, P. aequalis Loew, and P. melleus Melan-
der were netted locally during the summer months and placed indi-
vidually in plastic tubes containing moistened tissue paper, for transport
back to the laboratory 4 . Gravid females with fully mature eggs were
induced to oviposit by decapitation, following the method described by
Linley (1965) for the ceratopogonid fly species Leptoconops bequaerti
(Kieffer). This was most easily achieved after slightly anaesthetizing a
specimen with CC>2 and transferring it to moistened filter paper before
removing the head with fine dissecting scissors. Decapitated females
generally started ovipositing immediately and sometimes continued to
lay eggs for up to an hour after oviposition commenced.

Following oviposition, eggs from each female were transferred with a
fine brush to the surface of a saline nutrient agar medium that had been
allowed to set to a depth of approximately 4mmina50X9mm seal-tight

4 Voucher specimens are deposited in the Canadian National Collection of Insects and
Arachnids (CNC).

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 95

petri dish (Fig. 1). The saline nutrient agar medium used to rear
specimens of Tachydromiinae was originally developed for rearing pre-
dacious larvae of the ceratopogonid fly species Culicoides melleus
(Coquillett) and is fully described by Linley (1985). The advantages dis-
cussed by Kettle etal. (1975) in using agar to rear Culcoides larvae, and the
necessity demonstrated by Linley (1985) of adding supplementary
vitamins for rearing predacious larvae such as Culicoides (see below
under "Food Requirements"), appear generally applicable to the rearing
procedure employed here. Seal-tight petri dishes, which are designed
with tight-fitting lids (Fig. 1), are a necessary modification, essential in
containing the small highly motile tachydromiine larvae in the agar

medium.

The agar-filled petri dishes were maintained in the dark, in an
environmental chamber at a constant 20 C. Darkening of the chorion of
the egg on the first day denoted initiation of embryogenesis in all four
species, and indicated that the eggs were either fertilized during oviposi-
tion, or were developing parthenogenetically. In all four species, larval
cephalic structures and segmentation usually became visible through
the semi-transparent chorion towards the end of the first week after
oviposition (Fig. 2), with the eggs generally hatching by the end of the
second week. In some eggs of P. holosericus, hatching was delayed up to at
least four weeks after oviposition without noticeable developmental
effects, by keeping the eggs at 11 C.

First instar larvae of all four species appeared to burrow through the
agar medium easily (Figs. 3-4), and could be kept alive in the tightly
sealed petri dishes with little maintainence for several weeks. Larvae
seemed unaffected by fungus and bacteria, even when some older
cultures became heavily contaminated with these microorganisms, and
often appeared somewhat attracted to these contaminants (Fig. 6). Those
that fed (see below under "Food Requirements") appeared to progress
through three larval instars, as described for the distantly related empi-
doid, Liancalus virens Scopoli (Vaillant, 1948). The larval growth rate for
all species varied considerably as experimentation to determine food
requirements progressed, although in one batch of eggs of M. exquisita,
final instar larvae (Fig. 5) developed relatively rapidly, within ap-
proximately five weeks from the time of hatching. Final instar larvae of
all species that were still alive towards the end of the summer were cooled
down and allowed to diapause at 1 C for three months. Most larvae sur-
vived the diapause period, and in one instance, a single larva of M.
exquisita pupated (without forming a cocoon) in the agar medium
approximately five weeks after the temperature was increased to 15 C.
Within three weeks the pupa developed to the teneral adult stage (Fig. 8),

96 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

but died before eclosion occurred.

Food Requirements. Attempts were made to determine the food
requirements of the larvae, since the diet of larval tachydromiines is
unknown. Although never directly established, tachydromiine larvae
have been assumed to be predacious (Chvala and Kovalev, 1989), based
on limited observations of other empidoid species (reviewed by Smith,
1969, p. 6). First instar larvae of all four tachydromiine species were
offered various small soil organisms, such as nematodes belonging to
the genus Panagrellus, all stages of the oribatid mite species Oppia nitens
C.L. Koch, and an inoculum of protozoans, but feeding on these mic-
roorganisms was not observed. In addition, early as well as later instar
larvae did not appear to scavenge on dead organisms, or on moistened
pieces of highly proteinaceous dried puppy meal, which were also added
to some cultures.

Finally, small larvae of the pomace fly, Drosophila melanogaster
Meigen, were presented as prey. Larvae of all four species of tachy-
dromiines readily fed on the Drosophila larvae within the agar medium
(Fig. 7). The smaller first instar tachydromiine larvae however, were only
able to overpower the smallest (first instar) Drosophila larvae. Later
tachydromiine instars fed on Drosophila larvae of various sizes, and
occasionally these older predacious larvae also cannibalized smaller
sibling larvae in the same culture. Since Drosophila larvae could survive
in the agar medium for one or two days before starving, periodic replace-
ment of prey larvae was required to sustain the tachydromiine larval
cultures.

Reproductive Mode. Females of P. holosericus are suspected of re-
producing parthogenetically (as has been suggested by Tuomikoski,
1935 and Chvala, 1975 for some Palearctic species of Platypalpus), since
males of this common Nearctic species are not represented in the main
North American empidoid collections, and have never been collected
locally. To determine the reproductive mode in P. holosericus, ovaries
were dissected from four gravid females and transferred individually to
eight agar plates for observation. During dissection each ovary, contain-
ing an average of approximately 30 fully mature eggs, was surgically
removed from the lateral oviduct to prevent any possibility of accidental
fertilization. Despite heavy fungal contamination of the ovariole tissue,
the occurrence of parthenogenesis in P. holosericus was convincingly
demonstrated when most of the eggs in all eight of the dissected
ovaries hatched.

DISCUSSION

The results obtained to date provide a first step in the development of
a general procedure for rearing tachydromiine flies, which will aid in the
accumulation of valuable taxonomic and life history data. Most impor-

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993

Figs. 1-8. 1, Seal-tight petri dish filled with saline nutrient agar medium for rearing Tachy-
dromiinae (0.6 X); 2, eggs ofPlatypalpu.s holosericus Melander containing developing larvae
(33 X); 3, first instar larvae of P. holosericus in agar medium ( 18 X); 4, first instar larva of P.
holosericus in agar medium (36 X); 5, late instar larva of Megagrapha exquisita ( Malloch ) on
top of agar medium (12 X); 6, first instar larvae of P. holosericus amongst fungal contamina-
tion of agar medium (27 X); 7, late instar larva of P. holosericus feeding on early instar larva
of Drosophila melanogaster Meigen (18 X); 8. lateral view of pupa of M exquisita containing
teneral adult (14 X).

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

tantly, induction of oviposition behavior by decapitation, in conjunc-
tion with maintenance of the eggs in agar-filled petri dishes to avoid
desiccation, appears to be a useful technique for obtaining adult-
associated first instar larvae (and possibly later stages) of Tachy-
dromiinae 5 The technique may work with, and should be attempted on,
other poorly known Empidoidea (e.g. Atelestinae, Brachystomatinae,
Ceratomerinae, Microphorinae, and Nemidind) and taxonomically
problematic Cyclorrhapha (e.g. Opetidae), for which immature stages
are not known (see for example Sinclair, 1992). Even if the first instar lar-
vae obtained are not reared successfully to a further stage, the taxonomic
information gained from having properly associated immatures of any
stage for such groups, would be valuable for testing previously proposed
classifications and formulating new phylogenetic hypotheses.

Dissection of ovaries from parthenogenetic species, such as P. holo-
sericus, can also yield large numbers of first instar larvae. Of perhaps
greater significance however, is the use of this dissection procedure for
determining whether certain females within a species, or all females, are
able to reproduce parthenogenetically rather than bisexually. Partheno-
genesis is presumed to occur in certain species of the genus Platypalpus,
where males have been rarely collected, or remain unknown. In the
Palearctic Region, some species are thought to be entirely partheno-
genetic [e.g. P. major (Zetterstedt) (Chvala, 1975, 1989)], or partially
parthenogenetic [e.g. P. ecalceatus (Zetterstedt) (Chvala, 1989; Tuomi-
koski, 1935)] throughout their range, whereas others [e.g. P. candicans
(Fallen) and P. cursitans (Fabricius) (Chvala, 1975; Frey, 1943; Tuomi-
koski, 1935)] appear to exhibit geographic parthenogenesis. Conclusive
determination of reproductive mode for species of Platypalpus at the
population level could be important for future screening of possible
biological control agents. This is because increased reproductive poten-
tial associated with parthenogenesis can be a desirable attribute for
beneficial insects being considered for release programs (Aeschlimann,
1990; Doutt et al, 1976), and mating requirements for parthenogenetic
females can be effectively ignored.

Larval food requirements of empidoids in general are poorly
understood, and no information is available for Tachydromiinae. The
procedures outlined here however, allow for experimentation with
various prey organisms and other food materials to determine which
broad categories of food types can be consumed by larvae. The results

Morphological study of the immature stages of the Tachydromiinae will he dealt with in
subsequent papers.

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 99

obtained on the four species studied here, indicate that larvae of many if
not all Tachydromiinae are predacious, probably on small soil or litter
inhabiting organisms such as other Diptera larvae, rather than being
saprophagous or microorganism feeders. The use of larval Diptera as the
major source of prey for the larvae of some other empidoid groups, has
been noted by Smith (1969). The apparent attraction of the larvae of all
four tachydromiine species towards areas of heavy fungal and bacterial
contamination in older cultures, suggests that natural organisms cap-
tured by these predacious larvae probably include small mycetophagous
or saprophagous Diptera larvae, or other soft-bodied prey.

A general procedure for rearing tachydromiine flies could have
important implications for biological control programs targeted against
a variety of small-sized insect pests. For example, the predatory activity
of many adult tachydromiines appears to be both intense and of long
duration (Chvala, 1975; Stark and Wetzel, 1989; Whitfield, 1925), and
adults are considered to occupy small-sized predator niches not gen-
erally shared by other (usually larger-sized) predators (Chvala, 1975).
This, in conjunction with the ability of several species to reach very high
population densities (e.g. recorded as high as 40 to 60 individuals of
Platypalpus per meter 2 in cereal crops by Stark, 1990), and the apparent
lack of a fixed diapause stage in at least some species of Crossopalpus,
Platypalpus, and Stilpon (Chvala, 1975) suggests potential benefits for the
development of future mass-rearing programs for this group of preda-
cious flies. Common parthenogenetic species like the relatively large,
voracious P. holosericus in North America, or the very similar European
P. major, appear to be ideal candidates for further research.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We would like to thank A Borkent (Salmon Arm, B.C.) for his discussions on
ceratopogonid rearing techniques and J. R. Linley (University of Florida, Vero Beach) for
graciously supplying supplementary vitamins for the saline nutrient agar. J. E. O'Hara
(Biological Resources Division CLBRR) and B. J. Sinclair(Carleton University, Ottawa)
kindly reviewed the manuscript and suggested many improvements.

LITERATURE CITED

Aeschlimann, J. P. 1990. Simultaneous occurrence of thelytoky and bisexuality in

Hymenopteran species, and its implications for the biological control of pests. Ento-

mophaga 35: 3-5.
Beling, T. 1888. Beitrag zur Metamorphose einiger zweiflugeliger Insecten aus den

Familien Tabanidae, Empidae, und Syrphidae. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 38: 1-4.
Berest, Z. L. 1987. Trophic relations of natural enemies of cereal leaf aphids. Vestnik Zool.

21:45-48. [In Russian.]

!00 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Brunei, E., P. Grootaert and J. Mesquida. 1989. Entomofaune associee a la floraison du

colza (Brassica napus L.): Note preliminaire sur les Dolichopodidae et les Empididae

(Insectes: Diptera). Med. Fac. Landbouww. Rijksuniv. Gent 54(3a): 727-737.
Chvala, M. 1 975. The Tachydromiinae (Dipt. Empididae) of Fennoscandia and Denmark.

Fauna Entomol. Scand. 3: 1-336.
Chvala, M. 1989. Monograph of northern and central European species of Platypalpus

(Diptera, Hybotidae), with data on the occurrence in Czechoslovokia. Acta Univ.

Carol. Biol. 32: 209-376.
Chvala, M. and V. G. Kovalev. 1989. Family Hybotidae, pp. 174-227. In. Soos, A. and L.

Papp (eds.). Catalogue of Palaearctic Diptera. Vol. 6. Therevidae Empididae.

Akademiai Kiado, Budapest. 435 pp.
Crook, N. E. and K. D. Sunderland. 1984. Detection of aphid remains in predatory

insects and spiders by ELISA. Ann. Appl. Biol. 105: 413-422.
Cumming, J. M. and B. E. Cooper. 1992. A revision of the Nearctic species of the tachy-

dromiine fly genus Stilpon Loew (Diptera: Empidoidea). Can. Entomol. 124:

951-998.
Doutt, R. L., D. P. Annecke and E. Tremblay. 1976. Biology and host relationships of

parasitoids, pp. 143-168. In: Huffaker, C. B. and P. S. Messenger (eds.). Theory and Prac-
tice of Biological Control. Academic Press, New York. 788 pp.
Fleschner, C. A. and D. W. Ricker. 1953. An empidid fly predacious on citrus red mites. J.

Econ. Entomol. 46: 155.
Frey, R. 1943. Ubersicht der palaarktischen Arten der Gattung Platypalpus Macq. ( = Cory-

neta Meig.). (Dipt. Empididae). Notul. Entomol. 23: 1-19.
Hobby, B. M. and K. G. V. Smith. 1961. The bionomics of Empis tessellata F. (Dipt.,

Empididae). Entomologist's Mon. Mag. 97: 2-10.
Jones, M. G. 1965. The effects of some insecticides on populations of frit fly (Oscinellafrit)

and its enemies. J. Appl. Ecol. 2: 391-401.
Jones, M. G. 1969. The effect of weather on frit fly (Oscinella frit L.) and its predators. J.

Appl. Ecol. 6:425-441.
Jones, M. G. 1976a. The arthropod fauna of a winter wheat field. J. Appl. Ecol. 13:

61-85.
Jones, M. G. 1976b. Arthropods from fallow land in a winter wheat-fallow sequence. J.

Appl. Ecol. 13: 87-101.
Kettle, D. S., C. H. Wild and M. M. Elson. 1975. A new technique for rearing individual

Culicoides larvae (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). J. Med. Entomol. 12: 263-264.
Kovalev, V. G. 1966. On the fauna and ecology of predacious Diptera of the subfamily

Tachydromiinae (Diptera, Empididae) in the central European belt of the USSR.

Entomol. Review 45: 436-438.
Linley, J. R. 1965. The ovarian cycle and egg stage in Leptoconops (Holoconops) becquaerti

(Kieff.) (Diptera, Ceratopogonidae). Bull. Entomol. Res. 56: 37-56.

Linley, J. R. 1985. Growth and survival of Culicoides melleus larvae (Diptera: Cerato-
pogonidae) on four prey organisms. J. Med. Entomol. 22: 178-189.
Malloch, J. R. 1917. A preliminary classification of Diptera, exclusive of Pupipara, based

upon larval and pupal characters, with keys to imagines in certain families. Part 1. Bull.

Illinois St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 12: 161-409, pis. 28-57.
Potts, G. R. and G. P. Vickerman. 1974. Studies on cereal ecosystems. Adv. Ecol. Res.

8: 107-197.

Rotheray, G. E. 1989. Prey capture in Tachvdromia annulipes (Meigen) (Diptera: Em-
pididae). Br. J. Entomol. Nat. Hist. 2: 177-179.
Sinclair, B. J. 1992. A phylogenetic interpretation of the Brachycera based on the larval

mandible and associated mouthpart structures. Syst. Entomol. 17: 233-252.

Vol. 104, No. 2. March & April, 1993 101

Smith, K. G. V. 1969. The Empididae of southern Africa (Diptera). Ann. Natal Mus.

19: 1-347.
Smith, K. G. V. 1989. An introduction to the immature stages of Bitish flies. Diptera larvae.

with notes on eggs, puparia and pupae. Handbk. Ident. Br. Insects 10 (Part 14):

1-280.
Stark, A. 1990. Flies of the genus Platypalpus (Hybotidae, Empidoidea) as predators of

cereal pests. 2nd Int. Congr. Dipt., Bratislava. Abstr. Vol. p. 226.
Stark, A. and Th. Wetzel 1987. Fliegen der Gattung Platypalpus (Diptera, Empididae)

bisher wenig beachtete Pradatoren im Getreidebestand. J. Appl. Entomol. 103: 1-14.
Sunderland, K. D., R. J. Chambers, D. L. Stacey and N. E. Crook. 1985. Invertebrate

polyphagous predators and cereal aphids. Bull. Int. Org. Biol. Contr. Noxious Animals

& Plants SROP/WPRS 8(3): 105-114.
Tuomikoski, R. 1935. Ein vermullicher Fall von geographischer parthenogenesis bei der

Gattung Tachydromia (Dipt., Empididae). Ann. Entomol. Fenn. 1: 38-43.
Vaillant, F. 1948. Les premiers stades de Liancalus virens Scop. (Dolichopodidae). Bull.

Soc. Zool. France 73: 118-130.
Whitfield, F. G. S. 1925. The natural control of the leaf-miner Phytomyza aconiti Hendel

(Diptera) by Tachydromia minuta, Meigen (Diptera). Bull. Entomol. Res. 16: 95-97.

102 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ESTABLISHMENT OF HIPPODAMIA VARIEGATA

AND NEW RECORDS OF PROPYLEA

QUATUORDECIMPUNCTATA (COLEOPTERA:

COCCINELLIDAE) IN THE EASTERN

UNITED STATES 1

A. G. Wheeler, Jr. 2

ABSTRACT: Hippodamia variegata is a Palearctic coccinellid known previously in North
America from a few areas of eastern Canada. It has been released in eastern and western
states for biological control of aphids, but its establishment in the United States has not
been documented. On the basis of late-season surveys in the northeast in 1992, H. variegata
is reported from 38 counties in eight states from northern New England to eastern
Pennsylvania and northern New Jersey. All localities surveyed are mapped. Its abundance
relative to other coccinellines collected on weeds in disturbed habitats and its plant
associations are indicated; the origin of U.S. populations is discussed. Records forPropylea
quaiuordecimpunctata. another Old World coccinellid, are given for Massachesetts, New
Hampshire, New York, and Vermont.

Hippodamia (Adonia) variegata (Goeze) is an Old World coccinellid
first recorded from North America by Gordon (1987). He reported its
establishment in the vicinity of Montreal, Quebec, noting that Nearctic
populations may be adventive rather than the result of intentional
releases. This aphid predator was released in the United States (Arizona,
California, Florida, and Georgia) beginning in 1957-1958, but no record
of Canadian releases is available (Gordon 1985, 1987).

Hippodamia variegata (South African strain) was evaluated in the
laboratory (and eventually released) as a potential biological control
agent of the greenbug, Schizaphis gramium (Rondani), that could in-
crease the diversity of coccinellid predators in Texas sorghum fields
(Michels and Bateman 1986). Invasion of the western United States by
the Russian wheat aphid, Diuraphis noxia (Mordvilko), in 1986 (Stoetzel
1987), led to foreign exploration for natural enemies of this introduced
pest and the introduction of various strains of//, variegata from Eurasia.
In 1987, it was released in several eastern and western states by the
USDA's Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) (Obrycki
and Orr 1990, Flanders et al. 1991). Several biological studies on this
introduced aphidophagous coccinellid have been conducted in North
America, including its developmental rates at several constant tem-
peratures (Michels and Bateman 1986) and an evaluation of several

1 Received December 3, 1992. Accepted December 28. 1992.

2 Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Harrisburg, PA
17110-9408.

ENT. NEWS 104(2): 102-1 10, March & April. 1993

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 103

aphid species as suitable prey (Obrycki and Orr 1990).

Despite numerous releases in western and eastern states since 1987
(including Colorado, Kansas, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Mexico,
Pennsylvania (Flanders el al. 1991 ), and New Jersey (R. Chianese, per-
sonal communication),//, variegata has been recorded in North America
only from Quebec and Ontario (Gordon and Vandenberg 1991,
McNamara 1991). Since 1990, participants in the USDA's Cooperative
Agricultural Pest Survey (CAPS) have been asked to look for//, variegata
in the northeast.

The purpose of this paper is to document the establishment of//.
variegata in eight northeastern states, map the known U. S. range, and
provide information on its abundance relative to other coccinellids
occurring in the same habitats. In addition, new records are given for
Propylea quatuordecimpunctata (L.), another coccinellid that CAPS par-
ticipants have been asked to search for in northeastern states.

METHODS

After I discovered //. variegata in New York and Vermont in late
August 1992, surveys were begun to help determine the extent of its
northeastern range. The habitats surveyed (11-13,1 8-20, and 27 Septem-
ber, and 6 October) were those that seemed likely to support a diverse
coccinellid fauna, particularly disturbed, weedy sites such as railroad
yards and urban vacant lots. Mowed roadside vegetation generally
yielded few coccinellids, and cropland was not surveyed because of the
time that would have been needed to obtain permission for sampling.

Herbaceous vegetation was swept with a standard insect net, and all
adult Coccinellini and numbers of each species (except in late August
and early October) were recorded. At some sites, particular plant species
were examined to determine host associations of//, variegata. Totals of
all species at a site include adults collected by both techniques. Even
though the duration of sampling (usually 10-15 minutes), number of
sweeps, and vegetation varied among the sites, the numbers of coc-
cinellines recorded at a given locality allow comparisons of relative den-
sity between //. variegata and other coccinellids present during Sep-
tember.

Specimens thought to represent H. variegata (and those of several
other species that could not be identified accurately in the field) were
collected for subsequent determination. Voucher material of//, variegata
and Propylea quatuordecimpunctata has been deposited in collections at
Cornell University, Ithaca, NY (CUIC); National Museum of Natural
History, Washington, DC (USNM); and Pennsylvania Department of
Agriculture, Harrisburg (PAD A).

104

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

RESULTS

Eleven coccinelline species in six genera were encountered during
surveys for Hippodamia variegata (Table 1). Nearly 250 specimens of//.
variegata were obtained at 48 localities in eight states: Connecticut (5
counties), Massachusetts (6), New Hampshire (2), New Jersey (1), New
York (16), Pennsylvania (3), Rhode island (1), and Vermont (4). Positive
and negative sites for H. variegata, as well as recent release sites in
Massachusetts, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania, are shown in Fig. 1.

Figure 1 . Known U.S. distribution of Hippodamia variegata. Dots = detection sites; circles =
sites where the coccinellid was not found; stars = recent release sites in Massachusetts,
New Jersey, and Pennsylvania (not shown are 1957-1958/1987 release sites in Delaware,
Maine, and Maryland).

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 105

The following new records document the establishment of//, varie-
gata in the eastern United States; all collections were made by the author
from 28 August to 6 October 1992.

CONNECTICUT: Fairfield Co., Danbury; Hartford Co., New Brittain; New Haven
Co., Waterbury; Tolland Co., Mansfield; Windham Co., Abington and Dayville.
MASSACHUSETTS: Berkshire Co., Rt.41 S.of Housatonic; Franklin Co., Ervingand
Greenfield; Hampden Co., Springfield; Hampshire Co., Northampton; Middlesex Co.,
Marlborough; Worcester Co., Athol, Gardner. Millbury, and Winchendon. NEW
HAMPSHIRE: Cheshire Co., North Walpole and Troy; Sullivan Co., Claremont. NEW
JERSEY: Sussex Co., McAfee and Rt. 23 E. of Montague. NEW YORK: Albany Co., Rt.
90E, Service Plaza, Town of Rotterdam nr. Albany; Clinton Co., June. rts. 87 & 456 E. of
Beekmantown; Columbia Co., Hillsdale; Dutchess Co., Fishkill; Greene Co., Leeds;
Orange Co., Newburgh and Port Jervis; Otsego Co., Cooperstown Junction; Putnam
Co., Brewster; Rensselaer Co., Brunswick; Saratoga Co., Ballston Spa; Schenectady
Co., Duanesburg; Schoharie Co., Cobleskill; Sullivan Co., Wurtsboro; Ulster Co.,
Kerhonkson; Warren Co., Glens Falls; Washington Co., Whitehall. PENNSYLVANIA:
Philadelphia Co., Philadelphia; Pike Co., Matamoras; Wayne Co., Hawley and
Waymart. RHODE ISLAND: Providence Co., Chepachet and Nasonville. VERMONT:
Addison Co., Vergennes; Chittenden Co., Colchester; Rutland Co., Fair Haven;
Washington Co., Montpelier.

In northern New England and northeastern New York, H. variegata
was found at 20 of 29 sites sampled during 1 1 - 1 3 September. It was either
the only coccinellid species or the most numerous one at 1 3 of those sites.
During 18-20 September, it was present at 22 of 24 sites in southern New
England, southeastern New York, and eastern Pennsylvania and was
most abundant at 1 1 sites. It was taken at 4 of 9 sites in northeastern
Pennsylvania and northern New Jersey on 27 September and was most
numerous at 2 sites. It was found at one location in Philadelphia during
limited surveys in southeastern Pennsylvania on 6 October.

Hippodamia variegata was frequently taken by sweeping legumes
such as red clover (Trifolium pratense L.) and sweet clover (Melilotus spp.)
that were infested with pea aphids, Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris), or by
beating inflorescences of horseweed (Conyza canadensis (L.) Cronquist).
It was also observed on volunteer alfalfa (Medicago sativa L.) and on com-
posites such as aster (Aster spp.), chicory (Cichorium intybus L.), golden-
rod (Solidago spp.), mugwort (Artemisia vulgaris L.), ragweed (Ambrosia
artemisiifolia L.), spotted knapweed (Centaurea maculosa Lam.), and
tansy (Tanacetum vulgare L.). A mating pair was found under a mat of
knotweed (Polygonum aviculare L.).

An adult H. variegata collected 20 September at Marlborough,
Massachusetts, was not killed right away. A few days later a parasitoid
cocoon was observed beneath its body, and the braconid Dinocampus
coccinellae (Schrank) emerged on 3 October. This Holarctic species is a

10 6 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

known parasitoid of//, variegata (and other coccinellids) in Europe. The
Massachusetts record from H. variegata is noteworthy because this coc-
cinellid had proved unsuitable as a host (100% mortality) in laboratory
studies using North American D. coccinellae (Obrycki 1989). Successful
parasitism of Canadian populations of//, variegata has since been re-
ported (Orr et al. 1992).

Propylea quatuordecimpunctata was collected in 16 counties in four
states: Massachusetts (1 county), New Hampshire (1), New York (9), and
Vermont ( 5). It occurred at 1 1 of 29 sites during 11-13 September (and was
most abundant at 1 site) and 3 of 24 sites the following week. It was not
found during surveys of northeastern Pennsylvania and northern New
Jersey on 27 September or in the limited southeastern Pennsylvania sur-
veys on 6 October. The largest number of specimens (>20; not shown in
Table 1) was observed in late August at the Clinton Co., New York, site
listed below. The following records of P. quatuordecimpunctata were
obtained from 28 August to 27 September 1992.

MASSACHUSETTS: Franklin Co., Greenfield. NEW HAMPSHIRE: Grafton Co.,
West Lebanon. NEW YORK: Albany Co., Rt. 90E, Service Plaza, Town of Rotterdam nr.
Albany; Clinton Co., June. rts. 87 & 456 E. of Beekmantown; Dutchess Co., Fishkill;
Orange Co., Newburgh; Putnam Co., Brewster; Rensselaer Co., Brunswick; Saratoga
Co., Ballston Spa; Warren Co., Glens Falls; Washington Co., Whitehall. VERMONT:
Addison Co., Vergennes; Chittenden Co., Colchester; Rutland Co., Fair Haven; Wash-
ington Co., Montpelier; Windham Co., Brattleboro.

DISCUSSION

Hippodamia variegata should be considered a common and wide-
spread coccinellid in the northeastern states; the localities reported
herein can be regarded as the first records of establishment in the United
States. It was generally present in the areas surveyed except in more
western portions of eastern New York and in parts of northern New Jer-
sey and eastern Pennsylvania.

The current U.S. range of H. variegata could reflect expansion of
Canadian populations discovered in 1984 (Gordon 1987). As noted ear-
lier, it cannot be determined if this coccinellid's occurrence in Quebec is
the result of a fortuitous importation with commerce or deliberate
introduction associated with biological control work. Its extensive
northeastern distribution suggests H. variegata was present in the United
States when Gordon (1987) gave Quebec as the first North American
record.

Rather than having spread rapidly from the Montreal area, this coc-
cinellid may be present in the eastern states as a result of earlier U.S.
releases (probably those since 1987 rather than ones during 1957-1958)

Vol. 104, No. 2, March & April, 1993 107

that led to its establishment, which is only now being documented.
Schaefer <?/ a/. (1987) offered a similar hypothesis as one explanation of
the North American origin oiCoccinella septempunctata: that establish-
ment from earlier biocontrol releases went undetected for several years.
Northeastern and southeastern Pennsylvania populations of H. varie-
gata may be discontinuous, and its occurrence in Philadelphia may be
the result of 1987 releases there, even though recovery attempts have
been unsuccessful (Flanders et al. 1991 ). Similarly, the New Jersey pop-
ulations may be the result of establishment from 1991 releases (see
Fig. 1).

Evidence for evaluating the status of//, variegata in the New World
adventive or indigenous is meager, emphasizing a general need for
more field work and documentation of insect distributions. It also points
to the desirability of recording all sites where nonindigenous organisms
are released for biological control purposes and of conducting thorough
recovery surveys to determine whether establishment has taken place.
Areas well removed from release sites should be surveyed to allow for
dispersal by highly mobile species.

That H. variegata was the most abundant coccinellid occurring at
several sites was surprising. The comments to be made on other species
collected during the survey are speculative because numerous factors
affect the composition and abundance of coccinellid communities
(Hagen 1962, Hodek 1973, Honek 1985), and widely distributed species
can vary intraspecifically in various diapause characteristics (Hodek
1973; Obrycki and Tauber 1981, 1982; Tauberer a/. 1986).

The small numbers ofAdalia bipunctata taken on herbaceous plants
during the survey were expected because it prefers arboreal habitats
(Hodek 1973, Honek 1985). The generalist P. quatuordecimpunctata,
which was not abundant in the survey, tends to occur at relatively low
densities (Honek 1985). This is a distinctive, easily recognized coc-
cinellid, and, in contrast to //. variegata, its establishment and spread in
the United States have been documented (Dysart 1988, Wheeler 1990).
Coccinella septempunctata, a Palearctic species that has spread rapidly to
become the most common member of the genus east of the Rocky Moun-
tains (Gordon and Vandenberg 1991 ), was found in relatively low num-
bers during the September survey. The convergent lady beetle, //. con-
vergens, superficially resembles //. variegata in dorsal color pattern, and
the abundance of this native species was thought to be hindering detec-
tion of//, variegata in the East. Only one adult //. convergent, however,
was collected during the survey.

The small numbers of C. septempunctata and H. convergent seen in
September do not necessarily indicate low densities for the entire season.

108 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

In a New Jersey study, the number of both species that were swept from
herbaceous weeds declined rapidly through August from much higher
June-July levels and were low in September. Coccinella septempunctata
shows a prolonged aestival-autumnal-hibernal diapause (Obrycki and
Tauber 1 98 1 ), and in New Jersey it began to aggregate as early as mid-July
(Angalet et al. 1979). Hippodamia convergens does not enter aestival
diapause in the Ithaca, New York, area (Obrycki and Tauber 198 1 ), but it
probably also would have been more abundant in the present study if
sites had been sampled earlier in the season.

In contrast, the failure to collect Coccinella novemnotata during the
survey possibly reflects its current scarcity. Biological control releases of
the Palearctic C. septempunctata may be contributing to the declining
numbers observed recently in populations of the native C. novemnotata. 3
In Virginia, the dominance of C. septempunctata is thought responsible
for the disappearance of both C. novemnotata and H. convergens from
alfalfa fields/*

Detection of H. variegata at additional northeastern localities is
favored by the absence or low density of//, convergens in late season.
Where these species co-occur in the East, //. variegata adults generally
can be recognized in the field by their smaller size compared to the con-
vergent lady beetle. Field identifications must be substantiated by mic-
roscopically observing a fine raised margin or bead at the pronotal base
(absent in //. convergens and similar-appearing eastern species of the
genus) and the white anterior coxae (black in H. convergens). Gordon
(1987) and Gordon and Vandenberg (1991) provide additional charac-
ters for recognizing this quite variable coccinellid.

Further survey work undoubtedly will show that H. variegata is even
more widely distributed in eastern North America. Its continued spread
in the East, establishment in agroecosystems, association with various
aphid prey and impact on their densities, and possible effects on pop-
ulations of native coccinellids such as H. convergens require further
study.

"Biological Control, Predators, and Strategy," a paper presented by R. D. Gordon, 24
September 1991, at annual meeting of the Eastern Branch, Entomological Society of
America, Richmond, Virginia.

"Apparent Displacement of the Convergent Lady Beetle by the Sevensported Lady
Beetle," a paper presented by R. L. Pienkowski, 24 September 1991 , at the annual meeting
of the Eastern Branch, Entomological Society of America, Richmond. Virginia.

Vol. 104. No. 2, March & April, 1993 109

Table 1. Adult Coccinellini collected during surveys for Hippodamia variegata in north-
eastern United States, September 1992. a

Species

No. of
Specimens

No. of Maximum No.
Sites Collected

Adalia bipunctata L.

Coccinella septempunctata L.

C. transversogutlata richardsoni Brown

C. trifasciata perplexa Mulsant

Coleomegilla maculata lengi Timberlake

Cycloneda munda (Say)

Hippodamia convergens Guerin

H. glacialis glacialis (F.)

H. parenthesis (Say)

102

H. variegata (Goeze)

210

Propylea quatuordecimpunctata L.

a Numbers of H. variegata, Propylea quatuordecimpunctata, and other species collected
during 28-29 Aug. and 6 Oct. 1992 are not included.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank E. R. Hoebeke (Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY) for
confirming my identification of//, variegata and reviewing the manuscript; R. V. Flanders
(USDA, APHIS, National Biological Control Institute, Hyattsville, MD) for reviewing the
manuscript; T. L. Burger and D. J. Nelson (USDA, APHIS, National Biological Control
Laboratory, Niles. MI), P. W. Schaefer (USDA, ARS, Beneficial Insects Research
Laboratory, Newark, DE), and R. Chianese (Division of Plant Industry, New Jersey
Department of Agriculture, Trenton) for information on eastern U. S. releases of H.
variegata; and C. Jung (Denver, CO) for providing Fig. 1.

LITERATURE CITED

Angalet, G.W., J.M. Tropp, and A.N. Eggert. 1979. Coccinella septempunctata in the

United States: recolonizations and notes on its ecology. Environ. Entomol. 8:896-

901.
Dysart, RJ. 1988. The European lady beetle Propylea quatuordecimpunctata: new locality

records for North America (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). J. New York Entomol. Soc. 96:

119-121.
Flanders, R.V., DJ. Nelson, R. Deerburg, and CJ. Copeland. 1991. Aphid biological

control project: FY 1990 project report. USDA-APHIS Biological Control Laboratory,

Niles, Mich. 20 pp. + 26 tables.
Gordon, R.D. 1985. The Coccinellidae (Coleoptera) of America north of Mexico. J. New

York Entomol. Soc. 93:1-912.
Gordon, R.D. 1987. The first North American records of Hippodamia variegata (Goeze)

(Coleoptera:Coccinellidae). J. New York Entomol. Soc. 95:307-309.

1 10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Gordon, R.D. and N. Vandenberg. 1991. Field guide to recently introduced species of

Coccinellidae (Coleoptera) in North America, with a revised key to North American

genera of Coccinellini. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 93:845-864.
Hagen, K.S. 1962. Biology and ecology of predaceous Coccinellidae. Annu. Rev. Entomol.

7:289-326.

Hodek, I. 1973. Biology of Coccinellidae. Junk, The Hague; Academia, Prague. 260pp.
Honek, A. 1985. Habitat preferences of aphidophagous coccinellids (Coleoptera). Ento-

mophaga 30:253-264.
McNamara, J. 1991. Family Coccinellidae, ladybird beetles, pp. 229-237. In : Y. Bousquet

(ed.). Checklist of beetles of Canada and Alaska. Res. Branch Agric. Can. Publ.

1861/E.
Michels, GJ., Jr. and A.C. Bateman. 1986. Larval biology of two imported predators of

the greenbug, Hippodamia variegata Goetz (sic) and Adalia flavomaculata DeGeer,

under constant temperatures, Southw. Entomol. 11:23-30.
Obrycki, JJ. 1989. Parasitization of native and exotic coccinellids by Dinocampus coc-

cinellae (Schrank) (Hymenoptera:Braconidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 62:21 1-218.
Obrycki, J J. and C J. Orr. 1990. Suitability of three prey species for Nearctic populations

ofCoccinellaseptempunctata. Hippodamia variegata. and Propylea quatuordecimpunctata

(Coleoptera:Coccinellidae). J. Econ. Entomol. 83:1292-1297.
Obrycki, JJ. and MJ. Tauber. 1981. Phenology of three coccinellid species: thermal

requirements for development. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 74:31-36.

Obrycki, JJ. and MJ. Tauber. 1982. Thermal requirements for development of Hip-
podamia convergens (Coleoptera:Coccinellidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 75:678-683.
Orr, C J., J J. Obrycki, and R.V. Flanders. 1992. Host-acceptance behavior of Dinocam-
pus coccinellae (Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 85:722-730.
Schaefer, P.W., R J. Dysart, and H.B. Specht. 1987. North American distribution ofCoc-

cinella septempunctata (Coleoptera:Coccinellidae) and its mass appearance in coastal

Delaware. Environ. Entomol. 16:368-373.
Stoetzel, M.B. 1987. Information on and identification of Diuraphis noxia (Homop-

tera:Aphididae) and other aphid species colonizing leaves of wheat and barley in the

United States. J. Econ. Entomol. 80:696-704.
Tauber, M J., C.A. Tauber, and S. Masaki. 1986. Seasonal adaptations of insects. Oxford

University Press, New York. 41 1pp.
Wheeler, A.G., Jr. 1990. Propylea quatuordecimpunctata: additional U.S. records of an

adventive lady beetle (Coleoptera:Coccinellidae). Entomol. News 101:164-166.

Vol. 104, No. 2. March & April. 1993 111

EPILACHNA VIGINTIOCTOPUNCTATA

(COLEOPTERA: COCCINELLIDAE),

NEW RECORD FOR WESTERN HEMISPHERE,

WITH A REVIEW OF HOST PLANTS l

Robert F. W. Schroder, 2 Michael M. Athanas,2 Crodowaldo Pavan^

ABSTRACT: The first discovery of the phytophagous coccinellid Epilachna vigintioc-
topunctata (F.) in the Western Hemisphere was made October 8, 1990 on wild cucurbit
plants near Curitiba, Parana, Brazil, new records since that discovery are given for
Paranagua, Parana and Itajai, Santa Catarina. host plants of agricultural importance
are given.

Epilachna vigintioctopunctata (F.) is reported for the first time in the
Western Hemisphere, it was not known to occur in the Western Hemi-
sphere prior to this report (Anonymous 1992). Gordon (1975) makes no
mention of this pest in the Western Hemisphere.

Nine adult beetles were collected on October 8, 1990 feeding on wild
cucurbit vines (species unknown) found along Highway 101 about 10
kilometers south of Curitiba, Parana, Brazil. No eggs or larvae were
found at the site. The adults were similar in appearance and size to
Epilachna varivestis Mulsant, having a brownish yellow color with dark
brown spots on the elytron. Four specimens were identified by Robert D.
Gordon, USDA, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, as the phyto-
phagous coccinellid E. vigintioctopunctata (E. 28-punctata). During a trip
to Brazil in April 1 992, we visited with Sonia M. N. Lazzari, a specialist in
taxonomy of Coleoptera, Department of Zoology, Federal University of
Parana, Curitiba. She indicated that on December 31. 1991, they col-
lected one E. 28-punctata adult from a pepper plant at Paranagua, a coas-
tal town east of Curitiba. on April 26, 1992, 25-30 adults were found
defoliating Solanum americanum along the coastal highway near Itajai,
Santa Catarina, Brazil. Adults sent to R. D. Gordon were also identified
as E. 28-punctata. During the period from April 26 to May 5, 1992, we did
not find any other specimens in the regions surveyed near Passo Fundo
(RS), Ponta Grossa (Parana) and Campinas (SP). Voucher specimens
are deposited in the Federal University of Parana. Department of Zool-
ogy Insect Collection.

Schaefer ( 1 983) indicates that this coccinellid is a serious pest in Asia

1 Received October 24, 1992. Accepted November 23. 1992.

- USDA. Agricultural Research Service. Plant Sciences Institute. Insect Biocontrol

Laboratory. Beltsville, MD 20705
3 Department of Genetics and Evolution, Institute of Biology. UNICAMP. Campinas.

S.P.. Brazil.

ENT. NEWS 104(2): 1 1 1-1 12. March & April. 1993

112 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

and is reported on a wide range of host plants of agricultural importance
including potato, eggplant, tomato, tobacco, bitter gourd, sweet gourd,
ribbed gourd, snake gourd, cucumber, pumpkin, zucchini, beet, sugar-
beet, marrow, cotton melon, rock melon, squash, cowpea, peanut, okra,
alfalfa, vetch, clover, cotton and banana. This list does not include weeds
and grasses that Schaefer mentions.

According to Richards and Filewood (1990), there were 3 different
Australian species of Epilachna that were incorrectly referred to as E. 28-
punctata. He identified them as subspecies in the. 28-punctata complex,
all occurring in Australia. Two of the subspecies, E. 28-punctata pardalis
(Boisduval) and E. vigintisexpunctata vigintisexpunctata (Boisduval) feed
on solanaceous plants, and E. cucurbitae Richards feeds on cucurbits.
Another subspecies in the complex, Epilachna 28-punctata 28-punctata
(Fabricius) is not known to occur in Australia, but is found in India,
Pakistan, Japan, SE Asia and Oceania. All are important pests of
agricultural crops. Richards at least clarified the situation for Australia.
Because of the existing confusion over identification, or species limits,
much greater uncertainty exists over the host plants list for E. 28-punctata
compiled by Schaefer. This is only one example of a greater problem that
exists throughout the range of this species.

There is reason to be concerned about this new pest in the Western
Hemisphere, because it is reported as a serious pest on many eco-
nomically important crops in Asia. Since it looks very similar to E.
varivestis, its presence may go undetected in regions of the Western
Hemisphere where E. vrivestis is known to occur. Epilachna 28-punctata is
a new introduction, restricted to the coastal region of Brazil. Other than
the defoliation of the S. americanum plants from which we collected the
beetle, there are no other reports of it causing any damage to plants.
Therefore, the opportunity exists to delineate its distribution, restrict its
spread and maximize the use of a wide range of biocontrol agents
(Schaefer 1983) to reduce the potential threat of this pest to agricul-
ture in Brazil.

LITERATURE CITED

Anonymous. 1992. CAB, International Institute of Entomology, Distribution Maps of
Pests, Series A; map No. 532.

Gordon, R. D. 1975. A revision of the Epilachninae of the Western Hemisphere (Coleop-
tera: Coccinellidae). USDA Tech. Bull. 1943, 409 pp.

Richards, A. M. and L. W. Filewood. 1990. Feeding behavior and food preferences of
pest species comprising the Epilachna vigintioctopunctata (F.) complex (Col., Coc-
cinellidae). J. Appl. Ent. 1 10:501-515.

Schaefer, P. W. 1983. Natural enemies and host plants of species in the Epilachninae
(Coleoptera: Coccinellidae) a world list. University of Delaware, Agricultural
Experiment Station Bulletin 445, 42 pp.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited
in abstracting journals and should be carefully written. It should be an informative digest
of the significant contents and of the main conclusions of the research. The author's com-
plete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the arti-
cle. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them
useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short reviewordiscussion of
the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the
name(s) of recognized institution(s) where their voucher specimens have been deposited.
Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric
system or. if in the standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be
included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manu-
script, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying figures, tables and
other illustrations.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor,
Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books
received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books
dealing with taxonomy, systematics. morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and
similar aspects of insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and
regulatory entomology, on toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's
Market Place.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform for University
Microfilms International.

Call toll-free 800-521-3044. Or mail inquiry to
University Microfilms International, 300 North
Zeeh Road. Ann Arbor. MI 4X106.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges
not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and
position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box
numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new
ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older
ones at the top are discontinued.

FOR SALE: Excellent quality insect mounting pins including standard black, stainless
steel. Elephant. Best prices available. Also offering unmounted worldwide butterflies,
moths and beetles with data in all price ranges. Personalized service to all including new
collectors! We specialize in Papilio, Morpho. and Heliconius. Send $5.00 U.S. for one year
price list subscription to: IANNI BUTTERFLY ENTERPRISES. P.O. Box 8 1 1 7 1 , Cleveland.
Ohio 44181. U.S.A Phone: (216) 888-2310.

FOR SALE: Desirable, Al Coleoptera specimens, Coptolabrus lafossei buchi: C.principalis;
C.pust. pustulifer; C.pust. mirificus; Plusiotis limbata; P.aurigans: P.aurigans red form;
Ischnocelis (Neocelis) dohmi male; Heterostemus oberthuri male; Pelidnota burmeisteri: Man-
tichora latipennis livingstonia; Anoplophora zonatrix (Thailand & Malaysia forms); Pyrodes
longiceps; Proculus mniszechi: Inca clathrata (Lg. prs. 5+ cm); Gymnetis chevrolati (flavo-
marginata?). Reasonable prices. Contact: Bob Natalini, 1 18 Old Spies Church Rd., Read-
ing, PA 19606 U.S.A Phone: 215-370-0817.

FOR SALE: Unbound complete 21-volume set of Environmental Entomology Vol. 1(1)
thru Vol. 21(6) (1972-1992). Make offer to: J. W. Peacock, 51 Mill Pond Road. Hamden.
CT06514.

WANTED: Literature in all Arthropod Orders for eastern North America. Building small
collection on limited retired income, focusing on 100 acre campus and surrounding area.
All free literature of any age or group welcome. Will reimburse postage if requested. Stuart
M. Fullerton, Research Associate, Biology Dep't. Univ. of Central Florida, Box 25,000,
Orlando, FL 328 16.

PEMBERLEY BOOKS ENTOMOLOGICAL BOOKS FOR SALE. We are specialist
suppliers of entomological literature to clients around world. Send for free catalogue listing
wide range of second-hand, antiquarian, and new natural history titles. We're always
pleased to receive customers' want lists and details of books you wish to sell. PEMBERLEY
BOOKS, Ian Johnson, BSc FRES, 34 Melrose Close, Hayes, Middx., UB4 )AZ. U.K. Te./
Fax: Internat'l Code -44 81 561 5494.

MAY & JUNE, 1993

USISSN0013-872X
NO. 3

NEWS

Identification of Osmia kenoyeri and O.
virga (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae),
two blueberry pollinators R.W. Rust, E.A. Osgood 113

Tabanidae as dietary items of Rafinesque's
big-eared bat: implications for its
foraging behavior

Susan E.Ellis 118

A huge nest of the common yellowjacket,
Paravespula vulgaris (Hymenoptera:
Vespidae), in California

R.D. Akre, E.A. Myhre, Y. Chen 123

Seasonal flight activity of Lipoptena

mazamae (Diptera: Hippoboscidae) in

South Carolina L.D. Cline, J.E. Throne

Overwintering aggregations of female
Brachymeria intermedia
(Hymenoptera: Chalcididae)

First records of parasitoids for slime mold
beetles of the family Sphindidae
(Coleoptera: Cucujoidea) Joseph V. McHugh

First report of a twisted-wing insect
(Strepsiptera) larva in a caddisfly
(Trichoptera) K.L. Manuel, R.M. Bohart

A method for sex determination of
Colorado potato beetle pupa,
Leptinotarsa decemlineata
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)

129

Paul W. Schaefer 133

136

139

Yvan Pel letter 140

Establishment of Urophoraquadrifasciata
(Diptera: Tephritidae) and
Chrysolina quadrigemina
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) in
portions of eastern U.S. E. Richard Hoebeke 143

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED 117, 128, 135

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences. 1900 Race St.. Philadelphia, PA.
19103. U.SA.

Officers for 1991-1992: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice President: Harold B. White;
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer; Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus;
Treasurer: William H. Day.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr., D. Otte, and Paul M.
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G.Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H.Arnett, Jr.; 1973-4/1974
R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic and
foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for non-members and for institutions such as
libraries, laboratories, etc.. domestic: $18.00 per year postpaid; foreign: $20.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. The American Entomological Society. 1900 Race St.. Philadelphia.
PA 19103. U.SA.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, PA, 19103, U.S.A

Membership dues: $10.00 per year (regular); $6.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the
editor: Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey
08088, U.S.A Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members
of the American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all
prospective authors join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recom-
mended in the AIBS Style Manual for BiologicalJournals and should follow the style used in
recent issues of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each
manuscript are needed on 8V2 x 11 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged
and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight
printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to
pay the entire costs of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable
such an article to appear without division.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: If undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road,
Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.SA.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, U.S.A.

Vol. 104, No. 3. May & June, 1993 113

IDENTIFICATION OF OSMIA KENOYERI AND

O. VIRGA (HYMENOPTERA: MEGACHILIDAE),

TWO BLUEBERRY POLLINATORS 1 ' 2

Richard W. Rust 3 , Eben A. Osgood 4

ABSTRACT: The sexes of Osmia kenoyeri and O. virga are associated and the females of
both are described. Both species visit lowbush blueberry, Vaccinium spp. for pollen and
nectar. The nesting biology of O. kenoyeri is described.

The genus Osmia contains over 130 species in North America
(Sandhouse 1939, Hurd 1979). Many of the species are only known by
one sex, often the male, because of distinctive abdominal sternal and
genitalic characters. Here we associate the sexes and describe for the first
time the females of Osmia kenoyeri Cockerell and O. virga Cockerell. Both
species have been collected on Vaccinium angustifolium Art. and V. myr-
tilloides Michx. in the lowbush blueberry complex in Maine (Boulanger
et al. 1967, Stubbs et al. 1992).

Osmia (Acanthosmioides) kenoyeri Cockerell

Female: Length 10 mm; fore wing 6.5 mm; head width 3.5 mm. Color dark greenish-
blue; antennae, mandibles, legs dark redbrown to black; tegulae black with greenish-blue
apical edge. Pubescence of vertex, pronotum. scutum, scutellum white; metasomal tergum
1 white with some black hairs; tarsi with white to reddish brown hairs; rest of body includ-
ing scopa black. Head wider than long, densely covered with punctures, all punctures of
approximaely similar diameter; compound eyes slightly convergent below; dorsal 1/3 of
gena visible beyond compound eye, gena wider than compound eye; clypeal margin
broadly concave, apical margin narrowly impunctate, clypeus in profile slightly convex,
densely punctate; hypostomal carina moderately raised, abruptly reduced before angle to
half its height; ocelli equally spaced between compound eyes and each other; length of
flagellomere 1 only slightly less than 2 and 3 together; mandible with 4 teeth (Fig. 1 ), apical
distance (between teeth) twice width of median constriction, carinae parallel, lower twice
as wide as upper, upper tooth oblique, next tooth smallest of the 4 with ventral margin trun-
cate, third tooth triangular, fourth tooth (lowest) longest; maxillary palpal segments 2 and 3
subequal, equalling length of 4 and 5 together; labial palpal segments 1 shorter than 2, 3
equal to4; ventral margin of galea with dense, short hairs. Thorax densely covered with fine
punctures, equalling those on head; propodeal triangle minutely rugose; propodeal pit
oval shining; hind tibial spurs straight, only apical 1/5 bent; strigilis with velum shallow
concave, amlus long, acutely pointed; fore wing with apical papillae small, cells covered

1 Received July 21, 1992. Accepted December 18, 1992.

2 Contribution No. 1656 from the Maine Agricultural Experiment Station.

3 Department of Biology and Program in Ecology. Evolution and Conservation Biology,
University of Nevada, Reno, NV 89557.

4 Department of Entomology, University of Maine, Orono. ME 04469-01 18.

ENT. NEWS 104(3): 113-117. May & June. 1993

14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

with few, short, light hairs, vein A 3 times B. Metasomal terga 1-4 with wide apical
impunctate bands, bands 1/4 to 1/3 punctate portion.

Male: The male of O. kenoyeri is extremely distinctive and can be distinguished from all
other Osmia by the structure of mid tarsus 1, the shape of the genitalia and metasomal ster-
num 2 (Sandhouse 1939).

Type: The holotype oWsmia kenoyeri, a male, is from Nebraska Hill, Colorado and was
collected on Trifolium. It is located at the University of Colorado Museum, Boulder,
Colorado. Males from Maine were identical with the holotype.

Distribution: Osmia kenoyeri is known from Deblois, Washington County, Maine;
Grand Sable Dunes, Alger County, Michigan (M. Arduser, pers. comm.); and Sandhouse
(1939) reported it from Colorado, California, Alberta, and the Yukon.

Remarks: In White (1952), the female of O. kenoyeri keys out with O.
Integra Cresson (couplet 18) but differs from O. Integra in the small size of
the fore wing papillae and the white pubescence on the dorsum of the
thorax. In Mitchell (1962), the female of O. kenoyeri also keys to O. Integra
(couplet 1 2) and the male keys with Osmia felti Cockerell (couplet 9) but is
easily separated by the globose first segment of the mid tarsus.

Sandhouse (1939) placed O. kenoyeri in the subgenus Acanthos-
mioides. White (1952) excluded O. kenoyeri from Acanthosmioides and
placed it in the subgenus Melanosmia (equals Centrosmia). His decision
was based primarily on character similarities with Osmia bucephala
Cresson. Hurd (1979) placed O. kenoyeri in the subgenus Acanthos-
mioides. He provided no explanation for the placement. However, with
the correct association of the female, O. kenoyeri appears to be more
closely associated with Acanthosmioides. In the female, the broad apical
width of the mandible, general body and pubescence coloration, and
apical margins of terga and in the male, the body coloration, mandible,
metasomal sterna 2 to 7, genitalia, and leg characters strongly suggest
Acanthosmioides.

Sandhouse ( 1939) suggested that Osmia hendersoni Cockerell may be
the female of O. kenoyeri. The type of O. hendersoni (U.S. National History
Museum #27891) was examined and found not to be the female of O.
kenoyeri. The shape of the mandible and hypostomal carina, and im-
punctate bands on abdominal terga 2 and 3 were different. The type of O.
hendersoni is extremely worn with badly torn wings and missing
flagellomeres.

Biology: A nesting site of O. kenoyeri was found on the "blueberry
barrens" in Deblois, Washington County, Maine (EAO). Females were
observed to excavate burrows in the sandy loam soil in late May and
adult activity continued to mid June. Burrows varied from 40 to 75 mm in
diameter and were not symmetrical in construction. They entered the
ground at about a 30 angle and terminated in a series of linear cells
within 2 to 3 cm of the soil surface. One nest contained 3 urn-shaped
cells, 2 with developing larvae while the third was open and not pro-

Vol. 104, No. 3, May & June, 1993

115

visioned. Cells were approximately 80 x 1 10 mm and composed of a mix-
ture of fine plant fibers, not leaf or leaf pieces, and soil. Cell walls varied
from 0.75 to 1 .5 mm thick. Cells were easily separated from the surround-
ing soil and remained intact when excavated. Larvae were mature by
early July and in cocoons. The cocoon was composed of two layers. The
outer layer was a dense mat of silk fibers that adhered to the soil-fiber cell
wall and the inner layer was thinner. A highly polished red brown matrix
with individual silk threads was visible and easily separated from the
outer layer. The outer anterior surface of the cocoon was formed by a
large, flat white nipple which separated the cocoon from the top of the
soil-fiber cell. Nineteen males and 9 females were collected the following
May from a 30 x 30 cm screened area of the nesting site. No parasites or
predators were recovered from the cages.

Examination of the pollen grains remaining in the fecal pellets
showed both the tetrad grain structure of Ericaceae (Vaccinium) and a
smaller, tricolporate grain, perhaps a Fabaceae.

Osmia (Chenosmia) virga Sandhouse

Female: Length 10 mm; fore wing 7.0 mm; head width 3.0 mm. Color olive-greenish
blue; flagellomeres, legs reddish brown, scape black, mandible red brown with black edges.
Pubescence white; mandibles, tarsi with golden to red brown hairs, scopa black. Head
slightly wider than long, punctures continuous and of similar size; gena with upper 1/3 visi-
ble beyond compound eye, twice as wide as compound eye; inner margin of compound eye
convergent below; lateral ocelli 2'/2 diameters distant from compound eye, less than 1
diameter from median ocellus; clypeal apical margin truncate, slightly wavy, narrowly
impunctate; hypostomal carina low, uniform, not toothed; mandible with 4 teeth (Figure
1 ), apical width only slightly greater than mid width, carinae divergent, lower twice as wide
as upper; flagellomere 1 longer than 2 or 3; maxillary palpal segment 3 longer than 2. twice 3

Figure 1. Female mandibles of Osmia kenoyeri Cockerel! (left) and Osmia virga Cockerell
(right), scale line is 1.0 mm.

16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

and 4 together, galea ventral surface with numerous short straight hairs, dorsal surface with
few scattered, straight hairs; labial palpal segment 2 longer than 1. Thorax densely and
evenly punctate, puncture size similar to vertex; propodeal triangle rugose above, granular
below; propodeal pit narrow, parallel sided; tegulae almost impunctate; wings minutely
and evenly haired, vein A twice B; strigilis with malus margin truncate, velum very short.
Abdomen with impunctate bands of metasomal terga 1 to 3Vi as wide as punctate portion, 4
to 6 narrower.

Male. The male of O. virga is easily identified by the wide impunctate bands on
metasomal terga 1 to 4, the truncate margin of metasomal sternum 4, and the structure of
the genitalia, especially the broad penis valves (Sandhouse 1939, Mitchell 1962).

Type. The type specimen is from Water Tank, Pennsylvania and is located in the United
States Natural History Museum. Washington, D.C. (Holorype #52883). Maine males were
identical to the holotype.

Distribution: We have seen specimens from Deblois and Orono, Maine. Sandhouse
(1939) reported O. virga from Massachusetts, New Jersey, Connecticut, and Virginia and
Mitchell (1962) added Wisconsin and Pennsylvania.

Remarks: In Mitchell (1962), the female of O. virga keys out as
O. atriventris Cresson (couplet 17) from which it differs in body color,
hypostomal carina, mandibular carinae, impunctate bands of meta-
somal terga 4 and 5, structure of the strigilis, and scopal color.

Stubbs et al. (1992) reported 99% Vaccinium pollen from the pollen
load of O. virga from Maine.

DISCUSSION

The distributional pattern seen in O. kenoyeri. Rocky Mountains and
northeastern U.S. and Canada, is not uncommon within the genus.
Osmia Integra, O. bucephala, O. subaustralis Cresson, O. inermis (Zet-
terstedt), and O. nigriventris (Zetterstedt) show similar distributions with
the northeastern and Rocky Mountain distributions connected through
northern Canada and Alaska (Sandhouse 1939, Mitchell 1962, Rust
1974). The latter two species are Holarctic. Biologically, O. kenoyeri
groups with two other Acanthosmioides, O. nigrobarbata Cockerell and
O. unca Michener, in excavating burrows in the ground where the cells
are lined with plant materials and soil (Rust et al. 1974). Also, the two
layered construction of the cocoon and the large, flat white nipple area
are characteristics observed in other Acanthosmioides species.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We would like to thank D. Bowers (University of Colorado, Boulder) and R. J.
McGinley (U.S. National Museum) for the loan of type specimens, M. Arduser(St. Louis,
MO) for first suggesting that the Maine material might be O. kenoyeri and for the Michigan
distributional records, T. Griswold (U.S. DA Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory,
Logan, UT) and F. A. Drummond (University of Maine, Orono) for reviewing the
manuscript.

Vol. 104. No. 3. May & June, 1993 117

LITERATURE CITED

Boulanger, L.W., G.W. Wood, E.A. Osgood, and C.O. Dirks. 1967. Native bees

associated with the low-hush blueberry in Maine and eastern Canada. Maine Agr. Exp.

Stat. Bull. T26: 22pp.
Hurd, P.D. Jr. 1979. Apoidea. In: Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico.

eds: K.V. Krombein, P. D. Hurd Jr.. D.R. Smith, and B.D. Banks. Smithsonian Press.

Washington, D.C.
Mitchell, T.B. 1962. Bees of the eastern United States. Vol. 2. North Carolina Agr. Exp.

Stat. Tech. Bull 152: 557pp.
Rust, R.W. 1974. The systematics and biology of the genus Osmia. subgenera Osmia.

Chalcosmia, and Cephalosmia. Wasmann J. biol. 32: 1-93.
Rust, R.W., R.W. Thorp, and P.F. Torchio. 1974. The ecology of Osmia nigrifrons with a

comparison to other Acanthosmioides. J. Nat. Hist. 8: 29-47.
Sandhouse, G.A. 1939. The North American bees of the genus Osmia. Mem. Entomol.Soc.

Washington 1: 1-167.
Stubbs, C.S., H.A. Jacobson, E.A. Osgood, and F.A. Drummond. 1992. Alternative

forage plants for native (wild) bees associated with lowbush blueberry. Vaccinum

Acanthosmioides spp.. in Maine. Maine Agr. Exp. Stat. Bull. T148:54pp.
White, J.R. 1952. A revision of the genus Osmia. submenus Acanthosmioides ( Hymenoptera:

Megachilidae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35: 219-307.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

CATALOGUE OF THE CYPHOPALPATORES AND BIBLIOG-
RAPHY OF THE HARVESTMEN ( ARACHNIDA, OPILIONES) OF
GREENLAND, CANADA, U.S.A., AND MEXICO. J.C. Cokendolpher
& V.F. Lee. 1993. Distributor: The Wishing Well, 1200 Clover Drive,
Burkburnett, TX 76354. 82 pp. paperback. $9.50 incl. shipping.

The goal of this publication is twofold: a catalogue and geographical checklist are pro-
vided to the 225 species and 50 genera of Cyphopalpatores and second, a complete litera-
ture survey, including newspapers, theses, dissertations, and government reports, is
provided for both fossil and recent species. All topics are covered, including folklore.

NYMPHS OF NORTH AMERICAN STONEFLY GENERA (PLE-
COPTERA). K.W. Stewart and B.P. Stark. 1993. Univ. of North Texas
Press. 464 pp. 244 illus. paperback. $34.50.

This book is a reprint of the 1988 edition published by the Entomological Society of
America as Volume XII of the Thomas Say Foundation. It is a baseline reference for serious
study of North American Plecoptera and for stream ecological studies.

118 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

TABANIDAE AS DIETARY ITEMS

OF RAFINESQUE'S BIG-EARED BAT:

IMPLICATIONS FOR ITS FORAGING BEHAVIOR 1

Susan E. Ellis 2 * 3

ABSTRACT: Lepidopterans and dipterans formed the entire diet of a maternity aggrega-
tion of Rafinesque's big-eared bat (Plecotus rafinesquii) in a single-sample analysis of fecal
pellets. Tabanidae made up 31% of the total sample volume. The presence of male
Tabanidae as prey items may be significant, because few natural predators have been iden-
tified for this insect. Literature concerning the behavior of tabanids is reviewed and com-
pared to the sparse information concerning P. rafinesquii foraging. The foraging habits of
this bat species are apparently more varied than previously reported. The unusual pre-
sence of tabanids as prey items suggests that this bat could be of use in tabanid
control.

Knowledge of the life histories of insects in the diets of insectivorous
vertebrates may give insight into the foraging habits of these predators.
From an economic perspective, identifying the prey of insectivorous bats
could have important implications for biological control. Predation on
flying insects, usually reproductively competent adults, can have a much
greater impact on insect populations than predation on immature stages
(Buckner, 1967).

Rafinesque's big-eared bat, Plecotus rafinesquii Lesson has been de-
scribed as "the least known" bat species of the eastern United States
(Harvey, 1992; Barbour and Davis, 1969). Information about the natural
history of this insectivorous bat is fragmentary. Most studies have
focused on its distribution and roosting ecology (e.g., Jones, 1977;
Whitaker and Winter, 1977; Hall, 1963), and there is but one study of its
feeding ecology (Clark, 1991). Harvey (1992) reports that "almost noth-
ing is known about their feeding behavior." Information about this bat's
diet comes from an examination of the stomach contents and fecal
material collected from a single animal which had eaten moths
(Hamilton, 1933).

The purpose of this study is to report on items included in the diet of a
North Carolina aggregation of P. rafinesquii as determined by fecal
analysis, and discuss the foraging habits of the bats in relation to the
habits of their insect prey.

1 Received December 12, 1992. Accepted February 25, 1993.

Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station, Department of Entomology and Applied
Ecology, College of Agricultural Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE 19717.

3 Current address: Department of Biology, York University, 4700 Keele Street, North York,
Ontario M3J 1P3 Canada.

ENT. NEWS 104(3): 1 18-122. May & June, 1993

Vol. 104, No. 3, May & June, 1993 1 19

MATERIALS AND METHODS

A sample of sixty fecal pellets was collected from a maternity roost of P.
rafmesquii from Chowan County, North Carolina in late July, 1992. This
material was analyzed by: 1) percentage frequency and 2) percentage
volume of insect taxa in the pellets, as described by Whitaker (1988).
After the fecal material was softened in 70% isopropyl alcohol for at least
two hours, individual fecal pellets were teased apart under a binocular
microscope at 45X, and the volume of each taxa in each pellet was
visually estimated. Fragments were identified to order and family using
standard insect identification keys (Borror, et al, 1989; Arnett, 1985;
Borror and White, 1970) and by comparing structures of wet mounted
fragments with those of pinned specimens in the museum collection at
the University of Delaware.

RESULTS

Lepidoptera occurred in 78.3% of the samples and composed 67% of
the sample volume. Three types of lepidopteran eggs were present in the
samples, occurring in 27.6% of the pellets containing lepidopterous
fragments. Dipterans occurred in 60% of the samples, composed 33% of
the sample volume, and included TabanicJae (horse flies, or Tabanus
spp.) and Tipulidae (crane flies). Tabanids constituted 31% of the total
sample volume and occurred in 46.6% of the pellets. The balance of the
dipterans consisted of tipulids (less than 2% volume, 8% frequency) and
other fragments, unassignable to family. Three of the tabanids were
identified as males: one by the aedeagus; two by the holoptic head cap-
sule characteristic of males. No tabanid eggs were found in the pellets,
and no recognizable female structures were found among the tabanid
fragments.

DISCUSSION

The North Carolina maternity aggregation of P. rafmesquii preys
heavily on lepidopterans and dipterans in at least part of its active
season. Extrapolating prey size from the fragments of legs in the pellets
and by comparison with museum specimens, I estimate that these prey
were all within a 20-25 mm range in body length.

The presence of male tabanids provides clues about the foraging
habits of the bats. Tabanid flies are considered economically-important
pests because the females are obligate blood-feeders, capable of both
inflicting a "vicious bite" and of transmitting pathogens (Pedigo, 1989).
In at least 34 Tabanus spp., males hover in groups as a prelude to mating

120 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(Gaugler and Schutz, 1989). These authors described the mating be-
havior of tabanid flies as a "potential weak link" in their life cycles and
propose that disrupting the equilibrium of tabanid populations might be
achieved through controls exerted on hovering males. Corbet and Had-
dow (1962) suggest that hovering swarms of these flies should be vulner-
able to predation, however they cite only one report (Blickle, 1959), in
which an adult Bembex belfragei Cresson (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)
captured a hovering male Tabanus bishoppi Stone in Florida. Corbet and
Haddow (1962) postulate that swarming by males at low light levels may
reduce their detectability by diurnal predators. Plecotus rafinesquii ap-
pears to be one of the few predators exploiting this weak link, and may
exert some measure of population control on these flies.

Males of Tabanus species usually gather at dawn and dusk around a
landmark, where they hover in a fairly stationary group "a few feet above
ground level" (Gaugler and Schutz, 1989; Bailey, 1948). Landmarks vary,
but share the common feature of being relatively open and free of ob-
struction. Some reported landmarks are: forest-meadow margins, roads
(Gaugler and Schutz, 1989), shrubs, and a driveway (Bailey, 1948). Taba-
nids are strong omni-directional fliers capable of holding a defined ter-
ritorial position over a landmark and within a swarm (Downes, 1969).

The timing of swarming probably depends on temperature, light or
other environmental cues (Gaugler and Schutz, 1989; Bailey, 1948),
however a response to low light intensity appears to be the primary
initiator of swarming by tabanids (Corbet and Haddow, 1962). Low light
intensity may act as a species-specific cue, coordinating the activity
times of males and females (Gaugler and Schutz, 1989; Corbet and Had-
dow, 1962). The onset of hovering is closely synchronized and may con-
tinue for 10-23 minutes; cessation is more variable, probably because
factors such as fatigue and thoracic heating affect individual males dif-
ferently (Corbet and Haddow, 1962). However, thresholds of light inten-
sity probably also provide the cue for cessation of hovering (Corbet and
Haddow, 1962). All studies report a diurnal to crepuscular time window
for hovering by these flies (Schutz and Gaugler, 1992; Gaugler and
Schutz, 1989; Downes, 1969; Corbet and Haddow, 1962; Bailey, 1948).

Two conclusions may be drawn from this. First, foraging/ 1 , rafinesquii
shares space with these hovering flies. This indicates that P. rafinesquii
forages near ground level and bears out observations made by Clark
( 1 99 1 ) of light-tagged P. rafinesquii flying "about 1 m above ground level".
Barbour and Davis (1969) observed P. rafinesquii confined in a small
room and reported that it was capable of hovering, and of swift and
maneuverable flight. The presences of male tabanids in the diet of P.
rafinesquii indicates that these bats forage to some extent in open areas
containing tabanid landmarks. However, the flying agility ascribed to

Vol. 104, No. 3. May & June, 1993 121

them would allow them to navigate within the clutter of forested areas
where they have been observed foraging (Clark, 1991).

Second, P. rafinesquii shares some activity time with its prey, indicat-
ing that these bats forage in early morning or early evening, an observa-
tion that contrasts with reports that the species does not forage at twilight
(Harvey, 1991; Jones, 1977; Barbour and Davis, 1969).

Although Tipulidae accounted for less than 2% of the volume and
occurred in only 8% of the samples, these flies form "discrete assembly
stations" for mating, comparable in form if not behavioral complexity, to
those otTabanus species (Downes, 1969). An additional inference con-
cerning P. rafinesquii foraging habits is that it may sometimes exploit
clumped resources. Since I was unable to identify lepidopterans below
the ordinal level, I cannot cite specific behaviors of these insects that
might further support this inference. It is possible, however, that in-
dividuals of P. rafinesquii prey on swarms of hovering flies while enroute
to forested areas, then switch to moths after entering the forest. In the
absence of site-specific data this speculation seems reasonable, because
P. rafinesquii has often been associated with forested areas (Clark, 1991;
Whitaker and Winter, 1977; Barbour and Davis, 1969).

SUMMARY

The limited data presented in this single-sample prey analysis from
one maternity roost of P. rafinesquii provides evidence that these bats preyed
on 20-25 mm lepidopterans (67% volume) and dipterans (33% volume),
including tabanids (31% volume) and tipulids (less than 2% volume).
Male Tabanus spp. exhibit diurnal to crepuscular group hovering be-
havior in open areas, indicating that the spatial and temporal foraging
repertoire of P. rafinesquii may be more varied than previously
assumed.

Plecotus rafinesquii exploits what some tabanid researchers (i.e.,
Gaugler and Schutz, 1989) have identified as a potential weak link in the
life cycles of Tabanus species. Other tabanid researchers (i.e., Corbet and
Haddow, 1962), have indicated that this weak link is apparently rarely
exploited by other predators. Thus, P. rafinesquii may have some impact
on populations of these economically important insects by preying on
hovering males. It seems likely, from the percentage of lepidopteran eggs
occurring in the sample (27.6%), that P. rafmesauii predation also has an
impact on moth populations. Specifically, by limiting oviposition by
moths, P. rafinesquii affects proliferation of the destructive larval stages
of these insects.

Insectivorous bats extend their impact beyond individual prey num-
bers by removing reproductive adult insects, thus limiting mating and

122 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

oviposition. These are effective methods of regulating insect populations
(Pedigo, 1989; Buckner, 1967). Further investigation of the foraging
habits off. rafinesquii and other insectivorous bats could yield important
information about the biological control potential of these predators.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

P. Trail provided me with the fecal material from a P. rafinesquii maternity roost he has
studied for several years. M. Clark generously shared observations from her field studies of
P. rafinesquii in North Carolina. R. Weber, R. Raimist, M. Fenton and two anonymous
reviewers made helpful suggestions on the manuscript. R. Weber provided invaluable
guidance and insight throughout.

LITERATURE CITED

Arnett, R.H., Jr. 1985. American insects. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York. 640-
708 pp.

Bailey, N.S. 1948. The hovering and mating of Tabanidae: a review of the literature with
some original observations. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 41:403-412.

Barbour, R.W. and W.H. Davis. 1969. Bats of America. Univ. of Kentucky Press, Lex-
ington, pp. 179-182.

Borror, DJ., C.A. Triplehorn and N.F. Johnson. 1989. Introduction to the study of
insects, 6th ed. Saunders College Publishing, Philadelphia. 499-572 pp.

Borror, D.J., Jr. and R.E. White. 1970. A field guide to the insects of America north of
Mexico. Houghton Mifflin, Boston. 262-275 pp.

Buckner, C.H. 1967. Avian and mammalian predators of forest insects. Entomophaga
12:491-501.

Clark, M.K. 1991. Foraging ecology of Rafinesque's big-eared bat, Plecotus rafinesquii, in
North Carolina (abstract). Bat Research News 33:68.

Corbet, P.S. and AJ. Haddow. 1962. Diptera swarming high above the forest canopy in
Uganda, with special reference to Tabanidae. Trans. R. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1 14:267-284.

Downes, J.A. 1969. The swarming and mating flight of Diptera. Ann. Rev. Entomol.
14:271-298.

Gaugler, R. and S. Schutz. 1989. Environmental influences on hovering behavior of
Tabanus nigrovittatus and T. conterminus (Diptera: Tabanidae). J. Insect Behavior
2:775-786.

Hall, J.S. 1963. Notes on Plecotus rafinesquii in central Kentucky. J. Mammal. 44:119-
120.

Hamilton, WJ., Jr. 1933. The insect food of the big brown bat. J. Mammal. 14:155-156.

Harvey, M J. 1992. Bats of the eastern United States. Arkansas Game and Fish Commis-
sion. 36-37 pp.

Jones, C. 1977. Plecotus rafinesquii. Mamm. Species 69:1-4.

Pedigo, L.P. 1989. Entomology and pest management. MacMillan Publishing Co., New
York. pp. 127-128.

Schutz, S. and R. Gaugler. 1992. Thermoregulation and hovering behavior of salt marsh
horse flies (Diptera: Tabanidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 85:431-436.

Whitaker, J.O., Jr. 1988. Food habits analysis of insectivorous bats. In Ecological and
behavioral methods for the study of bats, T.H. Kunz,ed. Smithsonian Ins. Press, Wash-
ington, pp. 171-179.

Whitaker, J.O., Jr. and F.A. Winter. 1977. Bats of the caves and mines of the Shawnee
National Forest, Southern Illinois, USA. Trans. 111. State Acad. Sci. 70:301-313.

Vol. 104, No. 3. May & June, 1993 123

A HUGE NEST OF THE COMMON

YELLOWJACKET, PARAVESPULA VULGARIS

(HYMENOPTERA: VESPIDAE), IN CALIFORNIA 1

Roger D. Akre, Elizabeth A. Myhre, Yi Chen 2

ABSTRACT: A large, perennial colony of Paravespula vulgaris was collected in California
in July 1992. The envelope was ca 97 diam and had multiple entrances. The colony con-
sisted of 220 nonfunctional queens, 2 developing queens, 10 functional queens, ca 84,000
workers, and ca 32,000 males. The 22 combs consisted of ca 220,000 worker and 9,000 re-
productive cells; 64% were empty. The colony was estimated to be 2-3 years old.

Yellowjackets typically have a one year life cycle, and the only mem-
bers of the colony to overwinter are inseminated queens. They start new
colonies in the spring. However, some colonies continue for more than
one season (Akre and Reed 1981) and these colonies are always poly-
gynous (Carpenter 1989). Large, perennial colonies have previously
been reported for Paravespula germanica (F.) in New Zealand (Thomas
1960, Plunkett et al. 1989, Clapperton et al. 1989), Tasmania (Spradbery
1973a), Algeria and Morocco (Vuillaume<?f al. 1969), and Chile (Jeanne
1980, Chiappa et al. 1987). Perennial colonies are unusually large, and
Spradbery (1973a) estimated one nest weighed 1,000 pounds. Vespula
squamosa (Drury), the southern yellowjacket, has perennial colonies in
the southern United States, especially in Florida (Tissot and Robinson
1954, Akre etal. 1981, Ross and Matthews 1982) and in Texas. Perennial
colonies of the common wasp occur in New Zealand (Plunketter al. 1989)
and a perennial colony of P. vulgaris (L.) was recorded in California years
ago (Duncan 1939). Unconfirmed reports indicate many more perennial
colonies are being found in southern California where winter tem-
peratures are mild, and prey populations are high enough to sustain a
colony through the winter months. One P. vulgaris colony persisted from
its discovery in 1984 until at least 1986 in Berkeley, CA (Alameda Co.)
(Gambino 1986). A two year colony of P. pensylvanica (Saussure) was
reported in British Columbia (Spencer 1960), and Nakahara (1980)
recorded a huge perennial colony of P. pensylvanica (Saussure) in Hawaii
(see also Gambino et al. 1990). The purpose of this paper is to present a
detailed analysis of a nest off*, vulgaris collected in Burlingame (San
Mateo Co.), California.

1 Received November 21, 1992. Accepted January 2, 1993.

2 Department of Entomology, Washington State University. Pullman, WA 99164-6382.

ENT. NEWS 104(3): 123-128. May & June, 1993

124

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

MATERIALS AND METHODS

A large nest of Paravespula vulgaris was discovered in Burlingame,
California, and a local pest control firm was called to kill the colony (Fig.
1). The nest was built into a dense mass of vines hanging 1.2 to 1.5 m

Fig. 1 . The nest was suspended in a large mass of vines. Although the entrance holes are not
readily apparent from this angle, several were at least 4 cm diam (R. Schoeppner photo-
graph).

Vol. 104, No. 3, May & June, 1993 125

above a creek bank. The nest was ca 62 cm wide X 76 cm tall X 35 cm
thick, with a circumference of 244 cm, a diameter of 97 cm (measure-
ments were estimated from a photograph), somewhat heart-shaped, and
had multiple entrances (ca 120 on each side). The colony was killed the
week of 1 2 July 1992, and all nest material and occupants were shipped to
Washington State University at Pullman for study. The nest, as collected,
complete with severed vines, weighed ca 64 kg. The nest was stored in a
freezer at 5.0 F until the occupants and combs were counted and
analyzed. Males were individually counted first, and it was determined
that 1,385 fit into a 250 ml graduate cylinder when it was vigor-
ously tapped on the substrate to settle and compact them. The count was
stopped when they no longer settled. Similarly, 2,01 1 workers were
needed to fill a 250 ml cylinder. All remaining individuals, except
queens, were measured volumetrically to estimate number of workers
and males in the colony. Queens were individually tallied, injected with
Kahle's to preserve them, and placed into 70% ETOH until they were dis-
sected for ovarian development.

All combs of the nest were analyzed for the presence of pupal caps,
larvae, and eggs. A 12 in grid divided into 1 in squares facilitated the
count (MacDonald et al 1974). In some sections the cells were indi-
vidually counted. The nest was sectioned in California to fit into the
shipping containers, and we tried to reconstruct comb placement before
the analysis began. Sections were numbered and flagged as they were
unpacked to aid us in this endeavor.

RESULTS

The colony consisted of ca 84,000 workers, 32,000 males, and 232
queens (Table 1). The total number of cells in the 22 comb layers of the

Table 1. Numbers and types of adults collected with the colony. Functional, developing,
and nonfunctional queens (parens) add up to "Queens."

Adult Type

Number Counted

Queens

232

Functional

(10)

Developing

(2)

Nonfunctional

(220)

Males

31,811

Workers

83784

Total Adults

115.827

126

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

nest was ca 230,000, but 146,000 of these cells were empty (Table 2). Dis-
sections of the queens revealed that 10 had fully functional ovaries that
filled the gaster (eggs are 1 .0- 1 .5 mm when ready to lay). Two had a slight
development of the ovarioles but no eggs were >1 mm. All functional
queens had multiple age spots or dark discolorations on the gaster (Ross
1984). The remaining 220 queens showed no ovarian development.

DISCUSSION

Although large, this colony was probably entering a period of decline
as evidenced by the great number of empty cells. Ten functional queens
should have been able to lay eggs in many of these empty cells unless
there was conflict and fighting among workers and/or queens in the nest.
We could not determine any spheres of influence for any of the queens
because of the state of the nest when received.

The large number of males in the colony suggests that workers were
laying eggs and producing at least some or perhaps most of these
males.

Questions asked of neighbors suggested that this nest was observed
for 30 years. We have no evidence to support this claim and indeed, the
nest analysis, including the construction of reproductive cells on the
periphery of some combs, suggested that the nest was probably 2 years
old, at most.

Photoperiod is probably the stimulus that allows new queens to cir-
cumvent reproductive diapause and to start egg development after they
are inseminated (Spradbery 1973b, Ross and Matthews 1982). Queens
frequently rejoin the parent colony if the photoperiod is still increasing

Table 2. Occupants of cells from the 22 combs. Small, medium, and large larval counts
(parens) add up to "Larvae."

Worker

Reproductive

Total

Eggs . .

^884

~>966

Larvae

26918

417

~>7 17S

Small

(4 089)

(91)

(4 182)

Medium

(11 9">M

(170)

(P09S)

Large. .

(109">4)

(174)

(11 098)

Pupae .

SI SS3

97-7

V S">S

Empty cells

1189S4

7779

146711

Total

-no 1~>9

9">70

->->9 S99

Vol. 104, No. 3, May & June, 1993 127

(up to 21 June) in that geographical area, and if the winter temperatures
are mild. They can also rejoin the colony as nondiapausing, functional
queens when the daylight is very short as the "window" of receptiveness
seems to be 10-14 hrs (Spradbery 1973b). Photoperiods longer or shorter
do not induce reproductive diapause, and the ovaries in these new
queens are able to develop.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We are indebted to George Bristol, Pescadero, and Marc Maas, Burlingame, for sending
us the colony. We are especially thankful to Robert Schoeppner, San Mateo Mosquito
Abatement District, Burlingame, for data on nest location and for many photographs of
the nest, including one that appears in this paper, that aided us in our analysis. R. Zack and
R. Schoeppner reviewed the article.

LITERATURE CITED

Akre R. D., A. Greene, J. F. MacDonald, P. J. Landolt, and H. G. Davis. 1981. Yellow-
jackets of America North of Mexico. USDA Agric. Handbook 552. 102 p.

Akre, R. D., and H. C. Reed. 1981. A polygynous colony of Vespula pensylvanica
(Saussure) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Ent News 92: 27-31.

Carpenter, J. M. 1989. Testing scenarios: wasp social behavior. Cladistics 5: 131-144.

Clapperton, B. K., P. A. Alspach, H. Moller, and A. G. Matheson. 1989. Impact of com-
mon and German wasps (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) on the New Zealand beekeeping
industry. N. Z. J. Zool. 16: 325-332.

Chiappa, T. E., R. H. Jopia, L. C. Morales, and L. J. Cook. 1987. Overwintering nests of
Vespula germanica (F.) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) in Central Chile. Acta Ent. Chilena 14:
171-182.

Duncan, C. D. 1939. A contribution to the biology of North American vespine wasps.
Stanford Univ. Publ. Biol. Sci. 8: 1-271.

Gambino, P. 1986. Winter prey collection at a perennial colony of Paravespula vulgaris (L.)
(Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Psyche 93: 331-340.

Gambino, P., A. C. Medeiros, and L. L. Loope. 1990. Invasion and colonization of upper
elevations on east Maui (Hawaii) by Vespula pensylvanica (Hymenoptera: Vespidae).
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 83: 1088-1095.

Jeanne, R. L. 1980. Evolution of social behavior in the Vespidae. Ann. Rev. Ent. 23: 371-
396.

MacDonald, J. F., R. D. Akre and W. B. Hill. 1 974. Comparative biology and behavior of
Vespula atropilosa and V. pensylvanica (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Melanderia 18: 1-66.

Nakahara, L. M. 1980. Western yellowjacket (Vespula pensvlvanica) first record of aerial
nest in state. Coop. PI. Pest Rept. USDA, APHIS. 5(14): 270.

Plunkett, G. M., H. Moller, C. Hamilton, B. K. Clapperton, and C. D. Thomas. 1989
Overwhelming colonies of German (Vespula germanica) and common wasps (Vespula
vulgaris) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) in New Zealand. N. Z. J. Zool. 16: 345-353.

Ross, K. G. 1984. Cuticular pigment changes in worker yellowjackets (Hymenoptera: Ves-
pidae). J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 91: 394-404.

Ross, K. G. and R. W. Matthews. 1982. Two polygynous overwintered Vespula squamosa
colonies from the southeastern U. S. (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Fla. Ent. 65: 176-184.

Spencer, G. J. 1960. On the nests and populations of some vespid wasps. Proc. Ent. Sex;.
British Columbia 57: 13-15.

128 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Spradbery, J. P. 1973a. Wasps: an account of the biology and natural history of solitary

and social wasps. Univ. Washington Press, Seattle. 408 p.
Spradbery, J. P. 1973b. The European social wasp, Paravespula germanica (F.) (Hymenop-

tera: Vespidae) in Tasmania, Australia. IUSSI Proc. VII Internal. Congr. pp. 375-380.
Thomas, C. R. 1960. The European wasp (Vespula germanica Fab.) in New Zealand, inf.

Ser. Dept. Sci. Ind. Res. New Zealand. 27: 1-74.
Tissot, A. N., and F. A. Robinson. 1954. Some unusual insect nests. Florida Ent. 37:

73-92.
Vuillaume, M., J. Schwander, and C. Roland. 1969. Note preliminaire sur 1'existence de

colonies perennes et polygynes de Paravespula germanica C. R. Acad. Sci. Ser. D. 269:

2371-2372.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

BIOLOGY AND CONSERVATION OF THE MONARCH BUTTER-
FLY. S.B. Malcolm and M.P. Zalucki, eds. 1993. No. 38 Science Series,
Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County. 219 pp. 139 figs. 100
tables. Cloth. $90.00.

This volume presents an interdisciplinary approach to understanding how Danaus
plexippus functions, providing information for an objective approach to conservation of
the species. Forty-four papers written by 50 authors present a diverse array of research on
biological and conservation topics. These papers embrace four main themes of monarch
biology: communication and mating, host plant exploitation and chemical defense,
migration, and overwintering.

THE SCIENCE OF ENTOMOLOGY. 3rd ed. W.S. Romoser and J.G.
Stoffolano. 1994. Wm. C. Brown, Publ. 532 pp. Cloth. $60.90.

The authors' stated objective for this third edition is to provide a broad, balanced
introductory text to the science of entomology, from both basic and applied points of view,
for use in a one-quarter or one semester general course.

Vol. 104. No. 3, May & June. 1993 129

SEASONAL FLIGHT ACTIVITY OF LIPOPTENA

MAZAMAE (DIPTERA: HIPPOBOSCIDAE)

IN SOUTH CAROLINA 1

L. Daniel Cline, James E. Throne 2

ABSTRACT: Flying winged adults (volants )ol'Lipoptenama:anwe were collected in sticky
traps at two of three grain storage sites in southeastern South Carolina that were being sam-
pled for seasonal occurrence of stored-product insects. Of the 42 volants captured during
the 55-week test, at least one was caught in every month from April through November.
None were caught from December through March. Most were caught in traps placed near
wooded areas or heavy shade where deer were likely to travel or feed. Sticky traps provide
an alternative to conventional trapping methods for hippoboscids. but have the disadvan-
tage of not providing positive host information.

Lipoptena mazamae Rondani is a parasite of all species and sub-
species ofdeer(Odocoileus spp.) and brocket (Mazama spp.) wherever the
hosts occur in the Neotropical region (Bequaert 1957). It also has been
found infrequently and accidentally on domestic cattle. Lipoptena
mazamae has been found as far south as Argentina and as far north as the
states bordering the Gulf of Mexico and up the Atlantic coast into South
Carolina (Bequaert 1957). Little is known of its life history and behavior.
Because it is essentially a tropical insect, its populations in the United
States may fluctuate with the severity of the winter.

Current techniques for the detection and collection of Hippobos-
cidae can be difficult (Pfadt & Roberts 1978). On live domestic animals,
an uncooperative attitude coupled with low numbers of parasites may
make them hard to find and the quickness of their movements may make
them difficult to catch. Placing newly killed hosts in a bag or screened
enclosure may facilitate collections. Collections on large wild animals
nearly always requires killing the host and searching a standardized
area of its body where the parasites are most likely to occur (Samuel &
Trainer 1972). Volants (winged adults) can be collected with sweep nets
or by collecting specimens from skin and clothing as the collector walks
through a selected area. Both of thestj methods require a great deal of
time and care (Hare 1945).

During a study of the flight activity of stored-product insects around
grain bins, we captured L. mazamae on sticky traps. Given the scarcity of
information on their biology and the complete lack of information on

1 Received December 7, 1992. Accepted December 28, 1992.

2 USDA, ARS Stored-Product Insects Res. & Dev. Lab.. P. O. Box 22909, Savannah,
Georgia 31403.

ENT. NEWS 104(3): 129-132. May & June. 1993

130 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

volants' seasonal occurrence, we report our findings of this insect at the
northern end of its range. In addition, we present a collection method
that passively catches the parasites with no trauma to their hosts and
minimal effort by the collector.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Sticky traps were used to monitor three sites in southeastern South
Carolina for flying insects from 18 March 1987 to 6 April 1988 (55 con-
tinuous weeks). Traps consisted of clear flat plexiglass (30.5 cm by 30.5
cm) coated on each side with sticky substance (Tangle-Trap, Tangle-
foot Co., Grand Rapids, Michigan) 3 and held in a vertical position on a
wooden stake. Details of trap design and preparation are given in
Throne and Cline (1989).

The traps were deployed in two nearly concentric rings around grain
storage bins. The inner traps were generally about 0.5 m from the bins
and the outer traps varied from 5 to 45 m from the bins to accommodate
the cooperator's need to use the space. Four inner and four outer traps
were deployed at two sites (Bamberg and Hampton Counties) while five
inner and five outer traps encircled the larger third site (Barnwell
County). A map detailing the placement of the traps and the surround-
ing area is given in Throne and Cline (1989). In general, the Bamberg and
Hampton County sites were surrounded by cultivated fields with
wooded areas within 25 m of the grain bins. The Barnwell County site
was surrounded by pasture.

Each trap was exposed for one week after which it was replaced and
the exposed surfaces returned to the laboratory for examination. The
entire sticky surface (both sides) was examined at a magnification of at
least 10X. Hippoboscids were removed, recorded, and stored in vials of
alcohol. Identification was determined from characters detailed in
Peterson & Maa (1970). Voucher specimens were placed in the U.S.
National Museum Collection and in the Florida State Collection of
Arthropods.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

A total of 42 hippoboscids were collected and all were identified as L.
mazamae. Most (78.6%) were collected at the Hampton Co. site while
21.4% were collected at the Bamberg Co. site. None were caught at the
Barnwell Co. site. At least one volant was caught in every month from

3 Names of products are included for the benefit of the reader and do not imply endorse-
ment or preferential treatment by USDA.

Vol. 104, No. 3, May & June, 1993

131

April through November (Figure 1). None were caught in the four months
from December through March. This is similar to the finding of Hare
(1945) who found flying adults of a closely related species, L. depressa
(Say), from late March to early December in California with a peak in
July. The deer hosts are present in the area year-round, however, it is
unclear whether volants cease to emerge or cease to fly during cold
weather.

At the two sites where L. mazamae were caught, most were found in
the outer traps placed to the south of the grain storage area (44.4% at site 1
and 66.7% at site 2). At both sites, these were the areas either close to
woods or near heavy shade. At the Bamberg County site, the south outer
trap was placed where deer frequently traveled from a heavily wooded
area into a field where either corn or soybeans are usually grown. At the
Hampton County site, the south outer trap was placed at the edge of a
neglected grove of mature pecan trees where deer presumably come to
search for food. The third site was not a very suitable habitat for deer,
therefore, it is not surprising that no hippoboscids were caught there.
Hare (1945) found that most L. depressa (66%) were collected in or near

C7>

13
D
O

k_
(U

4
3
2
1

Bamberg Co.
(n = 9)

Hampton Co.
(n = 33)

May 20 Jul 29 Oct 7 Dec 16 Feb 25

Figure 1. Number ofLipoptena mazamae Rondani caught per week on sticky traps at two
sites in South Carolina, 1987-88.

132 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

the tree shadows bordering wooded areas. A concentrated effort to place
traps in areas where hosts are likely to feed and rest would most likely
increase the number of volants that are caught. Although sticky traps
provide a relatively easy method for collecting hippoboscids, a disad-
vantage of the method is that they do not provide positive host
identification.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Mark Culik and Pat Lang for technical assistance; Messrs. Bates, Peeples,
and Rentz for allowing us to conduct this study on their farms; and W. W. Wirth and R. V.
Peterson (Cooperating Scientist and Scientist, respectively, USDA-ARS, Systematic Ento-
mology Laboratory) for confirming the identifications and reviewing the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Bequaert, J.C. 1957. The Hippoboscidae or louse-flies (Diptera) of mammals and birds.

Part II. Taxonomy, evolution and revision of American genera and species. Entomol.

Amer. 36:4 17-611.
Hare, J.E. 1945. Flying stages of the deer lousefly, Lipoptena depressa (Say), in California

(Diptera, Hippoboscidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol. 21:48-57.
Peterson, B.V. and Maa, T.C. 1970. A new Lipoptena from Chile, with a key to the new

world species (Diptera: Hippoboscidae). Can. Entomol. 102:1 1 17-1 122.
Pfadt, R.E. and Roberts, I.H. 1978. X. Louse flies (Family Hippoboscidae). In: R.A. Bram

[ed.]. Surveillance and collection of arthropods of veterinary importance. USDA Agric.

Hbk. 518. pp. 60-71.

Samuel, W.M. and Trainer, D.O. \972.LipoptenamazamaeRondam, 1878 (Diptera: Hip-
poboscidae) on white-tailed deer in southern Texas. J. Med. Entomol. 9:104-106.
Throne, J.E. and Cline, L.D. 1989. Seasonal flight activity of the maize weevil, Sitophilus

zeamais Motschulsky (Coleoptera: Curculionidae), and the rice weevil, S. oryzae (L.), in

South Carolina. J. Agric. Entomol. 6:183-192.

Vol. 104, No. 3. May & June, 1993 133

OVERWINTERING AGGREGATIONS OF

FEMALE BRACHYMERIA INTERMEDIA

(HYMENOPTERA: CHALCIDIDAE). 1

Paul W. Schaefer 2

ABSTRACT: Discovery of 24 overwintering female Brachymeria intermedia in a single
aggregation in a window sash in an unheated building; a single female in an attic window
7.4 m above ground; a cluster under felt (tar) paper in a dog house; and in naturally occur-
ring dead stumps or trees all suggest that any dry, well protected site is suitable for
overwintering.

The introduced polyphagous pupal parasite Brachymeria intermedia
has spread throughout much of the northeastern United States and
Canada in close association with its principle host, the gypsy moth,
Lymantria dispar (L.) (Lepidoptera: Lymantriidae). Two, possibly three,
generations may occur during a season (Leonard 1 98 1 ). Adult females of
both generations overwinter while males die off before winter (Dowden
1935). Dowden (1935) speculated that overwintering adults "probably
hibernate under the bark of dead trees or in similar places". Only
decades later are we beginning to fully understand where overwinter-
ing occurs.

In Japan, Gyotoku (1957) found overwintering Brachymeria lasus
(Walker) (as obscurata) under the bark of a Chamaechyparis obtusa Endl.
(Cupressaceae) tree with two aggregations totaling ca. 30 wasps on the
lower 1.8 m of the south facing side of the trunk.

In laboratory experiments, Simser and Coppel (1980) showed the
presence of a chemical that led both B. lasus and B. intermedia to choose
previously used or conditioned overnight resting sites versus new or
unconditioned sites. They speculated that this chemically mediated
aggregating behavior might extend to overwintering individuals. Pro-
duced by adults of both sexes, this aggregation pheromone from B. inter-
media was later identified as 3-hexanone (Mohamed and Coppel 1987).

Waldvogel and Brown (1978) first reported the discovery of overwin-
tering Brachymeria intermedia. Groups of 5 to 15 females where found in
tunnels made by wood borers in a dead Quercus prinus L. tree in central
Pennsylvania. A similar discovery was made 6 January 1983 by Robert
Grebeck (USDA, BUR, Newark, DE) when ca. 1 5 females were found ca.
60 cm. off the ground in a dead Pinus rigida Mill, stump in Belleplain,
Cape May Co., New Jersey (B. Grebeck, pers. comm.).

1 Received December 23, 1992. Accepted March 15, 1993.

2 USDA, ARS, Beneficial Insects Introduction Research Unit Newark, Delaware, 19713.

ENT. NEWS 104(3): 133-135. May & June, 1993

134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Overwintering B. intermedia also use non-natural sites. I report here
on a Dec. 30, 1981 discovery of a single aggregation of 24 female B. inter-
media found in a window frame/casing in a residence in Wethersfield,
Hartford Co., Connecticut. The window was located on an east wall of an
unheated shed attached to a family residence. The aggregating females
were clustered together in a vertical groove used to receive and hold a cot-
ton sash cord in an old-fashioned counter-balanced window. The groove
was in the side of a lower frame in a two-frame window. The cotton cord
had worn out and parted, however the end fragment still filled the groove
the entire 23 cm length. There was ample space between the cord and the
13x13 mm groove in the edge of the window frame so that wasps could
move about freely. At the time of discovery, the lower window was raised
almost daily but this did not appear to interfere with the overwintering B.
intermedia as they tended to cluster together against the cotton cord,
thereby avoiding being rubbed against the window casing as the sash
moved. Wasps were observable only after removing the window jams
and removing the sash from the frame. There was no indication of the
approach route used to enter this site. The window fit the frame so loosely
that it was possible the wasps entered the site simply by passing through
the crack between the sash and frame.

In late December 1982, another overwintering female B. intermedia
was found in a similar location in the same Wethersfield residence. One
female was found simply between a loose fitting window sash and its
frame. The window was a north facing unheated attic window at a height
of 7.4 m above ground level and about 2 m above the roof of the above
mentioned shed. This would suggest that overwintering sites are not
limited to lower strata.

Others have observed B. intermedia overwintering in different artifi-
cial situations. Bill Metterhouse (NJ Department of Agriculture, Tren-
ton), in the fall of 1982, found at least 25 female B. intermedia over-
wintering under felt (tar) paper covering a dog house at his residence in
Monmouth Co., New Jersey. Furthermore, that spring he found over 50
live B. intermedia females on the inside of his cellar windows and many
others dead on the basement floor (B. Metterhouse, pers. comm.).

All evidence reconfirms that only B. intermedia females overwinter.
Overwintering, singly or in aggregations, appears to occur only in con-
cealed, well protected, relatively dry sites, such as in dead trees that have
been excavated by other insects, and in man-made objects.

If the pheromone-mediated aggregation behavior of B. intermedia
females is involved in overwintering, as in over-night site selection, as
Simser & Coppel (1980) have speculated, then an artificial aggregation
site could be constructed, baited with aggregation pheromone, and

Vol. 104, No. 3. May & June. 1993 135

deployed as a survey tool to assess population levels or to measure over-
wintering survival.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank Ronald Weseloh, Conn. Agric. Exp. Stn, New Haven; William Mctterhouse,
N.J. Dept. Agric.. retired; and Philip Taylor. USDA. BUR. Newark. Del., and two anony-
mous reviewers for suggestions on the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Dowden, P.B. 1935. Brachymeria intermedia (Nees), a primary parasite, and B. compsilurae
(Cwfd.), a secondary parasite, of the gypsy moth. J. Agric. Res. 50(6):495-523.

Gyotoku, N. 1957. An example of hibernation of Brachymeria obscurata Walker. Shin-
konchu 10(7):52 (in Japanese).

Leonard, D. E. 1981. Brachymeria intermedia (Nees). (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae). pp.
394-398. In Doane, C.C. & M.L. McManus (eds.). The gypsy moth: Research toward
integrated pest management. U.S. Dept. Agric., Expanded Gypsy Moth Res. & Dev.
Program, Tech. Bull. 1584. 757 pp.

Mohamed, M.A. and H.C. Coppel. 1987. Pheromonal basis for aggregation behavior of
parasitoids of the gypsy moth: Brachymeria intermedia (Nees) and Brachvmeria lasus
(Walker) (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae). J. Chem. Ecol. 13(6): 1385-1393.

Simser, D.H., and H.C. Coppel 1980. Aggregation behavior of Brachymeria lasus
(Walker) in the laboratory. Environ. Entomol. 9:486-488.

Waldvogel, M.G. and M.W. Brown. 1978. An overwintering site of the gypsy moth
parasite. Brachymeria intermedia. Environ. Entomol. 7:782.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

BUGS OF THE WORLD. G.C. McGavin. 1993. Facts on File. 192 pp.

Another in the "Of the World" series, this is a popular guide to the classification and
biology of bugs, by Oxford entomologist. Dr. McGavin.

L'ABDOM EN ET LES GENITALI A DES FEMELLES DE COLEOP-
TERES ADEPH AG A. T. Deuve. 1 993. Tome 1 55, Memoires du Museum
National D'Histoire Naturelle.

With minor differences, this work is reproduced from a doctoral thesis of the University
of Paris 6, submitted 25 November 1988 under the title "Morphological and phylogenetic
studieson the abdomen and the female ectodermicgenitalia of the Coleoptera Adephaga".
Present text entirely in French language. Paperback.

136 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

FIRST RECORDS OF PARASITOIDS FOR SLIME

MOLD BEETLES OF THE FAMILY SPHINDIDAE

(COLEOPTERA: CUCUJOIDEA)!

Joseph V. McHugh 2

ABSTRACT: The first three records of parasitoids for the family Sphindidae (Coleoptera:
Cucujoidea) are provided: (1) Sphindus americanus parasitized by Pentelicus sp. (varicornis
or near) (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae) in New York, (2) Carinisphindus sp. by another Pen-
telicus sp. (probably sp. nov.) in Puerto Rico, and (3) Eurysphindus comatulus by Blacus
koenigi (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) in New York. These observations also represent the
first host information for the genus Pentelicus and a new host record for Blacus koenigi.

Sphindidae is a small family (9 genera and 51 species) of myxo-
mycophagous (slime mold eating) beetles that is represented in every
major biogeographical region in the world. Little has been published on
the biology of sjjhindids other than life history notes of one species
(Burakowski & Slipinski, 1987), host food records (see McHugh, 1993 for
citations) and a discussion of the possibility of assistance in slime mold
spore dispersal (see Blackwell, 1984; McHugh, 1993). During the sum-
mer of 1990, simple attempts to rear species of sphindids resulted in the
identification of the first parasitoids known for the family.

In June, a few specimens of an undescribed species of Carinisphindus
were collected from the sporocarp of a myxomycete (Stemonitis sp.) in the
Caribbean National Forest at El Verde Field Station, elev. 300 M., in
Puerto Rico. After the beetles were extracted and the slime mold was
examined closely, three Carinisphindus pupae were found. Within two
weeks, a single parasitoid wasp emerged from each pupa. One specimen
was caught and identified as an apparently undescribed species of the
encyrtid genus Pentelicus Howard (= Hemaenasius Ashmead) (J. S.
Noyes, pers. comm.).

In late July, a laboratory culture of Sphindus americanus LeConte also
was found to be parasitized by encyrtid wasps. The beetle culture was
started about one month earlier with field-collected sporocarps ofFuligo
septica (L.) Wiggers from Ithaca, New York. The parasitoid was deter-
mined as another species of Pentelicus, closely resembling Pentelicus
varicornis (Girault), but possessing an unusually long first funicle seg-
ment. This antennal feature may support recognition as a new species
(J. S. Noyes, pers. comm.). Collecting in two subsequent years suggests

1 Received December 5, 1992. Accepted January 5, 1993.

2 Department of Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York

14853.

ENT. NEWS 104(3): 136-138. May & June, 1993

Vol. 104, No. 3, May & June, 1993 137

that this Pentelicus is most abundant in New York during the latter part of
the summer (late July- August), although sporocarps of the slime mold
are found colonized by S. americanus as early as May.

A culture of Eurysphindus comatulus McHugh was established in
August from fruiting bodies ofMucilago Crustacea Wiggers collected in
Brooktondale, Tompkins Co., New York. This culture was thought to be
free of arthropods other than mites and various life stages of E. coma-
tulus, but after two weeks it produced many specimens of the braconid
Blacus koenigi Fischer. The remains of many parasitized last-instar
larvae were found in a characteristic pose. Each larval skin was draped
over the top of a white, silky cocoon with the legs wrapped around the
cocoon as though holding it.

DISCUSSION

The Pentelicus species parasitizing Carinisphindus sp. in Puerto Rico
represents the first known parasitoid for a sphindid as well as the first
host record for a species of this encyrtid genus. The occurrence of a
second Pentelicus species parasitizing a species of Sphindus, a genus
closely related to Carinisphindus (see McHugh, 1993), suggests that the
association in Puerto Rico was not incidental.

The discovery that Blacus koenigi is a parasitoid of Eurysphindus coma-
tulus sheds light on the biology of this poorly understood braconid
genus. apek (1969) states that the tribe Blacini is made up mostly of
parasitoids of the larvae of curculionid beetles and related groups, but
adds that the taxonomic position of the genus Blacus "may be doubted as
very little is known about its biology, host relations, etc." later, Capek
(1970) suggests that the biology of Blacus involves parasitism of wood
boring Coleoptera larvae. Some species of Blacus are known to parasitize
mycophagous ("true fungus" feeding) beetles (Achterberg, 1975). In a list
of label data, Achterberg (1975) also reports thatfi. koenigi was collected
from a sporocarp ofStemonitisfusca Roth, a myxomycete known to be a
host of E. comatulus (as well as several other sphindid species). Achter-
berg adds that this species is "mainly collected in August and first half of
October". The parasitized culture ofE. comatulus was started with slime
mold sporocarps collected in August.

All specimens are deposited in the Cornell University Insect Collec-
tion with the exception of four specimens of Pentelicus Ivaricornis which
are in the reference collection of J. S. Noyes (The Natural History
Museum, London) and 16 specimens of Blacus koenigi at the Biosys-
tematics Research Centre (Agriculture Canada, Ottawa).

13 g ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank P. R. Fraissinet for his help with field work in Puerto Rico and New York. E. R.
Hoebeke made original determinations of parasitoids and helped locate additional infor-
mation. J. S. Noyes provided the final determinations and information about the encyrtids.
The determination of specimens of B. koenigi was confirmed by M. J. Sharkey. P. R.
Fraissinet and E. R. Hoebeke also read and commented on an early version of this note.
Funds for the work in Puerto Rico were provided by the Center for International Studies at
Cornell University. Other support for this study was provided by NSF Grant No. BSR-87-
17401 and Hatch Project No. NY(C)- 139426 (both to Q. D. Wheeler).

LITERATURE CITED

Achterberg, C. van. 1975. A revision of the tribus Blacini (Hymenoptera, Bracondiae,

Helconinae). Tijdschr. Entomol. 118: 159-323.
Blackwell, M. 1984. Myxomycetes and Their Arthropod Associates. In Q. Wheeler and M.

Blackwell, eds., Fungus-Insect Relationships: Perspectives in Ecology and Evolution.

514 pp. Columbia Univ. Press, New York.
Burakowski, B. and S. A. Slipiriski, 1987. A New Species of Protosphindus (Coleoptera:

Sphindidae) From Chile With Notes and Descriptions of Immature Stages of Related

Forms. Annali Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat., Geneva, 86: 605-625.
Capek, M. 1969. An attempt at a natural classification of the family Braconidae based on

various unconventional characters (Hymenoptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 71(3):

304-312.
Capek, M. 1970. A new classification of the Braconidae (Hymenoptera) based on the

cephalic structures of the final instar larva and biological evidence. Can. Entomol. 102:

846-875.
McHugh, J. V. 1993. A revision ofEurysphindus LeConte (Coleoptera: Sphindidae) and a

review of sphindid classification and phylogeny. Syst. Entomol. 18: 57-92.

Vol. 104, No. 3. May & June, 1993 139

FIRST REPORT OF A TWISTED-WING INSECT

(STREPSIPTERA) LARVA IN A CADDISFLY

(TRICHOPTERA) 1

Kenneth L. Manuel, 2 Richard M. Bohart^

ABSTRACT: A microcaddisfly Oxyethira janella (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae) was obser-
ved with a first stage strepsipteran triungulin larva in its abdominal cavity. The triungu-
linid belongs to the genus Xenos or Pseudoxenos (Strepsiptera: Stylopidae). This is the first
report associating Strepsiptera with Trichoptera.

While identifying adult aquatic insects, the senior author removed a
strepsipteran triungulin larva from the abdominal cavity of a female
microcaddisfly, Oxyethira janella. The O. janella specimen was collected
by light trap on the South Fork Edisto River, a Coastal Plain sand bot-
tomed blackwater river near Cope, Orangeburg County, South Carolina,
on October 22, 1990. Subsequently, the junior author identified the strep-
sipteran as a first stage larva of either Xenos, a Polistes wasp parasitoid, or
Pseudoxenos, a parasitoid of sphecid and eumenid wasps. The mounted
triungulin specimen is in the University of California at Davis Insect
Museum.

Polistes wasp colonies are extremely common in the dense riparian
vegetation overhanging the South Fork Edisto River. Roving triungulin
larvae released from strepsipteran parasitized wasps may come into con-
tact with caddisflies and other insects seeking daytime shelter in the low
light, high humidity environment of the riparian vegetation.

The O. janella specimen containing the triungulinid in its abdomen
was probably incidentally "parasitized." Due to the relative short life
span of most caddisfly adults, a strepsipteran may not be able to com-
plete its life cycle in a caddisfly even if it were physiologically adapted to
the host's body. In addition, the small ( 1 mm long) abdomen of O. janella
may not allow the complete development of the triungulin larva to an
adult.

To our knowledge, no aquatic insect has been reported as a normal or
incidental strepsipteran host. Aquatic entomologists, however, may
wish to look for additional examples of strepsipteran "parasitism" while
they are involved in adult aquatic insect identification.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Robert Kelley (Greenville, South Carolina, USA) and Alice Wells (Museum
and Art Galleries of The Northern Territory, Darwin, Australia) for their critical review
of the manuscript.

1 Received September 29, 1922. Accepted November 7, 1992

2 Duke Power Company, Applied Science Center. 1 3339 Hagers Ferry Road, Huntersville,
North Carolina 28078

3 Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95615-8584

ENT. NEWS 104(3): 139. May & June, 1993

140 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A METHOD FOR SEX DETERMINATION OF THE
COLORADO POTATO BEETLE PUPA,

LEPTINOTARSA DECEMLINEATA
(COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE) 1

Yvan Pelletier 2

ABSTRACT: A method for the determination of the sex of the Colorado potato beetle Lep-
tinotarsa decemlineata. at pupal stage is presented. This method is based on sexual differ-
ences of the external morphology of pupae. External morphology differences between
sexes at adult stage are also depicted.

The sex of the adult Colorado potato beetle can be determined by
examining morphological differences of the last abdominal sternite
(Rivnay 1928). The available graphic representations (Busvine 1980;
Rivnay 1928) do not clearly show the distinctive characters. Rivnay
(1928) provided a drawing of the ventral view of the tip of the abdomen of
the female only. Busvine ( 1 980) depicted the tip of the abdomen for both
male and female but his schematic drawings are difficult to interpret.
Pictures (Fig. Ic, d) show more visibly that the distal end of the last ster-
nite is depressed with a somewhat truncated border in the male; whereas
the depression is absent and the posterior border rounder in the
female.

The determination of the sex of Colorado potato beetle pupae would
be useful in situations where sexual dimorphism influenced larval
parameters such as larval weight (Pelletier and Smilowitz 1991). This
would reduce the time delay before sex determination and, more impor-
tantly, would allow sex determination of a larger proportion of beetles,
otherwise reduced by mortality during the pupal stage. A method for the
determination of the sex of Colorado potato beetle pupae is described for
the first time.

I observed that the 7th visible sternite of males is complete and de-
pressed in its center (Fig. 1 a) and the posterior margins of the 6th visible
sternite is somewhat truncated. In females, the 7th visible sternite is
divided in its center by a suture that is usually dark in color (Fig. 1 b). The
center of the 6th visible segment extends slightly posteriorly. To validate
this method, 100 fully grown larvae collected from the field were indi-
vidually caged in 1 oz cups filled with soil and allowed to pupate. The sex

1 Received September 24, 1992. Accepted January 16, 1993.

2 Agriculture Canada, Research Branch, P.O. Box 20280, Fredericton, N.B. E3B 4Z7

Canada.

ENT. NEWS 104(3): 140-142. May & June, 1993

Vol. 104. No. 3. May & June. 1993

141

142 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

was then determined using the characters described above and each
pupa put back in its container. After emergence, each adult was sexed
again using the descriptions reported by Ravnay (1928) and Busvine
(1980). Sex determinations conducted on pupal and adult stages corres-
ponded in all cases.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank G. Boiteau, Agriculture Canada, Fredericton and Z. Smilowitz, Pennsylvania
State University, for their constructive comments offered in review of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Busvine, J.R. 1980. Recommended methods for measurement of pest resistance to pesti-
cides, pp. 59-63. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. Rome.

Pelletier, Y., and Smilowitz, Z. 1991. Biological and genetic study on the utilization of
Solanum berthaultii Hawkes by the Colorado potato beetle (Leptinotarsa decemlineata
(Say). Can. J. Zool. 69(5): 1280-1288.

Rivnay, E. 1928. External morphology of the Colorado potato beetle (Leptinotarsa
decemlineata Say). J. New York Ent. Soc. 36(2): 125-141.

Figure 1. Ventral view of the tip of the abdomen of male (A) and female (B) pupa and male
(C) and female (D) adult of the Colorado potato beetle.

Vol. 104, No. 3, May & June, 1993 143

ESTABLISHMENT OF UROPHORA

QUADRIFASCIATA (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE)

AND CHRYSOLINA QUADRIGEMINA

(COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE) IN

PORTIONS OF EASTERN UNITED STATES 1

E. Richard Hoebeke 2

ABSTRACT: This paper presents the first recorded distribution in the eastern United
States of the introduced weed biocontrol agents Urophora quadrifasciata (Diptera: Tephri-
tidae) and Chrysolina quadrigemina (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). The seed-head fly U.
quadrifasciata, released in North America in the early 1970's for the control of spotted and
diffuse knapweed (Centaurea spp.), is recorded from numerous localities in New York,
Pennsylvania, Vermont, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, and
New Jersey. The leaf beetle C. quadrigemina, released in the mid- 1940's for the control of St.
Johnswort (Hypericum perforatum), is also documented from the northeastern U.S. with
records from New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, West Virginia, and Maryland. A brief review
of the history and background information on the success of these two weed biocontrol
agents in North America are presented. Each of the biocontrol agents are also briefly
described.

This paper provides a brief review and background information on
two classical weed biocontrol projects that continue to attain moderate
success in managing two of North America's most dominant and abun-
dant introduced weeds on uncultivated land: spotted knapweed (Cen-
taurea maculosa Lamarck) and St. Johnswort (Hypericum perforatum L.).
The principal focus of this paper emphasizes new distributional data in
the eastern United States for the introduced fruit fly Urophora quadrifas-
ciata (Meigen) and the leaf beetle Chrysolina quadrigemina (Suffrian).
Both biocontrol agents were primarily released in western North
America for control of spotted knapweed and St. Johnswort, respec-
tively. These distributional records provide the first evidence of estab-
lishment of these introduced biocontrol agents in the eastern United
States.

I. The weed: Centaurea maculosa (Asteraceae)

Spotted knapweed is a herbaceous composite and short-lived peren-
nial introduced from Europe to the dry rangelands of western North
America (Harris, 1980; Harris & Myers, 1984). Because of its allelopathic

Received November 7, 1992. Accepted February 25, 1993.

Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853-0999.

ENT. NEWS 104(3): 143-152. May & June, 1993

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

properties, low forage value, and drought adaptations, this knapweed
species has been able to displace and outcompete most other herbaceous
plants over vast areas of its new homeland (Harris & Myers, 1 984). It was
first collected in North America at Victoria, British Columbia in 1893
(Groh, 1943). In western Canada, it is distributed in British Columbia
and Alberta (Watson & Renney, 1974). The main areas of infestation
( > one million ha) are confined to the western United States in Montana,
Idaho, Washington, and Oregon (Maddox, 1982). In eastern North
America, this weed is common in Ontario, Quebec, and the Maritimes in
Canada (Frankton & Mulligan, 1970), and along roadsides and in fields
and waste areas in the northeastern and northcentral United States
(Cox, 1985).

The biocontrol agent: Urophora quadrifasciata 1 (Tephritidae)

Members of Urophora Robineau-Desvoidy (Diptera: Tephritidae)
have been widely employed as biocontrol agents of thistles and knap-
weeds of the composite family Asteraceae ( = Compositae). The genus
contains almost 100 known species distributed in Europe, temperate
Asia, Africa and the New World (White & Elson-Harris, 1992). Two
Urophora species, both of European origin and collectively referred to as
the seed-head flies, have been successfully introduced into western
North America for biocontrol of spotted knapweed (C. maculosa) and
diffuse knapweed (C diffusa Lamarck). Urophora a/finis (Frauenfeld)
and U. quadrifasciata (Meigen) oviposit into the developing inflorescen-
ces ofCentaurea species, induce gall formation, and ultimately reduce
seed production (Harris, 1980; Harris & Myers, 1984).

The usually univoltine U. affmis was originally released in British
Columbia (Ned's Creek) in 1970 and 5 western states in 1973 (Harris,
1980; Maddox, 1979; Story & Anderson, 1978; Story, 1985). By 1992, U.
affmis had been confirmed as established and increasing in abundance
in British Columbia, Idaho, Oregon, Montana, Washington and Wyom-
ing (Julien, 1992). Releases of U. affmis occurred in the east in 1971
(Ontario), 1979-1980 (Quebec), and 1983 (Maryland and New York)
(Harris & Myers, 1984; pers. commun., Stephen D. Hight, USDA-ARS,
Insect Biocontrol Laboratory, Beltsville, MD). Eastern establishment
had been confirmed as of 1992 in New York, Quebec, and Virginia
(Julien, 1992).

In the Palearctic, Urophora quadrifasciata may actually represent a species complex (see
White & Clement. 1987). with more than one species confused under the name quaclri-
fasciata.

Vol. 104. No. 3, May & June, 1993 145

The bivoltine U. quadrifasciata was first introduced in 1970 at Ned's
Creek, British Columbia, but was not released in the western United
States (Story, 1985). By May 1981, larvae oft/, quadrifasciata had been
found in spotted knapweed seed heads examined at a site in extreme
northwest Montana, ca. 400 km from the Ned's Creek original release
site (Story, 1985). By 1982, U. quadrifasciata was known to be established
in northwest and westcentral Montana (Story, 1985). Specimens of U.
quadrifasciata had been released and become established in Quebec in
1979(Julien, 1982) and 1980 (Harris & Myers, 1984). Between 25-31 May
1983, seed heads of field-collected spotted knapweed from British
Columbia were released by USDA-ARS personnel at 3 sites in New York
(Warren, Essex, and Tompkins counties) and at Beltsville, Maryland.
This material contained larval stages of both U. quadrifasciata and U.
affinis. A 1985 follow-up survey recovered only U. affinis at the Warren
and Essex County release sites located in the Adirondack region of
northern New York (pers. commun., S. D. Hight).

In Tompkins Co. (Trumansburg), New York, during July 1990,
numerous small tephritid flies were collected from the immature flower
heads of tyrol knapweed, C. dubia Suter, a common knapweed of the
fields and roadsides of southeastern Canada and northeastern U.S.
(Gleason & Cronquist, 1991). The flies were identified as U. quadrifas-
ciata (by the author and later confirmed), and a survey was initiated to
determine the geographic range in the northeast of this introduced seed-
head fly. The survey was conducted throughout portions of the north-
eastern states during June-September 1990-1992. During the survey, no
specimens of U. affinis were collected from knapweed.

In the following list of distributional data for U. quadrifasciata. the
abbreviations ERH (for the author) and AGW (for A. G. Wheeler, Jr.) for
collectors are used; dates of collection are expressed as "day-month
(Roman numeral)-year"; and hosts are abbreviated as follows: C.
maculosa, spotted knapweed (SK); C. dubia (=C. nigrescens & C. vochinen-
sis\ short-fringed knapweed (SFK); and C.jacea, brown knapweed (BK).
Treatment and usage of scientific and common names of Centaurea
follow Gleason and Cronquist (1991). The data below are also mapped
in Figure 1. All specimens, unless stated otherwise, are deposited in the
Cornell University Insect Collection. The author and A. G. Wheeler, Jr.
take responsibility for the host plant identifications, with the exception
of C dubia (see acknowledgments).

UNITED STATES: CONNECTICUT: Tolland Co., 1-84 West, N. of E. Wellington. 1 1-
MII-90, AGW, SK. MASSACHUSETTS: Plymouth Co., Rte. 58. nr. South Carver. 5-VIII-
90, AGW, SK. Worcester Co., Gardner, 4-V1II-90, AGW, SK. NEW HAMPSHIRE:
Hillsboro Co., Nashua, 5-VIII-90. AGW. SK. NEW JERSEY: Hunterdon Co., Exit 1 1 on

146

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Rte. 78, 12 mi. E. Phillipsburg, 10-VIII-91, ERH, SK. Sussex Co., High Point StPk., 28-VII-
90, AGW, SK; Rte. 23, nr. High Point St. Pk., 28-VII-90, AGW, SK. NEW YORK:
Allegany Co.: Rte. 1 7, Exit 33 (to Alfred), 7-VIII-92, ERH, SK; Rte. 17, 0.5 mi. E. Exit 37, 7-
VIII-92, ERH, SK; Alfred, 7-VIII-92, ERH, BK. Broome Co.: Binghamton, Junct. Rte. 81
and Rte. 12, 17-VIII-90, ERH, SK. Chemung Co., West Elmira, 30-VI-92, ERH. SK; Pine
City, 30-VI-92, ERH, SK; Elmira Heights, 7-IX-92, ERH, SK. Chenango Co., Brisben, 17-
VIII-90, ERH, SK; Norwich, 17-VIII-90, ERH, SK. Clinton Co., Rte. 456 @ junct. Rte. 87 E.
of Beekmantown, 29-VIII-92, AGW, SK; 1-87, Exit 36, S. of Pittsburgh, 2-VIII-92, AGW,
SK. Dutchess Co., 1-84 West, rest area nr. Storm ville, 1 l-VIII-90, AGW, BK. Greene Co.,
1-87 North, nr. Catskill, 3-VIII-90, AGW, SK. Jefferson Co., Plesis, 16-VIII-92, AGW, SK;
Wellesley Island St.Pk., 16-VIII-92, AGW, SK. Madison Co., DeRuyter, 17-VIII-90, ERH,
BK?; New Woodstock, 14-VII-91, ERH, SK. Ontario Co., nr. E. Victor (Farmington), 5-VII-
92, ERH, SK. Orange Co., 1-84 East, nr. Middletown, 3-VIII-90, AGW, SK. Putnam Co.,
Rte. 202, nr. Brewster, 1 l-VIII-90, AGW, BK. Rensselaer Co., Johnsonville, 3-VIII-90,

Figure 1. Northeastern United States. Distribution of Urophora quadrifasciata based on
examined specimens (dots). Known release sites (NY: Essex, Tompkins, and Warren coun-
ties; MD: Beltsville) (stars).

Vol. 104. No. 3, May & June. 1993 147

AGW, SK. Saratoga Co., 1-87 North, nr. Ushers. 3-V1II-90, AGW. SK. Schuyler Co.,
Alpine Junction, 6-V1II-92. ERH. SK; Watkins Glen. 31-V1II-90, 15-VIII-92. ERH. SK.
Steuben Co., Bath, 31-VIII-90, ERH, SK. Tioga Co., Owego, 17-V1II-90. ERH, SK;
Waverly, 17-V1II-90, ERH, SK. Tompkins Co., Ithaca, 14-VI-91, ERH. SK; Tnimansburg,
2 1- VI I -9 1,27- VI -92, ERH, SK; Town of Ulysses, N. of Jacksonville, 15-VIII-89.1 1.1 3. 16- VII-
90, 15-V1II-90, 12.15.17.20.27.VI-91.25-V1I-91, 15-V1II-91, 22-V1-92, 10. 12.29- VII-92, ERH,
SFK. Ulster Co., Mohonk Preserve, nr. New Paltz, 3-VIII-90, AGW, SK. Warren Co.,
Peggy Ann Rd., W. of Glens Falls, 3-V1II-90, AGW, SK. Yates Co., 10 mi. N. of Watkins
Glen, junct. Rte.42 and 14.4-IX-90, ERH, SK. PENNSYLVANIA: Bradford Co., Sayre.
17-VIII-90, ERH, SK; Wysox, 17-VIII-90, ERH, SK. Carbon Co., Rte. 534,0.3 mi. S. of junct.
Rte. 940 nr. East Side, 15-VII-90, AGW, SK. Cumberland Co., Rte. 1 14 @ junct. 1-81, nr.
Hogestown, 18-VII-90, AGW, SK. Dauphin Co., Rte. 39. nr. junct. Rte. 322 N. of Harris-
burg, 16-VII-90, AGW, SK. Lackawanna Co., 1-84 East, Mt. Cobb exit, 25-VII-90, AGW.
SK. Lancaster Co., Rte. 272, N. of Buck, 24-VII-090. AGW, SK. Lebanon Co., Rte. 934.
Indiantown Natl. Cem., 15-VII-90, AGW, SK. Luzerne Co., Rte. 93 @ 1-81, nr. West
Hazleton, 15-VII-90, AGW, SK. Lycoming Co., nr. Loyalsock, 28-VII-91, ERH. SK;
Muncy. 20-VII-90, K. Valley, SK. Monroe Co., Tobyhanna, 2 1 -VII-90, AGW. SK. Pike Co.,
Rte. 402, nr. Blooming Grove, 28-VII-90, AGW. SK. Schuylkill Co., Rte. 443. nr. New
Ringgold, 23-VII-90, T. Price. SK: Frackville. 15- VII-90, AGW, SK. Sullivan Co., Sones-
town, 20- VII-90, K. Valley, SK. Susquehanna Co., Montrose, 17-VIII-90. ERH, SK. Wayne
Co., Angels, 21-VII-90, AGW, SK. RHODE ISLAND: Kent Co., West Warwick. 5-VIII-90,
AGW, SK. VERMONT: Chirtenden Co., Camp Johnson, Colchester, 28-VIII-92, AGW,
SK. Franklin Co., Missisquoi Natl. Wildlife Refuge, 28-VIII-92, AGW, SK.

Comments. Adults oW. quadrifasciata and U. affinis are superficially
similar. Females of both species can be easily separated using the key in
White & Clement (1987:575). Among the chief characters that dis-
tinguish U. quadrifasciata are the four complete, transverse, black bands
and yellow base of the wing, with the first (or basal) and second
transverse bands broadly united at the costal margin (see Figure 8 of
Plate II in Freidberg & Kugler, 1989). In contrast, adults of U. affinis are
recognized by having 3 or 4 transverse bands (variable in intensity and
completeness), with the first band, when present, less pronounced than
the other three and separated from the second transverse band (as in
Figures 2-3 of Plate II in Freidberg & Kugler, 1989).

The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Plant Protection
and Quarantine (APHIS-PPQ) of the USDA is initiating a biocontrol
program for diffuse and spotted knapweed in the eastern states (states
invited to participate in 1992 include Pennsylvania, New York, Michi-
gan, and Virginia). The locality records reported herein represent a
"prerelease inventory", establishing important base line data on existing
U. quadrifasciata populations in eight northeastern states.

II. The weed: Hypericum perforation (Hypericaceae)

St. Johnswort (also klamath weed or goatweed), Hypericum per-
foratum, a weed native to Europe, northern Africa, and large portions of

148 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Asia to China and Japan, was introduced into Australia and North
America. On the latter continent, it has become a serious weed on
rangelands in dry areas (Johansson, 1962). The first known introduction
of St. Johnswort into the United States was reported in 1 793 near Lancas-
ter, Pennsylvania. By 1900 it had spread westward and was reported in
California around the Klamath River, which provides the basis for one
of the plant's common names (Rosenthal et al, 1984). It is a hardy, deep-
rooted, perennial herb occurring in neglected meadows, fields, and pas-
tures and along roadsides from Newfoundland to Manitoba, south to
Florida and Texas, and in the far West from British Columbia to central
California (Cox, 1985). It remains a noxious rangeland weed only in the
western United States (Johansson, 1962).

In heavily infested areas, this weed is especially injurious by displac-
ing valuable and desirable forage plants. It is also toxic to livestock when
ingested in considerable quantities, causing a photodermatitis on un-
pigmented areas of grazing livestock exposed to direct sunlight (Jo-
hansson, 1962).

The biocontrol agent: Chrysolina quadrigemina (Chrysomelidae)

The first use of insects as a means of weed control in North America
was initially attempted in the mid-1940's with two European species of
leaf beetle (Chrysolina) that feed on St. Johnswort,//. perforation (Hollo-
way & Huffaker, 195 1). Chrysolina hyperici (Forster) and C. quadrigemina
(Suffrian) [= gemellata auct. and geminata auct] have become estab-
lished in release areas in western and eastern North America, with the
latter species exhibiting a greater ability to increase its distributional
range, particularly in California (Holloway & Huffaker, 1951).

Chrysolina hyperici was introduced into California (via Australia) in
1945 and is now established in many localities in the West, including
Oregon, Washington, Idaho, Montana, Colorado, and British Colum-
bia. Similarly, C. quadrigemina was introduced into California (via Aus-
tralia) in 1946, and is also established in the same areas as C. hyperici.
Another species, C. varians (Schaller), was introduced for the biocontrol
of Hypericum in British Columbia where it remains established and
apparently restricted (Johansson, 1962; Brown, 1962).

Populations of//, perforatum were dramatically reduced when both
C. hyperici and C. quadrigemina were introduced into Australia (Clark,
1953), the United States (Holloway & Huffaker, 1951; Holloway, 1957),
and western (British Columbia) and eastern Canada (Ontario and Nova
Scotia) (Smith, 1958; Harris & Maw, 1984). A relatively small number of
specimens of C hyperici (252) and C. quadrigemina (182) were originally
released in eastern Ontario in 1969 and 1970, respectively, for control of

Vol. 104, No. 3, May & June, 1993

149

St. Johnswort (Harris & Maw, 1984). Fields et al. (1988) demonstrated
that 18 years after their initial release both species of leaf beetle had
spread nearly 90 km from the original release site near Picton, Ontario.
They also concluded that the present distribution ofChrysolina spp. in
eastern Canada was probably due to natural dispersal, and that both
species were capable of finding widely separated stands of the host
plant.

No systematic release of either Chrysolina species has occurred in the
eastern United States. However, C. quadrigemina has been collected from
several widespread localities in New York, Pennsylvania, Maryland,
West Virginia, and Ohio, since 1989. Several states in the east have not
been surveyed; therefore, no statement can be made about the presence
or absence of this species in these regions. The known distributional
records for C. quadrigemina document its establishment and range
expansion in the eastern United States, apparently resulting from a
natural dispersal of populations from eastern Ontario. These data are
recorded below and mapped in Figure 2. All specimens were collected
from H. perforatum, unless stated otherwise. The host plant iden-

Figure 2. Northeastern United States. Distribution of Chrysolina quadrigemina based on
examined specimens (dots). Known release site (near Picton, Ontario) (star).

150 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

tifications, where noted, are provided by the author and other collectors.
The leaf beetle determination is the responsibility of the author.

The New York and Pennsylvania specimens are deposited in the Cor-
nell University Insect Collection; Ohio and West Virginia specimens in
the collection of the West Virginia Department of Agriculture, Charles-
ton, WV; and Maryland specimens in the collection of the Maryland
Department of Agriculture, Annapolis, MD.

UNITED STATES: MARYLAND: Prince Georges Co., Brandywine, l-V-91, C. L.
Staines. NEW YORK: Cattaraugus Co., Allegany St. Pk., 24 July 1985. A. E. Hajek.
Chemung Co., no specific locality, 1 -VII-90, C. Klass. Erie Co., Tonawanda, 3-VII-92, E. R.
Hoebeke. Ontario Co., Geneva, 16- VI-91, ERH; along Rte. 90, W. of Geneva exit 16- Vl-91,
ERH. Tompkins Co., Ithaca, 10-VII-89, 12-IX-90, C. Klass; Ithaca, Sept.-Oct. 1990, R.
Campbell (student collection); Ithaca, Forest Home Wildflower Garden, l-X-89, ERH;
Town of Ulysses, N. of Jacksonville, 15. 17.20- VI -91, ERH; Trumansburg, fairgrounds, 1-
VII-90, ERH; Trumansburg, Falls Rd. nr. H. A Smith Woods, 6-VII-89, ERH; Trumans-
burg, Taughannock Falls St. Pk., 6-VII-89, ERH. OHIO: Ashland Co., Mohican Mem. St.
For., 30-V-87, S. M. Clark. PENNSYLVANIA: Berks Co., Slote Nurseries, nr. Angelica, 25-
X-90, AGW. Centre Co., Scotia Barrens, 29-V1-91, A. G. Wheeler, Jr. WEST VIRGINIA:
Greenbrier Co., Anthony, 9-VI-92, SMC. Pocahontas Co., Cass, 8-VII-92. SMC, ex.. H.
punctatum. Randolph Co., Cheat Mountain, 1 mi. n. Barton Knob, 3800 ft. elev., 8-VII-92,
SMC. Tucker Co., Dolly Sods Scenic Area, 16-IX-92, SMC.

Comments. Of the sixteen Chrysolina species recorded in North
America (Brown, 1962), C. quadrigemina can be generally distinguished
from its congeners in eastern North America by the following charac-
teristics: its color (blue, blue-green, brassy green, or bronze individuals
with venter and legs dark blue or blue-green); its distinctly larger, more
robust size (6.0-7.1 mm); and, in the male, by the presence of a saucer-
shaped impression on abdominal sternite V, and by the size and details
of the aedeagus (Brown, 1962; Wilcox, 1972; Frazer & Emberson, 1987).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am especially grateful to A G. Wheeler, Jr. (Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania
Dept. of Agriculture, Harrisburg) for providing both specimens and locality records for
northeastern U.S. populations oft/, quadrifasciata and C. quadrigemina, and for reviewing
the manuscript; and to Shawn M. Clark (West Virginia Department of Agriculture,
Charleston) and Charles L. Staines, Jr. (Maryland Department of Agriculture, Annapolis)
for allowing me to publish locality records for C. quadrigemina collected in West Virginia,
Ohio, and Maryland. I also thank Robert Richard (USDA, Biocontrol of Weeds Facility,
Bozeman, MT) and two other anonymous reviewers for commenting on the manuscript.
William J. Dress (L. H. Bailey Hortorium, Cornell University) identified the short-fringed
knapweed, C. dubia (identified as C. nigrescens), surrounding my property upon which
specimens off/, quadrifasciata were first collected in July 1990. Allen L. Norrbom (Sys-
tematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washington, D.C.) kindly confirmed the iden-
tification off/, quadrifasciata.

Vol. 104, No. 3, May & June, 1993 151

LITERATURE CITED

Brown, W. J. 1962. The American species of Chrysolina Mots. (Coleoptera: Chryso-
melidae). Can. Entomol. 94:58-74.

Clark, L. R. 1953. The ecology of Chrysomela gemellata Rossi and C. hyperici ForsL, and
their effect on St. John's Wort in the Bright District, Victoria. Aust. J. Zool. 1:1-69.

Cox, D. D. 1985. Common flowering plants of the Northeast: their natural history and
uses. State Univ. of New York Press, Albany. 418 pp.

Fields, P. G., J. T. Arnason, and B. J. R. Philogene. 1988. Distribution ofChrysolina spp.
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) in eastern Ontario, 1 8 years after their initial release. Can.
Entomol. 120:937-938.

Frankton, C. and G. A. Mulligan. 1970. Weeds of Canada. Can. Dept. Agric. Publ. 948.
217 pp.

Frazer, B. and R. Emberson. 1987. Rediscovery of Chrysolina quadrigemina (Suffrian)
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) in New Zealand. New Zealand Entomol. 9:57-59.

Freidberg, A. and J. Kugler. 1989. Diptera: Tephritidae. Fauna Palaestina, Insecta IV.
Israel Academy of Sciences and Humanities, Jerusalem. 212 pp.

Gleason, H. A. and A. Cronquist. 1991. Manual of vascular plants of northeastern
United States and adjacent Canada. Second edition. The New York Botanical Garden,
Bronx, NY. 910pp.

Groh, H. 1943. Canadian weed survey. 2nd Annual Report of the Canadian Department
of Agriculture. 74 pp.

Harris, P. 1980. Establishment oWrophora affinis Frfld. and U. quadrifasciata (Meig.) (Dip-
tera: Tephritidae) in Canada for the biological control of diffuse and spotted knapweed.
Z. Angew. Entomol. 89:504-514.

Harris, P. and M. Maw. 1984. Hypericum perforatum L., St. John's - wort (Hypericaceae).
Pp. 171-177 in: Kelleher, J. S. and M. A Hulme (Eds.), Biological control programmes
against insects and weeds in Canada 1969-1980. Commonwealth Agricultural Bureaux,
Slough, UK.

Harris, P. and J. H. Myers. 1984. Centaurea diffusa Lam. and C. maculosa Lam. s. lat., dif-
fuse and spotted knapweed (Compositae). Pp. 127-137 in: Kelleher, J. S. and M. A
Hulme (Eds.), Biological control programmes against insects and weeds in Canada
1969-1980. Commonwealth Agricultural Bureaux, Slough, UK.

Holloway, J. K. 1957. Weed control by insects. Sci. Amer. 197:56-62.

Holloway, J. K. and C. B. Huffaker. 1951. The role of Chrysolina gemellata in the biologi-
cal control of Klamath weed. J. Econ. Entomol. 44:244-247.

Johansson, S. 1962. Insects associated with Hypericum L. 1. Host plant and Coleoptera.
Opusc. Entomol. 27:128-146.

Julien, M. H. (Ed.) 1982. Biological control of weeds: a world catalogue of agents and their
target weeds. Commonwealth Agricultural Bureaux, Farnham Royal, Slough, UK.
108 pp.

Julien, M. H. (Ed.) 1992. Biological control of weeds: a world catalogue of agents and their
target weeds. Third edition. CAB International, Wallingford, Oxon, UK. 186 pp.

Maddox, D. M. 1979. The knapweeds: their economics and biological control in the
western states, U.S.A. Rangeland 1:139-141.

Maddox, D. M. 1982. Biological control of diffuse knapweed (Centaurea diffusa} and spot-
ted knapweed (C. maculosa). Weed Sci. 30:76-82.

Rosenthal, S. S., D. M. Maddox, and K. Brunetti. 1984. Biological methods of weed con-
trol. Monog. No. 1. Calif. Weed Conf. 88 pp.

Smith, J. M. 1958. Biological control of Klamath weed. Hypericum perforatum L., in British
Columbia. Proc. 10th Int. Congr. Entomol. 4:561-565.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Story, J. M. 1985. First report of the dispersal into Montana of Urophora quadrifasciata
(Diptera: Tephritidae), a fly released in Canada for biological control of spotted and
diffuse knapweed. Can. Entomol. 117:1061-1062.

Story, J. M. and N. L. Anderson. 1978. Release and establishment of Urophora affinis
(Diptera: Tephritidae) on spotted knapweed in western Montana. Environ. Entomol.
7:445-448.

Watson, A. K. and A. J. Renney. 1974. The biology of Canadian weeds. 6. Centaurea diffusa
and C. maculosa. Can. J. Plant Sci. 54:687-701

White, I. M. and S. L. Clement. 1987. Systematic notes on Urophora (Diptera, Tephri-
tidae) species associated with Centaurea solstitialis (Asteraceae, Cardueae) and other
Palaearctic weeds adventive in North America. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 89:571-
580.

White, I. M. and M. M. Elson-Harris. 1992. Fruit flies of economic significance: their
identification and bionomics. CAB International, Wallingford, Oxon, UK. 601 pp.

Wilcox, J. A. 1972. A review of the North American chrysomeline leaf beetles (Coleoptera:
Chrysomelidae). University of the State of New York, State Museum and Science Ser-
vice, Albany. Bull. 421. 37 pp.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited
in abstracting journals and should be carefully written. It should be an informative digest
of the significant contents and of the main conclusions of the research. The author's com-
plete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the arti-
cle. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them
useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of
the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the
name(s) of recognized instirution(s) where their voucher specimens have been deposited.
Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric
system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be
included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manu-
script, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying figures, tables and
other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends,
should be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed
illustration, including all legends, is 4 1 /: x 6'/2 inches. Authors will be charged for all text
figures and half-tones at rate of $10.00 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor,
Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books
received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books
dealing with taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and
similar aspects of insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and
regulatory entomology, on toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's
Market Place.

Page charges: For society members, a charge of $1 5.00 is made for each published page of
an article, plus costs of all illustrations. For non-society members, the page charge is $20.00
per page. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of billing, authors will be charged an
additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time
at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform for University
Microfilms International.

Call toll-free 800-521-3044. Or mail inquiry to:
University Microfilms International. 300 North
Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor. MI 48106.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.(X) per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges
not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and
position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box
numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new
ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older
ones at the top are discontinued.

FOR SALE: Desirable, A 1 Coleoptera specimens, Coptolabrus lafossei buchi; C.principalis;
C.pust. pustulifer; C.pust. mirificus; Plusiotis limbata; P.aurigans; P.aurigans red form;
Ischnocelis (Neocelis) dohmi male; Heterostemus oberthuri male; Pelidnota burmeisteri; Man-
richora latipennis livingstonia; Anoplophora zonatrix (Thailand & Malaysia forms); Pyrodes
longiceps; Proculus mniszechi; Inca clathrata (Lg. prs. 5+ cm); Gymnetis chevrolati (flavo-
marginata?). Reasonable prices. Contact: Bob Natalini, 118 Old Spies Church Rd., Read-
ing, PA 19606 U.S.A. Phone: 215-370-0817.

FOR SALE: Unbound complete 21-volume set of Environmental Entomology Vol. 1(1)
thru Vol. 21(6) (1972-1992). Make offer to: J. W. Peacock, 51 Mill Pond Road. Hamden,
CT06514.

PEMBERLEY BOOKS ENTOMOLOGICAL BOOKS FOR SALE. We are specialist
suppliers of entomological literature toclients around world. Send for free catalogue listing
wide range of second-hand, antiquarian, and new natural history titles. We're always
pleased to receive customers' want lists and details of books you wish to sell. PEMBERLEY
BOOKS, Ian Johnson, BSc FRES, 34 Melrose Close, Hayes, Middx.. UB4 )AZ, U.K. Te./
Fax: Internafl Code -44 81 561 5494.

MICROFAGIA Boletin Informative sobre la Interaccion Insecto-Hongo. This bulletin
is published three times per year. Contributions are published without page charges. Sub-
scription fees are $10 U. S. per year. Please contact Jose Luis Navarrete-Heredia, Lab. de
Morfofisiologia Animal, Facultad de Ciencias, UNAM, apdo. Postal 21-518 (Coyoacan),
04000, Mexico, D.F., MEXICO.

NEEDED: BACK VOLUMES and numbers of Entomological News to complete my set.
Will trade. Send SASE for list of offerta/disiderata to Roderick R. Irwin, Rural Route 3,
Streator. IL61364.

FOR SALE: Quality insect pins, black enameled, stainless steel. Best prices guaranteed.
Call for free samples. Phone: 1 (800) 484-7347 Ext. 1324. Fax: (617) 581-5904.

OL.104

USISSN0013-872X
SEPTEMBER & OCTOBER, 1 993 NO. 4

INTO

scriptions of immature stages of

Nemafus desan^isi (Hymenoptera:

Tenthredinidae), a pest of Salicaceae

in Argentina and Chile S.M. Ovruski', D.R. Smith

Carpenter ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae)
tunnels visualized by computed

tomography

An inexpensive vacuum collector for insect

sampling S. W. Wilson, J.L. Smith, A.M. Purcell, ///

Insect removal from sticky traps using a citrus oil

solvent R.S. Miller, S. Passoa, R.D. Waltz, V. Mastro

BOOK REVIEWS

CALVE RT AWARDS FOR 1993

SOCIETY MEETING OF FEBRUARY 24, 1993

153

Amblycerus teutoniensis (Coleoptera:
Bruchidae), a new species of seed
beetle C.S. Ribeiro-Costa, J.M. Kingsolver 161

Dragonflies and damselflies (Odonata) of Buck

Creek, Pulaski County, KY R.G. Payne, G.A. Schuster 165

Caddisflies (Trichoptera) of Wildcat

Creek, Pickens County, SC M.A. Floyd, J.C. Morse 171

Abundance and seasonal activity of
Eucinetoidea (Coleoptera) in a
raspberry plantation and adjacent
sites in southern Quebec C. Levesque, G-Y. Levesque 180

New distribution record for Ischnoptera bilunata

(Dictyoptera: Blattellidae) E.P. Benson, A.G. Appel 187

First record of Sepedophilus coronadensis
(Staphylinidae) from Mexico

Jose Luis Navarrete-Heredia 191

Genera of Baetidae (Ephemeroptera) from

Central America C.R. Lugo-Ortiz, W. P. McCafferty 193

RifS.El-Mallakh 198

203

209
214
197
215

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences. 1900 Benjamin Franklin Parkway,
Philadelphia. PA 19103, U.SA.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, PA. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Officers for 1991-1992: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice President: Harold B. White;
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer; Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus;
Treasurer: William H. Day.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr., D. Otte, and Paul M.
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G.Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H.Arnett, Jr.; 1973-4/1974
R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic and
foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for non-members and for institutions such as
libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic: $18.00 per year postpaid: foreign: $20.00 per year post-
paid. Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. The American Entomological Society, 1900 Benjamin Franklin
Parkway. PA 19103-1195. U.SA.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Benjamin Franklin Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103-1 195, U.SA

Membership dues: $10.00 per year (regular); $6.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the
editor: Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey
08088, U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members
of the American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all
prospective authors join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recom-
mended in the AIBS Style Manual for BiologicalJoumals and should follow the style used in
recent issues of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each
manuscript are needed on 8V2 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged
and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight
printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to
pay the entire costs of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable
such an article to appear without division.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: If undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road,
Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, LJ.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, U.S.A.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 153

DESCRIPTIONS OF IMMATURE STAGES OF

NEMATUS DESANTISI (HYMENOPTERA:

TENTHREDINIDAE), A PEST OF SALICACEAE

IN ARGENTINA AND CHILE*

Sergio M. Ovruski 2 , David R. Smith 3

ABSTRACT: The egg, first-and last-instar larvae, prepupa, and pupa ofNematus desaniisi
Smith are described and illustrated. This species is a serious pest otSalix spp. and Populus
spp. in Argentina and Chile.

Only three species of the tenthredinid subfamily Nematinae are
known in South America: Pristiphora brasiliensis Malaise, P. plaumanni
Wong, and Nematus desantisi Smith. Host plants of the Pristiphora species
are unknown. Nematus desantisi is a serious pest ofSalix spp. in much of
Argentina and Chile, but it has also been recorded from Populus spp. in
Argentina (Gianti and Dapoto 1990). Reproduction of N. desantisi is by
thelytokus parthenogenesis (De Sands and Gallego de Sureda 1984),
which facilitates its development as a pest.

The earliest record of W. desantisi is from Chubut, Argentina, in 1980
(De Santis 1981 ), and shortly after it was described by Smith (1983). Later
it was collected in Chile (Gonzalez^ al. 1986, Gonzalez 1989)andinthe
Argentina provinces of Rio Negro, Neuquen, Mendoza, San Juan, San
Luis, Buenos Aires (De Santis and Gallego de Sureda 1984), Catamarca
(Vattuone 1989), and Tucuman, Salta, and Jujuy (Ovruski 1991, Ovruski
and Fidalgo, 1991 ). De Santis and Gallego de Sureda (1984), Mallea et al.
(1985), Gonzalez et al. ( 1986), Gonzalez ( 1989), and Gianti and Dapoto
(1990) provided some biological data and gave brief descriptions of the
egg, late-instar larva, cocoon, pupa, and adults.

This paper, part of the graduation thesis of the senior author (Ovruski
1991 ) includes a detailed description of the egg, external morphology of
the first- and last-instar larvae, prepupa, and pupa of this serious pest.
The descriptions are from series of specimens collected on willow in Tafi
del Valle, Tucuman Province, Argentina, in January, March, and Octo-
ber of 1990, and reared in the laboratory. Larval terminology is based
largely on that of Wong (1963).

1 Received February 19. 1993. Accepted March 26. 1993.

- Centre de Investigaciones para la Regulation de Poblaciones de Organismos Nocivos
(CIRPON). Pasaje Caseros 1050. C.C. 90. S.M. de Tucuman. Argentina.

3 Systematic Entomology Laboratory. ARS. PSI. U.S. Department of Agriculture, c/o
National Museum of Natural History NHB 168. Washington. D.C. 20560.

ENT. NEWS 104(4): 153-160. September & October. 1993

154 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Description of Immature Stages

Egg (Fig. 1). Length, 1.0-1.2 mm. Entirely green; elongated kidney-shaped with one end
narrow and slightly curved, averaging from 0.26-0.28 mm in diameter; other end broader,
averaging from 0.37-0.39 mm in diameter, with narrowly rounded apex; chorion smooth.
Described from numerous series of eggs laid in leaves on first day of oviposition, and from
mature ovarial eggs from females reared in laboratory.

Last-instar larva (Figs. 2-11,18). Length, 1 7-20 mm. Head capsule pale yellow with black
eyespots; longitudinal dark brown to black band present along coronal suture, and a light
brown band from vertex laterally to each ocularium; dorsal half of frons, antenna, clypeus,
maxillary palpus, labial palpus, and basal part of mandible light brown; apex of mandible
black.

Body entirely green when alive, with two darkened dorsolateral lines; thoracic legs pale
yellowish with dark brown tarsal claws; apex of epiproct and caudal protuberances
(pseudocerci of Middleton 1921) light brown.

Head capsule (Fig. 2) circular in front view, with few scattered setae that are about 0.09
mm long and slightly longer setae on genae. Antenna (Fig. 3) with 4 segments, each reduced
to short sclerotized pieces included in oval antacoria; 1st segment very small and subcir-
cular, its diameter at least half diameter of apical segment and bearing light colored sen-
sory pit; 2nd and 3rd segments crescent-shaped and almost equal in size, each with two
light-colored sensory pits; 4th (apical) segment subcircular and bearing four light-colored
sensory pits. Clypeus wider than long and bearing 4-6 setae. Inner surface of labrum (Fig. 4)
with apical margin emarginate and sinuous at the middle, lateral margins rounded, with
10-12 long setae on each side. Mandibles asymmetrical, strongly sclerotized; each with two
large sharp teeth and five smaller lateral teeth (Fig. 5). Maxillary palpus 4-segmented, 2nd
segment with 1 seta, longer than 3rd and 4th segments combined; lacinia with 10-12 short
spines; palpifer with 4 setae. Labial palpus 3-segmented.

Prothoracic, mesothoracic, and metathoracic terga (Fig. 7) each apparently divided into
4 annulets and with few setae. Prothorax with a large spiracle and a single pore slightly
below spiracle. Second prothoracic annulet bearing one pore positioned dorsolaterally.
Mesothoracic and metathoracic segments similar to each other; preepipleurite with 5-6
setae and a single pore; postepipleurite with 2 setae. Middle thoracic leg (Fig. 9) with sub-
rectangular coxa, 1.25X longer than wide, with 13-16 scattered setae each about 0.09 mm
long; trochanter subquadrate, slightly longer than broad, with 10-12 setae that are 0.05 mm
in length; femur subcylindrical, with 6-7 setae similar to the former and 1 seta on femoral
process; tibia subcylindrical, 2X longer than wide, with 7-8 scattered setae that are 0.10 mm
in length and 3-4 shorter setae and one pore on apical margin; tarsus with a simple
claw.

Abdominal segments 2-7 and 10 with prolegs (Fig. 18); segments 1-8 each with 5 dorsal
annulets; 9th segment divided into 4 annulets, and 10th without annulets. Third ab-
dominal segment (typical abdominal segment) as follows (Fig. 6): 1st and 5th annulets
glabrous; 2nd annulet with vertical row of 4 setae dorsolaterally; 3rd annulet with vertical
row of 4 setae and 2 pores on dorsum and pleuron; 4th annulet with 2 setae located subdor-
sally; with small spiracle; postspiracular area with 1 pore and 1 seta above pore (sometimes
absent); preepipleurite nearly always with 5 setae (occasionally 4) and a single pore; post-
epipleurite usually with longitudinal row of 5 setae and 1 pore; an emarginate lobe bearing
2 setae posterior to postspiracular area; proleg usually with 3 to 4 setae. Ninth segment
apparently with 4 dorsal annulets, distribution of setae and pores as in Fig. 8. Epiproct with
a pair of caudal protuberances, several short setae and 1 pore. Numerous setae about 0.10
mm in length on subanal and suranal lobes (Fig. 8). Spiracles of abdominal segments 1-7

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993

155

Figs. 1-11. Nematus desantisi. 1, Egg. 2-1 1, Last-instar larva. 2, Head capsule, front view. 3,
Antenna. 4. Inner surface of labrum. 5. Left and right mandibles, dorsal view. 6. Third
abdominal segment. 7. Head and thorax. 8, Apical abdominal segments. 9. Middle thoracic
leg. 10, Spiracle of third abdominal segment. 1 1, Pore.

156

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

vertical, oval-shaped, and 2.25X longer than wide (Fig. 10), 8th abdominal spiracle longer
and very similar to prothoracic spiracle. Pores with 3 dark sharp protuberances on edge of
opening (Fig. 11). Eversible ventral glands present on abdominal segments 1-7, situated
between and slightly anterior to prolegs (not evident unless fully extended). Integument
with very small grayish granules.

Described from a series of 10 larvae, collected from Salix humboldtiana Willdn., and 5.
babylonica L. in Tafi del Valle.

First-instar larva (Figs. 12-17). Length, 1.5-2.0 mm at hatching, and reaching to 3.5-
4.0mm at beginning of second instar. First-instar (Fig. 17) similar to last-instar, except for
coloration of head capsule, mouthparts, thoracic legs, epiproct and caudal protuberances,
morphology of antenna, mandibles, thoracic legs, and abdominal spiracles, and distribu-
tion, number, and types of setae on head capsule, thorax, and abdomen.

Head capsule and mouthparts brownish black, same color as thoracic legs, except
trochanters which are greenish brown. Body, at hatching, translucent with grayish tone,
but pale green after feeding. Apex of epiproct and caudal protuberances dark brown.

Head capsule (Fig. 12) with numerous small setae each about 0.02 mm in length.
Antenna (Fig. 1 3 ) elongate, cone shaped; basal 3 segments ring-shaped and apical segment
subconical; diameter of 1st segment subequal to length of antenna, bearing 2 light-colored
sensory pits; 2nd and 3rd segments bearing a single light-colored sensory pit, and 4th seg-
ment bearing 4 light-colored sensory pits. Left mandible (Fig. 14A) with 7 sharp teeth, 2 of
which are very large and sharp, and a single, large, saw-shaped tooth; right mandible (Fig.
14B) with 6 sharp teeth and 1 large saw-shaped tooth.

Figs. 12-16. Nematus desantisi, first instar larva. 12, Head capsule, front view. 13. Antenna.
14A, Dorsal view of left mandible. 14B, Dorsal view of right mandible. 1 5, Middle thoracic-
leg. 16, Spiracle of third abdominal segment.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 157

Middle thoracic leg (Fig. 1 5) with coxa subquadrate, bearing 20-22 scattered short setae
each about 0.02 mm in length; trochanters subtriangular, 2X broader than long, with 6
short setae; femur subquadrate, 1.25X broader than long, with 9-10 short setae; tibia sub-
quadrate, with 5 setae each about 0.03 mm in length, and 6-7 setae 0.015 mm in length, 2
large setae each about 0.05 mm in length and 4 pores near apical margin; tarsus with a large,
curved tarsal claw.

Third abdominal segment with vertical row of 3 setae on both 1st annulet and 2nd
annulets; vertical row of 4 setae on 4th annulet; 3rd and 5th annulets glabrous; spiracle sub-
circular (Fig. 16), about as long as wide, with brownish spots on anterior and posterior
sides, and grayish granules surrounding it on all sides; postspiracular area with 2 setae;
preepiplurite with 5-6 setae; postepiplurite with longitudinal row of 6-7 setae; 3 setae on
lobe posterior to postspiracular area; proleg with 6. occasionally 7, setae. Pores not found.

Described from 10 larvae reared in the laboratory.

Prepupa and pupa (Figs. 19, 20). Initially (first day), prepupa very similar to last-
instar larva. On second day, body curved and reduced in size, averaging 7.5 mm in length
(Fig. 19). Head capsule pale green, but with light brown lateral bands, longitudinal black-
ish band on coronal suture, and light brown spot on frons; thoracic legs greenish brown
and body dark green.

Pupa initially somewhat tough, entirely green with light brown eyes, averaging 7.8 mm
in length; antenna curved posteriorly, exterior to wings and extended to 4th abdominal seg-
ment; prothoracic and mesothoracic legs and wings curved toward ventral surface of
thorax; metathoracic legs extend to 5th abdominal segment. Mature pupa (Fig. 20) more
sclerotized; head, antenna, thorax, and thoracic legs yellowish brown; mandibles dark
brown, eyes black, and abdomen light green.

Fifteen prepupae and pupae, reared in the laboratory from larvae collected in Tafi del
Valle, were studied. The prepupa transforms to the pupa and adult stage inside a yellowish
brown oval cocoon from 7-8 mm long and from 3-4 mm in diameter.

DISCUSSION

The first descriptions of the immature stages of N. desantisi by De
Santis and Gallego de Sureda (1984), Mallea el al. (1985), Gonzalez
(1989), and Gianti and Dapoto (1990) were based principally on colora-
tion and measurements. De Santis and Gallego de Sureda (1984) pub-
lished the first figures of the mature larva, eggs in willow leaves, first-
instar larva, and prepupa inside the cocoon. These same authors men-
tioned that the eggs of N. desantisi are initially oval-shaped, flat, and tran-
slucent. Conversely, Mallea et al. (1985), Gonzalez etal. (1986) and Gon-
zalez (1989) described the eggs as kidney-shaped. This latter observation
agrees with our studies.

Gonzalez (1989) stated that the larva of N. desantisi has prolegs on
abdominal segments 2-8. Our studies show that the larva is typical of the
Nematinae and Nematus, with prolegs on abdominal segments 2-7 and
10, as defined by Smith and Middlekauff (1987).

Very few sawfly larvae are known from southern South America, but
the following combination of characters should aid in the recognition of
the larva of Nematus desantisi: feeding on Salix spp. and Populus spp.; pre-

158

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figs. 17-18. Nematus desantisi. 17, First-instar larva. 18, Last-instar larva.

Vol. 104. No. 4. September & October, 1993

159

Figs. 19-20. Nematus desantisi. 19, Cocoon and prepupa. 20, Mature pupa.

160 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

sence of prolegs on abdominal segments 2-7 and 10; flat, 4-segmented
antenna; mandibular dentition as described above; 5-annulate ab-
dominal segments (segments 1-8) with setae on annulets 2-4; and pre-
sence of a pair of caudal protuberances on the epiproct.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Dr. Patricio Fidalgo and Ing. Agr. Arturo L. Teran (CIRPON, S.M. de Tucu-
man, Argentina) for suggestions and critical reviews of the manuscript. Lie. Nora E.
Ovruski (EEAOC, S.M. de Tucuman, Argentina) for helping collect the specimens, and
Ing. Hugo Lazaro (CIRPON) for the photographs of the larvae, prepupa, and pupa. We
also thank W.W. Middlekauf, University of California, Berkeley; H. Goulet, Agriculture
Canada, Ottawa; and R.V. Peterson and D.A Nickle, Systematic Entomology Laboratory,
USDA Washington, D.C., for review of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

De Santis, L. 1981. Estudiodeuna nueva plaga defoliadora delsaucecriolloenla provin-

cia de Chubut. Novedades del Museo de la Plata 1(1): 9.
De Santis, L. and A. Gallego de Sureda. 1984. La falsa oruga de los sauces y alamos

(Nematus desantisi). Academia Nacional de Agronomia y Veterinaria, Buenos Aires

38(7): 1-22.
Gianti, H.E. and G.L. Dapoto. 1990. Biologia, daftos y posibilidades de control de la

"Falsa oruga o cuncuna del sauce." Presencia 4(20/21): 11-12.
Gonzalez, R.H. 1989. Insectos y Acaros de importancia agricola y cuarentenaria de Chile.

Universidad de Chile. 310 pp.
Gonzalez, R.H., G. Barria, and M.A. Guennero. 1986. Nematus desantisi Smith, nueva

especie de importancia forestal en Chile (Hymenoptera: Tenthreidnidae). Revista

Chilena de Entomologia 14: 13-15.
Mallea, A.R., G.S. Macola, J.G. Garcia Saez, and S.J. Lanati. 1985. Observaciones

bioetoecologicas sobre Nematus desantisi Smith, 1983 (Hymenoptera: Tenthredinidae),

en Mendoza. Intersectuum 17(1-3): 1-14.
Middleton, W. 1921. Some notes on the terminal abdominal structures of sawflies. Proc.

Entomol. Soc. Wash. 23: 139-144.
Ovruski, S.M. 1991. Estudios biologicos morfologicos de la falsa oruga de los sauces y

alamos. (Nematus desantisi) y consideraciones sobre su distribucion. Tesis de gradua-

cion (Seminario), Fac. de Cs. Naturales e instituto M. Lillo, Universidad Nacional de

Tucuman, Argentina, 94 pp.
Ovruski, S.M. and P. Fidalgo. 1991. Distribucion geografica de Nematus desantisi Smith

(Hymenoptera: Tenthredinidae), plaga de salicaceas. Ciencia e Cultura, Sao Paulo

(suplemento) 43(7): 36-37.
Smith, D.R. The first record of Nematus Panzer from South America: a new species from

Argentina (Hymenoptera: Tenthredinidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 85: 260-262.
Smith D.R. and W.W. Middlekauf. 1987. Symphyta, pp. 618-649. In Stehr, F.W., ed.,

Immatuire Insects. Kendall Hunt, Dubuque, Iowa. 754 pp.
Vattuone, E.M. 1989. La falsa oruga de los sauces y alamos (Nematus desantisi Smith) en la

provincia de Catamarca. CIRPON, Revista de Investigacion 7(1-4): 85.
Wong, H.R. 1963. The external morphology of the adult and ultimate larval instar of the

larch sawfly, Pristiphora erichsonii (Hymenoptera: Tenthredinidae). Canadian Ento-
mol. 95: 897-921.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 161

AMBLYCER US TE UTONIENSIS

(COLEOPTERA: BRUCHIDAE),

A NEW SPECIES OF SEED BEETLE 1 ' 2

Cibele S. Ribeiro-Costa, 2 John M. Kingsolver^
ABSTRACT: Amblycerus teutoniensis is described and illustrated.

To provide a specific name to be used in future species group ar-
rangements, this description is presented.

Amblycerus teutoniensis, new species

(figs. 1-8)

Dimensions: Medium body length 5.14 mm; width 3.36 mm. Pronotum length 1.38-
1.80 mm (mean = 1.62 mm); width 1.96-2.63 mm (mean =2.44 mm). Elytra length 2.48-4.20
mm (mean =3.52 mm); width 2.84-3.80 mm (mean =3.36 mm).

Integument: Black except four basal antennal segments, tarsi and calcaria reddish;
entire pygidium and abdomen reddish yellow.

Vestiture: Head, pronotum, elytra, venter of thorax and appendages with brown and
bluish gray hairs in irregular mottled pattern (fig. 1 ). Pronotum sometimes with four small
rounded bluish gray spots (fig.2). Scutellum densely pubescent with light yellow hairs
(fig.4). Pygidium (fig.5) and abdomen covered with light yellow and golden yellow hairs in
a mottled pattern and with some scattered small brown patches.

Body: Subquadrate (fig.l). Vertex micropunctate; frons and clypeus more coarsely
punctate than vertex except granulose in narrow apical band; labrum punctate basally.
Frons gently flattened, frontal carina evanescent in lower half, sometimes absent; fron-
toclypeal suture indistinct. Mesal margin of eye with fine carina and umbilicate punctures;
eye finely faceted, moderately protruding laterally; ocular sinus (emargination) 1/3 length
of eye and ocular index (width across eyes/width between eyes) 2.8: 1 ; postocular lobe long.
Antenna subserrate from fifth to tenth segments, eighth to tenth segments slightly wider
than long; terminal segment subelliptical (fig.6). Pronotum (fig.2) subconical. lateral
margins gently arcuate; disk evenly convex; basal lobe broadly angulate, usually not sul-
cate; surface densely punctulate, lateral one-third of disk on either side also coarsely
punctate, middle also with some punctures smaller than those on lateral areas; basal and
apical margins without sulci; lateral carina (fig.3) divided near base and gently divergent
toward apex, delimited by fine shallowdorsal and fine deep ventral sulci; cervical boss with
two fine setae (fig. 3), posterior angle of pronotum with one seta. Prosternum moderately
narrow with sulcate lateral margins and slightly expanded beyond procoxae. Scutellum 1.3

1 Received October 16, 1992. Accepted April 22, 1993

- Contribution no.738 from Departamento de Zoologia of the Universidade Federal do
Parana, C.P.: 19030; CEP:81531-970, Curitiba, Parana, Brasil.

3 Florida State Collections of Arthropods, Division of Plant Industry, PO Box 147100.
Gainesville. Florida 32614-7 UK), U.S.A.

ENT. NFWS 104(4): 160-164. September & October. 1993

162 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

times as long as wide, apex trilobed (fig.4). Elytra as long as wide, evenly convex except
slightly depressed around scutellum; surural, third, fifth, seventh and ninth intervals gently
elevated on middle apical portion; striae strongly impressed, strial punctures fine; elytral
apices rounded. Mesosternum elevated, rounded apically. Postmesocoxal sulci meeting
mesally at acute angle, then extending laterally and connecting to parasutural sulci, the lat-
ter extending beyond middle length of metasternum. Metepisternum punctulate, also with
many coarser punctures, lacking striate file; metepisternal sulcus nearly right angled, verti-
cal arm reaching apex and longitudinal arm very short, not reaching middle length of
metepisternum. Metasternum between middle coxae not bulging. Face of hind coxa in dis-
tal two-thirds and along posterior border of proximal one-third setose and densely punctu-
late; many scattered larger punctures on distal two-thirds; proximal one-third glabrous in
part and punctate except in a reduced area. Metafemur slender, 2.9 times as long as wide
(fig.7); ventral face slightly sulcate in distal three-fourths; mesoventral carina complete but
lacking blunt, angulate process near apex. Ventral face of hind tibia slightly concave, each
margin with row of punctures and short, stiff setae; mesal face lacking tumidity at distal
two-thirds; apex with a few, short coronal denticles. Mesal tibial spur one-fifth as long as
lateral spur and one-third as long as first metatarsal segment (fig.7). Pygidium (fig.5) verti-
cal, subtruncate apically; surface punctulate and with many coarser punctures. Fifth vis-
ible abdominal sternum slightly emarginate in male and rounded in female. Eighth tergite
rounded in male.

Male terminalia (figs.8,9): Median lobe with ventral valve acute apically, lateral
margins incurvate, base broad; dorsal valve subtriangular, lateral margins nearly straight,
apex rounded. Internal sac armature (fig.8) consisting of two basal subconcave, slipper-
shaped sclerites with short irregular protuberances near apex (figs.8D,8d); two subbasal
sclerites, four times as long as wide, subrectangular, slightly sinuate and with serration
directed apicad along a margin ( fig.Sb) near the place of precedent pair and in part overlap-
ping it, two subbasal sclerites, 2.1 times as long as wide at base, subtriangular, very sinuate
and armed with denticles directed basad (fig.8e); two long, laminar, median sclerites,
slightly angulate toward basal and median portions, with one or two rows of basally directed
denticles along middle apical portion; unpaired, median wishbone-shaped sclerite, shorter
than the laminars (1.3 as long as the length of laminars), with strongly incurvate lateral
margins on middle apical portion, rounded apex in lateral view (fig.SC) and distinctly
separate stems; apical sclerite with broad lateral areas and long stems (fig.8). Internal sac
membrane with spines on basal and median portions (figs.8A.8F). Lateral lobes with mod-
erately deep rounded cleft between them (fig.9).

Etymology: The species name refers to the place where the holotype was
collected: Nova Teutonia, Santa Catarina, Brazil.

Type Material: Holotype, male: BRAZIL: Sta.Catarina, Nova Teutonia; 14.11.1944; F.
Plaumann; deposited in the National Museum of Natural History, Washington (NMNH).
Allotype, BRAZIL: Sao Paulo, Ilha da Vitoria, 16-27.111.1964, Exp.Dep.Zool, deposited in
the Museu de Zoologia de Sao Paulo (MZSP); one male paratype with same label as
holotype, deposited in the Museu de Entomologia do Departamento de Zoologia da
Universidade Federal do Parana (DZUP); additional three paratypes. BRAZIL: Mato
Grosso, Chapada dos Guimaraes, April, Acc.No.2966, deposited in the Carnegie Museum
of Natural History, Pittsburg (CARN); Rio Grande do Sul, Sao Leopoldo, 15.X.1982,
CJ.Becker, 60.602, deposited in the Fundacao Zoobotanica do Rio Grande do Sul
(FZB.MCN); PARAGUAY: Sao Bernardino, 27.XII, Amaranthaceae, K. Fiebrig
(NMNH); Depto. Alto Parana, Centra For. Alto Parana, 25 30'S, 54,44'W, 14-16- V-1986.
Pogue & Solis (NMNH).

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October. 1993

163

BLACK INTEGUMENT
BROWN HAIRS

BLACK INTEGUMENT
BLUISH GRAY HAIRS

BLACK INTEGUMENT
LKSHT YELLOW HAIRS

REDDISH YELLOW INTEGUMENT
LIGHT YELLOW HAIRS

REDDISH YELLOW INTEGUMENT
GOLDEN YELLOW HAIRS

Figs.l-9.Amblycemsteutoniensis, new species. 1. dorsal hahitus; 2. pronotum; 3. lateral view
of pronotum; 4. scutellum; 5, pygidium; 6, antenna; 7, hind trochanter. femur, tibia and first
metatarsal segment; 8. malegenitalia. median lobe: A-spineson basal portion enlarged, b-
subbasal serrate sclerites, c- lateral view of wishbone-shaped sclerite, d- ventral view of
basal sclerite. D- same enlarged, e-subbasalspinoussclerites, F-spines on median portion,
enlarged; 9. legmen.

164 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

DISCUSSION

This species is most closely related to A. canescens (Boheman). Both
share many characters such as body, except pygidium and abdomen,
mottled with brown and bluish gray hairs, postocular lobe long, eyes
finely faceted, lateral carina of pronotum divided, scutellum trilobed,
longitudinal arm of metepisternal sulcus very short, metepisternum and
hind coxa evenly punctured, mesal mesotibial spur about middle length
of lateral spur and one-third length of the first hind tarsal segment.

Amblycerus teutoniensis can be distinguished from ,4. canescens by the
reddish yellow integument of the first four antennal segments, tarsi,
pygidium and abdomen; these parts are entirely black in A. canescens.

The characters in the internal sac of male genitalia are comparable in
these two species. Differences are found in the shape of both pairs of sub-
basal sclerites (short in teutoniensis, longer in canescens; the other sub-
triangular with denticles directed basad in teutoniensis (fig.Se), sub-
rectangular with denticles directed apicad in canescens; in the shape of
the long laminar sclerites (slightly angulate in teutoniensis, strongly
angulate in canescens; and in the wishbone-shaped sclerite (with incur-
vate lateral margins and distinctly separate stems in teutoniensis, nearly
straight and moderately separate stems in canescens).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We would like to thank Renato C. Marinoni for comments on this paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Boheman, C.H. 1833. In Schoenherr, C.J. Genera et species curculionidum cum syn-
onymia hujus familiae: species novae aut hactenus minus cognitae, descriptionibus a
Dom. Leonardo Gyllenhal. C.H. Boheman. et entomologis aliis. Vol. 1(1): 1-385. Paris.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 165

THE DRAGONFLIES AND DAMSELFLIES

(ODONATA) OF BUCK CREEK,
PULASKI COUNTY, KENTUCKY 1

Randall G. Payne^, Guenter A. Schuster^

ABSTRACT: Seven families of Odonata representing 32 species were found to inhabit
Buck Creek, a fifth-order tributary of the upper Cumberland River. Of these 32 species, 17
were new records for Pulaski County. Buck Creek was found to be relatively undisturbed
and of high water quality as indicated by its diverse community of Odonata.

There have been relatively few published surveys of the Odo-
nata from Kentucky. Resner (1970) compiled a list of all known odonate
species occurring in the Commonwealth, adding three species to the list.
The last additions to Kentucky's species list were by Crowley and Wilson
(1979). The current total number of odonate species known for Kentucky
is 138.

Buck Creek, a fifth-order tributary of the upper Cumberland River,
had exceptionally good water quality and a diverse aquatic fauna
(Marker, # al. 1979). Recent studies of fishes (Cicerello and Butler, 1985),
freshwater Unionidae ( Schuster, et al. 1 989), and Trichoptera ( Floyd and
Schuster, 1990) have reported large numbers of species for each of these
groups of organisms. Because Buck Creek was relatively undisturbed, as
reflected in previous studies, it was thought to potentially support a
diverse community of odonates.

STUDY AREA

Buck Creek is located in southcentral Kentucky (37 10' N, 84 30'
W). This stream drains approximately 767 km2 in Lincoln, Pulaski and
Rockcastle counties. It flows southward for 107.2 km and discharges into
the Cumberland River, near Cumberland River km 859. Buck Creek
flows entirely within the Eastern Highland Rim subsection of the Inte-
rior Low Plateau Physiographic Province (Quarterman and Powell,
1978). The surface geology is composed primarily of Mississippian Age
limestone (Schuster, et al. 1989).

The land use in the watershed is primarily agricultural. The upper

1 Received February 25, 1993. Accepted March 8. 1993

2 219 Cherokee Trail, Somerset, Kentucky 42501

3 Department Of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky University. Richmond. Ken-
tucky 40475

ENT. NEWS 104(4): 165-170, September & October. 1993

166

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NORTH

SCALE

BRUSHY CREEK

KM 5 10 15 20

CUMBERLAND RIVER

Figure 1 . Location of collecting sites along the mainstem of
Buck Creek, Pulaski County, Kentucky (after Butler, 1985).

one-half of the watershed is utilized for crop production and the remain-
der of the watershed lies within the boundary of Daniel Boone National
Forest. The stream has numerous braids that become isolated pools dur-
ing the drier times of the year.

Vol. 104. No. 4, September & October, 1993 167

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Six collecting sites were chosen on the mainstem of Buck Creek
(Figure 1). Sites one and two were located on the fourth-order section of
the stream, and sites three through six were on the fifth-order segment.
Exact localities of each collection site are given in Table 1 . Two sites were

Table 1. Location of collecting sites on Buck Creek, Pulaski County, Kentucky.
Site Location

1 State Route (SR) VOcrossing, approximately 4.9 km WNW of Woodstock and 19.4 km
N of Somerset.

2 SR 39 crossing, approximately 3.2 km S of Woodstock and 15.9 km NE of
Somerset.

3 SR 1677 crossing, approximately 2.2 km W of Dahl and 13.4 km ENE of
Somerset.

4 SR 1675 (old SR 80) crossing at Stab, approximately 14.6 km ENE of
Somerset.

5 SR 1003 crossing, approximately 7.2 km S of Stab and 14.6 km E of
Somerset.

6 SR 192 crossing, approximately 4.9 km NW of Mt. Victory and 15.8 km
ESE of Somerset.

visited per week, and a collecting circuit of all sites was completed every
three weeks. Collection of adults began in June and continued through
October 1991 and from April to mid-September 1992. Adults were col-
lected using a D-frame net and a .22 caliber rifle loaded with 1/15 oz,
number 12 shot shotshell. During the second collecting season a light
weight aerial net was used for collection. Representatives of each species
collected were placed in the Natural History Museum of Eastern Ken-
tucky University or in the first author's collection.

RESULTS

Five families of Anisoptera (Aeshnidae, Corduliidae, Gomphidae,
Libellulidae and Macromiidae) and two families of Zygoptera (Calop-
terygidae and Coenagrionidae) were found at Buck Creek (Tables 2 and
3 respectively), including 19 species of Anisoptera (Table 2) and 13
species of Zygoptera (Table 3). This is approximately 25% of the 138
species of Odonata known to occur in Kentucky. Of these 32 species, 17
were new records for Pulaski County, 14 anisopterans (Table 2) and three
zygopterans (Table 3).

168 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 2. Anisoptera collected at Buck Creek, Pulaski County, Kentucky, (June -November
1991; April - mid-September 1992): * = new county record; A=adult; N = nymph.

Aeshnidae

Basiaeschna Janata (Say) A

Boyeria vinosa (Say) A

Corduliidae

Epitheca princeps (Hagen) * A

Neurocordulia yamaskanensis Provancher * A

Somatochlora linearis (Hagen) * N

Gomphidae

Dromogomphus spinosus Selys A

Gomphus (Gomphus) lividus Selys * A

Gomphus (Gomphurus) lineatifrons Calvert * A

Gomphus (Hylogomphus) viridifrons Hine * A

Hagenius brevistylus Selys * A

Stylogomphus albistylus (Hagen) * A

Libellulidae

Libellula luctosa Burmeister * A
Libellula lydia (Drury) A

Libellula pulchella Drury A

Erythemis simplicicollis (Say) * A
Pachydiplax longipennis (Burmeister) A

Sympetrum vicinum (Hagen) A

Macromiidae

Didymops transversa (Say) * A

Macromia alleghaniensis (Williamson) * A

Table 3. Zygoptera collected at Buck Creek, Pulaski County, Kentucky, (June - November
1991; April - mid-September 1992): * = new county record; A= adult.

Calopterygidae

Calopteryx maculata (Beauvois) A

Hetaerina americana (Fabricius) A

Coenagrionidae

Argia fumipennis violacea (Hagen) A

Argia moesta (Hagen) A

Argia sedula (Hagen) A

Argia tibialis Rambur * A

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 169

Table 3. (Continued)

Argia translata Hagen A

Enallagma basidens Calvert * A

Enallagma civile (Hagen) A

Enallagma divagans Selys * A

Enallagma exsulans (Hagen) A

Ischnura posita (Hagen) A

Ischnura verticalis (Say) A

DISCUSSION

Kentucky is near the northern or southern limits of distribution of
many odonates. Montgomery (1967) used Peterson's Resemblance
Equation to indicate the degree of similarity or difference of odonates in
the North Central States. The similarity of the species of Enallagma of
Kentucky and southern Indiana was 0.35, while between Kentucky and
Tennessee it was 0.79, where a value of 1.0 indicates total similarity.

Buck Creek was found to possess a very diverse odonate community.
The assemblage of a diverse community of Gomphidae was indicative of
a relatively undisturbed habitat. One gomphid, Gomphus lineatifrons
Calvert, has been found to inhabit only streams of high water quality (S.
W. Dunkle, pers. comm.; Roback and Westfall, 1967), Carle (1979) re-
ported that of the Anisoptera in Virginia, 75% of those that were rare
inhabited relatively undisturbed lotic environments. While Buck Creek
is relatively undisturbed, certain perturbations such as clear cutting and
gravel removal had occurred during the course of this study. Continued
monitoring of Buck Creek is encouraged. Water quality assays and
periodic surveys of macroinvertebrates should continue in order to
detect any deleterious practices in and around this stream.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank D. L. Batch and J. R. Maki of Eastern Kentucky University, and two
anonymous reviewers for their comments on this manuscript. We thank S. W. Dunkle for
verification of many species, and for helpful suggestions. Thanks go to M. J. Westfall. Jr. for
suggestions concerning curation methods. We also thank S. L. Jones for providing equip-
ment and financial support during this study.

LITERATURE CITED

Butler, R. S. 1985. Comparative feeding ecology of darters (Percidae: Etheosioma) in Buck
Creek, Pulaski County, Kentucky. M. S. Thesis. East. Ky. Univ.. Richmond. 247 pp.

Carle, F. L. 1979. Environmental monitoring potential of the Odonata, with a list of rare
and endangered Anisoptera of Virginia, United States. Odonatologica 8(4): 319-323.

Cicerello, R. R. and R. S. Butler. 1985. Fishes of Buck Creek, Cumberland River
Drainage, Kentucky. Brimleyana 11: 133-159.

170 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Crowley, P. H. and A. D. Wilson. 1979. New species records of damselflies (Odonata:

Zygoptera) in Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 40: 52.
Floyd, M. A. and G. A. Schuster. 1990. The caddisflies (Insecta: Trichoptera) of the Buck

Creek System, Pulaski County, Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 51: 127-134.
Marker, D. F., Jr., S. M. Call, M. L. Warren, Jr., K. E. Camburn, and P. Wigley. 1979.

Aquatic biota and water quality survey of the Appalachian Province, eastern Kentucky.

Tech. Rep. Ky. Nat. Pres. Comm., Vol. 1, Frankfort, KY 1152 pp.
, M. L. Warren, Jr., K. E. Camburn, S. M. Call, G. J. Fallo, and P.

Wigley. 1980. Aquatic biota and water quality survey of the upper Cumberland River

basin. Tech. Rep. Ky. Nat. Pres. Comm., Frankfort, KY. 683 pp.
Montgomery, B. E. 1967. Geographical distribution of the Odonata of the North Central

States. Proc. N. Central Branch Ent. Soc. Amer. 22: 121-129.

Quarterman, E. and R. L. Powell. 1978. Potential ecological/geological natural land-
marks on the Interior Low Plateau. U. S. Dept. Interior, Washington, D. C. 738 pp.
Resner, P. L. 1970. An annotated check list of the dragonflies and damselflies (Odonata)

of Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 31: 32-44.
Roback, S. S. and M. J. Westfall, Jr. 1967. New records of Odonata nymphs from the

United States and Canada with water quality data. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 93: 101-124.
Schuster, G. A., R. S. Butler and D. H. Stansbery. 1989. A survey of the unionids

(Bivalvia: Unionidae) of Buck Creek, Pulaski County, Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci.

50: 79-85.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 171

CADDISFLIES (TRICHOPTERA)

OF WILDCAT CREEK,
PICKENS COUNTY, SOUTH CAROLINAi

Michael A. Floyd, John C. Morse^

ABSTRACT: Sixty-two species of caddisflies (Trichoptera) were identified from collec-
tions made from Wildcat Creek over a period of 33 years. A new distributional record for
South Carolina was obtained for Diplectrona metaqui. Eight species, Polycentropus carlsoni,
Wormaldia thyria, Neotrichia collata, Stactobiella delira, Neophylax atlanta. Goera fuscula,
Pseudogoera singularis. and Agarodes griseus, are considered to be threatened in South
Carolina. Psilotretafrontalis should be removed from the list of threatened species in South
Carolina. The diverse caddisfly fauna of Wildcat Creek adds further support to the recom-
mendation by other authors for its use as a biodiversity reference stream.

The aquatic insect fauna of Wildcat Creek has been well documented
for mayflies (Ephemeroptera), stoneflies (Plecoptera), and other signifi-
cant biota (Westfall 1947; McCaskill 1967, unpub. thesis, Clemson Univ.,
1973, unpub. dissertation, Clemson Univ.; McCaskill and Prins 1968;
Carlson 1971, unpub. thesis, Clemson Univ.; White et al. 1979; Stark
1983; Adler 1987; and Daniels and Morse 1992). Because of its potential
use as a biodiversity reference stream, as indicated by the high diversity
of Ephemeroptera and Plecoptera and the occurrence of several other
rare or unique plant and animal species (Daniels and Morse 1992), an
additional faunistic study was undertaken to document the caddisfly
(Trichoptera) fauna.

Wildcat Creek is a second order tributary of Six Mile Creek in
southwestern Pickens County, South Carolina (Fig. 1). It is a clear
stream with a gravel and sand substrate and a riparian zone composed of
mixed hardwoods. Wildcat Creek lies within the Piedmont Physio-
graphic Region and drains approximately 204 ha (504 ac), 47% (96 ha or
236 ac) of which lies within the Clemson University Experimental Forest
(CUEF). The portion of the watershed within the CUEF has been pro-
posed as a Registered Heritage Site as part of the Heritage Trust Program
of the South Carolina Wildlife and Marine Resources Department (Fig.
1). This designation would minimize the effects of anthropogenic distur-
bances such as clearcutting, private development, or sedimentation. A
more detailed description of the watershed, including its management

1 Received February 13, 1993. Accepted March 29, 1993

2 Clemson University, Department of Entomology, Long Hall, Box 340365, Clemson, SC
29634-0365

ENT. NEWS 104(4): 171-179, September & October, 1993

172

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Pleasant Hill
Bell-Hupp Ln. \. Church Rd.

Clemson

University

Experimental

Forest

Clemson

University

Experimental

Forest

(CUEF)

To Six Mile

To Clemson

_ _ _ Proposed Registered Heritage Site
(SC Heritage Trust Program)

1 Km

1 Mi

Fig. 1. Map of Wildcat Creek and surrounding area.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 173

by the Clemson Univesity Forestry Department and its biological,
educational, and recreational importance, was provided by Sorrells
(1984) and Daniels and Morse (1992).

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The 3980 specimens of Trichoptera examined in this study are
housed within the Clemson University Arthropod Collection (CUAC).
Many of these specimens have been collected since 1956 by students
from the Clemson University Aquatic Insects course (ENT 469/669) or
Taxonomy of Immature Insects course (ENT 808). Other collections
have been made by Carlson ( 1 97 1 , unpub. thesis, Clemson Univ.), Hoff-
man and Morse (1990), and by the authors. Collections of larvae have
been made by qualitative benthic collecting, while adults have been
obtained by a variety of methods. Carlson ( 197 1 , unpub. thesis, Clemson
Univ.) used a modified emergence trap composed of parachute-netting
which was stretched across the stream, touching either the water or
ground on all four sides. Malaise traps and ultraviolet light traps were
used by Hoffman and Morse (1990) and the authors. The authors per-
formed or verified all identifications.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Sixty-two species of caddisflies, representing 17 families, were iden-
tified from collections obtained from Wildcat Creek (Table 1, Page 176).
A new distributional record for South Carolina was obtained for Diplec-
trona metaqui Ross. Eight species of Wildcat Creek Trichoptera, Polycen-
tropus carlsoni Morse, Wormaldia thria Denning, Neotrichia collata
Morton, Stactobiella delira (Ross), Goera fuscula Banks, Pseudogoera
singularis Carpenter, Psilotreta frontalis Banks, and Agarodes griseus
Banks, were designated as threatened by the Invertebrate Taxa Review
Committee of the South Carolina Heritage Trust Program (Morse et al.
1979, and unpublished data). Unless otherwise noted, distributional and
habitat information listed below were taken from Morse et al. (1979).

Polycentropus carlsoni is known from only two states, Alabama and
South Carolina. In Alabama it has been reported from two locations in
Calhoun County (Harris et al. 1 99 1 ). South Carolina records include two
locations in the CUEF (Wildcat Creek, the type locality for this species,
and Indian Creek, a first order tributary of Six Mile Creek, Lake Issa-
queena [Adler 1992, unpub. dissertation, Clemson Univ.]) and a spring-
brook 10 km south of Clemson in Pendleton, Anderson County (Hoff-
man and Morse 1990). Each of these collections is from first order, clear.

174 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

cold streams (Hoffman and Morse 1990). The United States Department
of Interior (1984) listed P. carlsoni as Category 2 (possibly endangered or
threatened, but lacking conclusive data). With the exception of two
males captured by ultraviolet light traps in Alabama, this species has
been captured solely with the use of modified emergence traps or
Malaise traps (Hoffman and Morse 1990).

Wormaldia thyria has been found at no other locality in South Car-
olina except Wildcat Creek. It has been reported from four other states,
Alabama (Frazer etal 1991), North Carolina (Denning 1950), Tennessee
(Etnier and Schuster 1 979), and Virginia (Parker and Voshell 1 98 1 ). It is
found in small, clear, cold streams in the Mountains and Upper
Piedmont.

Neotrichia collata is known from only one other locality in South Car-
olina, a tributary of Brasstown Creek in Oconee County. It is re-
ported to inhabit small, cold, rocky, rapidly flowing streams and has
been found in seven other states: Alabama (Harris et al. 1983), Illinois
and Kentucky (Ross 1944), Maine (Blickle 1979), New York (Morton
1905), Utah (Baumann and Unzicker 1981), and Vermont (Harris et al.
1991).

Stactobiella delira has been reported from 26 states and one Canadian
Province (a distribution including British Columbia and California
extending east to Maine and South Carolina). However, it is known from
only two localities in South Carolina, Wildcat Creek and South Fork of
the Saluda River, both of which are clear, cold, rocky streams.

Goera fuscula is known from only two other South Carolina streams,
the Chattooga River and a tributary of Brasstown Creek (both in Oconee
County). It requires cold, rocky, upland streams and has been reported
from Georgia (Schmid 1983), Massachusetts, New York, Tennessee, and
Virginia (Flint 1960), Maine (Mingo and Gibbs 1980), North Carolina
(Banks 1905), and Quebec (Roy and Harper 1979).

Pseudogoera singularis has been reported in South Carolina from only
two other streams, Toxaway Creek and Yellow Branch, both of which lie
in Oconee County. The larvae and pupae inhabit moss-covered water-
falls in small, clear, relatively unpolluted streams at elevations of 245 to
825 m (800 to 2700 ft.) (Wallace and Ross 197 1 ). It has been reported from
Georgia (Wallace and Ross 1971), North Carolina (Carpenter 1933), and
Tennessee (Etnier and Schuster 1979).

Psilotreta frontalis should no longer be considered threatened in
South Carolina because its distribution in the state now has increased to
six counties: Aiken, Greenwood, Lexington, Oconee, Pickens, and
Saluda (Floyd, unpub. data). It has been reported from 1 8 other states in
the eastern United States (Parker and Wiggins 1987).

Vol. 104, No. 4. September & October. 1993 175

Argores griseus has been reported from 20 states in the eastern United
States (Harris et al 1983, Harris et al. 1991, Parker and Wiggins 1987,
Schmid 1983). It is found in depositional areas of small spring seepages
and spring streams in three localities in the upper Piedmont of South
Carolina. These include Wildcat Creek, Indian Creek (Adler 1992,
unpub. dissertation, Clemson Univ.), and a springbrook in Pendleton,
Anderson County.

Although not designated by Morse et al. ( 1 979) as threatened in South
Carolina, one additional species, Neophylax atlanta Ross, undoubtedly
deserves such a designation. It has been reported from four states,
Alabama, Georgia, Virginia, and South Carolina (Ross 1947,Harrise/a/.
1991) but has been found at only two sites, Indian Creek (Adler 1992,
unpub. dissertation, Clemson Univ.) and Wildcat Creek, in South
Carolina.

Wildcat Creek also is a paratype locality for the subspecies Cheu-
matopsyche harwoodi enigma Ross, Morse, and Gordon ( 197 1 ). In South
Carolina it is known additionally from South Saluda River and Eastatoe
Creek in Pickens County, as well as Thompson River, Coley Creek, and
Bearcamp Creek in the mountains of Oconee County (Morse etal. 1 989).
Outside South Carolina it has been reported from cold, rocky Piedmont
and Mountain streams in Arkansas (Bowles and Mathis 1989), Georgia
(Ross, Morse, and Gordon 1971), North Carolina (Gordon 1974), and
Virginia (Parker and Voshell).

Because of the high diversity of such orders as mayflies and stone-
flies, as well as the presence of other rare and unique aquatic insects,
Daniels and Morse (1992) suggested that Wildcat Creek be used as a
biodiversity reference stream. The diverse caddisfly fauna detailed in
this study serves to reinforce this recommendation. Furthermore, the
entire watershed should be protected and managed to maintain its high
diversity of plants and animals and thus preserve its potential use for
education, recreation, and research.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank the many former students of Clemson University who made collections from
Wildcat Creek over the past 33 years. Special thanks go to Paul H. Carlson and Kevin M.
Hoffman for supplying a large quantity of adult specimens from their respective studies.
Additional adult and larval specimens were provided by Cindy R. L. Adler. David Scar-
borough helped prepare Figure 1. Useful reviews of the manuscript were provided by Peter
H. Adler and John A. Durant. This is Technical Contribution no. 3370 of the South Car-
olina Agricultural Experiment Station, Clemson University.

17 6 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 1. Caddisflies (Trichoptera) of Wildcat Creek, Pickens County, South
Carolina.

Classification follows that of Weaver and Morse (1986). Stages of development (larva,
pupa, and adult) by which species are represented are indicated by L, P, and A, respectively.
Stages of development are followed by number of specimens in that particular stage. Dates
refer to capture times of adult specimens. New distributional records for South Carolina
are indicated by the symbol (#). Threatened species as listed by the invertebrate Taxa
Review Committee of the South Carolina Heritage Trust Program (Morse et al. 1979) are
indicated by an asterisk (*). An additional species not listed as threatened by Morse et al.
(1979), but deserving such designation, is indicated by a plus symbol (+)

Suborder Annulipalpia
Infraorder Curvipalpia
Superfamily Hydropsychoidea
Family Hydropsychidae

Ceratopsyche sparna (Ross), L (4), A (14 F, 6 M), 10 Apr.-29 June.

Cheumatopsyche harwoodi enigma Ross, Morse, & Gordon, A (87 F, 48 M),
8 Apr.-26 Sep.

Cheumatopsyche pettiti (Banks), A (17 F, 6 M), 18 Apr.-22 Aug.

Cheumatopsyche pinaca Ross, A (39 F, 9 M), 13 Apr.-22 Aug.
#Diplectrona metaqui Ross, L (1).

Diplectrona modesta Banks, L (25), A (22 F, 15 M), 4 Apr.-8 Sep.

Hydropysche betteni Ross, A (17 F, 4 M), 17 Apr.-30 Jul

Parapsyche cardis Ross, L (14), A (2), 21 May.

Potamyia flava (Hagen), L (2).
Family Polycentropodidae

Cymellus marginalis (Banks), A (5 F), 19-21 Jun.

Nyctiophylax nephophilus Flint, A (2 M), 21 May.

Phylocentropus lucidus (Hagen), A (1 F), 22 Aug.

Phylocentropus placidus (Banks), A (1 F), 21 May.

Polycentropus blicklei Ross & Yammamota, A (14 F, 27 M), 14 Apr. -25 Sep.

* Polycentropus carlsoni Morse, A (5 F, 3 M), 15 Apr.-4 Jul.
Polycentropus cinereus Hagen, A (22 F, 26 M), 22 Apr.-4 Sep.
Polycentropus confusus Hagen, A (3 M), 20 Apr.
Polycentropus maculatus Banks, A (3 F), 15 Apr.-12 May.

Family Psychomyiidae

Lype diversa (Banks), A (212 F, 1220 M), 10 Apr.-14 Oct.
Psychomyia flavida Hagen, A (460 F), 20 Apr. -4 Sep.

Superfamily Philopotamoidea
Family Philopotamidae

Chimarra aterrima (Hagen), A (13 F, 10 M), 4 Apr.-20 Jun., 6-13 Oct.

Chimarra obscura (Walker), A (1 F), 21 May.

Dolophilodes distinctus (Walker), L (9), P (4), A (64 F, 68 M), 10 May-8 Nov.

Dolophilodes major (Banks), A (1 F), 21 May.

Wormaldia moesta (Banks), A (1 1 F, 18 M), 20 Apr.-7 Oct.

* Wormaldia thyria Denning, A (1 M), 22 Jul.

Infraorder Spicipalpia
Superfamily Hydroptiloidea
Family Glossosomatidae

Agapetus iridis Ross, A (328 F, 144 M), 20 Apr.-13 Aug.

Glossosoma nigrior Banks, L (1), A (51 F, 25 M), 19 Mar.-23 Sep.
Family Hydroptilidae

Hydroptila amoena Ross, A (17 M), 19 Apr.-18 Sep.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 177

Hydroptila gunda Milne, A (27 M), 10 Apr.-21 May.
Hydroptila quinola Ross, A (6 M), 19 Apr.-27 Jun.

* Neotrichia collata Morton, A (2 M), 12-20 Jun.

* Stactobiella delira (Ross), A (2 F, 1 M), 10-20 Apr.

Superfamily Rhyacophiloidea
Family Rhyacophilidae

Rhyacophila Carolina Banks, L (4), P (1), A (74 M), 10 Apr- 19 Sep.

Rhyacophila juscula (Walker), L (5), A (2 F, 5 M), 18 May-21 May, 31 Aug.- 18 Sep.

Rhyacophila glaberrima Ulmer, L (1), A (35 F, 59 M), 24 Apr.-4 May, 21 Aug.-26
Oct.

Rhyacophila minor Banks, P (1), A (1 M), 15-22 May.

Rhyacophila nigrita Banks, A (21 M), 23 Apr. -26 May, 6 OcL

Rhyacophila teddyi Ross, A ( 1 M), 22 May.

Rhyacophila torva Hagen, L (6), A (25 M), 4 Apr.-24 Sep.

Suborder Integripalpia
Infraorder Plenitentoria
Superfamily Limnephiloidea
Family Limnephilidae

* Goerafuscula Banks, L (3), A (6 F, 3M), 20 Apr.-27 Jun.
Pycnopsyche antica (Walker), L (15), A (5 F, 4 M), 4 Sep.-8 Nov.
Pycnopsyche gentilis (MacLachlan), L (45), P (8), A (13 F, 13 M), 12 Sep.-14 Oct.
Pycnopsyche guttifer (Walker), L (7).

Pycnopsyche luculenta (Betten), L (23), A (8 F, 4 M), 26 Sep.-8 Nov.
Family Uenoidae

+Neophylax atlanta Ross, A (2 M), 1 1-14 Oct.

Neophylax mitchelli Carpenter, L (4), A (6 M). 1 1-14 Oct.

Neophylax oligius Ross, A (13 M), 1-14 Oct.
Family Brachycentridae

Brachycentrus nigrosoma (Banks), L (1).

Micrasema sp., A (1 F), 8-15 May
Family Lepidostomatidae

Lepidostoma latipenne (Banks), A (83 F, 61 M), 15 Apr.-8 Nov.

Lepidostoma Ontario Ross. A (1 F. 1 M). 20 Apr, 17 Jun.

Infraorder Brevitentoria
Superfamily Leptoceroidea
Family Odontoceridae

* Pseudogoera singularis Carpenter, P (2), A (2 F, 2 M), 31 Aug.- 18 Sep.

* Psilotreta frontalis Banks. L (17). A (57 F. 93 M). 19 Apr.-21 Jun.. 8-15 Aug.
Family Calamoceratidae

Anisocentropus pyraloides (Walker), L (8), P (1). A (12 F. 31 M). 17 May-8 Aug.

Heteroplectron americanum (Walker), L (1), A (5 F), 20 Apr-22 May.
Family Leptoceridae

Ceraclea protonepha Morse & Ross, A (3 F, 3 M). 20 Apr. 21 May.

Oecetis inconspicua (Walker). A (10 F. 4 M), 20 Apr.-27 Jun. 22 Aug.-18 Sep.

Triaenodes ignitus (Walker). A (4 F. 7 M). 19 Apr.-22 Aug.
Family Molannidae

Molanna blenda Sibley. A (1 1 F. 10 M), 19 Apr.-24 May. 22 Jun.-23 Sep.

Superfamily Sericostomatoidea
Family Helicopsychidae

Helicopsyche paralimnella. L (2).
Family Sericostomatidae

* Agarodes griseus Banks. A (2 F, 4 M), 5-24 May.

178 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Adler, P.H. 1987. A new North American species in the Simulium vernum group (Diptera:

Simuliidae) and analysis of its polytene chromosomes. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 89:

673-681.

Banks, N. 1905. Descriptions of new species of neuropterous insects from the Black Moun-
tains, N.C. Bull. Amer. Mus. Natr. Hist. 21: 215-218.
Baumann, R.W. and J.D. Unzicker. 1981. Preliminary checklist of Utah caddisflies

(Trichoptera). Encyclia 58: 25-29.
Blickle, R.L. 1979. Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera) of America north of Mexico. Bull. New

Hamp. Agric. Expt. Sta. 509: 1-97.
Bowles, D.E. and M.L. Mathis. 1989. Caddisflies (Insecta: Trichoptera) of mountainous

regions in Arkansas, with new state records for the order. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 62: 234-

244.
Carpenter, P.M. 1933. Trichoptera from the mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee.

Psyche 40: 32-47.
Daniels, S.M. and J.C. Morse. 1992. Mayflies (Ephemeroptera), stoneflies (Plecoptera),

and other interesting biota of Wildcat Creek, South Carolina, a biodiversity reference

stream. Entomol. News 103: 44-52.
Denning, D.G. 1950. Records and descriptions of Nearctic caddis flies, part I. Bull.

Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 45: 97-104.
Etnier, D.A. and G.A. Schuster. 1979. An annotated list of Trichoptera (caddislfies) of

Tennessee. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 54:15-22.
Flint, O.S. 1960. Taxonomy and biology of Nearctic limnephilid larvae (Trichoptera), with

special reference to species in eastern North America. Entomologica Amer. 40: 1-

117.
Frazer, K.S. S.C. Harris, and G.M. Ward. 1991. Survey of the Trichoptera in the Little

River drainage of northwestern Alabama. Bull. Alab. Mus. Nar. Hist. 1 1 : 17-22.
Gordon, A.E. 1974. A synopsis and phylogenetic outline of the Nearctic members of

Cheumatopsyche. Proc. Acad., Natr. Sci. Phil. 126: 117-160.
Harris, S.C., P.E. O'Neil, R.V. Chandler, M.F. Mettee, and E.J. McCullough. 1983.

Biological and hydrological impacts of surface mining for federal minerals on the Tyro

Creek watershed, Alabama: Phase I, premining aquatic baseline information. Geol.

Surv. of Alab., University, AL. 98 pp.
Harris S.C., P.E. O'Neil, and P.K. Lago. 1991. Caddisflies of Alabama. Bull. Geol. Surv.

Alabama 142. 442 pp.
Hoffman, K.M. and J.C. Morse. 1990. Descriptions of the females of three Polycenlropus

species (Trichoptera: Polycentropodidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington 92: 274-

281.
McCaskill, V.H. and R.Prins. 1968. Stoneflies of northwestern South Carolina. Jour.

Elisha Mitchell Scien. Soc. 84: 448-453.

Mingo, T.M. and K.E. Gibbs. 1980. The aquatic insects of the Narraguagus River, Han-
cock and Washington Counties, Maine. Tech. Bull. Life Sci. Agric. Exp. Sta., Land

Water Resour. Ctr., Univ. Maine, Orono 100: 1-63.
Morse, J.C., D.W. Brooks, P.H. Carlson, J.F. Cornell, H.B. Douglass, E.W. King,

V.H. McCaskill, T.E. Skelton, and J. Spooner. 1 979. Status report: Arthropoda other

than Crustacea. Pp. 46-51 / D.M. Forsythe and W.B. Ezell, Jr., editors, Proc. First South

Carolina Endangered Species Symposium, South Carolina Wildlife and Marine

Resources Dept., Columbia, SC 201 pp.
Morse, J.C., S.W. Hamilton, and K.M. Hoffman. 1989. Aquatic insects of Lake Jocasse

Catchment in North and South Carolina, with descriptions of four new species of cad-
disflies (Trichoptera). J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 105: 14-33.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 179

Morton, K J. 1905., North American Hydroptilidae. Bull. New York St. Mus. 86: 63-75. 318-

319, pis. 13-15.
Parker, C.R. and J.R. Voshell, Jr. 1981. A preliminary checklist of the caddisflies

(Trichoptera) of Virginia. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc. 16: 1-7.

Parker, C.R. and G.B. Wiggins. 1987. Revision of the caddisfly genus Psilotreta (Trichop-
tera: Odontoceridae). Roy. Ontario Mus. Life Sci. Contr. 144: 1-55.
Ross, H.H. 1944. The caddis flies, or Trichoptera. of Illinois. Bull. 111. Natr. Hist. Surv. 23: 1-

326.
Ross, H.H. 1947. Descriptions and records of North American Trichoptera. with synoptic

notes. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 73: 125-168.
Ross, H.H., J.C. Morse, and A.E. Gordon. 1971. new species ofCheumatopsyche from the

southeastern United States (Hydropsychidae: Trichoptera). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 84:

301-306.
Roy, D. and P.P. Harper. 1979. Lista preliminaire des Trichopteres (insectes) du Quebec.

Ann. Soc. Entomol. Quebec 24: 148-172.
Schmid, F. 1983. Revision des Trichopteres canadiens: III, les Hyalopsychidae, Psy-

chomyiidae, Goeridae, Brachycentridae, Sericostomatidae, Helicopsychidae, Berae-

didae, Odontoceridae, Calamoceratidae, et Molannidae. Mem. Soc. Entomol. Canada

125: 1-109.
Sorrells, R.T. 1984. The Clemson Experimental Forest: Its first fifty years. Clemson

University College of Forest and Recreation Resources, Clemson, SC. 48 pp.
Stark, B.P. 1983. The Tallaperla maria complex of eastern North America (Plecoptera:

Peltoperlidae). Jour. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 56: 398-410.

United States Department of the Interior: Fish and Wildlife Service. 1984. Endan-
gered and threatened wildlife and plants: review of invertebrate wildlife for listing as

endangered or threatened species. Federal Register 49(100; 22 May 1984): 21664-21675.
Wallace, J.B. and H.H. Ross. 1971. Pseudogoerinae: a new subfamily of Odontoceridae

(Trichoptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 64: 890-894.
Weaver, J.S. and J.C. Morse. 1986. Evolution of feeding and casemaking behavior in

Trichoptera. J. N. Amer. Benthol. Soc. 5: 150-158.
Westfall, M J., Jr. 1947. A newMacromia from North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc.

63: 32-36.
White, T.R., P.H. Carlson, and R.C. Fox. 1979. Emergence patterns of fall and winter

stoneflies (Plecoptera: Filipalpia) in northwestern South Carolina. Proc. Entomol. Soc.

Wash. 81: 379-390.

180 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ABUNDANCE AND SEASONAL ACTIVITY

OF EUCINETOIDEA (COLEOPTERA)

IN A RASPBERRY PLANTATION

AND ADJACENT SITES
IN SOUTHERN QUEBEC (CANADA) 1

Claire Levesque, Gilles-Yvon Levesque^

ABSTRACT: In a raspberry plantation and adjacent sites in southern Quebec, we col-
lected adult Eucinetoidea with unbaited pitfall traps and flight interception traps, from
early May through late October in 1987, 1988 and 1989. A total of 350 Clambidae (three
species), 33 Eucinetidae (four species) and 48 Scirtidae (five species) were collected. The
most common species at the soil surface of the raspberry plantation was Clambus arma-
dillo. The most abundant species in flight traps were Clambus howdeni, C. armadillo,
Eucinetus testaceus and Cvphon variabilis. Adults of C. armadillo, C. howdeni and C. variabilis
were active mainly in spring and/or early summer and probably overwintered as adults;
whereas Eucinetus testaceus flew mainly in August and probably overwintered as larvae.

Although world production of raspberries has increased about 5%
each year over the past decade (Pritts 1991 ), little is known on variations
in beetle communities associated with raspberry (Rubus idaeus L.) plan-
tations, particularly for mycophagus insects. These ecosystems appear
as rather stable sites because plants of many raspberry cultivars, with
perennial root systems and biennial canes, may be kept over about ten
years. Over a three-year period (1987-1989), we collected nearly 60,000
beetles in a raspberry plantation and adjacent sites in southern Quebec.
We have already presented results for the Nitidulidae and Elateroidea
(Levesque and Levesque 1992, 1993). We now present results on the
abundance and seasonal activity of adult Clambidae, Eucinetidae and
Scirtidae ( = Helodidae). These three families of Eucinetoidea are of no
known economic importance and little is known of their life history,
ecology and behavior. Wheeler and Hoebeke (1984) reviewed published
records of hosts and microhabitats of species of Clambidae and Euci-
netidae, families considered mainly mycophagous. However, no scirtids
are known to be associated with fungi (Wheeler and Hoebeke 1984). All
known larvae of Scirtidae are aquatic, phytophagous or detritivorous,
and are common in small lentic habitats and shallow areas of peatland
pools and marches. Scirtid adults are terrestrial and common along the
margins of pools or on emergent plants (Larson 1987).

1 Received February 6, 1993. Accepted March 26, 1993.

2 291 rue des Diamants, Fleurimont, Quebec, Canada JIG 4A1.

ENT. NEWS 104(4): 180-186. September & October, 1993

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 181

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Beetles were collected from early May through late October on a
monocultural raspberry farm at Johnville, near Sherbrooke, in south-
ern Quebec. We sampled from the Boyne cultivar in this conventionally
cultivated plantation (about 7 ha, on sandy soil).

Ground surface-active beetles were caught with pitfall traps at the
following sites: 1) a raspberry row planted in 1978 (old plants), 2) a
raspberry row planted in 1985 (young plants), 3) a woods-field boun-
dary (boundary), and 4) an adjacent wooded site dominated by eastern
white pine, Pinus strobus L. (pine woods). Pitfall traps consisted of glass
jam jars (450 ml, 6.5 cm diameter at the top) partially filled with 100 ml of
4% formalin. Traps were inserted into the soil beneath the canopy as
close to the cane of raspberry plants as possible at the first two sites. At
each site, 20 traps were set in a row (5 m apart) and were emptied
weekly.

In addition, we studied beetles flying close to the ground with flight
interception traps at four sites: 1 ) an open site near the center of the plan-
tation (A), about 20 m from old plants; 2) an open site near a pond (B),
about 5 m from young raspberry plants; 3) a woods-field boundary (C);
and 4) a pine woods (D). These traps were not located between rows of
raspberry plants because of grower's activities and public access during
harvest. Flight traps were modified from the large-area "window" trap
design promoted by Peck and Davies ( 1980). Each consisted of a gray 1 .5
mm mesh window screen (1.22 m height, 1.52 m width, about 1.85 m 2 of
surface) fastened to a wooden frame. The frame itself was suspended by
two lateral triangular wooden supports (1.83 m at the base, 1.25 m
height), 2-4 cm over a set of two galvanized metal pans (25 by 61 cm at the
top, 7.5 cm deep) which were placed directly on the ground. The insects
were caught in the pans partially filled with 2% formalin into which a few
drops of detergent were added. We installed one flight trap at each site;
however, the trap was operated in 1988 and 1989 only in the pine woods
(D). Samples were collected twice a week and the formalin solution was
replaced at each collection; the trap counts from individual sampling
periods were combined on a weekly basis.

Levesqueand Levesque( 1992) presented more detailed information
about the sampling methods and study sites, including a sketch-map of
the raspberry farm.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Abundance of Eucinetoidea Catches. We collected a total of 350
Clambidae( three species), 33 Eucinetidae (four species) and 48 Scirtidae

182

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(five species). Voucher specimens of some species are deposited in the
Canadian National Collection (Ottawa).

Pitfall trapping resulted in the collection of 262 Clambidae (two
species), 3 Eucinetidae (two species) and 1 Scirtidae (Table 1 ). Almost all
eucinetoids represented Clambus armadillo (DeGeer) (97% of catches).
Adults of this species were collected in similar numbers in rows of old
and young raspberry plants; the explanation of this result and possible
association of these adults with fungi on R. idaeus are unknown. Clambus
armadillo was also caught in large numbers at the ground surface of a wet
meadow in southern Quebec on clay soil (Levesque and Levesque 1987).

Table 1. Total catches of Eucinetoidea species in pitfall traps (1987-1989) at Johnville,
Quebec.

Family and species

Old Young Boundary Pine Total
plants plants woods

Clambidae

Clambus armadillo (DeGeer)
Clambus howdeni Endrody-Younga

Eucinetidae

Eucinetus morio LeC.
Eucinetus oviformis LeC.

Scirtidae

Cyphon variabilis (Thunberg)

131 122

2 -

258
1 4

Total catches of eucinetoids in flight traps comprised 88 Clambidae
(three species), 30 Eucinetidae (four species) and 47 Scirtidae (five
species) (Table 2); all the species monitored at Johnville were collected in
flight traps.

Adults of Clambus howdeni Endrody-Younga flew chiefly at the
woods-field boundary and in the pine woods, while Clambus armadillo
was mainly captured in the three flight traps (A, B and C) near the
raspberry plants (Table 2). Eucinetus testaceus LeC. was the most abun-
dant eucinetid species and flew chiefly in the pine woods (Table 2). In two
mixed deciduous-coniferous forest sites in New Hampshire, Chandler
(1991) observed the flight activity of Clambus howdeni and four species of
Eucinetus (chiefly E. morio LeC.). Eucinetus morio was a slime-mold asso-
ciate, whereas C. howdeni and the other three species of Eucinetus (E.
oviformis LeC., E. punctulatus LeC., and E. testaceus) were associated with
Basidiomycete fruiting bodies (Chandler 1991).

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993

183

Table 2. Total catches of Eucinetoidea species in flight traps (1987-1989) at Johnville,
Quebec.

Family and species

Open Open
site site

near near

center pond

(A) (B)

Boundary

(C)

Pine Total
woods a

(D)

Clambidae

Clambus armadillo (DeGeer)

Clambus gibbulus (LeC.)

Clambus howdeni Endrody-Younga

Eucinetidae
Eucinetus mono LeC.
Eucinetus oviformis LeC.
Eucinetus testaceus LeC.
Eucinetus sp.

2
22

2
50

Scirtidae

Cvphon obscurus (Guerin)

- 8

Cvphon prob. ruficollis (Say)

Cyphon pusillus (LeC.)

Cyphon variabilis (Thunberg)

3 33

Prionocvphon limbatus LeC.

a not sampled in 1987.

The five species of Scirtidae flew in open sites (A and B) and the
boundary site (C). The most abundant species was Cyphon variabilis
(Thunberg), apparently eurytopic, but mainly collected at the open site B
which was near a pond (Table 2). Nilsson (1980) studied the flight activity
of nine scirtid species in the vicinity of a river in northern Sweden, and
found Cypon variabilis to be one of the three most abundant species.

Seasonal Abundance of Four Species of Eucinetoidea. Adults of
Clambus armadillo were caught by pitfall traps from May through Octo-
ber during the three-year study, mainly in May and the first half of June
(Fig. 1 ). They flew from May until early September, but chiefly in May. In
a wet meadow of southern Quebec, the soil-surface activity was observed
in late spring and summer, mainly in June and July (Levesque and
Levesque 1987).

We observed the flight of Clambus howdeni only in May, June and
July during the three-year study (Fig. 2). In New Hampshire, flight
occurred from May through July, but a few adults were also collected in
late summer (Chandler 1991).

184

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CO
LU

LU
LJJ
CD

1_L

QC
LU
CD

Clambus armadillo

1987

PUFAUTRAPS

FLIGHT TRAPS

120 150 180 210 240 270 300

| MAY | JUN | JUL | AUG | SEP | OCT |

JULIAN DATE (days)

Fig. 1. Seasonal abundance of Clambus armadillo in pitfall and flight traps at Johnville,
Quebec.

Adults of Cyphon variabilis flew from May through October, but
mainly in May (Fig. 2). In northern Sweden, Nilsson (1980) observed two
flight periods, the first from mid-May until early July, the second in late
summer and autumn; the peak of captures occurred in June. According
to Larson (1987), adults of this species overwinter and reproduce in
spring and early summer.

Adults ofEucinetus testaceus flew from June through September dur-
ing the three-year study, and mainly in August (Fig. 2). We caught a
teneral adult on June 25, 1989. In New Hampshire, adults of E. morio flew
mainly in spring and early summer, and one adult was also caught in
October (Chandler 1991). In the Finger Lakes region of New York, a
breeding population (adults and larvae) of E. oviformis was found in late
summer, in association with a wood-rotting fungus; in addition, mature
larvae and some adults of this species were still present as late as October
18(Hoebekeera/. 1987).

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993

185

LLJ

LU
LU
CD

LU
CD

20-

10-

20-

Clam bus
howdeni

Cyphon variabilis

V///X

v///\

Eucinetus
testaceus

MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT

Fig. 2. Seasonal abundance ofClambus howdeni, Cyphon variabilis and Eucinetus testaceus,
in flight traps (1987-1989) at Johnvillc Quebec.

Two life-history patterns are observed among northern European
species of Scirtidae: 1) larvae overwinter and reproduction occurs in
midsummer, and 2) adults overwinter and reproduce in spring and early
summer (Larson 1987). According to Nilsson ( 1980), the seasonal flight
pattern of Scirtidae coincide with these two life-history patterns. If such
is the case in other eucinetoids, we suspect that Clambus armadillo and C.
howdeni overwinter as adults, whereas Eucinetus testaceus overwinters
as larvae.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We appreciate the help of J.M. Campbell and J. McNamara (Centre for Land and
Biological Resources Research, Agriculture Canada. Ottawa, Ontario) for identifications

186 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

and confirmations of most species collected in this study. We are grateful to Donald S.
Chandler (University of New Hampshire, Durham), J. McNamara and two anonymous
reviewers for their helpful comments on this manuscript. Also, we thank Michel Couture
and Lucie Labrecque, owners of "La Framboisiere de 1'Estrie, Enr." at Jonville (Quebec).
This study was partially supported by the Fonds F.C.A.R. (Quebec).

LITERATURE CITED

Chandler, D.S. 1991. Comparison of some slime-mold and fungus feeding beetles

(Coleoptera: Eucinetoidea, Cucujoidea) in an old-growth and 40-year-old forest in

New Hampshire. Coleopts. Bull. 45: 239-256.
Hoebeke, E.R., Q.D. Wheeler and R.L. Gilbertson. 1987. Second Eucinetidae-Conio-

phoraceae association (Coleoptera; Basidiomycetes), with notes on the biology of

Eucinetus oviformis LeConte (Eucinetidae) and on two species of Endomychidae. Proc.

Ent. Soc. Wash. 89: 215-218.
Larson, DJ. 1987. Aquatic Coleoptera of peatlands and marshes in Canada. Mem. Ent.

Soc. Can. 140: 99-132.
Levesque, C. and G.-Y. Levesque. 1987. Activite, succession saisonniere et taille de

coleopteres epiges d'un pre du sud du Quebec. Naturaliste Can. 114: 495-506.
Levesque, C. and G.-Y. Levesque. 1992. Epigeal and flight activity of Coleoptera in a

commercial raspberry plantation and adjacent sites in southern Quebec (Canada):

Introduction and Nitidulidae. Great Lakes Ent. 25: 271-285.
Levesque, C. and G.-Y. Levesque. 1993. Abundance and seasonal activity of Coleoptera

Elateroidea in a raspberry plantation and adjacent sites in southern Quebec (Canada).

Coleopts. Bull. 47. (in press)
Nilsson, A.N. 1980. Distribution and seasonal flight-patterns of Helodidae (Coleoptera)

at the northern coast of the province Angermanland, northern Sweden. Ent. Tidskr.

101: 151-153. ( in Swedish with English abstract)
Peck, S.B. and A.E. Davies. 1980. Collecting small beetles with large-area "window"

traps. Coleopts. Bull. 34: 237-239.
Pritts, M.P. 1991. The genus Rubus, pp. 1-2, In M.A. Ellis, R.H. Converse, R.N. Williams

and B. Williamson (eds.), Compendium of raspberry and blackberry diseases and

insects. APS Press, The American Phytopathological Society, St. Paul, Minnesota.
Wheeler, Q.D. and E.R. Hoebeke. 1984. A review of mycophagy in the Eucinetoidea

(Coleoptera), with notes on an association of the eucinetid beetle, Eucinetus oviformis,

with a Coniophoraceae fungus (Basisiomycetes: Aphyllophorales). Proc. Ent. Soc.

Wash. 86: 274-277.

Vol. 104. No. 4. September & October, 1993 187

NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORD

FOR ISCHNOPTERA BILUNATA

(DICTYOPTERA: BLATTELLIDAE) 1

Eric P. Benson, Arthur G. Appel^

ABSTRACT: Occurrence of Ischnoptera bilunata in Alabama is reported for the first time.
This record extends the known distribution of the species in the United States outside of
Florida. Discovery of/, bilunata can be credited, in part, to confusion with the Asian cock-
roach, Blatlella asahinai.

Ischnoptera bilunata Saussure, was first reported in the United States
from Florida in 1990 (Atkinson et al 1990: treated as the Nicaraguan
cockroach, /. bergrothi [Griffini], due to an error in identification). Pre-
viously, the species was known from Brazil, Bolivia, Paraguay and
Argentina (Princis 1969). Recent collections of/, bilunata in Alabama
(Figure 1) extend the known range of this cockroach in the United States
outside of Florida.

In July, 1991, five female and five male cockroaches collected in
Mobile, Mobile County, Alabama were identified as /. bilunata. Indi-
viduals were collected in the evening in a residential yard on grass and
on a patio around lights. In July, 1992, two females and one male /.
bilunata were collected in the evening on a house porch around lights in
Fair Hope, Baldwin County, Alabama. A third collection was made in
the evening of August, 1992, of two female and two male /. bilunata in
Dothan, Houston County, Alabama near outdoor lights of a super-
market. Specimens from these collections are deposited in the Auburn
University Entomological Museum, the Museum of Comparative Zool-
ogy at Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts and with the Ter-
minix Insect Collection in Mobile, Alabama.

Before the collections of/, bilunata, 21 species of cockroaches were
considered established in Alabama (Dakin and Hays 1970, Pratt 1988,
Atkinson et al. 1991). An additional species, Blaberus craniifer Burmeis-
ter, has been listed from Lee County as an adventive (Dakin and Hays
1970). The only representative from the genus Ischnoptera previously
recorded in Alabama is the dark wood cockroach, /. deropehiformis
(Brunner). This species is distributed throughout the state, often in
wooded areas (Dakin and Hays 1970). All specimens of/, deropehiformis

1 Received December 31, 1992. Accepted February 25, 1993.

2 Department of Entomology, Auburn University, Auburn. Alabama 36849-5629.

ENT. NEWS 104(4): 187-190, September & October. 1993

188

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figure 1. Collection sites of adult Ischnoptera bilunata Saussure, in Alabama. A: Mobile
Co., Mobile, VII-27-1991 (5 males, 5 females); B: Baldwin Co., Fair Hope, V1I-27-1992 (1
male, 2 females); C: Houston Co., Dothan, VIII- 14-1992 (2 males, 2 females).

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 189

in the Auburn University Entomological Museum were collected be-
tween the dates of April 24 and August 9. Specimens of/, bilunata were
collected between July 27 and August 14.

Both sexes of/, bilunata are active at night and attracted to light
(Atkinson et al. 1990). This description agrees with our observations.
Ischnoptera bilunata also has been recorded as being abundant in open,
moist, grassy vegetation on the margins of streams, rivers and ponds
(Atkinson et al. 1990, 1992). The Alabama collection sites were all adja-
cent to areas that could be considered open and grassy. Further, these
areas had thatch and leaf litter that could retain moisture. However, only
the Mobile site had a water source nearby. This consisted of a drainage
ditch that, depending on rainfall, was intermittently filled with water.

In 1986, the Asian cockroach, Blattella asahinai Mizukubo was re-
ported from the Tampa area of Florida (Brenner et al. 1986). The Asian
cockroach is very similar in appearance to the serious indoor pest, the
German cockroach, Blattella germanica (L.). The adults of both Blattella
species are 10 to 13 mm in length, brownish both ventrally and dorsally,
with two narrow pronotal spots and wings covering the body (Atkinson et
al. 1990). Unlike B. germanica, B. asahinai lives outdoors, often in leaf lit-
ter and grassy areas and readily flies to lighted areas at night during warmer
months (Brenner et al. 1986, 1988). Adult Asian and German cock-
roaches are similar in appearance to /. bilunata. Adult /. bilunata are 1 5 to
18 mm in length, brownish dorsally and black ventrally, with two tri-
angular pronotal spots and wings covering the body (Atkinson et al.
1990). Reports of B. asahinai and corresponding media coverage appar-
ently heightened the awareness of some pest control operators and
homeowners about cockroaches around lighted areas in the summer. In
the past few years, the Alabama Cooperative Extension Service has
received calls each summer about "Asian cockroaches" around porch
lights. These reported cockroaches have turned out to be one of the Par-
coblatta species and, now,/, bilunata. With the similarities \oB. germanica
and B. asahinai, we anticipate additional reports of/, bilunata in the
future.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors are indebted to Fred Strickland and Donnie Byrne for being observant and
interested in collecting many of the specimens. We thank Louis Roth and Tom Atkinson
for their assistance in identification of the specimens and review of this manuscript. We
also appreciate the comments and assistance from Wheeler Foshee, Wayne Clark and
Michael Williams in preparing this manuscript.

190 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Atkinson, T.H., P.O. Koehler, and R.S. Patterson. 1990. The Nicaraguan cockroach,
our newest immigrant. Pest Management. 9(10): 12-13.

Atkinson, T.H., P.G. Koehler, and R.S. Patterson. 1991. Catalog and atlas of the cock-
roaches (Dictyoptera) of North America north of Mexico. Misc. Publ. Entomol. Soc.
Amer. 78: 1-85.

Atkinson, T.H., J.R. Mangold, and P.G. Koehler. 1992. Two neotropical cockroaches of
the genus Ischnoptera (Dictyoptera: Blattellidae) established in Florida. Florida En-
tomol. 75(1): 109-115.

Brenner, R.J. P.G. Koehler, and R.S. Patterson. 1986. A profile of America's newest
import, the Asian cockroach. Pest Management 5(Nov/Dec): 17-19.

Brenner, R J., R.S. Patterson, and P.G. Koehler. 1988. Ecology, behavior, and distribu-
tion of Blattella asahinai (Orthoptera: Blattellidae) in central Florida. Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer. 81(3): 432-436.

Dakin, M.E. and K.L. Hays. 1970. A synopsis of Orthoptera (sensu lato) of Alabama. Ala.
Agric. Exp. Stn. Auburn Univ. Bull. 404.

Pratt, H.D. 1988. Annotated checklist of the cockroaches (Dictyoptera) of North America.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 81(6): 882-885.

Princis, K. 1969. Blattaria: subordo Epilamproidea: fam. Blattellidae, pars 13: pp. 713-
1038. In M. Beier [ed.], Orthopterorum catalogus. Junk, The Hague.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 191

FIRST RECORD OF

SEPEDOPHILUS CORONADENSIS

(STAPHYLINIDAE) FROM MEXICO. 1

Jose Luis Navarrete-Heredia 2

ABSTRACT: The staphylinid beetle, Sepedophilus coronadensis is reported from Guerrero,
Mexico.

Sepedophilus Gistel is a genus of Tachyporinae (Staphylinidae) and is
considered to be primarily mycophagous because most of the species are
usually found in habitats rich in fungal mycelia (e.g. forest litter, decay-
ing logs, piles of decaying organic matter, etc.) (Hammond 1973;
Campbell 1976). A recent summary and discussion on Sepedophilus'
biology, including information on unidentified Mexican species, is pro-
vided by Newton (1984).

Sepedophilus is represented in Mexico by three named species from
Veracruz: Sepedophilus bicolor (Bnhr.). S. ferrugineus (Bnhr.) and S. sub-
pubescens (Schub.) (Blackwelder 1944: 151, under Conosomus genus).
This number probably is just a small proportion of the species that exist
in Mexico because the genus is widely distributed in temperate and
tropical regions and is usually collected in several kinds of habitats (per-
sonal observations from Guerrero, Hidalgo, Mexico, Morelos, Puebla,
Oaxaca, Veracruz, Yucatan, and from the examination of several speci-
mens deposited in the Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, IL.

S. coronadensis Campbell is a species included in Campbell's revision
of species of America north of Mexico in the bisignatus group, and is
known from the Santa Rita and the Huachuca mountains of southeas-
tern Arizona. One specimen from Ramsey Canyon was collected by sift-
ing deep layers of wet, oak leaf litter (Campbell 1976).

The purpose of this note is to record for the first time S. coronadensis
from Mexico, and to provide host fungal records for this species.

During several field trips to the mountains of Taxco, Guerrero, Mex-
ico, six specimens (one male and five females) of this species were col-
lected associated with mushrooms ofAmanita rubescens, Cortinarius sp.,
Ganoderma applanatum and Tylopilus sp. (FIRST HOST RECORDS). In
this area, the specimens were found in cloud forest and in oak-pine

1 Received April 13, 1993. Accepted May 3, 1993.

2 Lab. de Morfofisiologia Animal, Fac. de Ciencias, UN AM. Apdo. Postal 21-518
(Coyoacan), 04000 Mexico. D.F.. MEXICO.

ENT. NEWS 104(4): 191-192. September & October, 1993

192 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

forest, between 2 180-2 300 m. Adults of the species have been collected
from May through August (Campbell 1976), but in Guerrero, one male
and one female were collected in October.

MATERIAL EXAMINED: MEXICO: Guerrero, Desviacion a Pto. Oscuro, Bosque de
Pino-Encino, 2 260 m, 3.VII. 1986, J.L. Navarrete col., exAmanita rubescens (19); same data,
except: ex Cortinarius sp. (29); same data, except: Parque El Huizteco, Bosque Mesofilo de
Montana, 2 300 m, 25.VII. 1986, ex Tylopilus sp. (19); same data, except: km lOcarr. a Tetipac,
El Peral, Bosque Mesofilo de Montana, 2 180 m, 25. X. 1986, ex Ganoderma applanatum ( 1 tf ,
19). Specimens are deposited in the Institute de Biologia, UNAM (IBUNAM) and in
my collection.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank J.M. Campbell for the specific identification of the species; and
A.F. Newton Jr. and M.K. Thayer for their kind help and hospitality during a recent visit to
the Field Museum of Natural History.

LITERATURE CITED

Blackwelder, R.E. 1944. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central

America, the West Indies, and South America. Part. 1. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 185: 1-

188.
Campbell, J.M. 1976. A revision of the genus Sepedophilus Gistel (Coleoptera: Staphy-

linidae) of America north of Mexico. Mem. Ent. Soc. Can. 99: 1-99.
Hammond, P.M. 1973. Notes on British Staphylinidae. Part III. The British species of

Sepedophilus Gistel (Conosomus Auctt.). Entomologist's mon. Mag. 108: 130-165.
Newton, A.F., Jr. 1984. Mycophagy in Staphylinoidea (Coleoptera) [pp. 302-353]. In:

Fungus-insect relationships. Wheeler, Q.D. and M. Blackwell (editors). Columbia

University Press, New York.

Vol. 104. No. 4, September & October, 1993 193

GENERA OF BAETIDAE (EPHEMEROPTERA)
FROM CENTRAL AMERICA 1

C. R. Lugo-Ortiz, W. P. McCafferty 2

ABSTRACT: In addition to eight genera of Baetidae(Ephemeroptera) previously authen-
ticated as occurring in Central America, we report or confirm for the first time the
occurrence of Acerpenna Waltz and McCafferty and Baetis Leach. New records of Acer-
penna from Belize, Costa Rica, Honduras, Nicaragua, and Panama indicate the genus is
well established in the Neotropics. Baetis magnus McCafferty and Waltz (rhoduni group) is
newly reported from Costa Rica and Guatemala. The generic placement of Baetis sinuosus
Navas (probably/w.vca/w.v group) is provisionally accepted and thereby confirms the pres-
ence of a second species of Baetis in Central America. Whereas most baetid genera in Central
American have Neotropical affinities, the Baetis spp. appear to have Nearctic affinities.

Eight genera of the mayfly family Baetidae have been correctly repor-
ted from Central America. The biogeography of these genera was treated
by McCafferty et al. (1992). Baetodes Needham and Murphy was first
reported from Central America (Honduras) by Packer (1966). Subse-
quent records include Cohen and Allen ( 1972) (El Salvador and Guate-
mala), Cohen and Allen ( 1978) (Panama), and McCafferty ( 1985) (Belize
and Costa Rica). Callibaetis Eaton was first reported from an unspecified
Central American country by Eaton (1881). Subsequent records include
Eaton (1885) (Guatemala), Packer (1966) (Honduras), and McCafferty
and Lugo-Ortiz (1992) (Nicaragua). Camelobaetidius Demoulin was re-
ported from Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and Pan-
ama by Traver and Edmunds (1968). Cloeodes Traver was reported from
Panama by Flowers ( 1991 ). Fallceon Waltz and McCafferty was reported
(as Baetis s. lato) from Belize and Costa Rica by McCafferty (1985). Gua-
jirolus Flowers was described from Panama by Flowers ( 1 985). Moribaetis
Waltz and McCafferty was reported from Costa Rica, Guatemala, and
Panama by Waltz and McCafferty (1985). Paradoeodes Day was reported
from Panama by Flowers (1991).

All of the above genera, with the exception of Guajirolus and Mori-
baetis, which are strictly Neotropical, are Panamerican (Nearctic plus
Neotropical). In addition to the above reported Central American rec-
ords, we have seen Cloeodes from Costa Rica and Honduras; Fallceon
from Honduras; Guajirolus from Costa Rica; and Paradoeodes from
Costa Rica and Honduras.

1 Received March 26, 1993. Accepted April 10, 1993.

2 Department of Entomology, Purdue University, West Lafayette. IN 47907.

ENT. NEWS 104(4): 193-197, September & October. 1993

194 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

In their analysis of Mesoamerican mayflies, McCafferty et al. (1992)
showed the Central American baetid fauna generally to have Neotropi-
cal affinities, rather than Nearctic. Although McCafferty et al. ( 1 992) did
not know Paracloeodes from Central America at that time, they predicted
its presence there, which would corroborate a recent Neotropical center
of dispersal for the genus. McCafferty et al. (1992) considered the dis-
tributional and cladistic data regarding Callibaetis to be too inconclusive
for deciphering a biogeographic history for the genus. Neotropical ele-
ments of this Western Hemisphere genus must be better understood
prior to hypothesizing its evolutionary history.

We have discovered one additional genus of Baetidae from Central
America and confirm the presence of another genus previously reported
on the basis of less restrictive generic concepts. Below, we provide these
records and discuss their significance.

Acerpenna Waltz and McCafferty

TheAcerpenna we report from Central America is represented by lar-
vae of two new species to be described elsewhere.

NEW RECORDS. Acerpenna spp. BELIZE. Cayo Prov.: Roaring Creek, VI/20/74, V. Resh,
larvae, PERC (Purdue Entomological Research Collection, West Lafayette, Indiana); (?):
Sibun River, Gracy, 19/VI/74, V. Resh, larvae, PERC. COSTA RICA: Guanacaste prov.:
Rio Tenorio at Finca La Pacifica, E of Panamerican H wy., II/8- 1 1/69, W. P. McCafferty, lar-
vae, PERC; Limon Prov.: Rio Banano, 16km. WSW of Bomba,9.888N/83.167W, 150m.,
111/26/87, Holzenthal, Hamilton, and Heyn, larvae, FAMU (Florida A&M University,
Tallahassee, Florida); San Jose Prov.: Rio parmita Chiquito, Rt. 12, 6.5 km. SW jet. Rt. 2.,
9.703N/83.970W, IV/10/87, HolzenthaL Hamilton, and Heyn. larvae, FAMU. HONDURAS.
Cortes Prov.: Chamalech, Rio Chamel, X/18/64, J. S. Packer, larvae, PERC. NICARA-
GUA: Presa El Clavo, IX/10/80, larvae, PERC.

REMARKS. The genus Acerpenna was erected by Waltz and McCafferty
(\981b) to include A. macdunnoughi(Ide) and A. pygmaea(Hagen). Later,
McCafferty and Waltz (1990) added A. akataleptos (Traver) and A. harti
McDunnough). All of these species occur in North America north of
Mexico, the southernmost range of any being that of A. pygmaea in the
Edwards Plateau in central Texas (McCafferty and Davis 1992; Lugo-
Ortiz and McCafferty, 1993).

The discovery of Acerpenna in the Neotropics is significant, indicat-
ing an additional Panamerican baetid genus. Waltz (pers. comm.) has
seen female adults of Acerpenna from Panama, and we have also found
the genus in South America and. the Greater Antilles, and we expect to
find it in Mexico. Further analysis of the group may indicate that Acer-
penna is yet another Panamerican baetid genus of Neotropical origin.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 195

Baetis Leach

Our Central American record of Baetis is based on larvae of B.
magnus McCafferty and Waltz. This species is a member of the rhodani
group of species, which in the Nearctic is particularly well represented in
the southwestern United States (Morihara and McCafferty 1979). Baetis
magnus is known as far north as western Nebraska (McCafferty and
Waltz 1986), and we recently have found it throughout Mexico.

NEW RECORDS. Baetis magnus. COSTA RICA. Cartago Prov.: Reserva Tapanti, Rio
Badilla, 9.688N/83.757W, 1640 m., 111/21/87, Holzenthal and Hamilton, larvae, FAMU;
Rio Birris, Rt. 8 ca. 2.5 km (air) NE of San Juan de Chicoa, 9.960N/83.844 W, 2850 m., II/4/
86, Holzenthal, Morse, and Fasth, larvae, FAMU; Puntarenas Prov.: Rio Bellavista, ca. 1 .5
km NW of Las Alturas, 8.951N/82.846W, 1400 m., Wl 5- 17/86. Holzenthal, Heyn, and
Armitage, larvae, FAMU; Rio Sinigri, ca. 2 km (air) S of Finca Helechales, 9.057N/
83.082 W, 720m., 11/21/86, Holzenthal, Morse, and Fasth, larvae. FAMU; Rio Jaba at rock
quarry. 1.4 km (air) W of Las Cruces, 8.79N/82.97W. 1150 m., Vl/14/86, Holzenthal.
Heyn. and Armitage, larvae, FAMU; San Jose Prov.: Parque Nacional Braulio Castillo,
park headquarters. 10.059N/84.017W, 1650 m.. VII/7/86, Holzenthal. Heyn, and Armi-
tage. larvae, FAMU; 12 mi. N of San Isidro del General, Panamerican Hwy., 5200 ft. V1I/20/
62. G. G. Musser, larvae, PERC. GUATEMALA. Solala Prov.: River at Panajachel. 1/16/89.
B. C. Kondratieff, larvae, PERC.

REMARKS. The genus Baetis has been the subject of considerable
recent revisionary work that has resulted in many synonymies and
recombination of species and the recognition of new genera (Morihara
and McCafferty 1979; Waltz and McCafferty 1985, 1987b, 1987c;
McCafferty and Waltz 1990). As pointed out by McCafferty et al. (1992),
no previous records of Baetis s. str. in Central America have been con-
firmed. Navas (1924) described Baetis sinuosus from Costa Rica on the
basis of a male adult. We have not been able to secure Navas' material for
evaluation. Our examination of Navas' description and figure of the
hindwing does, however, indicate a strong probability that it is a true
Baetis. most likely of the fuscatus group. Moreover, it has an apparent
similarity to B. flavistriga McDunnough, a widespread North American
species that we have seen in northern Mexico. We are therefore pro-
visionally confirming the present generic placement of this species.

Although South American species have been described in the genus
Baetis (see Hubbard and Peters 1981; Hubbarde/a/. 1992), those generic
placements are doubtful and have yet to be verified. If the Neotropical
element of Baetis proves to be limited to a sparse representation in Cen-
tral America as indicated, then it apparently is one of the fewexamples of
a Panamerican group whose Neotropical representatives are derived
from the Nearctic. This has been shown to be the case for a relatively
small number of mayfly genera, such as Isonychia Eaton (Isonychiidae)

19 6 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

and Stenonema Traver, Rhithrogena Eaton, and Iron Eaton (Hep-
tageniidae) (see McCafferty et al. 1992).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank the following for the loan or donation of Central American specimens: R. W.
Flowers and M. L. Pescador (Florida A&M University, Tallahassee), R. W. Holzenthal
(University of Minnesota, St. Paul), and B. C. Kondratieff (Colorado State University, Fort
Collins). We also thank R. D. Waltz (Indiana Department of Natural Resources, Indian-
apolis) for reading the manuscript. This paper has been assigned Purdue Experiment Sta-
tion Journal No. 13741.

LITERATURE CITED

Cohen, S. D. and R. K. Allen. 1972. New species ofBaetodes from Mexico and Central

America. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 48: 123-135.
Cohen, S. D. and R. K. Allen. 1978. Generic revisions of mayfly nymphs. III. Baetodes in

North and Central America (Baetidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 51: 253-269.
Eaton, A. E. 1881. An announcement of new genera of the Ephemeridae. Entomol. Mon.

Mag. 17: 191-197.
Eaton, A. E. 1883-88. A revisional monograph of recent Ephemeridae or mayflies. Trans.

Linn. Soc. London. Zool. Ser. 3: 1-352.
Flowers, R. W. 1985. Guajirolus, a new genus of Neotropical Baetidae. Stud. Neotrop.

Fauna Environ. 20: 27-31.
Flowers, R. W. 1991. Diversity of stream-living insects in northwestern Panama. J. N. Am.

Benthol. Soc. 10: 322-334.
Hubbard, M. D. and W. L. Peters. 1981. Ephemeroptera. pp. 55-63 In: S. H. Hulbert, G.

Rodriguez, and N. D. Santos [eds.]. Aquatic biota of tropical South America, Part 1:

Arthropoda. San Diego State University, San Diego.
Hubbard, M. D., E. Dominguez, and M. L. Pescador. 1992. Los Ephemeroptera de la

Repiiblica Argentina: un catalogo. Revta. Soc. Ent. Argent. 50: 201-240.
Lugo-Ortiz, C. R. and W. P. McCafferty. 1933. The mayflies (Ephemeroptera) of Texas

and their biogeographic affinities. In: L. Corkum and J. Ciborowski [eds.]. Proceedings

of the seventh international conference on Ephemeroptera. Sandhill Crane Press,

Gainesville. In press.
McCafferty, W. P. 1985. New records of Ephemeroptera from Middle America. Intern.

Quart. Entomol. 1:9-11.
McCafferty, W. P. and J. R. Davis. 1992. New and additional records of small minnow

mayflies (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae) from Texas. Entomol. News 103: 199-209.
McCafferty, W. P. and C. R. Lugo-Ortiz. 1992. Registros nuevos y notas sobre los

Ephemeroptera de Nicaragua. Rev. Nica. Entomol. 19: 1-7.
McCafferty. W P. and R. D. Waltz. \986.Baetismagnus. new species, formal new name for

Baetis sp. B of Morihara and McCafferty (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Proc. Entomol.

Soc. Wash. 88: 604.
McCafferty, W. P. and R. D. Waltz. 1990. Revisionary synopsis of the Baetidae

(Ephemeroptera) of North and Middle America. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 1 16: 769-

799.
McCafferty, W. P., R. W. Flowers, and R. D. Waltz. 1992. The biogeography of

Mesoamerican mayflies, pp. 173-193 In: S. P. Darwin and A. L. Welden [eds.], Bioge-
ography of Mesoamerica: proceedings of a symposium. Tulane Univ. Stud. Zool. Bot..

Suppl. Publ. 1.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 197

Morihara, D. K. and W. P. McCafferty. 1979. The Baetis larvae of North America

(Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 105: 139-221.
Navas, L. 1924. Insectos de la America Central. Broteria. 21: 55-86.
Packer, J. S. 1966. A preliminary study of the mayflies of Honduras. Ceiba 12: 1-10.
Traver, J. R. and G. F. Edmunds, Jr. 1968. A revision of the Baetidae with spatulate-

clawed nymphs (Ephemeroptera). Pac. Insects 10: 629-677.
Waltz, R. D. and W. P. McCafferty. \985.Moribaetis: a new genus of Neotropical Baetidae

(Ephemeroptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 87: 239-251.
Waltz, R. D. and W. P. McCafferty. 1987a. Revision of the genus Cloeodes Traver

(Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 80: 191-207.
Waltz, R. D. and W. P. McCafferty. 1987b. New genera of Baetidae previously included

in Baetis Leach (Ephemeroptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 80: 667-670.
Waltz, R. D. and W. P. McCafferty. 1987c. Systematics of Pseudocloeon. Acentrella,

Baetiella, and Liebebiella, new genus (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc.

95: 553-568.

1933 CALVERT AWARD PRESENTED FOR STUDY OF
STREAM INVERTEBRATES

Justin Schilling grew up near Wissahickon Creek in southeastern Pennsylvania. He
noticed that a small tributary flowing near a limestone quarry had a lot of chalky sediment.
He hypothesized that the sediment was limestone dust (calcium carbonate) and that
mollusks whose shells are made of calcium carbonate would be more abundant on
Wissahickon Creek downstream from the tributary. After a thorough study of water quality
and an analysis of stream invertebrates at three locations, he refuted his hypothesis. In the
process he learned a lot about the identification of local aquatic insects. Among the
approximately 25 students who entered insect-related projects at the Delaware Valley
Science Fairs, Justin was one of the few who could discuss insect biology and taxonomy.
The American Entomological Society awarded Justin Schilling its annual Calvert Award
for his project entitled "The Effects of a Limestone Tributary on Invertebrate Life in the
Wissahickon Creek." Justin is a sophomore at Abington Friends School in Jenkintown.
Pennsylvania.

The Calvert Award recognizes outstanding insect-related work by a young person in
the Delaware Valley. It honors Dr. Philip P. Calvert who joined the Society as a teenager,
later became its president, and was a member for 74 years until his death in 1961. As a pro-
fessor of biology at the University of Pennsylvania and as an associate of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Dr. Calvert stimulated an interest in insects among
many young people. The award includes membership in The American Entomological
Society and the Young Entomologists' Society and a check for $50.

The Calvert Award was presented April 28 at the Society's membership meeting at the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Also honored were Benjamin Martin for his
runner-up project, "The Extraction and Testing of Natural Pesticides", and Ben Blanchard

for his honorable mention project, "A Quantitative Study of Water Quality in Local

Streams using Macroinvertebrates."

Harold B. White. Vice President. A.E.S.
and Chair. Education Committee

198 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CARPENTER ANT (HYMENOPTERA:

FORMICIDAE) TUNNELS VISUALIZED

BY COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHYi

Rif S. El-Mallakh2

ABSTRACT: Carpenter ant (Camponotus sp.) tunnels within a wooden beam of Douglas
fir (Pseudotsugo menziesii) were studied by X-ray computed tomography. A pattern charac-
terized by the main, or lead, tunnel within the pith and giving rise to an ever expanding set
of tunnels was noted. This innovative method of examination of wood specimens provides
accurate information about the interior tunnel systems of the ants without the need for sec-
tioning the wood and destroying the specimen.

Carpenter ants, Camponotus sp., are common, economically impor-
tant animals with a world wide distribution. Within the United States the
nine most common species are found primarily in the heavily wooded
moist northeast and northwest (Olkowski, Daar, and Olkowski, 1991).
Most species seek protection within tunnels excavated in dead or decay-
ing wood, but are capable of chewing through undamaged wood as well.
They may be attracted to man made structures, particularly if the wood is
weathered or if the structure contains small hollow areas within wooden
walls (Olkowski, Daar, and Olkowski, 1991). Since they do not feed on
the wood and since a colony may require 3-6 years to grow to its mature
size of roughly 2000 individuals, they are often slow to cause extensive
damage (Ebling, 1978).

The economic importance of carpenter ants derives primarily from
their tunnel excavations, consequently tunnel structure has been exten-
sively studied. It has long been known that they preferentially chew
through the softer heart and spring wood to produce a pattern of ever
enlarging concentric tunnels (Goetsch, 1953). in the past, making these
observations has required the destruction of the wooden structure that
holds the nest; this paper presents the results of an alternative method
which uses X-ray computed tomography to map the 3-dimensional
architecture of Camponotus tunnels without destroying the original
specimen.

1 Received December 3. 1992. Accepted April 7. 1993

- Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences. University of Louisville School of
Medicine, Louisville, Kentucky 40292

F.NT. NEWS 104(4): 198-202. September & October. 1993

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 199

MATERIALS AND METHODS

A severely damaged wood beam was obtained from the Field
Museum of Natural History in Chicago, Illinois (Figures 1 & 2). The
specimen was donated by a sculptor who had bought it for his work. Its
origins prior to that are unknown. The wood was identified by vascular
anatomy to be Douglas fir, Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirb.) Franco. It
measured 9cm X 8.5 cm X 63.5 cm.

The wood was scanned with a 1005 type head EMI computerized
axial tomography (C.A.T.) scanner (EMItronics Inc., X-ray Systems
Division, Northbrook, Illinois), an early generation computed tomog-
raphy machine manufactured in the early 1970s. It is designed to obtain
cross-sectional X-ray images of the human brain and to reconstruct
them digitally. Each cross-sectional plane is scanned several times from
a variety of angles over 240 while corresponding X-ray attenuation data
are gathered. Since the degree of X-ray attenuation is dependent on the
density of the object, the image is a computer reconstruction of the den-
sity of the material. In this study, an 8 mm thick x-ray beam was used for
each slice, with a energy of 120 kV and 33mA.

RESULTS

A representative sample of the images is shown in Figures 3a-f. In
these photographs white areas are wood of sufficient density that it can
be resolved by the computer (usually summer wood). The dark areas are
either empty spaces or wood of such low density (usually spring wood)
that it cannot be resolved by the machine at the energy settings used. The
leading end of the ant tunnels is seen in the pith of the beam in Figure
3a. This section corresponds to the right arrow in Figure 1. As one
travels toward the outer end of wood beam (i.e., toward the end pictured
in Figure 2), the extent of the tunnels becomes progressively enlarged
(Figures 3a-3f)- While the density of the spring wood was less than the
resolution of the machine at the energy settings used, selective destruc-
tion of the spring wood can be ascertained by the clear presence of rem-
nants of summer wood within the major portion of the tunnels (Figures
3c, 3d, and 3e).

200

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

^ Ir. .t

*VS' 4 '-

.<* * 1. * ' ft ;A

^v?* ^

Figure 1 . The Douglas fir specimen used in this study. Only the portion between the arrows
was scanned. The right arrow corresponds to Figure 3a, while the left arrow corresponds to
Figure 3f.

Figure 2. Typical macroscopic pattern of severe Componotus damage. This photo corres-
ponds to Figure 3f.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993

201

Figure 3. Six representative photographs from a total of 24 taken. Each image is the average
density of 8 mm thick slice of wood, (a) The leading end of the runnel. Note that the ants
start at the soft pith, (b-e) A series revealing the progressive widening of the ant excavations.
Remnants of denser spring wood can occasionally be seen within the main body of the tun-
nel, (e) At the outer edge of the tunnel, the entire thickness of the beam is damaged.

DISCUSSION

Computerized tomography is a medical diagnostic instrument that
visualizes the internal soft tissue anatomy of the human body and brain
(Huckman, 1975; Weisberg, 1979). Its use in clinical medicine is now
quite extensive.

The application of this technique to the study of tunnels created by
Camponotus is proposed, and our study verifies that the results obtained
by this method are similar to previously reported patterns of tunnel
architecture. Specifically, the X-ray data is compatible with the primary
or leading end of carpenter ant tunnels being through the softer pith and
with the ants expanding their tunnels laterally with some sparing of the
denser summer wood (Goetsch, 1953).

202 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

However, there are various limitations to the technique. First, the
great size and intricacy of the machine prevent any level of portabil-
ity. This reduces the potential application of this technique to relatively
small specimens that must be brought to the instrument. Second, at
current prices, computerized tomography time is very expensive (human
diagnostic charges average $600.00 per hour, and one hour would be
needed for most specimens). Third, while overall tunnel structure can be
visualized, small structural details, or the insects themselves are below
the level of resolution. The thickness of the X-ray beam, 8 mm in the
model used in this study, and software limitations of this and more
advanced models, make maximal resolution approximately 5 mm.
Finally, in this study full appreciation of the tunnel system was limited
due to inability to visualize the less dense spring wood. This problem can
be partly alleviated by decreasing the energy of the X-ray beam, and is
not a problem when scanning more dense material.

Nonetheless, this technique may be useful for ascertaining the extent
of insect damage to valuable wooden specimens (e.g., sculptures, an-
tiques, etc.). More importantly, since 3-dimensional reconstructions can
be made from the digitalized data, additional perfection of this tech-
nique can lead to the creation of manipulatable perspective images that
can be used for teaching or comparing 3-dimensional nest structure of
various species.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

lam indebted to George Wilder for help in the identification of the wood; Eric Smith for
the loan of the wood specimen; Donald Baumgartner for his insightful comments; and Saf-
wat El-Mallakh for the photographic work. Rush Presbyterian - St. Luke's Hospital,
Chicago, Illinois, graciously donated the use of their CAT. scanner.

LITERATURE CITED

Ebeling, W. 1978. Urban Entomology. Univ. of Calif. Press, Berkeley, CA, 695 pp.

Goetsch, W. 1953. The Ants. The Univ. of Mich. Press, Ann Arbor, MI, pp. 52-58.

Huckman, M.S. 1975. Clinical experience with the intravenous infusion of iodinated con-
trast material as an adjunct to computed tomography. Surgical Neurology 4: 297-
318.

Olkowski, W., Daar, S., and Olkowski, H. 1991. Common-Sense Pest Control. Taunton
Press, Newton, CT, 715 pp.

Weisberg, L.A. 1979. Computed tomography in the diagnosis of intracranial disease.
Annals of Internal Medicine 91: 87-105.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 203

AN INEXPENSIVE VACUUM COLLECTOR
FOR INSECT SAMPLING 1

S. W. Wilson2, J. L. Smith 2 , A. H. Purcell, III 3

ABSTRACT: An inexpensive suction sampler was constructed by modifying a gasoline
powered leaf blower/vacuum (Weed Eater) Comparison of the sampler with use of an
aquatic dip net to collect a planthopper species from emergent aquatic plants showed that
the sampler was more efficient in collecting adults and was especially useful for capturing
early instars. The Weed Eater sampler was comparable or superior to a D-Vac for collect-
ing grassland arthropods (Wright and Stewart 1992). The total cost of this light (<6 kg.)
sampler, including modifications, is ca. $130.

The commonly used methods of collecting or sampling insects by
sweeping, beating, aspirating, or hand-picking undercollect very small
insects and mites disproportionately and miss arthropods at the base of
low vegetation (Herms et al, 1990; Perfect and Cook, 1983; Schotzko
and O'Keeffe, 1989; South wood, 1978; Summers et al., 1984). Suction
collectors such as the D-Vac (Dietrick, 1961) overcome these inade-
quacies at the costs of large size and weight (18.1 kg), expense
(US$1 100+), portability, and reliability. In this paper we describe a
relatively small (5.7 kg), inexpensive ($130) and portable vacuum col-
lector (hereafter referred to as the "bug-vac") easily converted from a
gasoline-powered leaf blower.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Modifications were made to a Weed Eater hand held leaf blower
(Model 1920, 920, or 960) and Weed Eater vacuum attachment kit
(Model 952-701613 (VA 1905)) purchased at a discount store (the manu-
facturer's address is: Poulan/Weed Eater, Division White Consolidated
Industries, Inc., Shreveport, Louisiana 71139-9329, USA). Materials for
modification include duct tape (heavy duty cloth tape), eight 1 .2 cm x 0.3
cm machine screws, eight lock washers and nuts, one piece of 0.95 cm
metal circular screen, and two U-clamps (to attach the strap to the body
of the leaf blower). Detailed instructions for assembly and use as a leaf
vacuum are supplied by the manufacturer with the vacuum attachment
kit; modifications to these instructions include the following:

1 Received January 30, 1993, Accepted March 20, 1993

- Department of Biology, Central Missouri State University, Warrensburg, MO 64093

3 Department of Entomological Science. University of California. Berkeley. CA 94720

ENT. NEWS 104(4): 203-208. September & October. 1993

204 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1 ) The strap on the vacuum bag (part of the vacuum attachment kit)
was cut off where it connects to the bag, the bag disposed of (the
machine can be operated with the vacuum bag attached), and a
clamp sewn onto each end of the strap. The clamps on the strap
were attached to the ring on the leaf blower handle.

2) The basal end of the vacuum tube (from the vacuum attachment
kit) was fastened to its fitting sleeve by four bolts and nuts rather
than just by the large, circular hose clamp supplied for this pur-
pose. Four holes were drilled through the plastic sleeve on the
machine, the base of the plastic vacuum tube, and the hose clamp.
The exposed ends of the bolts were wrapped with duct tape around
the outside of the vacuum tube ("a" in Fig. 1).

3) We used two methods to prevent the insect-collecting bag from
being accidentally sucked into the vacuum fan. Either ( 1) a flat cir-
cular piece of wire screen (0.95 cm mesh) can be bolted into the
interior of the vacuum tube about 30 cm from the distal end of the
tube or (2) the screen can be fashioned into a cup-shaped basket
that fits snugly within the tube with the rim of the basket bent flush
and taped along the outside 2 cm of the vacuum tube. Loose ends
of wire in the screen are soldered. In either method, any protrud-
ing bolts or the wire rim of the basket are tightly wrapped with
heavy tape to cover these sharp protrusions ("b" in Fig. 1).

Orienting the leaf blower in a reverse (or backward) position facili-
tates starting.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The bug vac proved equal or superior to sampling with a D-Vac or
net. Wright and Stewart (1992) converted an Atco "Blow- Vac" leaf-
blower using our directions and compared its sampling efficiency to a D-
Vac in three grassland sites in Great Britain. They found that the
"Blow- Vac" collected comparable numbers of Diptera, Hymenoptera,
and most Homoptera (Auchenorrhyncha). The D-Vac caught signifi-
cantly greater numbers of two species of leafhoppers (Cicadellidae) at
one of the three sites. However, their "Blow- Vac" proved much more effi-
cient than the D-Vac for capturing Coleoptera and Araneae.

The improved collection of immature planthoppers such as the
delphacid Pissonotus piceus (Van Duzee) (Homoptera: Fulgoroidea)
using the bug-vac was demonstrated in collections from its host, the
emergent aquatic plant "mild water pepper" (Polygonum hydropiperoides
Michx.) Sweeping this plant proved to be an inadequate method of
collecting this delphacid. A more efficient method, used once per week

Vol. 104. No. 4. September & October, 1993

205

Fig. 1 . Using the gasoline-powered leaf blower adapted as an insect vacuum ("bug-vac") to
collect insects from an aquatic emergent plant. Four bolts attach the basal end of the
vacuum tube to a sleeve on the machine; exposed ends of the bolts are covered with cloth
tape (a). A wire screen is bolted to the inside of the collector tube; exposed ends of the bolts
are covered with cloth tape(b). A net bag is inserted in the vacuum tube and attached with
two large rubber bands (c).

206

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

during 1989, was to strike the plants with an aquatic dip net and aspirate
the insects from the net. During 1990, the bug- vac was used to sample
insects from plants as the collector waded through the vegetation (Fig. 1 ).
The bug-vac reduced average sampling times from 45 to 5 minutes and
collected a greater mean number of planthoppers (Fig. 2; t = 2.87, p <
0.05). It was especially useful for collecting the small (length ca 1 .0 mm.)
first instar nymphs (Fig. 3; t = 3.15; p < 0.05), few of which were
damaged.

As with other vacuum collectors, the bug-vac develops higher intake
velocities with the collecting tube near the ground. Despite this, we
collected significantly higher numbers of the leafhopper Fieberiellaflorii
Stal (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) from its typical shrub or hedge host
plants in Berkeley, California with the bug-vac, than with a standard

600

100 -

.III

;;

;

]

CMCNO CM O O CNCVJ

I I I I I I I I I I I I

^ 71 ' OiC7>C7>COCLCLQ.Q.Q.

^^J^ZJr3Z3<Da><DO><U

<<<<mcncniocn

Fig. 2. Number of Pissonotus piceus collected per week with a dip net (dark stippling) and
bug-vac (light stippling); N dip net = 1587, N bug vac = 3732.

Vol. 104. No. 4. September & October. 1993

207

sweep net (Purcell, unpuhl. data). In these sampling experiments, equal-
length halves of boxwood (Buxus sp.) or privet (Ligustrum sp.) hedges
were sampled by thoroughly sweeping or vacuuming horizontally with
the net or bug-vac. Typical of other suction collectors, the bug-vac was
more efficient than sweeping, especially in collecting early instar
nymphs of F. florii.

The light weight and size of the bug-vac allow it to be transported, dis-
assembled, in a large suitcase if the exhaust tube and terminal end of the
vacuum tube are removed. Also, it can be carried in a carton that fits
easily in the luggage compartment of small automobiles. One disadvan-
tage shared with the D-Vac is the high noise level of the bug-vac; ear pro-
tection should be worn during operation. The engine has proven to be
reliable and durable over four seasons of use.

450

300 -

50 -

o ' r-

CN CM

I I

O
I

cr> ' vo

CN
I I

O
I

CN
I

co ' T

OslO
I I

Q.
<D

Fig. 3. Number of Pissonotus piceus first instars collected per week with a dip net (dark stip-
pling) and bug-vac (light stippling); Njjp net = 92, N^ ug vac =

208 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank L. R. Nault for sponsoring our demonstration of the bug vac at the Inter-
national Auchenorrhyncha Conference in Wooster, Ohio, in August 1990. We appreciate
the review of the manuscript by R. F. Denno, constructive comments of J. H.Tsaiand M. R.
Wilson, and data and enthusiasm of A. J. A. Stewart.

LITERATURE CITED

Dietrick, E. J. 1961. An improved back pack motor fan for suction sampling of insect pop-
ulations. J. Econ. Entomol. 54:394-395.

Herms, D. A., D. G. Nielsen, and T. D. Syndor. 1990. Comparison of two methods for
sampling arboreal insect populations. J. Econ. Entomol. 83:869-874.

Perfect, T. J. and A. G. Cook. 1983. Population sampling for planthoppers, leafhoppers
(Hemiptera: Delphacidae & Cicadellidae) and their predators in flooded rice. Bull.
Entomol. Res. 73:345-355.

Schotzko, D. J. and L. E. O'Keeffe. 1989. Comparison of sweepnet, D-Vac, and absolute
sampling, and diel variation of sweep net sampling estimates in lentils for pea
aphid (Homoptera: Aphididae), nabids (Hemiptera: Nabidae), lady beetles (Coleop-
tera: Coccinellidae), and lacewings (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae). J. Econ. Entomol.
82:491-506.

Southwood, T. R. E. 1978. Ecological Methods. Halstead Press, New York. 524 pp.

Summers, C. G., R. E. Garrett, and F. G. Zalom. 1984. New suction device for sampling
arthropod populations. J. Econ. Entomol. 77:817-823.

Wright, A. F. and A. J. A. Stewart. 1992. A study of the efficiency of a new inexpensive type
of suction apparatus in quantitative sampling of grassland invertebrate populations.
Bull. British Ecol. Soc. : 116-120.

Vol. 104. No. 4, September & October. 1993 209

INSECT REMOVAL FROM STICKY TRAPS USING
A CITRUS OIL SOLVENT

Richard S. Miller 2 , Steven Passoa 3 , Robert D. Waltz 4 , Victor Mastro 5

ABSTRACT: A new procedure using citrus oil was developed for removing both heavily
sclerotized and soft-bodied insect specimens from sticky traps. The scales of adult
Lepidoptera are usually left intact. Procedures for using standard techniques such as pin-
ning, slide preparation, and genitalic dissection are also discussed.

Although sticky traps are used extensively for studying and monitor-
ing insect populations (Peterson 1964; Murphy 1985), removal and iden-
tification of trapped specimens is difficult (Lindgren et al. 1983; Murphy
1985; Knodel and Agnello 1990). The sticky material in the traps, usually
polyisobutylene (PIB), often obscures or distorts critical characters
needed for accurate determination. Murphy (1985) tested the use of
various solvents to remove sclerotized insects, such as Coleoptera and
Hymenoptera, from sticky traps. He found that polar solvents are unsuit-
able and suggested several alternative nonpolar solvents including
toluene, heptane, hexane, and xylene. Ethyl acetate, methychloroform,
petroleum spirits, gasoline, and kerosene proved less effective. Because
all these solvents are, to some extent, toxic to humans and flammable,
they must be used under a fume hood in the laboratory away from flames
or electric equipment. Besides the laboratory hazards, these solvents are
ineffective for extracting adult Lepidoptera and soft-bodied insects
(Murphy 1985).

Because some of the targets of the USDA exotic pest detection pro-
gram are microlepidoptera, we sought alternative solvents and pro-
cedures for sticky trap insect identification. One potential alternative
solvent is citrus oil, which has the initial advantage that it is on the GRAS
(Generally Regarded As Safe) list of the Food and Drug Administra-
tion.

1 Received November 4, 1992. Accepted February 25, 1993.

2 Department of Entomology, Leon Johnson Hall, Montana State University, Bozeman.
Montana 59717. Formerly USDA/APHIS/PPQ, 8895 E. Main St., Reynoldsburg. OH
43068.

3 USDA/APHIS/PPQ, 8895 E. Main St.. Building 3, Room 109, Reynoldsburg. OH
43068.

4 Division of Entomology and Plant Pathology, Indiana Department of Natural Re-
sources, 402 West Washington Street, Room W290, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204.

5 Methods Development Lab., Building 1368, Otis Air National Guard Base, Massa-
chusetts 02542-5008.

ENT. NEWS 104(4): 209-213, September & October. 1993

210 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

METHODS

We tested citrus oil marketed by three sources for effectiveness in the
extraction of various orders of insects imbedded in PIB. Formulations
included Durkee lemon extract used as a food additive and purchased
at a local supermarket; a histological clearing agent marketed as Histo-
Clear by National Diagnostics; and Livos thinning agent #7222 sold
by Livos Plant Chemistry Inc.* Insect specimens used in the tests were
those submitted on delta, Rebell, and wing traps to the USDA Pest
Identification Laboratory in Reynoldsburg, Ohio. The effectiveness of
the formulations was observed for most orders of insects.

RESULTS

All citrus oil formulations examined were viable alternatives to other
solvents listed by Murphy (1985), although cost per unit volume varies
widely. Our tests of various handling techniques suggest the following
procedures for removing and identifying specimens from PIB.

Screening Samples. Sticky trap bottoms are most effectively
screened with an illuminated magnifying glass mounted on a stable
base. It is also advantageous to cover the work area with scraps of card-
board to protect the work surface from being fouled with PIB or
scratched with a scalpel blade. If a stereomicroscope is used, protect the
objective lens with a neutral density or polarizing filter to prevent con-
tact with PIB.

Insect Removal. If the specimen is fresh and heavily sclerotized, for
example a beetle, it may be lifted directly from the trap bottom and
placed into solvent. A few drops of citrus oil on the trap bottom will
loosen the specimen and ease removal. However, if the specimen is dry
and brittle or soft bodied, it should be left untouched on the trap. The
extraneous portion of the trap (and any excess PIB) surrounding the
insect should be cut away with a scalpel before it is placed in the solvent
bath. Movement should be minimized, because any distortion of the PIB
will probably damage the specimen by pulling it apart. The volume of
the solvent bath should be at least sufficient to cover the specimen. After
a few hours the insect will float clear of the trap and PIB. Most specimens
can be left in the solvent overnight until any residual PIB has dissolved.
To prevent saturation of the citrus oil, the cut portion of the trap bottom
should be removed after the insect has been freed. The length of time

*FOOTNOTE. Mention of commercial products in this paper does not constitute a recom-
mendation by the United States Department of Agriculture.

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 211

required in the solvent varies with the amount of PIB to be dissolved and
the condition of the solvent. Solvent effectiveness will eventually decline
when it becomes saturated and, consequently, the time required to
remove the PIB will increase. Glassware (e.g., petri dishes) must be used
because citrus oil will react with plastic.

One way to speed removal of the PIB is to use an ultrasonic cleaner.
The insect is put in a small vial filled with solvent and placed in the
ultrasonic cleaner with water. The vial is required for two reasons. It
dampens the sound waves protecting fragile insects from excessive
movement and potential damage, and it conserves solvent because it is
not necessary to fill the whole tank. Most hard-bodied insects will be
cleaned in 5-10 seconds. Wings of Lepidoptera can also be descaled in
this manner for morphometric and venational studies.

Occasionally, a film of dried PIB will adhere to the specimen when it
is removed from spent solvent. This residue can usually be removed by
rinsing the insect in xylene and/or absolute ethanol. Leaving material
overnight in fresh citrus oil is another option. Although specimens may
be left in the citrus oil for extended periods without apparent damage,
they do become more brittle after 24 hours.

Pinning. After allowing the specimen to air-dry for a few minutes, it
may be pinned. If the insect must be relaxed before pinning, it can be
immersed in water for a few hours (or in subboiling water for a few
minutes).

Alcoholic Specimens. Insects which normally are stored in alcohol
may be rehydrated by placing them in subboiling water for a few minutes
before permanent preservation in 80% alcohol.

Slide-mounted Specimens. Very small specimens, e.g., springtails,
thrips, mites, scale crawlers, some nematoceran Diptera, and Hymenop-
tera for which the preparation of slide mounts may be necessary, can be
transferred directly from PIB into Euparal. Specimens that need to be
cleared before mounting should be handled as in the above section, thus
significantly reducing clearing time in KOH. Warming the Euparol prior
to mounting is helpful.

Preparation of Genitalia. The following procedure can be used to
prepare genitalia of moths trapped in PIB. Standard techniques dis-
cussed by Holloway et al (1987) have been modified and shortened to
save time in screening large samples.

1. Pull the abdomen from the trap substrate.

2. Immerse in citrus oil to clean specimen.

3. If still not free of PIB, return specimen to solvent for another 12
hours.

212 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

4. When cleaned of PIB and if time permits, place abdomen in 10%
potassium or sodium hydroxide (KOH or NaOH) for 12-24 hours at
room temperature. Alternatively, wear safety goggles and boil the ab-
domen in hot hydroxide until it is soft.

5. Wash abdomen in water, or preferably, a 5% solution of glacial
acetic acid and water to neutralize the KOH or NaOH.

6. Place abdomen in 50% alcohol and mechanically brush scales
from it.

7. Stain with mercurochrome or chlorozal E black if desired.

8. Either place specimen in vial of 70% alcohol, mount in Hoyer's
solution, or clear and dehydrate the specimen for mounting in a resin
such as Euparol or Canada balsam.

The time required to prepare lepidopteran genitalia varies exten-
sively. Large moths generally require a longer KOH or NaOH bath than
smaller moths. Typically, a large moth may require almost a day at room
temperature, whereas smaller moths may need only a few hours. There-
fore, we recommend monitoring the progress of maceration. For those
unfamiliar with this technique, we suggest making trial runs with moths
of various sizes before attempting to use this technique on actual un-
knowns. Specimens left in citrus oil too long will be brittle, while those
left in KOH too long will be over-cleared and difficult to see.

In many cases where quick determination is required, "valve-rip-
ping" may be utilized. In this procedure the genitalic valva is grasped at
the base, pulled off the abdomen, placed in citrus oil, and then cleaned in
alcohol. Identification of many genera of Tortricidae and Noctuidae can
be confirmed by examining only the shape of the valve.

CONCLUSION

The success of each preparation depends largely on the condition of
the specimen when it is removed from the trap bottom. Fresh specimens
that are shallowly embedded in the PIB provide the best results, but even
those totally immersed can usually be recovered if they have not decom-
posed. Larger insects usually fare better, because small insects are more
likely to become immersed and decay. Extensive struggle by the insect on
the trap after capture often results in loss of setae and' scales. Addi-
tionally, scales, setae, and wings are often dislodged if the specimens are
manipulated before removal of the polyisobutylene. Specimens re-
moved with citrus oil using the above procedures have been maintained
for more than two years with no adverse effects.

Citrus oil offers distinct advantages over previously used solvents for
removing PIB, and most orders of insects have been extracted sue-

Vol. 104. No. 4, September & October, 1993 213

cessfully from sticky traps using this procedure. Generally, the tech-
nique works well for all taxa tested, but a higher percentage of success
occurs in fresh and more sclerotized specimens. Unlike solvents listed by
Murphy (1985), citrus oil does not leave specimens unduly brittle, and
subsequent laboratory and curatorial techniques can be easily accom-
plished after removal. Solvent toxicity is reduced or absent, although a
fume hood is still recommended to avoid breathing the fumes. Most
important, soft-bodied insects and Lepidoptera can be treated without
damage, if properly handled. Several problems remain: citrus oil is flam-
mable, the process remains time consuming, all specimens are not
recoverable, trap bottoms are often not reusable, and no specimens are
perfect "display quality." Other dry-trapping methods with screens to
remove unwanted nontargets are recommended if specimen quality is
critical.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Michael A. Ivie, Charles A. Triplehorn, and Raymond E. Hite, two anony-
mous reviewers, and the editor for critical comment on an early draft of this manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Holloway, J.D., J.D. Bradley, and D J. Carter. 1987. Lepidoptera. In: Belts, C.R. (ed.)
CIE Guides to Insects of Importance to Man, Vol. 1. CAB International Institute of
Entomology, England. 261 pp.

Knodel, J.J. and A.M. Agnello. 1990. Field comparison of nonsticky and sticky traps for
monitoring fruit pests in western New York. J. Econ. Entomol. 83:197-204.

Lindgren, B.S., J.H. Borden, L. Chong, L.M. Friskie, and D.B. Orr. 1983. Factors
influencing the efficiency of pheromone-baited traps for three species of ambrosia
beetles (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). Can. Entomol. 115:303-313.

Murphy, W.L. 1985. Procedure for the removal of insect specimens from sticky trap
material. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 78:881.

Peterson, A. 1964. Entomological Techniques. How to Work with Insects. 10th ed. Ento-
mological Reprint Specialists, Los Angeles, California, v + 435 pp.

214 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

BOOK REVIEWS

LIFE IN AMBER. George O. Poinar, Jr. 1992. Stanford University Press.
350 pp. $55.00

LES FANTOMES DE L'AMBRE INSECTES FOSSILES DANS
L/AMBRE DE LA BALTIQUE. E. Krzeminska, W. Krzeminski, J-P.
Haenni and C. Dufour. 1992. Musee d'histoire naturelle de Neufchatel
(14, Rue des Terreaux, CH-2000 Neufchatel, Switzerland). 142 pp. 38
SFR. (in French)

Amber is a very hot topic these days, with recent articles about it appearing in widely
different publications, such as The Philadelphia Inquirer, Newsweek, Smithsonian, and
Nature. Much of the interest in the general public has been sparked by an interplay of
reality and fiction. For example, recent reports on the actual sequencing of DNA from
amber-enclosed insect fossils now places the oldest sequenced DNA from a weevil in
Lebanese amber (125 million years old) while the fictional idea of cloning dinosaurs from
dinosaur DNA in blood fed upon by amber-enclosed mosquitoes is of critical importance
to the blockbuster dinosaur book and movie, Jurassic Park. In addition, many museums
across the country, including the Academy of Natural Sciences, have mounted exhibits
looking at the scientific research behind Jurassic Park; and these shows have given the
public a chance to see actual insect fossils in amber, along with the standard dinosaur
bones. Entomologists have surely noted the numerous recent papers by insect systematists
on amber insect fossils, most of this resulting from amber mined in the last few decades
from the Dominican Republic. The above reviewed books, both written by experts in
amber research, are well timed to take advantage of this heightened interest, hopefully
allowing the books to reach a broad audience.

George Poinar's work on organisms in amber (primarily Dominican) extends back to
1975 and includes numerous papers on the invertebrates as well as describing the
Dominican tree species which is considered the source of the resin, Hymenaea protera
Poinar. The first 60 pages of his book Life in Amber provides a concise and easily readable
text dealing with the history of man's activities with amber, the formation of amber and its
physical characteristics and a discussion of worldwide amber deposits. Particularly in-
teresting is a section on distinguishing amber from recently deposited resin called copal
(up to 4 million years old) and even present day, synthetic resins; Poinar details how "fake"
amber inclusions are made and stresses how difficult it is to distinguish some of these from
true fossilized amber. One learns that amber is not only found just in the color arising from
its name, but may vary from light yellow to deep brown, with oxidized amber becoming
reddish. The chapter on the world's amber deposits details all the major areas dating from
the Mesozoic and Cenozoic, with maps and tables comparing ages of the deposits. Also of
interest was the extensive discussion on the origin of Baltic amber; there is conflicting
evidence on the primary species of tree which deposited the resin, either a Pinus-\ike conifer
or araucarian, with Poinar supporting an Agathis-\ike araucarian. As a museum curator
maintaining amber insect fossils, I found that the brief discussion of amber conservation
was inadequate and lacked any references, but this may reflect only a paucity of research
on this topic.

Most of Life in Amber (nearly 200 pages) consists of a taxon by taxon discussion of the
biological inclusions found, starting with bacteria and ending with invertebrates. Insects,
by virtue of their diversity and generally small size, make up the vast majority of these
inclusions. Each family is treated in a paragraph or two, with a few sentences on general
morphology and life history, then a listing of the generic forms found in the deposits, and

Vol. 104, No. 4, September & October, 1993 215

pertinent references. Two appendices in the back of the book list all the taxa (generally to
family level) known from Mexican and Domincan amber (lists for Baltic amber have
appeared elsewhere). This taxon-based section of the book is well illustrated with high
quality photographs of the organisms; the eight color plates are particularly striking.
Poinar's stated goal is to inform researchers of relevant organisms in amber and to
encourage these scientists to incorporate these specimens into their systematic and bio-
geographic studies, and this book is successful in presenting the information.

The last section (about 30 pages) concerns amber inclusions in discussions of paleo-
symbiosis, extinction, biogeography and prospects for molecular studies. Of some disap-
pointment to me is the section entitled "Reconstructing Ancient Landscapes," a mere two
pages of very general information. This again may reflect upon the lack of information
published on the subject, and the difficulties of utilizing any particular deposit of amber as
a meaningful sample of the ecology of that time period.

The book Lesfantomesdeiambre delves deeply into the largest deposits of amber, those
of the Baltic region, and was produced as a companion volume to the exhibit of the same
name presently on display at the Musee d'histoire naturelle in Neufchatel, Switzerland.
Although the text is in French, which will, unfortunately, reduce its audience here in the
States, this book is visually beautiful, profusely illustrated with magnificent colored
photographs interspersed with attractive line illustrations which transcend any language.
The first chapter, by Haenni and Dufour, details the history of Baltic amber and man
(which one finds out extends at least back to Neolithic times), and also discussed the con-
tinuing use of amber in art, industry, and medicine. A well illustrated section shows how
the amber is found and mined. The remainder of the book, by the Krzeminskis, details the
formation of the Baltic deposits, characteristics of amber, and its inclusions; the taxa are
discussed in general ecological groups such as predators, parasites and aquatic insects. As
a dipterist myself, one fact jumped out at me: of the Baltic amber inclusions, about 90% are
insects, and 70% of these are Dipteral Concluding the book is a small section discussing
preparation of amber for scientific study and on conservation.

For anyone interested in amber, or insect fossils in general, I highly recommend both of
these very attractive, informative books.

Jon FC Gelhaus, Dept. of
Entomology, Academy of Natural Sciences

SOCIETY MEETING OF FEBRUARY 24, 1993

SOME OTHER INTERESTING THINGS YOU CAN DO WITH GENITALIA

(LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERJIDAE)

John M. Burns
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

The February meeting marked the opening of the 134th year of the Society, and the
night's presentation reflected the Society's long history and concentration in evolutionary
and systematic research punctuated with witty and entertaining poems on biological
themes. Dr. John M. Burns, well known for his many publications on the systematics of
skipper butterflies, is also a published poet. His works have appeared in such journals as
Nature, Perspectives in Biology and Medicine, and The Bulletin of the Entomological Society of
America and have been collected in a book called BioGraffiti: A Natural Selection (published
by W. W. Norton).

216 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Although the male genitalia of skippers had been studied and illustrated by some early
lepidopterists (most notably Skinner and Williams in the 1920's while at the Academy of
Natural Sciences), neither they nor thier immediate successors fully grasped the signifi-
cance of these complex structures for understanding skipper evolution. Dr. Burns's talk
centered on North American skippers and showed with numerous examples how a careful
study of the genitalia in both sexes can promote a fine scale understanding of geographic
variation, speciation mechanisms, and higher level groupings, as well as overall better
taxonomy.

Working initially with American species of the genus Erynnis (dusky-wing skippers),
which are individually narrow in their choice of larval food but collectively diverse. Dr.
Burns set out to find evidence of sympatric speciation. However, using various biologic and
morphologic characters (especially ones drawn from the remarkably asymmetric male
and female genitalia), he arranged these skippers in group after group of closely related,
geographically complementary forms reflecting allopattric speciation. In addition Burns
found that a striking white fringe on the hindwing evolved eight times independently with
the genus, always in those differentiates (species or subspecies) occurring in the American
Southwest and/or Mexico.

A 1936 monograph on Autochton cellus (the gold-banded skipper) pronounced it
"unusually uniform in its characters . . . throughout its range." Because this is a widespread
skipper (Pennsylvania to El Salvador) with a large gap in the middle of its range. Burns
predicted and then used male and female genitalic characters to demonstrate allo-
patric differentiation, nearly to the point of speciation. Detailed geographic and genitalic
analyses of pairs of so-called subspecies showed, in Alrylonopsis, that ovinia and edwardsi
are actually separate sister species, closely allopatric and therefore best grouped in a
superspecies; and, in Wallengrenia, that otho and egeremet are really very distinct species,
differing considerably in range but broadly sympatric in the southeastern United States,
where they are also synchronic.

When critically studied and compared, genitalia are every bit as valuable for grouping
related species in higher categories like genera and generic groups as they are for dis-
tinguishing species. In recent years Burns has been genitalically reviewing Nearctic hes-
periine skippers, a well-studied fauna whose long-stable genera are gaining what he calls
"authority through repetition" in a flood of state, seminational, and national butterfly
books and checklists. As it turns out, many of these genera are polyphyletic. Burns
explained how and why he has changed generic limits in hesperia, Atalopeds, Poanes, and
Paratrytone, and noted certain biogeographic results of these changes.

Consistent with the time of year, there were few notes of entomological interest. A dis-
cussion centered on the insects living on the pitcher-plant, Sarracenia purpurea. and
Howard Boyd observed that at least 16 species occur regularly in and around these plants.
There were 33 members and guests in attendance.

Jon K. Gelhaus. Corresponding Secretary

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited
in abstracting journals and should be carefully written. It should be an informative digest
of the significant contents and of the main conclusions of the research. The author's com-
plete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the arti-
cle. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them
useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of
the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the
name(s) of recognized institution(s) where their voucher specimens have been deposited.
Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric
system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be
included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manu-
script, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying figures, tables and
other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends,
should be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed
illustration, including all legends, is 4 1 /: x 6Vi inches. Authors will be charged for all text
figures and half-tones at rate of SI 0.00 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor,
Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books
received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books
dealing with taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and
similar aspects of insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and
regulatory entomology, on toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's
Market Place.

Page charges: For society members, a charge of $1 5.00 is made for each published page of
an article, plus costs of all illustrations. For non-society members, the page charge is $20.00
per page. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of billing, authors will be charged an
additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time
at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform for University
Microfilms International.

Call toll-free 800-521-3044. Or mail inquiry to:
University Microfilms International, 300 North
Zeeb Road. Ann Arbor. MI 48106.

The Entomologist's Market Place

FOR SALE: Desirable, A 1 Coleoptera specimens, Coptolabrus lafossei buchi; C.principalis;
C.pust. pustulifer; C.pust. mirificus: Plusiotis limbata; P.aurigans; P.aurigans red form;
Ischnocelis (Neocelis) dohrni male; Heterosternus oberthuri male; Pelidnota burmeisteri; Man-
tichora latipennis livingstonia; Anoplophora zonatrix (Thailand & Malaysia forms); Pyrodes
longiceps; Proculus mniszechi; Inca clathrata (Lg. prs. 5+cm); Gymnetis chevrolati (flavo-
marginata?). Reasonable prices. Contact: Bob Natalini, 1 18 Old Spies Church Rd., Read-
ing. PA 19606 U.S.A. Phone: 215-370-0817.

FOR SALE: Unbound complete 21-volume set of Environmental Entomology Vol. 1(1)
thru Vol. 21(6) (1972-1992). Make offer to: J. W. Peacock. 51 Mill Pond Road, Hamden,
CT06514.

PEMBERLEY BOOKS ENTOMOLOGICAL BOOKS FOR SALE. We are specialist
suppliers of entomological literature to clients around world. Send for free catalogue listing
wide range of second-hand, antiquarian, and new natural history titles. We're always
pleased to receive customers' want lists and details of books you wish to sell. PEMBERLEY
BOOKS, Ian Johnson, BSc FRES. 34 Melrose Close, Hayes. Middx., UB4 )AZ. U.K. Te./
Fax: Internat'l Code -44 81 561 5494.

NEEDED: BACK VOLUMES and numbers of Entomological News to complete my set.
Will trade. Send SASE for list of offerta/disiderata to Roderick R. Irwin, Rural Route 3.
Streator, IL61364.

FOR SALE: Quality insect pins, black enameled, stainless steel. Best prices guaranteed.
Call for free samples. Phone: 1 (800) 484-7347 Ext. 1324. Fax: (617) 581-5904.

WANTED: Worldwide butterflies, moths, and beetles, with data. Send your price list to
S. THERIAULT. 230 Pariseau, Boisbriand, Quebec, Canada J7G 2C7. '

)L. 104

US ISSN 0013-872X
November & December, 1993 No. 5

NTQ'

NEWS

A new species and new records of Symphyla

(Myriapoda) from Delaware R.T. Allen, D.A. Walther 217

Description of adults of Baetis magnus

(Ephemeroptera: Baetidae) R. Durfee, B.C. Kondratieff 227

Cloeodes binocularis (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae),
new combination for a Neotropical species
of Pseudocloeon

Commentary on Drunella tuberculata and Procloeon
pennulatum (Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae;

R.D. Waltz 233

Baetidae) in North Carolina

W.P. McCafferty 235

Comparative notes on hymenopteran parasitoids in
bumble bee and honey bee colonies (Hymenoptera:
Apidae) reared adjacently J.B. Whitfield, S.A. Cameron 240

Notes on species of Eperigone (Araneae: Linyphiidae)
from Cape Cod, MA

Description of male Eperigone modica (Araneae:
Linyphiidae)

R.L. Edwards 249

R.L. Edwards 258

Records of Chimarra holzenthali and C. parasocia
(Trichoptera: Philopotamidae) from eastern Texas

D.E. Bowles, O.S. Flint, Jr., S.R. Moulton, II 263

A new species of Largulara (Homoptera: Cicadellidae)

from Brazil

Paul H. Freytag 265

A new Erythmelus (Hymenoptera: Mymaridae) from
central Asia, an egg parasitoid of Circulifer spp.
(Homoptera: Cicadellidae) Serguey V. Trjapitzin 267

SOCIETY MEETING OF MARCH 24, 1993
SOCIETY MEETING OF APRIL 28, 1993
STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP
MAILING DATES FOR VOLUME 104, 1993
INDEX: VOLUME 104, 1993

234
262

273
273
274

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Benjamin Franklin Parkway,
Philadelphia, Pa., 19103-1195, U.SA.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Officers for 1991-1992: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice-President: Harold B. White;
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer; Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus;
Treasurer: Howard P. Boyd.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr., D. Otte, and Paul M.
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder ( 1898-1 967); 1968-1972 R.H.Arnett, Jr.: 1973-4/1974
R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic and
foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for non-members and for institutions such as
libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic: $18.00 per year postpaid; foreign: $20.00 per year post-
paid. Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Benjamin Franklin
Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103-1195, U.SA.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Benjamin Franklin Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa., 19103-1 195, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $10.00 per year (regular); $6.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the
editor: Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey
08088, U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members
of the American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all
prospective authors join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recom-
mended in the AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in
recent issues of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each
manuscript are needed on 8'/2 x 11 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged
and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight
printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to
pay the entire costs of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable
such an article to appear without division.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: // undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd 232 Oak Shade Road,
Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.SA.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 1 04, No. 5, November & December, 1 993 217

A NEW SPECIES AND NEW RECORDS OF SYMPHYLA

(ARTHROPODA: MYRIAPODA)

FROM DELAWARE 1

Robert T. Allen, D. A. Walther 2

ABSTRACT: Four genera and species of Symphyla were identified among over 300 specimens
collected from Berlese samples from the Middle Run Valley Natural Area near Newark,
Delaware. Symphylella delawarensis was recognized as a new species, providing the first
published record of this genus east of the Mississippi River.

During a recent survey of the arthropod fauna of the Middle Run Valley
Natural Area near Newark, Delaware (New Castle County), over 300 speci-
mens of Symphyla were collected from forest litter and moss samples. We
have identified four different genera and species from these collections.

The very distinct Scolopendrellopsis subnuda (Hansen) (Figs. 1-4) has
been identified from the Delaware material. This species, originally described
from Italy (Hansen, 1903), has additional records from Europe and Michigan
(Loring, 1980). A second genus found was Hanseniella. All specimens were
immature and not identifiable to species. Previously, the genus Hanseniella
was recorded in North America from California (Hilton, 1931; Michelbacher,
1939b) and Arkansas (Allen, 1992). Only one immature specimen of the
genus Scutigerella has been collected. This specimen was hand collected
under a stone near a small stream that flows through the area. By far the most
abundant taxon in the samples, 242 specimens, appears to be a new species
belonging to the genus Symphylella.

Edwards (1990) listed 11 species of Symphylella from North America.
Nine of these species are known only from California (Michelbacher 1939a,
1939b, 1941, 1942). Symphylella vulgaris (Hansen) has a worldwide distribu-
tion and has been recorded in North America from California and Michigan.
Symphylella isabellae (Grassi) is wide spread in Europe and has been report-
ed by Hilton (1931) from southern California and from the Baja peninsula of
Mexico. Since the work of Michelbacher (1942) no new species of
Symphylella have been described from North America, although Scheller and
Muchmore (1989) recently described S. caribica from St. John in the U. S.
Virgin Islands.

1 Received February 8, 1993. Accepted May 3, 1993

2 Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, College of Agricultural Sciences,
University of Delaware, Newark, DE 1 97 1 7- 1 30 1

ENT. NEWS 104(5): 217-226. November & December, 1993

2 1 8 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Symphylella delawarensis New Species

Description. Head (Figs. 5-6). 1 .2 times wider than long, widest at spiracles or just behind; cen-
tral rod distinct, interrupted medially, anterior lines extending laterally to near insertion of anten-
nae, lines also extending laterally from the mid-point interruption of the central rod and then
diagonally to near insertion of antennae. Tergal surface of head (Fig. 5) with mostly short setae,
approximately 1/2 length of the long setae near base of antennal insertion.
Postantennal organ with outer circumference weakly defined, opening distinct, outer circumfer-
ence approximately 2.6 times larger than opening. Palp of first maxillae straight, conical, point-
ed. Ventral surface (Fig. 6) with three distinct groups of setae; a lateral group each side com-
posed of two parallel rows of setae; a median group (on mentum) composed, anteriorly, of two
rows of setae each side of the midline that merge posteriorly and continue posteriorly to the head
midline.

Antennae (Figs. 8-9). Antennae with 17-18 segments, left one with 18. Segment I and 11
subequal in size. Numbers of setae in apical and secondary whorls (left antenna of holotype)
as follows:

seg I 11 111 IV V VI Vll Vlll IX X XI XII Xlll XIV XV XVI XVII
api 278 9 10 10 10 10 9 11 11 12 12 11 9 10 9

sec 23223225444

Segment 11 with 2 setae; segments II- V with 7-10 setae in apical whorl; segment Vl-XVIII with
9-12 setae in apical whorl, secondary whorl (usually) beginning on segment VI, only visible ven-
trally with 2-5 setae on all segments; round, clear sense organ on segments V to penultimate seg-
ment; the number of bladder-shaped organs (of Scheller) on the different segments variable,
holotype as follows: X2, XI-3, XI 1-2, XI 1 1-2, XIV-3, XV-7, XVI-7. Segment 11, 1.6 times wider
than long, lateral inside protruding seta 0.43 width of segment 11, lateral outside protruding seta
0.28 width of segment 11; 111, 2.0 times wider than long, lateral inside protruding seta 0.38 width
of segments 111, lateral outside protruding seta 0.21 width of segments 111; X, 2.0 times wider than
long, apical whorl seta, 0.18 width; apical segment oval.

Tergites (Figs. 7, 10-1 1). I rudimentary with 3-4 setae each side. Thirteen tergites with triangular
processes, tergites 2-14. Number of setae on outside lateral margin, inside margin of triangle
process and posterior margin between apical processes given in Table 1 .

Table 1 . Number of setae on the margins of the dorsal tergites

Tergite No. Outside lateral Margin Inside Margin Post.Marg.

left right left right

1 3-4 3-4

2 5-7 5-6 3-4 2-4 2

3 8-11 8-10 3-4 3-4 2-4

4 5-7 5-8 2-4 3-4 4-6

5 6-9 7-10 3-4 3-4 2-5

6 10-13 10-12 3-4 3-4 4-7

7 5-8 5-8 3 2-3 6-8

8 8-9 7-9 3-4 3-4 4-6

9 9-11 9-11 3-4 3-4 4-7

10 5-7 4-7 2-3 2-3 5-8

11 6-8 6-9 3-4 2-4 5-7

12 8-11 8-11 3-4 2-4 4-6

13 5-6 4-7 2-3 2-3 5-7

14 16-20

15 6-7 6-8 2-3 2-3 2-5

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

219

Figures 1-4. Scolopendrellopsis subnuda. (1) Habitus, head, antennae, leg segments 1-6;
(2) habitus, leg segments 7-12, apex of abdomen.

220 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Ratio of distance between processes to their length, 0.6, 0.5 and 0.3 on tergites 2, 3 and 4 respec-
tively; triangular processes without circular end-swellings or knobs; extreme apex of processes
sometimes slightly lighter in color. Tergites 3, 6, 9 and 12 longer than preceding ones. Basal out-
side marginal setae long on segments 2, 3, 4, 6 and 7. Cuticle of tergite granulate, granules form-
ing semicircular or circular spots; cuticle surrounding tergites with distinct granulate circles.
Ventral surface (Figs. 12-13) with a reduced number of very short setae.

Legs. First pair of legs rudimentary lobes with 1 long and several short apical setae. Last pair of
legs ( Fig. 14) .26 mm. long. Tarsus narrowed towards apex; 3.8 times as long as wide with 6
dorsal setae; 3 straight and pointing outward, 3 setae angled toward the apex, longest equal to
width of tarsus; pubescence covering entire tarsus. Tibia length 1 .5 X the width, with 4 distinct
dorsal setae; pubescence covering entire tibia. Femur 1.2 wider than long, with 3 distinct dorsal
setae; pubescence covering dorsal 1/4 of surface. Trochanter 1.2 times as long as wide with 1
distinct dorsal seta near distal margin; pubescence covering dorsal 1/5 of surface. Anterior claw
two times as long as posterior claw.

Styli (Figs. 12-13). Base of legs 3-12 short, densely setose with 1 long apical seta. Coxal sacs at
base of legs 3-9 with 3 setae on anterior margin of openings and 2 setae on posterior margin of
opening. Coxal plates of legs 10, 1 1 and 12 with 5, 3 and 2 setae respectively.
Cerci (Fig. 15). 2.8 times longer than wide, surface equally covered with moderately long setae;
pubescence covering entire surface; apex annulate, about 9 rings, with a stout apical seta.
Immature Forms (Figs. 16-24). A large number of immature forms of this species were collected.
Of the 232 immature forms the following stages and number of specimens were represented: 7
leg pairs, 8; 8 leg pairs (Figs. 23-24), 52; 9 leg pairs (Figs. 21-22), 142; 10 leg pairs (Figs. 16-
20), 30. The immatures are always smaller than the adults and with a reduced number of setae.
Holotype. USA, Delaware, New Castle Co., Middle Run Valley Natural Area (near Newark), 13
October 1992, D. A. Walther; (RTA-92-20-227). Deposited in the American Museum of Natural
History, New York.

Paratypes. Eleven slide-mounted, adult specimens: USA Delaware, New Castle Co., Middle
Run Valley Natural Area, D. A. Walther, from the following dates: 8 specimens, 29 September
1992; 3 specimens, 13 October 1992. 4 specimens. University of Delaware, 7 specimens,
American Museum of Natural History, New York.
Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the state from which the species has been described.

Diagnosis. Tergites 3, 6, 9, 11 and 12 bear a larger number of setae along
the outside lateral margins than S. serriae Michelbacher, which is very simi-
lar to this Delaware species. Distinct lateral lines emanate from the disjunct
area of the central rod on the head, (a unique feature of S. delawarensis and
5. serriae among the North American Symphylella).

DISCUSSION

Edwards (1990) has cautioned workers about describing new Symphyla
taxa because of the addition of setae, body segments and antennal segments
during successive molts. Another reason for caution is the apparent world-
wide distribution of some species such as Symphylella vulgaris (Hansen) and
Scolopendrellopsis subnuda (Hansen). However when a difference in one or
more characters is recognized it is prudent to proceed with a description of
the forms involved .

Symphylella delawarensis is very similar to S. serriae Michelbacher
known from California. The most obvious character shared by both species

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

221

Figures 5-9. Symphylella delawarensis. (5) head, dorsal; (6) head, ventral; (7) tergites 1-5;
(8) antenna, dorsal; (9) antenna, ventral.

222

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1 1 /

\V' : An

Figures 10-11. Symphylella delawarensis. (10) tergites 6-10; (11) tergites 11-15, apex of
abdomen.

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

223

Figures 12-15. Symphylella delawarensis. (12) sterna, leg segments 1-4; (13) sterna, leg seg-
ments 10-12, apex of abdomen; (14) 12th leg; (15) cerci, dorsal.

224

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figures 16-20. Symphylella delawarensis. 10 leg form. (16) head, dorsal; (17) head, ventral;
(18) tergites 1-2; (19) tergites 3-8; (20) tergites 9-15, apex of abdomen.

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

225

Figures 21-23. Symphylella delawarensis, 9 leg form. (21) tergites 1-8; (22) tergites 9-13, apex
of abdomen. S. delawarensis, 8 leg form. (23) tergites 1-4; (24) tergites 5-12. apex of abdomen.

226 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

are the lines emanating from the area where the central rod of the head is bro-
ken. This shared feature is unique among North American Symphylella. The
two species differ in the number of setae present along the outside lateral
margins on tergites 3, 6, 9, 1 1 and 12

Tergite No. serriae delawarensis

left right left right

3 5 5 8-11 8-10

6 34 10-13 10-12

9 3 4 9-11 9-11

11 5 56-8 6-9

12 3 3 8-11 8-11

The position and number of circular organs and bladder- shaped organs on
the different antennal segments also appears to be different. However these
organs are too variable to use with certainty.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors would like to thank R. G Weber, T. K. Wood and C. Tipping for reading the
manuscript and offering helpful suggestions

LITERATURE CITED

Allen, R. T. 1992. A new species of Hansenie lla (Symphyla: Scutigerellidae) from the Interior

Highlands of Arkansas. Ent. News 103(5): 169- 174.
Edwards, C. A. 1990. Symphyla. Chapter 28. In Soil Biology Guide, ed D. L. Dindal, John

Wiley & Sons, New York.
Hanson, H. J. 1903. The genera and species of the order Symphyla. Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci.

(London) 47: 1-101, PI. 1-7.

Hilton, W. A. 1931. Symphyla from North America. Ann. Entomol. Soc, Am. 24:537-553.
Loring, S J. 1980. Extension of Range for Two Symphylid Species (Symphyla: Scolopen-

drellidae). Ent. News 9 1 ( 1 ): 1 5- 1 8.
Michelbacher, A. E. 1939a. Notes on Symphyla with descriptions of three new species of

Symphylella from California. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 15(l):21-28.
Michelbacher, A. E. 1939b. Further notes on Symphyla with descriptions of three new species

from California. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 32:747-757

Michelbacher, A. E. 1941. Two genera of Symphyla new to the United States, with descrip-
tions of three new species. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 34: 139-150.
Michelbacher, A. E. 1942. Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of lower

California. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 24(5): 153- 160.
Scheller, U. and W. B. Muchmore. 1989. Pauropoda and Symphyla (Myriapoda) Collected on

St. John, U. S. Virgin Islands. Caribb. Jour. Sci. 25(3-4): 164- 195.

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993 227

DESCRIPTION OF ADULTS OF BAETIS MAGNUS,
(EPHEMEROPTERA: BAETIDAE) 1

Richard Durfee, Boris C. Kondratieff*

ABSTRACT: Male and female adults of Baetis magnus McCafferty and Waltz are described for
the first time, and are distinguished from a common and related sympatric species, Baetis tricau-
datus Dodds. Variations in hindwing venation are briefly discussed and biological notes for B.
magnus are given.

In their revision of the known Baetis larvae of North America, Morihara
and McCafferty (1979) provided descriptions for three species without
assigning formal names. One of these species was designated Baetis sp. B,
with material listed from Arizona and New Mexico. Later, McCafferty and
Waltz (1986) proposed the formal name Baetis magnus for Baetis sp. B, with
the holotype larva chosen from Dawes Co., Nebraska. This species is a mem-
ber of the Baetis rhodani group in which the larvae are characterized by hav-
ing robust setae on the antennal scapes and pedicels and on the paraprocts
(Morihara and McCafferty 1979). Other Nearctic species currently placed in
the rhodani group include: Baetis adonis Traver, B. bicaudatus Dodds, B.
caelestis Allen and Murvosh, B. foemina McDunnough, B. moffati Dodds,
B. palisadi Mayo, B. parallelus Banks, B. persecutus McDunnough, B. pisca-
toris Traver, and B. tricaudatus Dodds. Three species in this group, B. bicau-
datus, B. foemina, and B. tricaudatus, are known from both larvae and adults,
and two species, B. caelestis and B. magnus, are known from larvae only.
The remaining species in this group are known only from adult material.

McCafferty et al. (1993) suggested the possibility that B. moffati and B.
magnus represent the same species. However, neither the original description
of B. moffati presented by Dodds (1923) nor Traver's (1935) redescription
agree with our reared material of B. magnus. We have attempted to collect B.
moffati from its type locality (South Boulder Creek near Tolland, Colorado),
but to date, no Baetis species have been collected or reared from this locality
that match these descriptions. Additionally, no larvae of B. magnus have been
collected from South Boulder Creek, however, B. tricaudatus and B. bicau-
datus are abundant in this stream.

In this paper, we do not attempt to distinguish the adults of B. magnus
from other adults of the rhodani group. A comprehensive revision of the
genus Baetis sensu McCafferty and Waltz (1990) is necessary to establish
diagnostic characters for the adults. Our purpose here is to provide regional
biologists with a description of a commonly collected mayfly species, and to

1 Received March 26, 1993. Accepted May 10, 1993.

2 Colorado State University, Department of Entomology, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523.

ENT. NEWS 104(5): 227-232. November & December, 1993

228

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

provide characters to distinguish adults of B. magnus from a common and
related sympatric species, B. tricaudatus.

During this study we noted significant variability in certain hindwing
venation characters. Hindwings of B. magnus reared from two disjunct locali-
ties in Colorado, as well as those of B. tricaudatus reared from six localities
throughout Colorado, are illustrated to show variations in previously utilized
taxonomic characters. Only reared adults with associated larval exuviae were
used in the following descriptions.

Baetis magnus McCafferty and Waltz

Adult male. Length of body 6.0-8.5 mm, forewings 6.0-7.5 mm, hindwings 1.2-1.5 mm. Head
brown; antennae pale to light brown, scapes with red-brown, square shaped mark on ventral sur-
face, pedicels with red-brown, elongate mark on ventral surface (Fig. 3). Turbinate eyes rusty
brown basally, white medially, rusty brown dorsally. Thorax generally medium to dark brown.
Foretibiae and tarsi medium brown, forefemora light brown; middle and hindlegs pale, second,
third, and fourth tarsal segments and apical third of first tarsal segment stained with brown (Fig.
5); all femora with prominent subapical brown mark (Fig. 5). Wings hyaline, longitudinal veins
light to medium brown, intercalaries pale, stigmatic area cloudy, anastomosed. Shape of costal
projection of hindwings similar to a shark's dorsal fin (Figs. 8-12), a straight, more gradual slope
on the leading edge, steeper slope on the hind edge; hindwings with three longitudinal veins.
Abdominal tergum 1 dark brown, terga 2-10 usually light red-brown, with dark red-brown shad-
ing near lateral margins, posterior margins of terga 2-8 with narrow transverse rusty brown band.
Terga 2-8 with pair of submedian light brown oblique marks near anterior margin and smaller
pair of light brown dots. Sterna white to pale yellow, sterna 2-8 with red-brown, longitudinal
mark below pleural fold (Fig. 1), sterna 2-7 with pair of submedian, light brown, oblique marks
near anterior margin and smaller pair of light brown dots. Forceps medium to dark brown,

Figs. 1 -2. Adult male abdomen, lateral view. 1 . B. magnus, 2. B. tricaudatus.

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

229

shaped as in Figure 7. Caudal filaments light to medium brown.

Adult female. Length of body 6.5-10.0 mm, forewings 6.5-8.5 mm, hindwings 1.0-1.3 mm.
Head pale brown, antennae light brown, markings on scapes and pedicels as in male. Thorax
light brown. Fore tibiae and tarsi stained with light brown, middle and hindlegs generally pale,
all tarsal segments except basal half of first stained with brown, all femora marked as in male.
Wings hyaline with light brown venation, shape of costal projection and hindwing venation as in
male. Abdominal terga light brown and sterna pale olive. Abdominal markings as in male.
Caudal filaments golden brown.

Material examined. B. magnus: Chaffee Co., CO, Trout Cr., 16 January 1993, T. Eckberg and
R. Durfee, 9 males, 14 females (reared); Larimer Co., CO, Hewlett Gulch, 10 March 1991, B.

Figs. 3-7. Adult male antennae, ventral view. 3. B. magnus, 4. B. tricaudatus; Adult male, left
hind leg. 5. B. magnus, 6. B. tricaudatus; 1. B. magnus. male genitalia, ventral view.

230 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Kondratieff and R. Durfee, 2 males, 6 females, [1 gynandromorph] (reared); Hewlett Gulch, 23
March 1991, R. Durfee and M. Harris, 9 males, 4 females (reared); Hewlett Gulch, 23 March
1993, R. Durfee,, 6 males, 25 females (reared); Skin Gulch, 8 May 1993, R. Durfee and B.
Kondratieff, 2 males, 1 female (reared). B. tricaudatus: Chaffee Co., CO, Trout Cr., 16 January
1993, T. Eckberg and R. Durfee, 5 males, 9 females (reared); Elbert Co., CO, Kiowa Cr., 26
April 1986, B. Kondratieff, 10 males, 12 females (reared); Garfield Co., CO, Colorado River, 4
May 1991, B. Kondratieff, 1 male (reared); Gunnison Co., CO, Gunnison River, 31 August 1991,
B. Kondratieff and R. Durfee, 1 male (reared); Larimer Co., CO, Buckhom Cr., 28 May 1991, B.
Kondratieff and R. Durfee, 1 female (reared); Hewlett Gulch, 23 March 1991, R. Durfee and M.
Harris, 3 males (reared); Poudre River, 8 April 1987, B. Kondratieff, 1 1 males, 10 females
(reared); Poudre River, 8 May 1993, B. Kondratieff and R. Durfee, 5 males and 3 females
(reared); Young's Gulch, 21 July 1991 , B. Kondratieff and R. Durfee, 4 males, 3 females (reared).

DISCUSSION

Adults of B. magnus are similar to B. tricaudatus and the available
descriptions of B. moffati. Both male and female adults of B. magnus can be
distinguished from these other two species by the red-brown, longitudinal
marks below the pleural fold on sterna 2-8 (Fig. 1), and a subapical brown
mark on the femora (often faint in the female) (Fig. 5). Additionally, B. mag-
nus has a red-brown, square-shaped mark on the ventral surface of the anten-
nal scapes, and a red-brown, elongate mark on the ventral surface of the
pedicels (Fig. 3). These conspicuous markings were absent in all specimens
of B. tricaudatus examined (Figs. 2,4,6), and are not mentioned in the
descriptions of B. moffati (Dodds 1923, Traver 1935).

Adults of the rhodani group are very similar in habitus and are difficult
to separate at the species level. The primary characters that have been used
in the past have included size, color, hindwing venation, shape of costal pro-
jection and shape of forceps (Burks 1953, Day 1956, Edmunds et al. 1976,
Jensen 1966). During this study it was noted that certain hindwing venation
characters previously used to distinguish adults of Baetis species can vary
when a series of specimens of a single species are examined from various
localities. The number of intercalaries between longitudinal veins 1 and 2
can vary from 0-2 and the number of intercalaries between longitudinal
veins 2 and 3 can vary from 1-2 (Figs. 8-19). Additionally, 4 reared adults (1
male, 3 females) of B. magnus were found to possess a crossvein between
longitudinal veins 1 and 2 (Figs. 10-11). The location of this vein varied
from just beyond the middle of the wing to about the apical third. This
crossvein often occurs in one wing only and was also found in three reared
male adults of B. tricaudatus (Fig. 19). Another significant hind wing varia-
tion noted in B. magnus was a symmetrically forked second longitudinal
vein (Fig. 12). This unusual variation was found in 2 reared adults (1 male, 1
female), and in both cases appeared on only one wing. This character has
been used to distinguish Diphetor Waltz and McCafferty (1987) from other
adult baetids. These authors, however, noted that the forked second vein of

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

231

Figs. 8- 1 9. Hindwings. 8- 1 2. B. magnus, 8. Hewlett Gulch, 9. Trout Creek, 10. Hewlett Gulch.
II. Hewlett Gulch, 12. Hewlett Gulch; Figs. 13-19, B. tricaudatus, 13. Trout Cr., 14. Gunnison
River, 1 5. Hewlett Gulch, 1 6. Poudre River, 1 7. Kiowa Cr., 18. Colorado River. 1 9. Foudre River.

232 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

the hind wing is not unique to the genus Diphetor, and has been found in
another North American species of Baetis.

From present collection records, it appears that Baetis magnus is an early
season species with adults emerging from January to May. The occurrence of
a second generation later in the year is probable in perennial streams. Baetis
magnus appears to be restricted to smaller, usually spring-fed and often inter-
mittent streams.

A large population of B. magnus was discovered in the Trout Creek
Spring area of the upper Arkansas River Basin in Chaffee County, Colorado.
This unique stream was characterized by Hint and Herrmann (1976). Larvae
of B. magnus were abundantly associated with water cress (Rorippa nastur-
tium- aquaticum (L.). Mature larvae and even adults could be collected at this
location in January, undoubtedly because of the spring-fed nature of this
stream (annual water temperature 13.2-15.9 C). Baetis tricaudatus was also
common in this stream.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We would like to thank Tom Eckberg for providing valuable specimens of B. magnus and
B. tricaudatus from Trout Creek in Chaffee County, and Howard E. Evans and Richard
W. Baumann for reviewing the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Burks, B. D. 1953. The Mayflies or Ephemeroptera of Illinois. Bull. 111. St. Nat. Hist. Surv.

26:1-216.
Day, W. C. 1956. Ephemeroptera. In Aquatic Insects of California with keys to North American

genera and California species. R. L. Usinger, ed. Pp. 79-105. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
Dodds, G. S. 1923. Mayflies from Colorado. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 49: 93-1 14.
Edmunds, G. F., S. L. Jensen, and L. Berner. 1976. The Mayflies of North and Central

America. Univ. Minn. Press, Minneapolis.

Flint, O. S., Jr., and S. J. I It-reman. 1976. The description of, and environmental characteriza-
tion for, a new species of Ochrotrichia from Colorado (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae). Ann.

Entomol. Soc. Am. 69: 894-898.
Jensen, S. L. 1966. The Mayflies of Idaho (Ephemeroptera). MS Thesis, Univ. of Utah, Salt

Lake City.
McCafferty, W.P., R. S. Durfee, and B. C. Kondratieff. 1993. Colorado mayflies

(Ephemeroptera): an annotated inventory. Southwestern Nat. 38: 252-274.
McCafferty, W. P. and R. D. Waltz. 1986. Baetis magnus, new species, formal name for Baetis

sp. B of Morihara and McCafferty (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae).Proc. Entomol. Soc.Wash. 88:

604.
McCafferty, W. P. and R. D. Waltz. 1990. Revisionary Synopsis of the Baetidae

(Ephemeroptera) of North and Middle America. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 1 1 6: 769-799.
Morihara, D. K. and W. P. McCafferty. 1979. The Baetis Larvae of North America

(Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 105: 139-221.
Traver, J. R. 1935. Part II, North American Mayflies. In The Biology of Mayflies with a

Systematic Account of North American Species. J. G. Needham, J. R. Traver, and Y. C. Hsu.

Pp. 239-739. Comstock Publ. Co., New York.
Waltz, R. D. and W. P. McCafferty. 1987. New genera of Baetidae for some Nearctic species

previously included in Baetis Leach (Ephemeroptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 80: 667-670.

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993 233

CLOEODES BINOCULARIS

(EPHEMEROPTERA: BAETIDAE),

A NEW COMBINATION FOR A NEOTROPICAL

SPECIES OF PSEUDOCLOEON S. AUCTT. 1

R.D. Waltz 2

ABSTRACT: Pseudocloeon binocularis Needham and Murphy was reevaluated and compared
with known Cloeodes species, resulting in its formal transfer and new nomenclatural status as
Cloeodes binocularis, new combination.

Pseudocloeon binocularis Needham and Murphy (1924) was described
based on a single male adult specimen from Campamiento, Junin, Peru, July
1, 1920. At the time the description was published, J.G. Needham noted that,
"Unfortunately the end of the abdomen is lost...". Although the male geni-
talia were not illustrated, illustrations were provided of the holotype wing
and a wing from a female believed to be conspecific from La Chorrera,
Loreto, Peru, as well as an illustration of the highly developed turbinate eyes
and head capsule of the male holotype. The proper assignment of this species
has been problematic because of the inadequacy of the description and the
general state of knowledge surrounding identifications of adult baetids. The
assignment of tropical and other Southern Hemisphere species previously
placed in the polyphyletic genus construct Pseudocloeon s. auctt. (see
McCafferty and Waltz, 1990) has been especially problematic.

An attempt to locate and study the type material of P. binocularis re-
sulted in the recovery of only the wings illustrated by Needham and Murphy.
The entire body of the male holotype (C.U. Type No. 650) including the
head capsule could not be located and is presumed lost. The female cited in
the description, which is also missing, was apparently not included in the
type series and therefore has no formal status.

The striking similarity of this species with other known adults of
Cloeodes Traver (see Waltz and McCafferty, 1987a,b; Kluge, 1991) led to a
more formal comparison of this species with Cloeodes. The following char-
acteristics of Cloeodes are found in P. binocularis: highly-developed
turbinate eyes, paired braces of crossveins through the radial sector of the
forewings (found also in other baetids), detached vein of MA 2 extending
well beyond 0.5x distance between distal crossvein and proximal (=MA, to
MP,) crossvein in the forewings, and tendency for only a single marginal

1 Received June 11, 1993. Accepted July 10, 1993.

2 Indiana Department of Natural Resources, Division of Entomology and Plant Pathology, 402
W. Washington, Room W-290, Indianapolis, IN 46204.

ENT. NEWS 104(5): 233-234, November & December, 1993

234 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

intercalary in the MP 2 cell and Cu sector of the forewings although preceding
marginal intercalaries are paired (this condition is also notable in Apobaetis
Day and Paracloeodes Day). Interestingly, P. binocular is differs from most
Cloeodes species in that it possesses paired marginal intercalaries in the R r
R 2 cell, a condition known among Cloeodes species only in the subgenus
Notobaetis and in a South African species of Cloeodes (Waltz and
McCafferty MS). It is possible that, as more adult material becomes avail-
able, the presence or absence of intercalaries in the R]-R 2 cell may be found
to be quite variable.

Based on the strong similarities of P. binocularis with Cloeodes species,
and the lack of character states strongly supportive of its placement in either
Apobaetis or Paracloeodes, I conclude that P. binocularis is congeneric with
Cloeodes, and therefore, propose Cloeodes binocularis (Needham and
Murphy, 1924), new combination.

LITERATURE CITED

Kluge, N. Yu. 1991. Cuban Mayflies of the family Baetidae (Ephemeroptera) 1. Genera

Callibaetis, Cloeodes, and Paracloeodes. Zool. Zh. 12: 128-136.
McCafferty, W.P. and R.D. Waltz. 1990. Revisionary synopsis of the Baetidae

(Ephemeroptera) of North and Middle America. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 1 16: 769-799.
Needham, J.G. and H.E. Murphy. 1924. Neotropical mayflies. Bull. Lloyd Lib. 24, Entomol.

Ser. 4:1-79.
Waltz, R.D. and W.P. McCafferty. 1 987a. Generic revision of Cloeodes and description of two

new genera (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington 89: 177-184.
Waltz, R.D. and W.P. McCafferty. 1987b. Revision of the genus Cloeodes Traver

(Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 80: 191-207.

SOCIETY MEETING OF MARCH 24, 1993

MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY RESEARCH IN KENYA
Dr. Richard Johnson

Preventive Medicine, U.S. Army, Ft. Lewis, WA.

Kenya is a large country, about the size of Texas, with a tropical coastal area, and
increasing elevation and aridity as one moves westward. Kenya is well known for its diverse
and showy wildlife, particularly the large mammals, and the human population contain well
over fifty ethnic groups. Kenya is also beset with a number of severe arthropod-borne dis-
eases (arbodiseases) including malaria, leishmaniasis, filariasis, tryposomiasis (sleeping
sickness) and Rift Valley Fever. Dr. Richard Johnson, a medical entomologist in the

(Continued on page 239)

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993 235

COMMENTARY ON DRUNELLA TUBERCULATA AND

PROCLOEON PENNULATUM (EPHEMEROPTERA:

EPHEMERELLIDAE; BAETIDAE) IN

NORTH CAROLINA 1

W. P. McCafferty 2

ABSTRACT: A new larval variant of Drunella tuberculata (Morgan) (Ephemerellidae) was dis-
covered in streams in North Carolina. It possesses morphological characteristics intermediate
between D. tuberculata and D. conestee (Traver). Drunella conestee is shown to be a southern
clinal variant of D. tuberculata, and thus a synonym: D. tuberculata [- D. conestee, n. syn.]. All
larval variants of D. tuberculata are distinguished by a distinct posterior marginal ridge dorsally
on the forefemora. Larvae of Procloeon pennulatum (Eaton) were also discovered from North
Carolina. This Holarctic species previously was known in North America only from central and
western Canada, where, for the greater part of this century, it was known only as female adults
called Centroptilum infrequens McDunnough.

Diligent identification and monitoring of freshwater macroinvertebrates,
as part of water resources assessment and conservation programs, will pre-
dictably lead to the recognition of taxonomic discoveries and anomalies. For
example, aquatic biologists with the Kentucky Nature Preserves Commission,
the Missouri Department of Conservation, and the North Carolina
Department of Natural Resources, Division of Environmental Management,
have all found stream samples of macroinvertebrates that could not be keyed
to species and which, upon further investigation by a taxonomic specialist,
proved to be new species important to understanding North American faunis-
tics (McCafferty 198 la, 1990). Any synergistic relationship between such
field workers and taxonomists can be most productive in this respect and
must be encouraged because of the invaluable data potentially rendered and
because of the mutual benefit that can be derived.

Certain recent samples of larval Ephemeroptera taken in North Carolina
stream surveys by the North Carolina Division of Environmental Man-
agement could not be identified to species, not even to family in one case,
with the use of presently available North American diagnostic keys. My
study of this material has revealed notable new data, reported below, regard-
ing two species, Drunella tuberculata (Morgan) and Procloeon pennulatum
(Eaton).

Received April 3,1993. Accepted May 3,1993.

Department of Entomology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907

ENT. NEWS 104(5): 235-239, November & December, 1993

236 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Drunella tuberculata (Ephemerellidae)

This is an essentially Appalachian species ranging in eastern North
Armerica from Quebec and Ontario to North Carolina and Tennessee. It was
most recently treated (as Ephemerella Walsh) by Allen and Edmunds (1962).
They provided a key to the larvae and adults of species of North American
Ephemerella (subgenus Drunella Needham) and showed that, on the basis of
larval intraspecific variability, Ephemerella cherokee Traver (known only
from North Carolina) was a junior synonym of D. tuberculata.

Certain larvae of Drunella taken from streams in North Carolina will not
key to any known species when using the Allen and Edmunds key. They ten-
tatively appear to be either D. tuberculata or D. conestee (Traver) (known
only from adjacent areas of North Carolina and Tennessee), having a mixture
of characteristics previously applied to one or the other of these species (see
Allen and Edmunds 1 962) or the former concept of E. cherokee (see Traver
1937).

With reference to this new larval material: occipital tubercles of the head
are intermediate between the shorter ones shown for D. conestee and the
highly developed ones described for D. tuberculata. The shapes of the
clypeus and the lateral frontoclypeal projections are similar to those shown
for D. tuberculata; however, the genal projections are truncate, as shown for
D. conestee. Dorsal thoracic tubercles are mainly similar to those described
for D. tuberculata and E. cherokee. There are no anterior submarginal projec-
tions on the mesothorax, as is the case in D. conestee, and in younger larvae,
dorsal thoracic tubercles are not developed or are extremely difficult to
detect, similar to the condition described for D. conestee. The ventral margin-
al tubercles of the forefemora match those described for all of these species,
but the dorsal femoral warts are intermediate between those shown for D.
conestee and D. tuberculata. The foretibial spine extends only about one-
third of the foretarsus length as described for E. cherokee. Paired submedian
tubercles are present on dorsal abdominal segments 3-7, as described for D.
conestee and E. cherokee, with no sign of small tubercles on segment 2, as
described for D. tuberculata.

Allen and Edmunds (1962) indicated that E. cherokee represented a
southern variant of D. tuberculata with regard to several characteristics that
were clinal in going from north to south within the range of D. tuberculata.
The newly studied North Carolina material not only matches much of the
extreme southern clinal characteristics that have thus been associated with D.
tuberculata, and particularly E. cherokee, but also possesses characteristics
that have been associated with D. conestee, and some that are intermediate
between the two. The lesser tuberculation of D. conestee, for example,

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993 237

appears simply to represent further clinal variation of characteristics associ-
ated with southern populations of D. tuberculata. Traditional concepts of D.
tuberculata, E. cherokee, and D. conestee, as well as the newly studied mate-
rial, apparently represent variations of one species. Therefore, I am syn-
onymy zing D. conestee with D. tuberculata: D. tuberculata (Morgan) [= D.
conestee (Traver), n. syn.].

At couplet 11 in the Allen and Edmunds (1962) key to the larvae of
Drunella, one could go either to couplet 12 or 13, depending on the variant of
D. tuberculata that was being keyed. However, all variants of D. tuberculata
have a distinctly developed ridge at the posterior margin of the dorsal flat sur-
face of the forefemora. This diagnostic ridge begins submarginally at about
one-third the distance from the base of the femora, it then gradually curves to
the posterior margin at about one-half the distance from the base of the femo-
ra, and it then dissipates at about two-thirds the distance from the base of the
femora along the posterior margin [see Figs. 43 and 45 in Allen and Edmunds
(1962)]. Traver (1932) indicated that in life some larvae of D. tuberculata
have a prominent whitish stripe down the back. This is not a true stripe, but
there is enough unpigmented area in the medial area, especially of abdominal
tergites, that at a distance a pale longitudinal region medially is visible in
many individuals, including the newly discovered variant of D. tuberculata.
This may be a fairly reliable field characteristic, but should not be depended
upon for identification of the species. Little can be said about variation or
diagnostic features of the adults of D. tuberculata because no adults are
known of D. conestee s. auctt. or the newly discovered variant.

Material Examined (intermediate variant): Two mature larvae. North Carolina, Macon Co.,
Overflow Creek, 10 July, 1991. Two immature larvae. North Carolina, Stokes Co., Dan River,
May, 1982.

Procloeon pennulatum (Baetidae)

This species, which was described by Eaton in 1870, has been known in
Europe for over a century as Centroptilum pennulatum. Recently, Keffer-
miiller and Sowa (1984) considered it in the genus Pseudocentroptilum
Bogoescu. In the Palearctic, it is currently known throughout Europe east to
the Ural Mountains of Russia. I have recently examined material also from
Turkey.

In North America, this species traditionally has been known as Centro-
ptilum infrequens McDunnough. Recently, when male and female adults
were associated and the larvae were finally reared and described by Lowen
and Flannagan (1990a) in Manitoba, it became apparent that C. infrequens
was a synonym of the European species, and Lowen and Flannagan (1990b)
formally considered it as such. McCafferty and Waltz (1990) transferred the
species to the genus Procloeon Bengtsson, where the majority of species in

238 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

North America that were previously placed in Centroptilum and Cloeon
Leach are now included. In the Nearctic, it has been known only from west-
ern and central Canada.

Larval specimens of this species were collected in North Carolina, but
could not be clearly placed to either the family Siphlonuridae or Baetidae
when using available keys because of their relatively short antennae (see
McCafferty 1981b). Also, this species has double gill lamellae and although
this might be confused with the double gill of Siphlonurus Eaton, gills of the
two are actually very different in size and shape and degree of development
of the second lamella. No adequate keys to the genera of Baetidae in North
America have been published to date. All structural characteristics of the
species are found in the North Carolina material, and the dorsal color pattern
is similar to that shown in a photograph of a larva from Switzerland [Photo
XII in Studemann et al. (1992)]. The drawing of the dorsal color pattern of
the species shown in Fig. 8 of Lowen and Flannagan (1990a) is overly con-
trasting, although it does show relative development of the pattern correctly.

The discovery of this species in North Carolina represents a considerable
southward extension of its known range in North America. This perhaps is
not too surprising when one considers that, in Europe, it is known from Spain
and Italy at only slightly more northern latitudes than those of North
Carolina. Moreover, now that the larval stage is recognizable in North
America, I predict that it eventually will be found to be much more wide-
spread in the conterminous United States. Further discoveries of this species
will be facilitated to a large degree once adequate generic keys to the baetid
genera are made available by Waltz and McCafferty (in ms). There may also
prove to be additional synonyms of P. pennulatum in North America. Lowen
and Flannagan (1990a) found the larvae to be abundant in cool spring-fed
streams in Manitoba, and Macan (1979) indicated that larvae of this species
are found in slow sandy bottomed streams in England.

Material Examined: Two mature larvae. North Carolina, Caldwell Co., Wilson Creek at St. Rd.
1358.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I appreciate being able to examine unusual specimens of Ephemeroptera from North Carolina
sent by Dave Lenat and Dave Penrose of the North Carolina Environmental Services Laboratory,
Raleigh. This paper has been assigned Purdue Experiment Station Journal No. 13759.

LITERATURE CITED

Allen, R. K. and G. F. Edmunds. Jr. 1962. A revision of the genus Ephemerella
(Ephemeroptera:Ephemerellidae). V. The subgenus Drunella in North America. Misc. Publ.
Entomo 1 . Soc. Am. 3: 1 47- 1 79

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993 239

Keffermiiller, M. and R. Sowa. 1984. Survey of central European species of the genera

Centroptilum Eaton and Pseudocentroptilum Bogoescu (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Polsk.

Pismo Entomol. 54: 309-340.
Lowen, R. G. and T. F. Flannagan. 1990a. The nymph and male of Centroptilum infrequent

McD (Baetidae), pp. 31 1-321, In: L. C. Campbell [ed.]. Mayflies and stoneflies: life histories

and biology. Kluwer, Dordrecht, the Netherlands.
Lowen, R. G. and J. F. Flannagan 1990b. Centroptilum infrequens McDunnough

(Ephemeroptera: Baetidae), a junior synonym of Pseudocentroptilum pennulatum (Eaton).

Can. Entomol. 122: 173-174.
Macan, T. T. 1979. A key to the nymphs of British Ephemeroptera with notes on their ecology.

Third edition. Freshwater Biol. Ass. Sci. Publ. 20.
McCafferty, W. P. 198 la. A distinctive new species of Stenonema (Ephemeroptera:

Heptageniidae) from Kentucky and Missouri. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 83: 512-515.
McCafferty, W. P. 1981b. Distinguishing larvae of North American Baetidae from those of

Siphlonuridae. Entomol. News 92: 1 38- 1 40.
McCafferty, W. P. 1990. A new species of Stenonema (Ephemeroptera: Heptageniidae) from

North Carolina. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 92: 760-764.
McCafferty, W. P. and R. D. Waltz. 1990. Revisionary systematics of the Baetidae

(Ephemeroptera) of North and Middle America. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 1 16: 769-799.
Studemann, D. P. Landolt, M. Sartori, D. Hefti, and I. Tomka 1992. Ephemeroptera, Insecta

Helvetica, Vol. 9. Soc. Entomol. Suisse.

Traver, J. R. 1932. Mayflies of North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 47: 85-161, 163-236.
Traver, J. R. 1937. Notes on mayflies of the southeastern states (Ephemeroptera). J. Elisha

Mitchell Sci. Soc. 53: 27-86.

(Continued from page 234)

U.S. Army, and a former student at the University of Delaware, spent two years based in
Nairobi, Kenya researching leishmaniasis. His informative presentation gave Society mem-
bers a glimpse in the immense problems fighting arbodiseases in an area beset with over-
population, poverty and regional instability.

Sleeping sickness, an arbodisease readily associated in entomologists' minds with East
Africa, is confined mainly to one valley and considered primarily a veterinarian problem.
Dr. Johnson stated that simple tabanid traps are effective in preventing spread of the tsetse-
fly vector (Glossina pallidipes Austen), and recent work has shown that the flies avoid
zebras or even "striped" cattle! Malaria, mostly caused by Plasmodium falciparum, by con-
trast, is a severe human health problem, killing worldwide over two million people every
year. Control approaches use both high and low technology. Dr. Johnson states that there is
no vaccine as yet, and even if available, the prevalence of malaria in Kenya would probably
not allow it to be effective. Molecular techniques are being used to sort out the malaria vec-
tors in the Anopheles gambiae complex, as some of these cryptic species are better transmit-
ters than others. Impregnating bed nets and rafter screens with pyrethrins is a simple method
preventing mosquito transmission.

As mentioned. Dr. Johnson's main research in Kenya dealt with the four species of
Leishmania causing leishmaniasis and their vectors, the phlebotomine sand flies. Severity
ranges from visceral leishmaniasis, which is fatal and destroys the liver and pancreas, to
Leishmania major which is never fatal. Control techniques run the gamut from vaccine

(Continued on page 257)

240 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

COMPARATIVE NOTES ON

HYMENOPTERAN PARASITOIDS

IN BUMBLE BEE AND HONEY BEE COLONIES

(HYMENOPTERA: APIDAE) REARED ADJACENTLY 1

James B. Whitfield 2 , Sydney A. Cameron 3

ABSTRACT: Colonies of both honey bees and bumble bees are often infested by parasitoids as
well as by wax moths from several genera of the family Pyralidae. The nest associates in turn are
parasitized by several groups of hymenopteran parasitoids. Colonies of bumble bees raised in
close proximity to honey bee colonies provided an unanticipated opportunity to observe para-
sitoids that might be able to switch from honey bees or their nest associates, to bumble bees or
their nest associates, and vice versa. This natural experiment indicated that none of the lepi-
dopteran nest associates were shared between both honey bee and bumble bee colonies.
However, most of the hymenopteran parasitoids of Apis nest associates were found to parasitize
bumble bee nest associates. Diagnostic illustrations of some of the parasitoids from the apid
colonies are provided to facilitate future observations on these species.

Bumble bees (Bombus and Psithyrus spp.) and honey bees (Apis spp.)
share taxonomic assignment to the same family (Apidae) and the habit of
being social. Nevertheless, they exhibit vastly different forms of nest con-
struction, colony cycles (Michener, 1974) and division of labor (Cameron
1 989). A number of North American records have been published on the nest
associates, parasites, and parasitoids of each of these two groups (e.g. Prison
1926; Holm 1960; Milum 1939; Plath 1922, 1924), although little has been
reported on the ability or tendency of their respective nest associates and nat-
ural enemies to share hosts. Honey bees are not native to North America and
neither are most of their nest associates, largely due to the transport of these
bees by humans.

During the summer of 1987, we had the opportunity to make direct
observations on nest associates and natural enemies of both bumble bees and
honey bees reared in close proximity to each other, and to record which of
these bee-associated insects were found in nests of both groups. Below we
describe the results of this survey, briefly suggest some possible explanations
for the patterns observed, and provide some description of some of the para-
sitoids as an aid for future identification in field studies.

1 Received April 29, 1993. Accepted June 14, 1993.

* Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Current address:

Department of Entomology, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, AR 72701

3 Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Current address:
Departments of Biological Sciences and Entomology, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, AR
72701 . All correspondence should be addressed to this author.

ENT. NEWS 104(5): 240-248, November & December, 1993

Vol . 1 04, No. 5 , November & December, 1 993 241

STUDY CONDITIONS

Free-foraging colonies of Bombus bimaculatus Cresson, B. fervidus
(Fabricius), B. impatiens Cresson, and B. vagans Smith were reared using
modifications of standard procedures (Plowright & Jay 1966) at the Ohio
State University Honey Bee Laboratory during the summer of 1987 in out-
door observation shelters. Forty colonies were established in wooden and
plexiglas nest boxes from single queens collected in the spring within a 1 25-
km radius of Columbus, Ohio. The colonies were situated within 10-50
meters of honey bee colonies under observation at the OSU bee lab. Several
old, greater wax-moth (Galleria melonella L.) infested honey bee frames
were present at the laboratory (approx. 15m away) as a potential source of
both wax moth and honey bee parasitoids. Lepidopteran nest associates and
hymenopteran parasitoids were allowed to develop naturally in the bumble
bee and honey bee colonies to observe which nest associates and parasitoids
entered and completed development in both honey bee and bumble bee
colonies. Colonies were visually inspected daily for the entire summer; the
chance that developing parasitoids went unobserved was small.

RESULTS

Parasitoids of Bumble Bees and Honey Bees

The results of the rearing survey are summarized in Table 1 . An infesta-
tion of the gregarious pupal parasitoid, Melittobia chalybii Ashmead
(Eulophidae), in old bumble bee nests was not accompanied by any appear-

Table 1 . Lepidopteran nest associates and bee and moth parasitoids reared from honey bee and
bumble bee colonies established near one another in Columbus, Ohio. Numbers in parentheses
after Melittobia chalybii indicate number of parasitized hosts.

Source Bee Colonies

A. mellifera B. bimaculatus B. fervidus B. impatiens B. vagans

Lepidoptera

Galleria melonella 200+ 0000

Vitula edmandsae 12 10 5 2

Plodia interpunctella 30000

Nemapogon sp. 1

Hymenoptera

Apanteles galleriae 90 25

Apanteles nephoptericis 0490

Bracon hcbetor 36 22 3 2

Venturia canescens 10 1(?)

campoplegine sp. 1 00

Melittobia chalybii 2000+ (9) 400(2)

242 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ance of this species in honey bee colonies or old frames. The larvae and
pupae of M. chalybii infesting bumble bee pupal cells are shown in Figures 1
and 2. M. chalybii has been reported previously from several species of nest-
building Hymenoptera, including bumble bees and leafcutter bees (Edwards
& Pengelly 1966; Hobbs & Krunic 1971; MacFarlane & Donovan 1989).
Although the species of Melittobia often have been taxonomically confused
and host records have been notoriously suspect, a recent revision of the genus
(Dahm, 1984a, b) has clarified many of the host records.

The biology of M. chalybii and related species has been well studied (see,
e.g., Howard 1891; Buckell 1928; Schmieder 1933; Schmieder & Whiting
1947; Hobbs & Krunic 1971; Dahms 1984b). It is a gregarious eulophid
ectoparasitoid, principally attacking prepupal and pupal Hymenoptera
(although records from other laboratory studies suggest a broader host range
is possible (Gordh 1979). Hobbs & Krunic (1971) reported that the adult
females were easily able to enter apparently closely-fitting containers to para-
sitize their hosts, and that an average of 175 adults could be reared from a
single prepupa leafcutter bee (Megachile rotundata [F.]). The ability of the
females to enter new nest boxes with ease was observed in our study also.
However, the number of parasitoids that emerged from a single bumble bee
prepupa or pupa varied greatly (Table 1), depending on the species of the
host bee attacked, but nonetheless averaged well above 175 individuals, no
doubt due to the large size of the bumble bees. The bumble bee prepupae or
pupae were virtually consumed by the M. chalybii larvae, leaving only a
shrivelled skin.

Melittobia did not directly parasitize honey bees during our study.

Nest Associates and their Parasitoids

Greater wax moths (Galleria mellonella L.) were present in large num-
bers in old honey bee frames but were not found in any of the bumble bee
colonies. A second species of moth, the common stored-products pest Plodia
interpunctella (Hubner) (Pyralidae), was also present in low numbers only in
the old Apis frames. Two other species of moth larvae, Vitula edmandsae
(Packard) (Pyralidae) and Nemapogon sp. (Tineidae), were found only in the
bumble bee nests, late in the season. V. edmandsae commonly has been
reported from bumble bee nests (Heinrich, 1956), and was relatively abun-
dant in our study. G. mellonella, P. interpunctella and V edmandsae all
belong to the Pyralidae, but are not especially closely related within that fam-
ily (Solis & Mitter 1992).

Two species of braconid parasitoids, Apanteles galleriae Wilkinson and
Bracon hebetor. Say, normally reported from honey bee colonies, were found
to parasitize both Galleria and Vitula in honey bee and bumble bee colonies,
respectively. A. galleriae was originally described from the Old World
(Wilkinson, 1932) but was transported to North America along with Apis

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

243

Figure 1. B. bimaculatus pupal cell opened to show gregarious Melittobia larvae on Bombus
pupa. Adult Melittobia just visible at left (arrow).

Figure 2. B. bimaculatus cell opened to show Melittobia pupae.

244 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

colonies many years ago. There are no previous reports of A. galleriae from
bumble bee colonies. A. galleriae is a solitary endoparasitoid of early-instar
Galleria larvae; the larger later instar moth larvae are not commonly
attacked. When attacking V. edmandsae, A. galleriae emerges from later-
instar larvae.

B. hebetor, on the other hand, is an ectoparasitoid (Fig. 3) capable of par-
asitizing larvae of many ages. The larger hosts ultimately provide for a larger
number of the gregarious parasitoid progeny. B. hebetor is one of the most
fully-studied parasitoid wasps, and has been the subject of many develop-
mental, physiological, behavioral and genetic investigations (e.g. Hase 1924;
Merrill 1942; Martin 1947; Grosch 1948a, b; Beard 1952; Drenth 1974;
Steiner 1986).

Figure 3. Bracon hebetor larva attached to host Vitula larva in infested nest of Bombus bimacula-
tus. Adult Bracon just visible at lower left (arrow).

A third braconid parasitoid, Apanteles nephoptericis Ashmead, attacked
only Vitula larvae in the old bumble bee nests. A. nephoptericis has been
reported previously to attack Vitula and other pest Lepidoptera on stored
products (Marsh 1979).

An ichneumonid parasitoid, Venturia canescens (Gravenhorst), was reared
from nest associate Lepidoptera in infested honey bee colonies, but was not
reared from bumble bee colonies, although one adult female was discovered
flying into an abandoned bumble bee nest and may have been searching for

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

245

hosts. Carlson (1979) reports that specimens from undetermined hosts in
bumble bee nests are present in the U.S. National Museum. The biology of V.
canescens is well-studied (Frilli 1965; Carlson in Krombein et al. 1979), and
it is one of the few Ichneumonidae for which careful studies have been made
of host preferences and survivorship in different hosts (Salt 1964, 1975,
1976). As wax consumers in bumble bee colonies. V. edmandsae larvae are
potentially within the "natural" host range of V. canescens.

In Figure 4, we have provided some identification aids for these ichneu-
monoid parasitoids from bumble bee and honey bee colonies.

Forewings

Venturia canescens (Gravenhorst)

Bracon hebetor (Say)

Apanteles nephoptericis Ashmead

Apanteles galleriae Wilkinson

Propodea

Apanleles nephoptericis Ashmead

Apanteles galleriae Wilkinson

Anterior metasomal tergites

Apanteles nephoplericis Ashmead

Apanteles galleriae Wilkinson

Figure 4. Morphological characteristics of the principal ichneumonoid parasitoids found in
North American apid colonies. Arrows indicate differences in pterostigmal pigmentation or dif-
ferences in the shape of the medial areola on the propodeum (posterior face of functional "tho-
rax"). For additional taxonomic information concerning these species, see (Wilkinson, 1932;
Nixon, 1976; Papp, 1980; Quicke, 1987; Wahl, 1987).

246 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CONCLUSIONS

These observations indicate that none of the lepidopteran nest associates
switched between honey bee and bumble bee colonies. The greater wax moth
G. mellonella was specific to honey bee nests, while V. edmandsae was found
only in bumble bees nests. On the other hand, some of the hymenopteran par-
asitoids attacked nest associates within both honey bee and bumble bee
colonies. In particular, A. galleriae was a parasitoid on G. mellonella and V.
edmandsae, and B. hebetor was reared from the nests of several bumble bees
as well as from honey bees. In contrast, the parasitoid M. chalybii attacked
only the prepupal or pupal stages of B. bimaculatus and B. impatiens. V.
canescens was reared only from honey bee colonies, although an adult was
found searching inside a colony of B. bimaculatus.

Differences in the colony hygiene of the bees may be largely responsible
for the absence of some of the nest associates and parasitoids, such as
Melittobia, in honey bee colonies. Honey bees actively remove infected
brood from the nest, while bumble bees do not. Furthermore, bumble bees
may be especially susceptible to this species (and to the moth V. edmandsae)
as a result of the gradual abandonment of their nests at the end of each annual
colony cycle. Because the nest is eventually abandoned and usually not re-
used (at least in temperate regions), it is not imperative to exclude parasitoids
and wax moths from the nest late in the season.

The absence of A. nephoptericis from honey bee colonies may be due in
part to a lack of synchrony between the availability of appropriately aged lar-
vae of Galleria and the emergence of A. nephoptericis from Vitula larvae,
and in part to colony hygiene in honey bee colonies. It is also possible that A.
nephoptericis is unable to survive in Galleria larvae due to the internal
defense reactions of the host. Laboratory studies to examine this possibility
would be useful.

Our results clearly indicate that given the opportunity, some or most of
the parasitoids of Apis nest associates are able to parasitize bumble bee nest
associates. This has rarely been noted in nature, probably because (1) bumble
bee nests are usually subterranean, while the introduced Apis nests are not;
(2) bumble bee nests are abandoned at the end of each year, and are rarely
studied after the nest is abandoned, and (3) bumble bee wax moths usually
enter at the end of the season, often after the bumble bees have left. Further
studies are needed to determine whether the Apis colony-associate parasites
found in our domesticated bumble bee colonies occur in wild bumble bee
nests.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Robert Page and Kim Fondrk for access to the honey bee colonies used in this
study. SAC was supported by a University Postdoctoral Fellowship from the Ohio State

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993 247

University during the course of this work. The late W.R.M. Mason (Biosystematics Research
Centre, Ottawa) kindly supplied additional identified material of A. nephoplericis for taxonomic
comparison. We thank two anonymous reviewers for their useful comments.

LITERATURE CITED

Beard, R. L. 1952. The toxicology of Habrobracon venom, a study of a natural insecticide.

Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 562: 1-27.
Buckell, E. R. 1928. Notes on the life history of M elittobia chalybii Ashmead (Chalcidoidea:

Elachertidae). Pan- Pac. Entomol. 5: 14-22.
Cameron, S. A. 1989. Temporal patterns of division of labor among workers in the primitively

eusocial bumble bee, Bombus griseocollis (Hymenoptera: Apidae). Ethology 80: 137-151.
Carlson, R. W. 1979. Family Ichneumonidae, pp. 315-740 in: Krombein, K.V., P D. Hurd, Jr.,

D.R. Smith & B.D Burks, eds., Catalog of Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico, Vol. 1 .

Symphyta and Apocrita (Parasitica). Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C.
Dahms, E. C. 1984a. Revision of the genus Melittobia (Chalcidoidea: Eulophidae) with the

description of seven new species. Mem. Queensland Mus. 21: 271-336.
Dahms, E. C. 1984b. A review of the biology of species in the genus Melittobia (Hymenoptera:

Eulophidae) with interpretations and additions using observations on Melittobia australica.

Mem. Queensland Mus. 21: 337-360
Drenth, D. 1974. Susceptibility of different insects to an extract of the venom gland of the wasp

Microbracon hebetor (Say). Toxicon 12: 189-192.
Edwards, C. J. & D. H. Pengelly. 1966. Melittobia chalybii Ashmead (Hymenoptera:

Eulophidae) parasitizing Bombus fer\'idus Fabricius (Apidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Ontario

96: 98-99.
Frilli, F. 1965. Studi sugli imenotteri icneumonidi 1. Devorgilla canescens (Grav.). Entomolgica

1 : 119-208.
Prison, T. H. 1926. A contribution to the knowledge of the interrelationships of the bumble bees

of Illinois with their animate environment. Ann. Entomol Soc. Amer. 19: 203-236.
Gordh, G. 1979. Superfamily Chalcidoidea, pp. 743-1043 In: Krombein, K.V., P.O. Hurd, Jr.,

D.R. Smith & B.D. Burks, eds, Catalog of Hymenoptera in Amenca North of Mexico. Vol. 1 .

Symphyta and Apocrita (Parasitica), Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C.
Grosch, D. S. 1948a. Experimental studies on the mating reaction of male Habrobracon.L

Comp. Physiol. Psych. 41: 188-195.
Grosch, D. S. 1948b. Dwarfism and differential mortality in Habrobracon J Exper. Zool. 107:

289-313.
Hase, A. 1924. Die Schlupfwespen als Gifttiere Zur Kenntnis wirtschaftlich wichitge

Tierformen II. Biol. Zerltralbl. 44: 209-243.
Heinrich, C. 1956. American moths of the subfamily Phycitinae. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.207: viii +

581 pp.
Hobbs, G. A. & M. D. K runic. 1971. Comparative behavior of three chalcidoid (Hymenoptera)

parasites of the alfalfa leafcutter bee, Megachile rotundata, in the laboratory. Canad.

Entomol. 103: 674-685

Holm, S. N. 1960. Experiments on the domestication of bumble bees (Bombus Latr.) in par-
ticular B. lapidarius L. and B. terrestris L. Roy. Vet. Agric. Coll. Copenhagen, Yearb. 1960:

1-19.

Howard, L. 1891. The habits of Melittobia. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 2 244-248.
Knee, W. J. & J. T. Medlcr. 1965. The seasonal size increase of bumblebee workers

(Hymenoptera: Bombus). Canad. Entomol. 97: 1 149-1 155.
Macfarlane, R. P. & B. J. Donovan. 1989. Melittobia spp. as parasitoids of bumble bees and

lucerne leafcutting bees and their control in New Zealand, pp. 274-277 '. In Proceedings of the

New Zealand Weed Pest Control. Conference, Publ. 42.

248 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Marsh, P. M. 1979. Family Braconidae, pp. 144-295 In: Krombein, K.V., P.O. Hurd, Jr., D.R.

Smith & B.D. Burks, eds., Catalog of Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico, Vol. 1.

Symphyla and Apocrita (Parasitica), Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C.
Martin, A. 1947. An Introduction to the Genetics of Habrobracan juglandis Ashmead. Hobson

Press, N.Y. 205 pp.
Michener, C. D. 1974. The Social Behavior of the Bees: A Comparative Study.Harvard Univ.

Press, Cambridge. MA, 404 pp..

Mi! urn, V. G. 1939. Parasites of larval pests of bee combs. Amer. Bee Joum.. 79: 245.
Morrill, A. W. 1942. Notes on the biology of Microbracon hebetor. J. Econ. Entomol. 35:

593-594.
Nixon, G. E. J. 1976. A revision of the northwestern European species of the merula, lacteus,

vipio, ultor, ater, butalidis, popularis, carbonarius and wj/;dns-groups of Apanteles Forst.

(Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Bull. Entomol. Res. 65: 687-735.
Papp, J. 1980. A survey of the European species of Apanteles Forst. (Hymenoptera,

Braconidae, Microgasterinae). IV. The lineipes, obscurus- and ater- group. Ann. Hist.-nat

Mus. Nat. Hung. (Budapest) 72. 241-272.
Pick, T. & W. Spanjer. 1986. Chemistry and pharmacology of solitary wasp venoms, pp. 161-

307. In T. Pick [ed.], Venoms of the Hymenoptera. Academic Press, N.Y.
Plath, O. E. 1922. Notes on Psithyrus with records of two new North American hosts. Biol.

Bull. 43: 23-44

Plath, O. E. 1934 Bumble Bees and their Ways. MacMillan, N. Y.
Quicke, D. L. J. 1987. The Old World genera of braconine wasps (Hymenoptera: Braconidae).

Journ. Nat. Hist. 21:43-157.
Salt, G. 1964. The ichneumonid parasite Nemeritis canescens (Gravenhorst) in relation to the

wax moth Galleria mellonella (L.). Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 116: 1-14.
Salt, G. 1975. The fate of an internal parasitoid, Nemeritis canescens, in a variety of insects.

Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 127: 141-161.
Salt, G. 1976. The hosts of Nemeritis canescens, a problem in the host specificity of insect para-

sitoids. Ecol. Entomol. 1 : 63-67.

Schmieder, R. G. 1933. The polymorphic forms of Melittobia chalybii Ashmead and the deter-
mining factors involved in their production (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea, Eulophidae) Biol.

Bull. 65: 338-354.
Schmieder, R. G. & P. H. Whiting. 1947. Reproductive economy in the chalcidoid wasp,

Melittobia. Genetics 32: 29-37.
Solis, M. A. and C. Mitter. 1992. Review and phylogenetic analysis of the subfamilies of the

Pyralidae (sensu stricto) (Lepidoptera: Pyraloidea). Syst. Entomol. 17: 79-90.
Steiner, A. L. 1986. Stinging behavior of solitary wasps, pp. 63-160. In T. Pick [ed.]. Venoms of

the Hymenoptera. Academic Press, London.
Wahl, D. B. 1987. A revision of Venturia north of Central America (Hymenoptera Ichneu-

monidae). Univ. Kans Sci Bull. 53: 275-356.
Wilkinson, D. S. 1 932. Four new Apanteles (Hym., Brae.). Stylops 1 : 1 39- 1 44.

Vol. 1 04, No. 5, November & December, 1 993 249

NOTES ON SPECIES OF EPERIGONE

(ARANEAE: LINYPHIIDAE)
FROM CAPE COD, MASSACHUSETTS 1

Robert L. Edwards

ABSTRACT: Six species of Eperigone, E. augustae Crosby & Bishop, 1933, E. contorta
(Emerton, 1882), E. tridentata (Emerton, 1882), E. trilobata (Emerton, 1882), E. maculata
(Banks, 1892), and E. tenuipalpis (Emerton, 1882) [NEW SYNONYMY] occur on Cape Cod.
Both sexes of Eperigone tenuipalpis are redescribed. Epigynal plugs and abdominal pigment
patterns of several species are described. Brief natural history notes are included.

The small spiders of the genus Eperigone are troublesome to identify. As
is the case with many spiders, immatures of most species are almost impossi-
ble to identify with confidence. However, late subadult instars of some
species can be recognized by the pattern of chevrons on the abdomen. The
females of four species have epigynal plugs, which are characteristic of the
species. The chaetotaxy of the epigynal margin is also species specific.

METHODS

Specimens were examined and illustrated with a Bausch & Lomb
StereoZoom 7 binocular microscope, equipped with 15X eyepieces.
Drawings were made using an ocular grid, transferring the image by eye to
gridded paper. Measurements were made with an ocular micrometer, and are
accurate to 0.01 mm. For total length, carapace length and carapace width,
measurements were made to the nearest 0.05 mm. The cephalic index is
determined by dividing carapace length by carapace width. The position of
metatarsal trichobothria (Tml, Tmll) is measured to the nearest 0.01 mm.
The Tm value (%) is determined by dividing the distance from the proximal
end of the metatarsus to the trichobothrium by the total length of the
metatarsus.

Eperigone tenuipalpis (Emerton, 1911)

This species was originally described as Tmeticus tenuipalpus by J. H.
Emerton (1911); type locality Plum Island, Ipswich, Massachusetts. Crosby
and Bishop (1928) revised the genus Erigone in 1928, refiguring and
redescribing all species. Using type specimens and other material available,

1 Received May 3, 1993. Accepted May 24, 1993.

2 Research Associate, Department of Entomology, United States National Museum. Present
address: Box 505, Woods Hole, MA 02543.

ENT. NEWS 104(5): 249-257. November & December. 1993

250 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

they included tenuipalpis with reservations, considering it an 'aberrant
form'. The morphology of the genitalia of both sexes, however, merits
placement of Erigone tenuipalpis in Eperigone [NEW SYNONYMY] as
presently understood (cf. Millidge, 1987). In his recent revision of Eperigone,
Millidge (1987) did not include Tmeticus tenuipalpis Emerton. The type
specimens were not examined.

DIAGNOSIS. Males have a long, slender palpal tibia with distinctive apophyses, and a large,
darkly sclerotized suprategulum (Fig. 3); female epigynum divided longitudinally and with
widely spaced lateral arms extending only a short distance beyond the square-ended dorsal plate
(Fig. 8).

DESCRIPTION: Male. Averages and range in mm. Total length 2.41 (2.21-2.70), carapace
length 1.16 (1.10-130), cephalic index 1.41 (1.29-1.53), Tml 0.65 (0.60-0.70). Chelicerae with
four retromarginal and promarginal teeth. Row of six setigerous denticles along anterio-lateral
margin of chelicera, the first five increasing markedly in size distally with the sixth small (Fig.
1). Distinct file near distal end of chelicera in both sexes (Fig. 12). File with oval outline and
circa fourteen regularly spaced ridges. Suprategular apophysis obvious, darkly sclerotized,
tongue-like; otherwise projections of the embolic division only lightly sclerotized with none dis-
tinctively configured (Fig. 1 1). Dorsal apophysis of palpal tibia triangular distally, with sec-
ondary square-cornered apophysis below dorsal apophysis that projects dorsally (Fig. 6). Ventral
apophysis bilobate (Fig. 5). Length of palpal tibia variable, averaging 0.41 mm, occasionally as
short (0.28 mm) as shown in Fig. 4. Proximal two-thirds of ventral surface of palpal femur with
four to five small setigerous denticles; distal half of prolateral surface with five small denticles
also tipped with setae.

Pigmentation of both sexes similar. Cephalic area of carapace light orange-brown with eye area
darker orange brown. Thin, dusky marginal line. Cervical groove darkened; thoracic radii broad
and dusky. Sternum brown, suffused with dusky, darker markings toward periphery. Legs yel-
low-brown; proximal segments, especially femora, slightly darker. Abdomen dark gray with a
contrasting pattern of six to seven chevrons that are fairly regular in outline (Figs. 25-27).
Venter lighter gray, evenly colored, with narrow whitish line laterad. A darker ring around spin-
nerets, reduced ventrally.

Female. Averages and range in mm. Total length 2.60 (2.02-3.30), carapace length 1 .22 (0.95-
1.50), cephalic index 1.41 (1.22-1.63), Tml 0.67 (0.60-0.71). Chelicera with five teeth in each
row; proximal tooth in retromarginal row minute. Denticles and spur of male chelicera replaced
by setae. File as described for male (Fig. 1 2).

Epigynum moderately protuberant (Figs. 7-8, 22), with widely spaced lateral arms; genital open-
ings barely extend beyond dorsal plate. Marginal setae of epigynum somewhat variable in length
and position, with two longer setae in central area. Spermatheca usually visible through darkly
pigmented cuticle. Epigynal plugs dark reddish in color, extending between but not into genital
openings; more or less flat, irregularly oval in shape and usually with small pointed projection
on anterior margin (Figs. 9-10, 23-24).

Immatures: Carapace, sternum and appendages light olive-brown and with markings essen-
tially like adults. Abdomen also patterned as adults. Tml, subadult males 0.64 (0.56 to 0.69),
subadult females 0.63 (0.55 to 0.69). Tml I, subadult males 0.60 (0.53 to 0.64), subadult females
0.59 (0.54 to 0.63). The chevrons of miniatures are much like those of adults, but usually more
distinct. The relatively high values for both Tml and Tmll assist in the identification of older
imrnatures.

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

251

I/I </)

.
It

3 E

^ i
. >>

5 .2?

u a
u W

2 g E
: >-,

"i ^ Jtl
5 c <

0, ^ %

aj Q

S "5 2

ea .y

sii
^^ u

_J D. tN

IS I

^ 2 S-

=> c ^

EJ-

252 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

SPECIMENS EXAMINED: Five males, 8 females and 39 subadults from West Falmouth,
Bamstahle County, Massachusetts, collected by the author in wrack (Zostera detritus) from a
tidal marsh, 4 Feb. 1991; 7 males, 8 females and 35 subadults from same locality and habitat,
22 Nov. 1990; 7 females and 51 subadults from same locality and habitat, 14 Nov. 1990;
9 subadults from same locality and habitat, 30 October, 1990; and 1 female, same locality and
habitat, 23 July, 1987. Specimens of both sexes and representative individuals of late subadult
mstars have been deposited in American Museum of Natural History (New York), Natural
History Museum (London), United States National Museum (Washington, D.C.), and Canadian
National Collection (Ottawa).

NATURAL HISTORY. The area from which the samples were taken
has been collected at regular and frequent intervals for several years. It is a
broad Cape Cod tidal marsh bounded on the west by Buzzards Bay, domi-
nated by salt marsh grasses and sedges (Distichlis and Juncus) and with
patches of Spartina alterniflora along ditches. Scattered mats of wrack, the
remains of eel grass (Zostera marina L.), occur near the level of higher tides,
often supported above the surface on marsh grasses. Recent collections (fall
1990 and winter 1991) followed periods of unusually high tides and several
episodes of onshore winds. These conditions often result in the production of
extensive wrack mats. It is suggested here that the aggregations found were
primarily the result of strong onshore winds and tidal action, the spiders
being carried from an as yet to be identified specific microhabitat in the
marsh. These aggregations dissipated after several days of calm weather. This
species generally was difficult to find during the warmer months of the year.

The E. tenuipalpis population was numbered between from 30 to 75 adult
and subadult individuals/m 2 of wrack. Associated with tenuipalpis, in the
samples listed above and in comparable numbers, were Grammonota trivit-
tata Banks and Erigone aletris Crosby & Bishop. The population of
G. trivittata was also maturing during this same period, adults and immatures
being represented in roughly equal numbers. G. trivittata is usually found on
the muddy surface of the marsh or on loose webbing at the base of grass
clumps. Equally abundant in these and other collections, E. aletris occurs as
adults year-round in wrack mats and other types of tidal debris. However, the
most common associates, at about twice the number of E. tenuipalpis, were
adult female Scolopembolus littoralis (Emerton). Less abundant was
Satilatlas marxii Keyserling. This last species is more often found in grass
and sedge litter immediately at or above high tide level. Pardosa littoralis
Banks and Gnaphosa parvula Banks commonly occur in and on wrack and
other tidal detrital deposits.

Eperigone augustae Crosby and Bishop, 1933

Two essentially colorless adult males of E. augustae were collected in
June in pitfall traps in pine woods. The specimens measured 0.90 and 0.95

Vol. 1 04, No. 5, November & December, 1 993 253

mm in total length. These two specimens were the only ones collected in sev-
eral hundred pitfall and litter collections made in the same area throughout
the year.

Eperigone contorta (Emerton, 1 982)

This species occurs in fresh and slightly brackish water marshes with
grasses and sedges. While never found in great abundance, it may be collect-
ed with some effort in these preferred habitats. Adults have been collected
most frequently in the colder months. It is found in association with other
more abundant erigonines, such as Ceratinopsis laticeps Emerton, Gram-
monota maculata Banks, and Scolopembolus littoralis.

The epigynal plug of E. contorta (Figs. 14-15) is unusually structured,
reflecting the general configuration of the epigynum (Fig. 1 3). It completely
covers the ventral surface of the epigynum and extends around and well
beyond the ends of the extended lateral arms. Dark orange-brown in color
and quite hard, it cannot be removed by physical means without damaging
the epigynum (cf. Millidge, 1987). It does not block the oviduct. The
marginal setae of the epigynum are of moderate length, with the pair of setae
at the midline slightly longer.

There is no pattern of chevrons on the abdomen. Immatures of this unpat-
terned species cannot be identified with confidence.

Eperigone maculata (Banks, 1 892)

This is the most common Eperigone. Adults have been collected
throughout the year in virtually all habitats. Unlike the other local species,
E. maculata is found in greatest abundance in both deciduous and coniferous
litter. Abundance averaged 31 to 34 individuals/m 2 of litter in the warmer
months and 7/m 2 in colder months. This species is associated with other
common forest litter inhabitants, such as Lathys pallidus (Marx), Hahnia
cinerea Emerton, Trabeops aurantiaca (Emerton), Phrurotimpus alarius
(Hentz), Pocadicnemis atnericanus Millidge, Maso sundevalli (Westring),
and Walckenaeria directa (O. P.-Cambridge).

Both immatures and adults of E. maculata are readily distinguished from
their associates by the abdominal pigment pattern (Figs. 31-33). Usually there
are six chevrons, with the first varying from obvious to essentially lacking.
The sixth chevron appears to be made up of a joining of the sixth and sev-
enth, resulting in a distinct white spot. Over one hundred adult females taken
in all seasons have been examined with no evidence of an epigynal plug.

254

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CO
CM

I
I

>, c

o .
? -~

it
y

00 .

<N (N

- a

00 T- 1 -
PU S

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

255

'.v,.;.

m&mm^s^

l^^f^M^

.,u$.U.ir-_

~ 1*- '-'.I. .. .^-'1.

' ^

-',.: '' ;, ^,Wf ;;'' ,

lr p : ; : SS'
\'" 5^58-3$?'

^' .->--.' i', A
" " ''r^yS^I'Mil \

; wi

.; ; '.;
' rMSfe

Figs. 25-33. Abdominal pigment patterns. 25-27, Eperigone tenuipalpis. 25. Dorsal, typical.
26. Lateral. 27. Dorsal, variant. 28-30, . tridentata. 28. Dorsal, typical. 29. Lateral. 30. Dorsal,
variant. 31-33. E. maculate. 31. Dorsal, typical. 32. Lateral. 33. Dorsal, variant. Scale lines
1 .0 mm.

256 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Eperigone tridentata (Emerton, 1882)

E. tridentata is a moderately large species, averaging over 2 mm in total
length. Usually it is found in moist leaf litter around the edges of lakes and
ponds, and occasionally in great abundance, up to 25 individuals/m 2 of leaf
litter. Adults may be found throughout the year but are most often taken in
the colder months. Large numbers of E. tridentata mature in October and
November, with males leading the females by several weeks. This species has
a relatively dark, diffusely patterned abdomen (Figs. 28-30). There are usual-
ly only five chevrons, with the first being reduced to a narrow, longitudinal
stripe. Females tend to be much darker than males and have less clearly
defined chevrons. Immatures are patterned much as the adults, although with
the chevrons clearer.

The chaetotaxy of the epigynal margin is illustrated in Fig. 16. The cen-
trally located seta on the ventral plate is distinctive. The epigynal plug is a
dark brown, rounded plug that covers the genital opening and a portion of the
ventral plate (Figs. 17-18). Occasional specimens are found with the plug dis-
torted (Fig. 17), suggesting that its formation had been interrupted. Fresh
plugs are white and sticky. The plug is similar to, but is not as large as that of
E. trilobata.

Eperigone trilobata (Emerton, 1 882)

Another of the smaller species, E. trilobata is without chevrons on the
abdomen, much like E. contorta. It is uncommon, and there is no specific
habitat where one can go with any realistic expectation of collecting speci-
mens. A few specimens have been taken in wetter environments, but also in
dry grass fields. Most of my specimens have been taken in lawns, in pitfall
traps, and among the broad basal leaves of plantain and dandelion, places
where Grammonota inornata Emerton, Grammonota gentilis Banks, and
Erigone autumnalis Emerton are consistently taken in greater numbers.

Adult E. trilobata have been taken throughout the year. Females with
epigynal plugs have been taken in June and July. The plug is relatively large,
dark brown, elongate-ovoid, usually with the lateral arms of the epigynum
detectable just under the surface (Figs. 20-21). The outer margin of the epi-
gynum is marked by a row of smaller setae (Fig. 19). There are no chevrons
on the abdomen and immatures cannot be reliably determined.

REMARKS

Many of the 68 Eperigone species have been described from only one
sex, female or male, and often from only a few specimens (cf. Millidge,

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993 257

1978). Very little is known about the life history of most species, in part
because they can be difficult to identify. About half of the species have che-
liceral denticles or spurs or both. Also about half have chevrons on the
abdomen. Some of the species have chevrons that are similar to those of
species of other genera with which they are found, particularly species of
Grammonota and Bathyphantes. Other attributes such as the presence or
absence of cheliceral denticles and spurs, the chaetotaxy of the epigynal mar-
gin and the form of the epigynal plugs, can be helpful when dealing with the
genus, especially in a regional context. Body dimensions and proportions
were of limited assistance in separating the species of Eperigone dealt with
here (Edwards, unpubl.); with the exception, however, of the relative posi-
tion of the metatarsal trichobothrium of both subadult and adult E.
tenuipalpis,

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am grateful to Herbert Levi (MCZ) and Charles Dondale (CNM), for reviewing an earlier
draft of the manuscript and making many useful comments and corrections Two anonymous
reviews made suggestions and corrections that were gratefully received.

LITERATURE CITED

Crosby and Bishop. 1928. Revision of the spider genera Erigone, Eperigone, and Catabrithorax

(Erigoneae). Bull. New York State Mus. No. 278: 3-74.

Emerton, J. H. 191 1. New spiders from New England. Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., 16: 383-407.
Millidge, A. F. 1987. The Erigonine Spiders of North America. Part 8. The Genus Eperigone

(Araneae, Linyphiidae). Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Novitates, No. 2885: 1-75.

(Continued from page 239)

development, molecular identification, satellite imagery and low technology control.
Surprisingly, Dr. Johnson states that important aspects of the basic biology of the vectors
and parasites are still mostly unknown, including where sand flies lay their eggs and what
the reservoir hosts are. The vectors themselves have specific resting areas in the day; for
example, the sand fly vector of visceral leishmaniasis rests in eroded termite hills and that
for cutaneous leishmaniasis in rock quarries or caves.

There were several notes of entomological interest. Dr. R. T. Allen mentioned that he
has found an undescribed species of symphylan from Delaware, and a new record of a
dipluran from Delaware known previously from the Mediterranean. The recent heavy snow-
fall prompted discussion of insects on snow, such as the Chionea crane fly or collembolan
species, and of insects such as the box elderbug overwintering inside houses. There were 20
members and visitors in attendance.

Jon K. Gelhaus,
Corresponding Secretary

258 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A DESCRIPTION OF THE MALE
EPERIGONE MODICA (ARANEAE: LINYPHIIDAE) 1

Robert L. Edwards 2

ABSTRACT: The male of Eperigone modica Millidge, 1987, previously known only from the
female, is described and illustrated. Variation in both sexes is discussed.

The recent revision of Eperigone by Millidge (1987) has made it possible
to deal more easily with this large, homogeneous group of erigonine spiders.
Eperigone modica was described by Millidge from a single female. Both
sexes and immatures of E. modica were collected in litter samples from the
edge of a small permanent marsh, on the northern outskirts of Nogales,
Arizona. For a detailed description of the genus Eperigone, see Millidge
op.cit.

METHODS

Specimens were examined and illustrated with a Bausch & Lomb
StereoZoom 7 binocular microscope, equipped with 15X eyepieces.
Drawings were made using an ocular grid, transferring the image by eye to
gridded paper. Measurements were made with an ocular micrometer, accurate
to 0.01 mm. For total length, carapace length, and carapace width, measure-
ments were made to the nearest 0.05 mm. The position of metatarsal tri-
chobothria (Tml and Tmll) were measured to the nearest 0.01 mm. Cephalic
index is carapace length divided by carapace width. The Tm values (%) are
determined by dividing the distance from the proximal end of the metatarsus
to the trichobothrium by the total length of the metatarsus.

Eperigone modica Millidge, 1987
Figures 1-12

Eperigone modica Millidge, 1987: 38-40, figs. 139-140. Described from single female.

DIAGNOSIS: Male with two exceptionally prominent spurs (greatly enlarged denticles) on
opposite margins of each chelicera (Fig. 1 ), and an unusual stalk-like projection on the anterio-
lateral margin of the endite (Fig. 2). Ventral projection of embolic division tooth-like, dark and
prominent (Fig. 3). Palpal tibia relatively long and slender (Figs. 3, 5, 6). Palpal patella with
small, conic spur (Figs. 3, 5). Female epigynum divided longitudinally with distinctly upturned
(in ventral view) and incurved tips of lateral arms (Figs. 7, 8). Metatarsus IV with trichobothrium.

1 Received May 3, 1993. Accepted May 24, 1993.

2 Research Associate, Department of Entomology, United States National Museum. Present
address: Box 505, Woods Hole, MA 02543.

ENT. NEWS 104(5): 258-262, November & December, 1993

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

259

3
3

Figures I -12. Eperigone modica Millidge. 1. Male chelicerae, anterior. 2. Male endites, ventral.
3. Palp, ecto-ventral. 4. Embolic division, mesal. 5. Palpal tibia, ventral. 6. Palpal tibia, dorsal
7. Epigynum, ventral. 8. Epigynum, lateral. 9-12. Abdominal pigment pattern, male. 9. Typical,
dorsal. 10. Lateral. 1 1. Darkest, dorsal. 12. Lightest, dorsal. Unlabeled scales 0.1 mm.

260 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

DESCRIPTION. Male. 20 specimens measured: total length 2.55 (2.00-2.96), cephalothorax
length 1.24 (0.95-1.49), cephalic index 1.37 (1.28-1.63), Tml 0.68 (0.64-0.73). Tmll 0.66 (0.58-
0.74). Chelicerae with three large promarginal and four retromarginal teeth. PME relatively
close, from one half to two thirds diameter apart (Fig. 1). Single large seta on clypeus below
AME, about one-half distance from AME to ventral margin of clypeus. Row of six setigerous
denticles along anterio-lateral margin of chelicera, increasing in size distally, with a very
large, curved spur just beyond end of row. A similar, unique, and equally large spur is situated
on the anterio-medial margin (Fig. 1 ). Viewed from above these pairs of spurs look very much
like the homs of a team of oxen. No discernible file in either sex. Endites with unique stalk-like
projection tipped with seta on anterio-lateral comer (Fig. 2).

Ventral projection of embolic division large, tooth-like, and darkly sclerotized (Fig. 3, 4).
Median projection curved and relatively lightly sclerotized. Dorsal apophysis of palpal tibia
rounded and spatulate (Fig. 6). Ventral apophysis bilobate, somewhat irregular in outline, not
projecting as far distally as dorsal apophysis (Fig. 5). Patella of tibia with small, conical ventral
spur (Fig. 3, 5). Proximal two-thirds of ventral surface of palpal femur with row of six small
denticles with setae at tip of denticle. Distal prolateral surface of palpal femur with four small
denticles each tipped with setae.

Cephalic portion of carapace orange-brown, slightly darker around eyes, and essentially flat.
Posteriorly cephalic portion with 'shield-like' area, thinly delineated with black, then light.
Thoracic portion lighter, yellow, with dusky radii and relatively broad, dusky marginal band.
Cervical groove darkened with dark line extending halfway to posterior edge of carapace.
Chelicerae clear orange-brown. Legs light brown. Sternum dusky brown, slightly darker toward
margin. Abdomen gray to nearly black with irregular pattern of six cream-colored chevrons
(Figs. 9, 10, 11, 12). Sixth chevron usually not divided and continued laterally to join lighter
lateral stripe (Fig. 10). Dorsally anterior two-thirds of abdomen with general appearance of
median and lateral dark, irregular, longitudinal stripes, created by the joining of the first three
lightly colored chevrons. Venter gray, evenly colored. Spinnerets ringed with darker gray.

The male, using the key provided by Millidge (1987, pp. 58), would
belong to those species with an embolic division of trilobate form. It is
readily separated from each of these species by the form of the palpal tibial
apophyses.

Female. 9 specimens measured: total length 2.42 (2.15-2.86), cephalothorax length 1.08
( 0.90-1.21), cephalic index 0.74 (0.69-0.85), Tml 0.68 (0.66-0.70). Chelicerae without the denti-
cles and spurs seen in males. Usually four promarginal teeth, second and third largest; four or
five retromarginal teeth with proximal two closely paired. No spur on endites as in males.
Pigmentation essentially as in male but usually with less contrast in pattern, and with smaller
chevrons. Darkened line of cervical groove not further extended posteriorly as in male.
Lateral arms of epigynum wide, semi-circular in outline, gray to orange-brown with darker mar-
gin around genital opening (Fig. 7). Posteriorly tips of lateral arms upturned (Fig. 8).
Spermathecae brown, clearly visible through cuticle.

Specimens of females from this series were compared with the holotype
female in the American Museum of Natural History by Dr. Norman Platnick,
who stated that the identification as modica seems appropriate.

Immature*. The immatures collected were antepenultimate and penulti-
mate instars. The base color of the carapace varies from very light gray for

Vol . 1 04, No. 5, November & December, 1 993 26 1

younger instars to a light olive-brown in older instars. The dusky areas (e.g.
radii and marginal band) seen in the adults are more clearly visible, standing
out against the lighter background color. Distal ends of leg segments were
usually with darker bands. The abdominal pattern of chevrons is somewhat
less variable in shape and position than in adults, otherwise it is identical.

VARIATION. Cheliceral denticles and setae of males varied to a minor
degree in size, position, and number; such variation was associated in part
with overall size. In one specimen the distal denticle on the anterio-lateral
margin was greatly enlarged, creating a second spur. Larger specimens
tended to have larger denticles. A few specimens had paired denticles (usu-
ally the third) in the anterio-lateral row on the chelicerae. The values for Tml
were the least variable statistic for both sexes. Tmll was measured to evaluate
its usefulness as a substitute for Tml when the first legs were damaged or
missing. The pigmentation of the male abdomen varied from very light to
darker with most individuals as illustrated in Figs. 9 and 10. Female
abdomens had less clearly outlined chevrons that tended to be narrower trans-
versely than those of males.

NATURAL HISTORY. These specimens were taken in damp leaf litter
at the edge of a small permanent pond with a boggy margin. The relatively
large number of males (23) to females (10) suggested that this population had
only recently begun to mature. Associated with this species were comparable
numbers of Grammonota qentilis (Banks), dominated by adults of both sexes.
The pigmentation pattern of G. gentilis is similar to that of E. modica.
Somewhat less abundant in the litter were adult Glenognatha emertoni
Simon. Pardosa concinna Thorell, both adults and immatures, were common
on the litter surface and on nearby drier margins of the bog.

DISTRIBUTION-Southern New Mexico and Arizona.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. Nogales, Santa Cruz County, Arizona, in damp leaf litter at edge of
boggy margin of small lake; 1 1 January, 1991, 23 males, 10 females and 13 late instar subadults.
Voucher specimens of both sexes and immatures have been deposited in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology (Cambridge), United States National Museum (Washington, D.C.),
Canadian National Collection (Ottawa), American Museum of Natural History (New York), and
Natural History Museum (London).

REMARKS

At first glance the exuberant lateral denticles and spurs on the chelicerae
of male E. modica (Fig. 1) and the small, conical spur on the palpal patella
(Fig. 3), suggest a close relationship with the genus Erigone. However, the

262 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

structure of the embolic division of the palp (Fig. 4) is characteristic of
Eperigone as defined by Millidge (1987). Female modica have an epigynum
with a divided ventral plate, typical of the genus Eperigone. E. modica has a
distinctly patterned abdomen, with chevrons, a feature seen in many species
of the genus.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am grateful to Herbert Levi (MCZ), Charles Dondale (CNM) and Jonathan Coddington
(USNM), each of whom reviewed the manuscript and provided many useful suggestions. Dr.
Norman Platnick (AMNH) kindly compared my specimens of E. modica with the holotype.
Comments and corrections made by two anonymous reviewers were greatly appreciated.

LITERATURE CITED

Millidge, A. F. 1978. The Erigonine Spiders of North America. Part 8. The Genus Eperigone
Crosby and Bishop (Araneae, Linyphiidae). Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Novitates No. 2885, pp.
1-75.

SOCIETY MEETING OF APRIL 28, 1993

SURVEYING AND CONSERVATION OF LEPIDOPTERA IN OHIO

Dr. Eric H. Metzler

Ohio Department of Natural Resources

Although there are amateur scientists studying most taxonomic groups of insects, those
folks interested in Lepidoptera must form the largest and most visible section. How best to
harness the vast information and enthusiasm represented by these dedicated researchers?
The fifth and final meeting of the 1992-1993 season was highlighted by a fine presentation
by Eric Metzler on how the relatively recent organization, the Ohio Lepidopterists'
Society, brought together about 300 amateur and professional scientists for the common
goal of surveying and conservation of Lepidoptera in Ohio. Mr. Metzler, employed in the
Ohio Department of Natural Resources, is himself a long-time lepidopterist, starting his
interest as a young boy in Michigan, and co-founding the Ohio Lepidopterists' Society in
1979.

The original intent of the Society was the Lepidoptera Survey, and this clicked im-
mediately with the Ohio Division of Wildlife. Through published records, specimen data
in private collections and museums, countless hours of fleldwork in all parts of the state,
and financial support from the state for travel and data entry, the survey database now
encompasses about 96,000 records for 2600 species of butterflies and moths. Although the
survey started with butterflies due to general public interest, published information and the
interest of the Society members, it has moved to include leps such as large silk moths, noc-
tuids, and geometrids. The focus now is on the Microlepidoptera, for which Annette
Braun's collection, located at the Academy of Natural Sciences, is one of the most impor-
tant for Ohio. Mr. Metzler reports that even some die-hard butterfly specialists are now

(Continued on page 272)

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993 263

RECORDS OF CHIMARRA HOLZENTHALI AND

C. PARASOCIA (TRICHOPTERA:
PHILOPOTAMIDAE) FROM EASTERN TEXAS 1

David E. Bowles 2 , Oliver S. Flint, Jr. 3 , Stephen R. Moulton II 4

ABSTRACT: Chimarra holzenthali and Chimarra parasocia are reported from Texas for the
first time. The former species previously was known only from seven specimens collected at the
type locality in northern Louisiana. These new records are proposed to represent the western
limit for these two species.

A recent examination of caddisfly (Trichoptera) material in the Texas
A&M University (TAMU) and the University of North Texas (UNT) insect
collections has revealed some range extensions and new collection records
for two species of Chimarra (Philopotamidae). Blacklight trap collections
from Anderson and Hardin counties, Texas, produced examples of Chimarra
holzenthali Lago and Harris and Chimarra parasocia Lago and Harris.

Chimarra holzenthali previously was known only from seven specimens
(30*0", 499) collected at the type locality of Schoolhouse Spring, Jackson
Parish, Louisiana (Lago and Harris 1987). The type series of C. holzenthali is
in poor condition, the genitalia of the holotype male is distorted through han-
dling, while those of the male paratypes are either missing or cleared to the
point of being transparent (Lago and Harris 1987).

Chimarra parasocia previously was known from Alabama, Arkansas,
Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, and Tennessee (Lago and Harris
1987). Lago et al. (1989) reported that, due to a misinterpretation of data, the
paratype of C. parasocia from Montgomery County, Arkansas was actually a
specimen of Chimarra soda Hagen. However, examples of C. parasocia
recently were found in material collected from southern Arkansas (Paul Lago,
Personal Communication).

Material Examined: Chimarra holzenthali. Texas, Anderson Co., Salmon, VI-27-1975, H. R.
Burke, blacklight trap; 1 cf (TAMU). Chimarra parasocia. Same data: 4c?d", 19 (TAMU);
Hardin Co., Hickory Creek, off U.S. 287/69, north of Kountze, X-23-1992, S. R. Moulton and K.
D. Alexander, UV-light, 1 of (UNT).

1 Received May 8, 1993. Accepted May 29, 1993.

2 Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, San Marcos Resource Protection Office, 300 C. M.
Allen Parkway, Building B, San Marcos, Texas 78666.

- Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC 20560.
Department of Biological Sciences, University of North Texas, Denton, Texas 76203.

ENT. NEWS 104(5): 263-264, November & December, 1993

264 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The distributional records presented here for these two species are
approximately 300 miles west of previous collections. The collection locality
at Anderson County, Texas, lies at western edge of the Austroriparian Biotic
Province described by Blair (1950). The Austroriparian Biotic Province
forms the western boundary of the main body of the pine and hardwood
forests of the Gulf Coastal Plain. However, there is not a distinct physio-
graphic break between the Austroriparian and Texan biotic provinces, and
some characteristic faunal elements, including the species of Chimarra dis-
cussed here, may extend westward into some areas of the latter province. The
Texan Biotic Province is primarily a broad ecotone region between the
forests of the Austroriparian Biotic Province and the drier grasslands of cen-
tral Texas (Blair 1950), and, as such, probably marks the western boundary
for the ranges of C. holzenthali and C. parasocia. However, both species may
be distributed throughout eastern Texas.

Other species of Chimarra known from Texas include C. angustipennis
(Banks), C. aterrima (Hagen), C. beamed Denning, C. elia Ross, C. feria
(Ross), C. obscura (Walker), C. ridleyi (Denning), and C. texana (Banks)
(Armitage 1991, Edwards 1973).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Paul Lago, University of Mississippi, and Chad McHugh, USAF Armstrong
Laboratory, for reviewing this manuscript. Horace Burke and Ed Riley, Texas A&M University,
graciously loaned the caddisflies for our examination.

LITERATURE CITED

Armitage, B. J. 1991. Diagnostic atlas of the North American caddisfly adults. I. Philo-

potamidae, 2nd ed. The Caddis Press, Athens, Alabama.
Blair, W. F. 1950. The biotic provinces of Texas. Texas J. Sci. 2:93-1 17.
Edwards, S. W. 1973. Texas caddisflies. Texas J. Sci. 24:491-516.
Lago, P. K., and S. C. Harris. 1987. The Chimarra (Trichoptera: Philopotamidae) of eastern

North America with descriptions of three new species. J. New York Entomol. Soc. 95:225-

251.
Lago, P. K., M. L. Mathis, and D. E. Bowles. 1989. Records of Chimarra soda (Trichoptera:

Philopotamidae) from Interior Highland streams in Arkansas and Missouri. J. New York

Entomol. Soc. 97:482-483.

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993 265

A NEW SPECIES OF LARGULARA (HOMOPTERA:
CICADELLIDAE) FROM BRAZIL 1 * 2

Paul H. Freytag 3

ABSTRACT: A new species of leafhopper from Brazil is described in the genus Largulara.

A new species of the genus Largulara DeLong and Freytag was found in
material loaned to me by M. W. Nielson. The two known species of the genus
were discussed by DeLong and Freytag (1972) and Freytag (1992). This
species is described and compared with the other two species. I wish to thank
Dr. Nielson for the loan of the material used in this study.

Largulara magnifica new species
(Figures 1-5)

Length of male 7.4-7.8 mm., head width 2.1 mm., female unknown. Similar to fantasa and
elegans but with distinct male genitalia.

External morphology and color nearly identical to elegans and fantasa.

Male genitalia: Genital plates more than two times longer than broad, with two long tufts of
setae, one laterally at base and one at apex (Fig. 3). Pygofer without processes, apical margin
slightly lobed (Fig. 5). Style broadened near middle, ventral margin thickened, apex pointed and
slightly hooked (Fig. 4). Aedeagus with stout shaft, ventrally flattened, with pair of subapical
spines; basal processes stout, curving outward, then back toward shaft, with small setal spine on
inner margin near middle (Figs. 1-2).

Holotype male, Brazil-Rondonia, 7 km E Costa Marques, 03-1 1 Oct. 1987, malaise trap, T.
Klein, in the California Academy of Sciences Collection. Paratype males: one, same data as
holotype, in the University of Kentucky Collection; one, Brazil-Rondonia. 8 km + 2 km W of
Costa Marques, 11-13 April 1987, malaise trap, T. Klein, in the Oregon State University
Collection.

This species can be separated from fantasa (DeLong and Freytag) and
elegans Freytag by the following key:

Key to Species of Largulara

1. Paired basal processes of aedeagus with spine-like processes near middle 2

1'. Paired basal processes of aedeagus with setal-like processes near middle (Fig. 1 and 2)

Brazil magnifica n. sp.

2. Aedeagal shaft with lateral subapical spine-like processes Venezuela elegans Freytag

2'. Aedeagal shaft with lateral bifurcate subapical setal-like processes Peru .fantasa

(DeLong and Freytag)
LITERATURE CITED

DeLong, D. M. and P. H. Freytag. 1972. Studies of the World Gyponinae (Homoptera,
Cicadellidae). The Genus Polana. Arg. de. Zool. S. Paulo 22:239-324.

Freytag, P., H. 1992. A new species of the Genus Largulara (Homoptera: Cicadellidae). Trans.
Ky.Acad.Sci., 53:139-140

1 Received March 1, 1993. Accepted April 2, 1993.

2 The investigation reported in this paper (No. 93-7-23) is in connection with a project of the
Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station and is published with approval of the Director.

- Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40546-0091.

ENT. NEWS 104(5): 265-266, November & December. 1993

266

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

MAGNIFICA

0.5mm

Figures 1-5 Largulara magnified n. sp., male genitalia 1. aedeagus, ventral view, 2. aedeagus,
lateral view, 3. genital plate, ventral view (setae not shown), 4. style, lateroventral view,
5. pygofer and genital plate, lateral view (setae not shown). All drawn to the same scale.

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993 267

A NEW ERYTHMELUS (HYMENOPTERA:

MYMARIDAE) FROM CENTRAL ASIA,

AN EGG PARASITOID OF CIRCULIFER SPP.

(HOMOPTERA: CICADELLIDAE) 1

Serguey V. Trjapitzin^

ABSTRACT: A new species of mymarid wasp from Turkmenistan, Erythmelus margianus, is
described and illustrated. Adult parasitoids were reared from eggs of several cicadellid species
including beet leafhopper, Circulifer tenellus (Baker). A key to the panis (Parallelaptera)
species group of Erythmelus is given.

Enock (1909) described the genera Erythmelus and Parallelaptera based
on the following distinctions: female funicle 5- and male flagellum 10-seg-
mented in Parallelaptera, 6- and 1 1 -segmented in Erythmelus; flagellar seg-
ment 2 of male antenna very small (Enock overlooked this segment in the
original description), and forewing margins almost parallel in species
belonging to Parallelaptera. In Erythmelus, flagellar segment 2 of male
antenna is subequal to other flagellomeres in length, and forewing margins
are not parallel. Later, the majority of Mymaridae taxonomists, including
Annecke and Doutt (1961), followed Enock in recognizing Parallelaptera as
a valid genus. However, both genera share several important morphological
characters such as metanotum projecting over propodeum, several rows of
small spines on foretibia, greatly reduced mandibles, females with a well-
developed hypopygium (Schauff 1984). Subba Rao (1989) reinstated
Parallelaptera as a valid genus after Schauff (1984) synonymized it with
Erythmelus. I am following Schauff 's classification and place 6 species
which formerly belonged to Parallelaptera together with a new species
described herein from Turkmenistan into a distinct panis species group with-
in Erythmelus.

I am following Annecke and Doutt (1961) in using terminology and mak-
ing measurements to indicate the range (in mm). Specimens of Erythmelus
(Parallelaptera) were borrowed for study from collections indicated by the
following acronyms: BMNH, The Natural History Museum, London; CNCI,
Canadian National Collection of Insects, Ottawa; UCRC, University of
California, Riverside; USNM, National Museum of Natural History,
Washington; ZMAS, Zoological Institute, St. Petersburg. Abbreviation used
in the description is: F = funicular (flagellar in males) segment.

1 Received March 22. 1993. Accepted June 14. 1993.

2 Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside, CA 92521-0314

ENT. NEWS 104(5): 267-271, November & December, 1993

268 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Key to species of the panis group, females.

1. Funicular segments progressively longer than preceding ones 2

1' Funicular segments not progressively longer than preceding ones but of different lengths 5

2. F3over 1.7 times length of Fl 3

2' F3 less than 1.7 times length of Fl 4

3. Total length of F1-F4 about 1.75 times length of F5 (Mexico, USA) E. rex (Girault)

3' Total length of F1-F4 about 1.15 times length of F5 (India) E. panchamus (Subba Rao)

4. General body coloration black. Mesosoma shorter than metasoma. F5 slightly dilated basally
(Fig. 1). Club with 5 sensory ridges (Turkmenistan) E. margianus, new species

4' General body coloration brown. Mesosoma longer than metasoma. F5 not dilated basally.
Club with 3 sensory ridges (Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Denmark, England, Iran, Moldavia)
E. panis (Enock)

5. F3 much longer than F4 (South Africa, Uganda) E. funiculi (Annecke and Doutt)

5' F3 shorter than F4 6

6. F3 shortest of funicle (India, Iraq) E. polyphagus (Livingstone and Yacoob)

6' F3 as long as Fl (India) E. teleonemiae (Subba Rao)

Erythmelus margianus, new species
Figs. 1-4

Female. General body coloration black; scape, pedicel and Fl light brown, remainder of
antenna and eyes dark brown; axillae and tegulae yellowish; legs yellowish brown; femora, mid-
dle and hind tibiae dark brown, except middle part of hind femora yellowish; forewing with faint
infuscation not extending beyond venation, remainder of forewing and hindwing hyaline; 2 or 3
basal segments of metasoma yellowish golden, hypopygium dark brown.

Head in dorsal view oval, wider than long, slightly wider than mesosoma, trapezoidal in
frontal view. Eyes large, broadly separated, sparsely setose. Ocelli in obtuse triangle; POL 3
times OOL. Antenna (Fig. 1 ) inserted at lower level of eyes; radicula not clearly separated from
scape; pedicel longitudinally striate; Fl and F2 with striation finer than pedicel, all mentioned
antenna! segments sparsely setose, remainder of antenna densely setose; F3 shorter than F4; F5
longest of funicle, slightly dilated basally, bearing 2 sensory ridges; club with 5 sensory ridges.

Mesosoma (Fig. 2) smooth except postscutellum with fine longitudinal sculpturing laterally;
pronotum with 2 pairs of small setae; mesoscutum nearly as wide as long, bearing a pair of setae
close to notaulices and another pair posteriorly; axillae with a pair of medial setae clearly sepa-
rated from subcircular scutellum; postscutellum with medial cross shaped carinae, bearing a pair
of setae; propodeum divided dorsomedially, smooth; mesophragma projecting slightly into meta-
soma. Forewing (Fig. 3) of typical shape for E. panis species group, with nearly parallel margins,
projecting beyond apex of metasoma at about 1/4 of its length; venation short, reaching slightly
more than 1/3 of wing's length; hypochaeta close to proximal macrochaeta, reaching posterior
margin of forewing; distal macrochaeta about 2 times as long as proximal macrochaeta; blade
hairless except for 3 rows of microchaetae, one on anterior margin distad to venation, small setae
close and distad to fringe hairs, starting from fifth seta, second row along anterior margin beyond
first fringe seta, and third row of 6-10 smaller setae closer to posterior margin. Hindwing narrow,
about same length as forewing; blade bare except a row of small chaetae along anterior margin.

Metasoma subsessile, nearly as wide as mesosoma but longer; ovipositor occupying about
3/4 of its length, slightly exserted beyond apex of metasoma.

Measurements (n-2): Body: 0.587-0.658; Head: 0.075-0.076; Mesosoma: 0.240-0.259;
Metasoma: 0.270-0.323; Ovipositor: 0.247-0.264.

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

269

<T
<i->

JU
1

- s

OJ =8

. tfl
w) C

^ 60

>N O

270 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Antenna: Scape: 0.090-0.103; Pedicel: 0.037-0.042; Fl: 0.019-0.020; F2: 0.023-0.024; F3:
0.032-0.033; F4: 0.039-0.043; F5: 0.065-0.067; Club: 0.106-0.1 13.

Forewing: Length: 0.465-0.479; Width: 0.052-0.053; Venation: 0.165-0.175; Marginal vein:
0.074-0.075; Hypochaeta: 0.028-0.029; Proximal macrochaeta: 0.037-0.038; Distal macrochaeta:
0.074-0.080; Longest fringe cilia: 0.202-0.213.

Hindwing: Length: 0.464-0.465; Width: 0.022-0.023; Venation: 0.143-0.144; Longest fringe
cilia: 0.1 50-0. 160.

Legs: Femur Tibia Tarsus

Fore 0.133-0.164 0.139-0.150 0.154-0.160

Middle 0.103-G.135 0.179-0.180 0.159-0.160

Hind 0.114-0.150 0.171-0.209 0.175-0.203

Male. Similar to female except as follows: body lighter, general coloration dark brown;
pedicel and legs light brown to yellowish; antenna (Fig. 4) filiform, sparsely setose, F2 very
short as typical for E. panis species group; basal infuscation of forewing stronger than in female;
metasoma shorter and markedly narrower than mesosoma. Genitalia slightly protruding ventral-
ly, similar in structure to male genitalia of E. panis (Viggiani 1988).

Measurements (n=2): Body: 0.494-0.525. Antenna: Scape: 0.057-0.067; Pedicel: 0.031-
0.034; Fl: 0.046-0.048; F2: 0.016-0.020; F3: 0.053-0.059; F4: 0.057-0.068; F5: 0.057-0.063;
F6: 0.055-0.061; F7: 0.053-0.063; F8: 0.055-0.063; F9: 0.059-0.061; F10: 0.056-0.060.
Forewing: Length: 0.460-0.480; Width: .046-0.053.

Type material: Described from 2 females and 2 males as follows: TURKMENISTAN.
Holotype. Female, Old Nisa, on Atriplex sp. ex Circulifer tenellus eggs, 15. VI. 1992, V.
Trjapitzin (slide No. 41, deposited in ZMAS). Allotype. Male, same data as holotype (slide No.
109, ZMAS). Paratypes. 1 female. Old Nisa, sweeping upon Atriplex sp., 11.VI.1992, S.
Trjapitzin (USNM); 1 male, Ashgabat, near Kurtlinskoye storage lake, on Salsola sp. ex
Circulifer sp. eggs, 10.VI.1992, S. Trjapitzin (USNM).

Etymology. The specific name corresponds to the ancient Margiana, a country which is now
Turkmenistan.

Diagnosis. The new species is close to E. panis (Enock) and E. rex
(Girault). E. margianus can be distinguished from E. panis by its blackish
color (brown in E. panis), presence of 5 sensory ridges on the club, mesoso-
ma shorter than metasoma, and postscutellum with medial cross shaped cari-
nae. E. rex differs from E. margianus in having brownish body coloration and
different proportions of antennal segments.

Other material examined: E. panis (Enock): Holotype female of Parallelaptera panis
Enock, England, Woking, July 1885, Fred. Enock; allotype male, same data, Richmond
(BMNH); 4 females, 3 males, Iran, Karaj, Agricultural College, pantraps, 1-3. IX. 1977, J.T.
Huber (CNCI). E. rex (Girault): Holotype female of Anthemiella rex Girault, USA, IL, Urbana,
greenhouse, 28.XIII.1911 (USNM type No. 14,232); 2 females, USA, IA, Cedar Co., 12 mi.
SSE Tipton, 28 VIII. 1983, J.D. Pinto, screen sweeping, del. J.T. Huber, 1984 (UCRC). E.
polyphagus (Livingstone and Yacoob): 1 female, 1 male, Iraq, Mosul, Nenavali Ag. Stn., ex
Stephanitis pyri F. (Tingidae), 20.IX.1985 (CIE 17,507 Sp. No. 5, BMNH). E. panchamus
(Subba Rao): Paratype female of Parallelaptera panchama Subba Rao, India, Tamil Nadu,
Coimbatore, 25.IX-1.X.1979, J.S. Noyes (BMNH). E. teleonemiae (Subba Rao): 1 female, 1
male, India, Coimbatore, del. B.R. Subba Rao (BMNH). E. funiculi (Annecke and Doutt): 1
female, 2 males, Uganda, Kawanda, 3.1.1957, E.D.L. Matega, del. B.R. Subba Rao (BMNH).

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993 271

DISCUSSION

The biology and host associations remain poorly known for most of seven
species which form E. panis group. E. teleonemiae (Subba Rao) was reared
from eggs of Dictyla sp. and Teleonemia scrupulosa Stal (Hemiptera:
Tingidae) on Lantana camara L. in India (Subba Rao 1984). E. polyphagus
(Livingstone and Yacoob) was recorded as an egg parasitoid of T. scrupulosa
and 18 other tingid species in southern India (Yacoob and Livingstone 1983).
E. panis (Enock) was recently reared in Moldavia from eggs of the pear lace-
bug, Stephanitis pyri F. (Goncharenko and Fursov 1988). E. rex (Girault) was
reported by Peck (1963) to be an egg parasitoid of the beet leafhopper,
Circulifer tenellus (Baker) (Homoptera: Cicadellidae), in the USA. Annecke
and Doutt (1961) stated that all attempts to breed E. rex on C. tenellus eggs
failed. In the present study attempts to rear the new species, E. margianus,
which was imported in 1992 into California on C. tenellus, have also failed
despite the fact that adult wasps were reared in Turkmenistan from eggs of
several Circulifer species including beet leafhopper.

Erythmelus is moderately abundant and shows up frequently in pan traps
and Malaise traps (Schauff 1984). I found E. margianus to be the most com-
mon mymarid wasp in Turkmenistan emerging from samples of foliage from
plants which belong to the "saltbush" family (Chenopodiaceae). Specimens
examined in the present study were collected on different species of Atriplex
and Salsola, common plant genera in central Asia.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am indebted to John D. Pinto and David H. Headrick for reviewing the manuscript;
John T. Huber, John LaSalle, Andrew Polaszek and Michael E. Schauff for generous loans
of specimens.

LITERATURE CITED

Annecke, D.P. and R.L. Doutt. 1961. The genera of the Mymaridae. Hymenoptera:

Chalcidoidea. S. Afr. Dep. Agric. Tech. Serv., Entomol. Mem. 5: 1-71.
Enock, F. 1909. New genera of British Mymaridae. Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 1 909:

449-459.
Goncharenko, E.G. and V.N. Fursov. 1988. Parallelaptera panis Enock (Hymenoptera,

Mymaridae) a parasite of the pear lace-bug in Moldavia. Vestn. Zool. 6:59-61 [In Russian].
Peck, O. 1963. A catalogue of the Nearctic Chalcidoidea (Insecta: Hymenoptera). Can.

Entomol. Suppl. 30. 1092 pp.
Schauff, M.E. 1984. The Holarctic genera of Mymaridae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea). Mem.

Entomol. Soc. Wash. 12:1-67.
Subba Rao, B.R. 1984. Descriptions of new species of oriental Mymaridae and Aphelinidae

(Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea). Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. Anim. Sci. 93 (3): 25 1-262.
Subba Rao, B.R. 1989. On a collection of Indian Mymaridae (Chalcidoidea: Hymenoptera).

Insecta Indica 1 (1-2): 139- 186.
Viggiani, G. 1988. A preliminary classification of the Mymaridae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea)

based on the external male genitalic characters. Boll. Lab. Entomol. Agr. Filippo Silvestri

45:141-148.
Yacoob, M. and D. Livingstone. 1983. Resource potentials of the egg parasitoids of Tingidae.

pp. 247-252 In Goel. S.C. (Ed.), Insect ecology and resource management. Sanatan Pharm

College, Muzaffamagar, India. 296 pp.

272 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(Continued from page 262)

collecting even these tiny members of the order to document species' occurrences.
Published books now available summarize the information on butterflies (144 spp.) and
noctuid moths (708) spp.).

What are the applications of all this information? Zoogeographically, many of the
species show restricted distributions within the state, possibly due to historical factors such
as glaciation, or more recent land-use changes such as destruction of habitat due to devel-
opment. Although 30 butterfly species are common and found in every county of the state,
44% of the 144 species are somehow restricted in distribution and 22 species of butterflies
and moths are considered endangered within the state. The Survey has clearly documented
species which require habitat protection or careful monitoring. As an example, the
Karner's Blue and some moth species are restricted to the "oak openings" area of north-
west Ohio, for which the "openings" and their associated species are disappearing because
of the prevention of fires. The Survey data are actively used by the state to support preser-
vation of habitat on government lands, and has been used to convince private industry to
modify development plans. For example, Mr. Metzler explained that Honda USA
Corporation changed building plans to allow protection of wetland that harbored popula-
tions of the Ontario Hairstreak and Duke's Skipper. Even the home gardener is encouraged
to plant butterfly gardens and to restrict pesticide use.

There were several notes of entomological interest. Susan Whitney noted that a report
of a fire ant mound in Delaware turned out to be that of the Allegheny Mound Ant,
Formica e. exsectoides Forel. Roger Fuester reported that the first eggs of Gypsy Moth,
Porthetria dispar (L.), hatched in Cape May Co., N.J. this week. Jane Ruffin was encour-
aged to talk about her recent bout with malaria, contracted in the northwest corner of
Botswana while on a collecting trip with Dan Otte and several others. She came down with
a high fever 13 days later, just after arriving back in Pennsylvania. She had a fever of 104
for four days and required hospitalization. She is just finishing up 4 weeks of quinine treat-
ment, which will rid her of the Plasmodium falciparum parasite completely.

The meeting at the Academy of Natural Sciences was attended by 45 members and
visitors.

Jon K Gelhaus,
Corresponding Secretary

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

273

STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT & CIRCULATION

1. Title of publication: ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

2. Date of filing: September 27, 1993.

3. Frequency of issue: Bimonthly (every other month) except July and August

4. Location of known office of publication: 232 Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp.,
Vincentown PO, New Jersey 08088

5. Location of the headquarters or general business offices of the publishers: 1900
Benjamin Franklin Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103-1 195

6. Name and address of publisher, editor and managing editor

Publisher: American Entomological Society, 1900 Benjamin Franklin Parkway,
Philadelphia, PA, 19103-1 195. Editor; Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Rd.,
Tabernacle Twp, Vincentown PO, New Jersey, 08088

7. Owner: American Entomological Society, 1900 Benjamin Franklin Parkway,
Philadelphia, PA 19103-1195

8. Known bondholders, mortgagees and other security holders owning or holding one
percent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages and other securities: None

9. For optional completion by publishers mailing at the regular rates: signed

10. For completion by nonprofit organizations authorized to mail at special rates: The
purpose, function and nonprofit status of this organization and the exempt status
for Federal income tax purposes:
Have not changed during preceding 12 months (checked)

Average No.

11. EXTENT AND NATURE OF CIRCULATION
A TOTAL NO. COPIES PRINTED
B. PAID CIRCULATION

1. SALES THROUGH DEALERS AND
CARRIERS, STREET VENDORS AND
COUNTER SALES

2. MAIL SUBSCRIPTIONS
TOTAL PAID CIRCULATION

D. FREE DISTRIBUTION BY MAIL, CARRIER
OR OTHER MEANS. SAMPLES, COMPLI-
MENTARY, AND OTHER COPIES

E. TOTAL DISTRIBUTION

F. OFFICE USE, LEFTOVER, UNACCOUNTED,
SPOILED AFTER PRINTING.

TOTAL

12.

Copies Each

Issue During

Preceding 12

Months

850

739

739
III

850

Actual Number of

Copies of Single

Issue Published

Nearest to

Filing Date

850

733

733
117

850

I certify that the statements by me above are correct and complete. Signed:
Howard P. Boyd, editor.

No.

2
3
4
5

Date of issue

Jan. & Feb.
Mar. & Apr.
May & June
Sept. & Oct.
Nov. & Dec.

MAILING DATES
VOLUME 104, 1993

Pages

1-60

61-112

113-152

153-216

217-276

Mailing Date

January 21, 1993
May 17, 1993
July 9. 1993
Sept. 27, 1993
Dec. 28, 1993

274

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

INDEX: Volume 104

A.E.S. meeting reports 46, 215, 234, 262

Akre, R.D., E.A. Myhre, Y. Chen 1 23

Huge nest of common yellowjacket,
Paravespula vulgaris in CA

Aleodorus, n.sp. from Costa Rica 61

Allen, R.T., D.A. Walther 217

N.sp. & records of Symphyla from Delaware

Alloperla concolor & A. neglecta, 73

reclassification of males, with new

distribution records
Amblycerus teutoniensis, n.sp. of 161

seed beetle
Amr., Z.S., M.B. Qumsiyeh 43

Records of bat flies from Jordan, Libya, and

Algeria

Apidae 240

Appel.A.G. 187

Araneae 79, 249, 258

Archostemata 83

Athanas, M.M. 1 1 1

Baetidae 193,227,233,235

Baetis magnus, descrip. of adults 227

Bat flies from Jordan, Libya, & Algeria 43

Benson, E.P., A.G. Appel 1 87

New distrib. record for Ischnoptera

bilunata

Blatellidae 187

Bohart, R.M. 139

Book reviews 15, 16, 60, 214

Books rec'd. & briefly noted 67, 72, 78,

117, 128,135

Bousquet, Y. 1

On T. Say's entomological publications printed

in New Harmony, IN

Bowles, D.E., O.S. Flint, Jr., 263

S.R. Moulton, II

Records of Chimarra holzenthali & C.

parasocia from east. Texas

Bowles, D.E., M.L. Mathis, 31

S.W. Hamilton

N.sp. of Polycentropus from Arkansas
Brachymeria intermedia, overwintering 133

aggregations of female
"Bnichidae 161

Caddisflies of Wildcat Ck., Pickens 1 7 1

Co., SC

Calvert award 197

Cameron, S.A. 240

Carpenter ant tunnels visualized by 198

computed tomography
Carrion beetles in Great Swamp N.W.R., 88

NJ, an ecotonal study

Chalcididae 1 33

Chamber for mass hatching & early rearing

of praying mantids 47

Chen.Y. 123

Chimarra holzenthali & C. parasocia from

east. Texas 263

Chloroniella peringueyi, phylogenetic 1 7

position of & its zoogeographic significance

Chloroperlidae 73

Chrysolina quadrigemina established

in east. U.S. 143

Chrysomelidae 140, 143

Cicadellidae 265, 267

Circulifer spp., an egg parasitoid of 267

Cline, L.D., J.E. Throne 129

Seasonal flight activity of Lipoptetia

mazamae
Cloeodes binocularis, new combo, for 233

a Neotropical sp. of Pseudocloeon

Coccinellidae 102, 1 1 1

Coleoptera 53, 61, 83, 88, 102, 111,

136, 140, 143, 161, 180

Cooper, B.E. 93

Corydalidae 17

Cucujoidea 1 36

Cumming. J.M, B.E. Cooper 93

Techniques to obtain adult-associated

immature stages of predacious

tachydromiine flies

Cutler, B. 68

Egg surface ultrastructure in Mantispa
interrupta

Dictyoptera 1 87
Diptera 43,93,118,129,143

Dragon & damselflies of Buck Ck., 165

Pulaski Co., KY

Drunella tuberculata & Procloeon 235

pennulatum in No. Carolina

Dryopoidea 53

Durfee, R., B.C. Kondratieff 227

Descrip. of adults of Baetis magnus

Edwards , R.L.

Descrip. of male Eprigone modica 258

New records of spiders from Cp. Cod, 79

MA, incl two possible European immigrants

Sp. of Eperigone from Cape Cod, MA 249

Ellis, S.E H8

Tabanidae as dietary items of

Rafmesque's big-xared bat: implications

for its foraging behavior
El-Mallalkh, R.S. 198

Carpenter ant tunnels visualized by

computed tomography
Elmidae of Taiwan, II 53

Redescription of Leptelmis formosana

Empidoidea

Eperigone modica, descrip. of 258

Eperigone sp. from Cp. Cod, MA 249

Ephemerellidae

Ephemeroptora 193,227,233,235

Epilachna vigintioctopunctata, new

record for western hemisphere
Erythmelus, n.sp. from cent. Asia, 267

an egg parasitoid of Circulifer spp.

Vol. 104, No. 5, November & December, 1993

275

Eucinotoidea, abundance & seasonal activity
in a raspberry plantation in so. Quebec

1 80 Lugo-Ortiz. C.R., W.P. McCafferty

Genera of Baetidae from Cent. Amer.

193

Falagria costaricensis, generic

reassignment to Aleodorus
Flint, O.S.,

Floyd, M.A., J. C . Morse
Caddisflies of Wildcat Ck.,
Pickens Co., SC

Formicidae

Freytag, P.H.

N. sp. of Largulara from Brazil

263

171

198
265

Galian, J., J.F. Lawrence 83

First karyotypic data on a cupedid beetle show-
ing achiasmatic meiosis

Hamilton, S.W. 31

Hippoboscidae 129

Hippodamia variegata in east. U.S. 102

Hoebeke, E.R.

Establish, of Urophora quadrifasciata 1 43

& Chrysolina quadrigemina in east. U.S.

N.sp. Aleodorus from Costa Rica, & 61

generic reassignment of Falagria
costaricensis to Aleodorus

Homoptera 265, 267

Hymenoptera 39, 113, 123, 133, 153,

198,240,267

Insect removal from sticky traps, 209

using a citrus oil solvent
Ischnoptera bilunala, new distrib. 187

record

Jeng, M-L., P-S. Yang 53

Redescrip. of Leptelmis formosana

Karyotypic data on a cupedid beetle 83

showing achiasmatic meiosis

Kingsolver, J.M. 161

Kirchner, R.F. 73

Kondratieff, B. C. 227

Kondratieff, B.C., R. F. Kirchner 73

Reclarification of males of Alloperla

concolor & A. neglecta, with new

distribution records

Largulara, n.sp. from Brazil 265

Lawrence, J.F. 83

Leptelmis formosana, redescrip. of 53

Leptinotarsa decemlineata, sex 140

determination of Colorado potato

beetle larva
Levesque, C. & G-Y. 180

Abundance & seasonal activity of

Eucinetoidea in a raspberry plantation

in so. Quebec

Linyphiidae 249, 258

Lipoptena mazamae, seasonal flight activity 1 29

inSC

Mahaffey. R.J. 47

Mailing dates 273

Mantidae 47

Mantispidae: Mantispa 68
Manuel, K.L., R.M. Bohart

Twisted-wing insect larva in a 139

caddisfly

Mastro, V. 209

Mathis. M.L. 31

McCafferty, W.P. 193

Drunella tuberculata & Procloeon 235

pennulatum in No. Carolina

McHugh, J.V. 136

First records of parasitoids for slime
mold beetles in family Sphindidae

Megachilidae 1 1 3

Megaloptera 1 7

Miller, R.S., S. Passoa, R.D. Waltz, V. Mastro 209

Insect removal from sticky traps

using a citrus oil solvent

Morse, J.C. 171

Moulton, S.R., II 263

N.sp. in Polycentropus cinereus 35

group from Arkansas & Texas

Myhre, E.A. 123

Mymaridae 267

Navarrete-Heredia, J.L. 191

First record of Sepedophilus
coronadensis from Mexico

Nematus desantisi, descrips. of 153

immature stages

Neuroptera 68

Nycteribiidae 43

Odonata 165

O'Donnell, S. 39

Interactions of predacious katydids with

Neotropical social wasps: are wasps a defense

mechanism or prey?

Orthoptera 39, 47

Osmia kenoyeri & O. virga, two 1 1 3

blueberry pollinators

Osgood, E.A. H3

Ovruski, S.M., D.R, Smith 153

Descrip. of immature stages of

Nematus desantisi, a pest of Salicaceae

in Argentina & Chile
Ownership statement

Parasitoids for slime mold beetles 136

in Sphindidae
Parasitoids (hymenopteran) in bumble- 240

bee & honey bee colonies reared

adjacently

276

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Paravespula vulgaris, huge nesl of in CA 123

Passoa, S. 209

Pavan, C. Ill

Payne, R.G., G. A. Schuster 1 65

Dragon- & damselflies of Buck Ck.,
Pulaski Co., KY

Pelletier, Y. 140

Method for sex determination of
Colorado potato beetle pupa

Penny, N.D. 17

Phylogenetic position of Chloroniella perin-
gueyi & its zoogeographic significance

Philopotamidae 263

Plecoptera 73

Polycentropodidae 31,35

Polycentropus cinereus group, n.sp. 35

in, from Arkansas & Texas

Polycentropus, n.sp. of, from Arkansas 31

Praying mantids, chamber for mass 47

hatching & early rearing

Prete, F.R., R. J. Mahaffey 47

Chamber for mass hatching & early
rearing of praying mantids

Procloeon pennulatum & Drunella 235

tuberculata in No. Carolina

Propylea quatourdecimpunctata, new 102

records in east, U.S.

Purcell, A.M., II 203

Qumsiyeh, M.B. 43

Ribeiro-Costa, C.S., J.M. Kingsolver 161

Amblycerus leutoniensis, n.,sp. of
seed beetle

Rust, R.W., B.A. Osgood 1 1 3

Iden. of Osmia kenoyeri & O. virga,
two blueberry pollinators

Say's entomological publications printed 1

in New Harmony, IN
Schaefer, P.W 133

Overwintering aggregations of female

Brachymeria intermedia

Schroder, R.F.W., M.M. Athanas, 1 1 1

C.Pavan

Epilachna vigintioctopunctata, new

record for west, hemisphere, with

review of host plants

Schuster, G.A. 165

Sepedophilus coronadensis, first Mexico 191

record

Shubeck, P. P 88

Ecotonal study of carrion beetles in a
Great Swamp N.W.R., NJ

Silphidae

Smith, D.R.

Smith, J.L.

Society meeting reports

153

203

46,215,234,262

Sphindidae, first records of parasitoids 136

for slime mold beetles

Spiders from Cp. Cod, MA, new records 79

of, incl. two possible European

immigrants

Staphylinidae 61, 191

Stewart, K..W. 35

Streblidae 43

Strepsiptera 139

Symphyla 217

Tabanidae as dietary items of Rafinesque's 1 18
big-eared bat: implications for its foraging
behavior

Tachydromiine flies, techniques to obtain 93

adult-associated immature stages

Tenthredinidae 153

Tephritidae 143

Tettigoniidae 39

Throne. J.E. 129
Trichoptera 3 1 , 35, 1 39, 1 7 1 , 263
Trjapitzin, S.V.

A new Erythmelus from cent. Asia, 267

an egg parasitoid of Circulifer spp.

Twisted- wing insect larva in a caddisfly 139

Urophora quadrifasciata established 143

in east. U.S.

Vacuum collector for insect sampling 203

Vespidae 39, 123

Walther, DA. 217

Waltz, R.D. 209

Cloeodes binocularis, new combo. 233

for a Neotropical sp. of Pseudocloeon

Wheeler, A.G., Jr. 102

Establish. Hippodamia variegata
& new records of Propylea
quatourdecimpunctata in east. U.S.

Whitfield, J.B , S.A. Cameron 240

Hymenopteran parasitoids in bumble

bee and honey bee colonies reared

adjacently
Wilson, S.W., J.L. Smith, A.M. Purcell, III 203

Inexpensive vacuum collector for

insect sampling

Yang, P-S 53

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to (1) provide the names of two
qualified individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscnpt before it is submitted and
(2) suggest the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to
whom the manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are
submitted to recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited
in abstracting journals and should be carefully written. It should be an informative digest
of the significant contents and of the main conclusions of the research. The author's com-
plete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the arti-
cle. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them
useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of
the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the
name(s) of recognized institution(s) where their voucher specimens have been deposited.
Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric
system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be
included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manu-
script, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying figures, tables and
other illustrations.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor,
Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books
received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books
dealing with taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and
similar aspects of insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and
regulatory entomology, on toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's
Market Place .

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page pnx>fs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform from University
Microforms International.

Call toll-free 800-521-3044. Or mail inquiry to:
University Microfilms International, 300 North
Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor. MI 48106.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges
not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and
position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box
numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new
ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older
ones at the top are discontinued.

FOR SALE: Desirable, A 1 Coleoptera specimens, Coptolabrus lafossei buchi; C.principalis;
C.pust. pustulifer; C.pust. mirificus: Plusiolis limbata; P.aurigans; P.aurigans red form;
Ischnocelis (Neocelis) dohrni male: Heterosternus oberthuri male; Pelidnota burmeisteri, Man-
tichora latipennis livingstonia; Anoplophora zonatrix (Thailand & Malaysia forms): Pyrodes
longiceps. Proculus mniszechi; Inca clathrata (Lg. prs. 5+cm); Gymnetis chevrolati (flavo-
marginata?). Reasonable prices. Contact: Bob Natalini, 118 Old Spies Church Rd., Read-
ing, PA 19606 U.S.A. Phone: 215-370-0817.

FOR SALE: Unbound complete 21 -volume set of Environmental Entomology Vol. 1(1)
thru Vol. 21(6) (1972-1992). Make offer to- J. W. Peacock. 51 Mill Pond Road. Hamden,
CT06514.

PEMBERLEY BOOKS ENTOMOLOGICAL BOOKS FOR SALE. We are specialist
suppliers of entomological literature to clients around world. Send for free catalogue listing
wide range of second-hand, antiquarian, and new natural history titles. We're always
pleased to receive customers' want lists and details of books you wish to sell. PEMBERLEY
BOOKS. Ian Johnson, BSc FRES. 34 Melrose Close, Hayes, Middx., UB4 OAZ. U.K. Tel.
Fax: Internal '1 Code +44 81 561 5494.

MICROFAGIA Boletin Informative sobre la Interaccion Insecto-Hongo. This bulletin is
published three times per year. Contributions are published without page charges. Sub-
scription fees are $10 U. S. per year. Please contact Jose Luis Navarrete-Heredia. Lab. de
Morfofisiologia Animal. Facultad de Ciencias. UNAM. apdo. Postal 21-518 (Coyoacan).
04000, Mexico. D.F. MEXICO.

NEEDED: BACK VOLUMES and numbers of Entomological News to complete my set.
Will trade. Send SASE for list of offerta/disiderata to Roderick R. Irwin. Rural Route 3.
Streator. IL61364.

FOR SALE: Quality insect pins, black enameled, stainless steel. Best prices guaranteed.
Call for free samples. Phone: 1 (800) 484-7347 Ext. 1324. Fax: (617) 581-5904.

WANTED: Worldwide butterflies, moths, and beetles, with data. Send your price list to
S. THERIAULT, 230 Pariseau, Boisbriand, Quebec, Canada J7G 2C7.

WANTED: Diplura, Protura, Microcoryphia and Symphyla, world wide, especially SA,
Africa, Asia, Europe. Will trade specimens of the same, buy, or trade reprints from a large
Coleoptera library. Write for reprint list and/or information about purchases. Robert T.
Allen, 243 Townsend Hall, Department Entomology/Appl. Ecol., Univ. Delaware. Newark,
DE 197 17- 1303 US A.

>L. 105

US ISSN 0013-872X
JANUARY & FEBRUARY, 1994 NO. 1

EWS

Distributional & classificatory supplement to the
burrowing mayflies (Ephemeroptera:
Ephemeroidea) of the United States W.P. McCafferty 1

Predation by larval soldier beetles (Coleoptera:
Cantharidae) on the eggs & larvae of Pseudoxy-
cheila tarsalis (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae) Tom D. Schultz 14

New records of Ephemeroptera from Mexico

C.R. Lugo-Ortiz, W.P. McCafferty 17

Dermestus rattus (Coleoptera: Dermestidae): taxo-
nomic status & comparison with five closely
related species in the western United States R.S. Beat, Jr. 27

First record of an heterotic, adult female hybrid
Limenitis (Basilarchia) "rubidus" (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) A.P. Plan, S.J. Harrison 33

Nesting biology of Dolichovespula norvegicoides

(Hymenoptera: Vespidae) R.D. Akre, E.A. Myhre 39

List of bacterial flora residing in the mid &

hindgut regions of six species of carrion beetles
(Coleoptera: Silphidae)

G. Berdela, B. Lustigman, P.P. Shubeck 47

OBITUARY: Joe D. Pratt

BOOK REVIEW

ANNOUNCEMENTS

26, 46, 60

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Officers for 1991-1992: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice-President: Harold B. White;
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer; Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus;
Treasurer: Howard P. Boyd.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr., D. Otte, and Paul M.

Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G.Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H.Arnett, Jr.: 1973-4/1974
R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic and
foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for non-members and for institutions such as
libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic: $18.00 per year postpaid; foreign: $20.00 per year post-
paid. Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Benjamin Franklin
Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103-1195, U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society. 1900 Benjamin Franklin Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa., 19103-1 195, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $10.00 per year (regular); $6.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the
editor: Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey
08088, U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members
of the American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all
prospective authors join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recom-
mended in the AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in
recent issues of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each
manuscript are needed on 8'/2 x I 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged
and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight
printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to
pay the entire costs of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable
such an article to appear without division.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: // unde liverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd 232 Oak Shade Road,
Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994

DISTRIBUTIONAL AND CLASSIFICATORY
SUPPLEMENT TO THE BURROWING MAYFLIES
(EPHEMEROPTERA: EPHEMEROIDEA)
OF THE UNITED STATES 1

W. P. McCafferty 2

ABSTRACT: The extant Ephemeroidea species of the United States are updated with
respect to higher classification, species taxonomy, and state records. Distribution maps are
provided for all 23 currently recognized species. Forty three new state records for 14
species were published since 1975. An additional 19, mostly expected, new state records
are given here for 1 1 of the species. Species ranges are now apparent from the distribu-
tional data. Ephemera conipar Hagen and Pentagenia robusta McDunnough are assumed
to be extinct, and the genus Dolania is excluded from the Ephemeroidea.

The last review of the Ephemeroidea in North America was given by
McCafferty (1975). Since then, the group has been further restricted and
its higher classification modified, the family Potamanthidae has been
completely revised, certain species have been synonymized, others have
been shown to be extinct, and several new geographic records of species
have been reported. The purpose of this paper is to update the status of
Ephemeroidea since the 1975 work with respect to both classification
and distribution in the United States, and to provide additional new
state records that allow a more complete representation of specific
ranges.

Thirty species were listed for North America north of Mexico by
McCafferty (1975). No indication of family classification was given pri-
marily because family limits were undergoing evaluation. Edmunds et al.
(1976), however, did provide a traditional familial classification of these
species. A revised phylogenetic classification of the genera of
Ephemeroidea of the world was presented by McCafferty (1991), where-
in the former family Euthyplociidae was incorporated into the
Polymitarcyidae and the former family Palingeniidae was incorporated
into the family Ephemeridae. Furthermore, the family Behningiidae
(represented in North America only by the genus Dolania) was removed
from the Ephemeroidea and placed in a separate superfamily. As a
result, Dolania is not treated in this supplement. The revised higher clas-
sification of Ephemeroidea with respect to the North American fauna is
given in Table 1. The family and subfamily classification is based on phy-
logenetic relationships (see McCafferty 1979, 1991)

1 Received July 21, 1993. Accepted August 20, 1993.

2 Department of Entomology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Pentagenia robusta McDunnough and Ephemera compar Hagen
were treated by McCafferty (1975) and traditionally have been listed
with extant species of mayflies (e.g., Edmunds et al. 1976). It has become
apparent in recent years, however, that these species are in all likelihood
extinct. Their status has been discussed by Edmunds and McCafferty
(1984) and McCafferty et al. (1990). Extensive work on benthos of large
rivers in the Midwest by numerous workers in recent years has not yield-
ed P. robusta, which is still known only from original material described
from the Ohio River by McDunnough (1926). Also, extensive on going
work in Colorado (e.g., see McCafferty et al. 1993) has not yielded E.
compar, which is still known only from original material described from
Colorado by Hagen (1875). These species therefore are excluded from
the present work, which is restricted to extant species.

Opportunities for corroborating and adding to state records of bur-
rowing mayflies have been ample over the past 20 years, a period which
has seen a strong emphasis on benthic macroinvertebrate research in the
United States. Thus, it is assumed that, based on the data summarized
herein, relatively complete pictures of species ranges are now represent-
ed. A few states within ranges of certain species still do not indicate a
presence of the respective species, but this is generally because these
states have yet to be adequately documented with published mayfly
records. Below, any recent revisionary or distributional data related to
species from Table 1 and supplemental to McCafferty (1975) is dis-
cussed. In addition, conterminous United States distribution maps are
presented for each of the species, and include all state records. Circles
within states indicate valid records known at the time of the McCafferty
(1975) treatment; squares indicate records published between then and
the present, and triangles indicate new state records reported herein.
Most specimens on which new records are based are at the Purdue
Entomological Research Collection; some are at the National Museum
of Natural History. North Carolina specimens are held by the North
Carolina Division of Environmental Management (Raleigh) and some
Missouri specimens are at the University of Missouri.

No records of Ephemeroidea exist for Alaska (see McCafferty 1985)
or Hawaii, although Bae and McCafferty (1991) reported an adult spec-
imen of Potamanthus formosus Eaton from Hickam Field that was col-
lected in 1954. It most likely was an adventive transported by military
aircraft from Japan or Korea. There is no evidence that the species has
become established in Hawaii.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994

SPECIES DATA

Tortopus incertus (Traver) (Fig. 1)

Lenat and Penrose (1987) showed this species to occur in North
Carolina, thereby extending its known southeastern distribution pattern
slightly northward.

Tortopus primus (McDunnough) (Fig. 1 )

Tortopus is a primarily Neotropical genus, closely related to the also
primarily Neotropical genus Campsurus (see McCafferty et al. 1992).
Lugo-Ortiz and McCafferty (1994) found T. primus in Texas, and con-
firmed the presence of Campsurus decoloratus and T. circumfluus also
from that state. McCafferty (1975) indicated questionable records of this
species from Missouri and Arkansas. The Texas record would tend to
support those records and suggests a general range in the central United
States.

Ephoron album (Say) (Fig. 1)

This western and midwestern species overlaps with the distribution
of its eastern sister species E. leukon in the upper midwestern United
States, Missouri (see below), and Manitoba. Lake Erie populations
reported on by Britt (1962) probably represent the easternmost range of
the species. There is considerable evidence (McCafferty unpublished)
that the two species have hybridized in at least one river in Indiana.
Ward and Stanford (1990) reported the species from Colorado for the
first time. A new state record is as follows: MISSOURI. Crawford Co.,
Meramac R. nr St. Hwy 8, VII-26-1992, B. Nichols.

Ephoron leukon Williamson (Fig. 1)

Lager et al. (1982) reported this eastern and midwestern species from
Minnesota, Kondratieff and Harris (1986) reported it from Alabama,
and Lugo-Ortiz and McCafferty (1994) reported it from Texas. The list-
ing of this species in Virginia by Kondratieff and Voshell (1983) was not
accompanied by substantiating data, but nevertheless it undoubtedly
exists there. New state records are as follows: CONNECTICUT,
Lichfield Co., Kent, VIII-22-1917 (adults). IOWA, Winneshiek Co.,
Iowa R. VII-5-1977, K. L. Johnson (larvae). MISSOURI, Newton Co..
Shoal Cr. near Neosho, 1974, D. S. Sarai (larvae). PENNSYLVANIA,
Center Co., Bald Eagle Cr., VIII-9-1977, G. A. Hoover (larvae and
adults); Forrest Co., Allegheny R. at Tionesta, VIII-26-1976; G. A.
Hoover (adults). Faulkner and Tarter (1977) reported this species, as a
new state record, from West Virginia. It had, however, been known from
that state previously.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Anthopotamus distinctus (Traver) (Fig. 2)

All North American species of the Potamanthidae belong to the
genus Anthopotamus (McCafferty and Bae 1990); they were previously
considered in the Old World genus Potamanthus. Kondratieff and
Harris (1986) reported A. distinctus from Alabama; Bae and McCafferty
(1991) reported it from Massachusetts, Vermont, and Virginia; and
Burian and Gibbs (1991) reported it from Maine. The range map given
by Bae and McCafferty (1991) should be extended somewhat south-
ward.

Anthopotamus myops (Walsh) (Fig. 2)

Bae and McCafferty (1991) synonymized Anthopotamus inequalis
(Needham) and Anthopotamus rufous (Argo) with A. myops, and thus
Maryland and Missouri were automatically added to the distribution of
A. myops. In addition, Bae and McCafferty (1991) gave records for
Alabama, Georgia, Minnesota, Virginia, and West Virginia.

\nthopotamus neglectm (Traver) (Fig. 2)

This species was divided into two geographic subspecies by Bae and
McCafferty (1991): A. n. neglectus, known only from the Northeast, and
A. n. disjunctus Bae and McCafferty, from the southeastern and south
central United States. Faulkner and Tarter (1977) added West Virginia
to the known distribution, McCafferty and Provonsha (1978) reported
the species from Arkansas, and this was later confirmed by Bae and
McCafferty (1991). A previous report of this species in Arkansas by
Koss (1970) remains tentative (see McCafferty 1975), although it may
well be correct. Kondratieff and Harris (1986) reported A. neglectus
from Alabama, and Bae and McCafferty (1991) reported it from
Georgia and Oklahoma. Kondratieff and Voshell (1983) listed A. neglec-
tus from Virginia. However, it is not known to which subspecies any
Virginia or West Virginia populations would be assignable.

Anthopotamus verticis (Say) (Fig. 2)

Bae and McCafferty (1991) synonymized Anthopotamus diaphanus
(Needham) and Anthopotamus walked (Ide) with A. verticis, and report-
ed new state records for Iowa, Maryland, Minnesota, Pennsylvania,
Virginia, and Wisconsin. McCafferty and Bae (1992) established types
for this species, designating a lectotype for the junior synonym
Ephemera flaveola Walsh, and a neotype from Indiana for the senior
name, Baetis verticis Say. David Lenat (Pers. comm.), using the species
keys of Bae and McCafferty (1991), confirmed that this species, along
with A. distinctus, occurs in North Carolina (both species in the moun-
tains, but only A. verticis in the Piedmont). The new state record is

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994

based on numerous collections as follows: NORTH CAROLINA,
Ashe, Burke, Caldwell, Henderson, Mitchell, Rutherford, Transylvania,
Watauga, Wilkes, and Yancey Counties (where both A. verticis and A.
distinctus occur) and Chatham, Durham, Harnett, Orange, Person, and
Randolph Counties (where only A. verticis occurs).

Ephemera blanda Traver (Fig. 3)

Kondratieff and Voshell (1983) listed E. blanda for Virginia but gave
no locale data. The record appears reasonable given this species' south-
eastern distribution pattern. A new state record is as follows: KEN-
TUCKY, Jackson Co., War Fork of Station Camp Cr. at Turkey Foot
Camp, V-4-1982, W. P. McCafferty and A. V. Provonsha (adults); and
Pulaski Co., Fishing Cr. .5 mi S of St. Rd. 635 & 70 junction, V-4-1982,
W. P. McCafferty and A. V. Provonsha (adults).

Ephemera guttulata Pictet (Fig. 3)

Gather and Harp (1975) reported this species from the Ozarks of
Arkansas. This would appear to be the westernmost distribution of this
species, which shows an old eastern mountainous distribution pattern,
primarily in the Appalachians, but with isolates in the Ozark Plateau.
Faulkner and Tarter (1977) predictably found this species in West
Virginia, and Kondratieff and Voshell (1983) listed it for Virginia. The
Alabama record by Kondratieff and Harris (1986) probably represents
the southernmost distribution of E. guttulata. I have found it to be the
most common burrowing mayfly in small and mid-sized streams in cen-
tral and eastern Kentucky.

Ephemera simulans Walker (Fig. 3)

Faulkner and Tarter (1977) found this relatively widespread species
in West Virginia, Liechti (1981) added it to the Kansas list of mayflies,
and Unzicker and Carlson (1982) showed it to occur in North Carolina.
Berner and Pescador (1988) indicated that the dubious record of this
species in Florida could not be substantiated despite considerable col-
lecting effort in the area where it had supposedly been collected. I have
excluded Florida from the range map of this species. New state records
are as follows: MISSOURI, Christian Co., James R. & adjacent spring,
V-24-1972, W. B. Morton (adults); Greene Co., James R. 4 mi E
Springfield, V-30-1972, B. A. Sassmann (adults); Taney Co., Swan Cr.
Hwy. AA, V-23-1972, R. W. Baumann (adults). NORTH DAKOTA,
Grand Forks Co., Turtle R. at Turtle R. St. Prk. 1.7 mi N Arvilla, V-12-
1978 (larvae). OKLAHOMA, Ottawa Co., Five Mile Cr.. 5.1 mi N &
1.25 mi E Peoria. VI-12-1984, P. Liechti (adults).

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Campsurus decoloratus

Tortopus circumfluus

Tortopus incertus

Tortopus primus

Ephoron album

Ephoron leukon

Fig. 1. United States distribution of extant species of Campsurus, Tortopus, and Ephoron.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994

Anthopotamus distinctus

Anthopotamus my ops

Anthopotamus neglectus

Anthopotamus verticis

Litobrancha recurvata

Pentagenia v/ttigera

Fig. 2. United States distribution of extant species of Anthopotamus, Litobrancha and
Pentagenia.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Ephemera blanda

Ephemera guttulata

Ephemera simulans

Ephemera traverae

Ephemera triplex

Ephemera varia

Fig. 3. United States distribution of extant species of Ephemera.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994

Hexagenia atrocaudata

Hexagenia b/lineata

Hexagenia limbata

Hexagenia orlando

Hexagenia rigida

Fig. 4. United States distribution of extant species of Hexagenia.

10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Ephemera traverae Spieth (Fig. 3)

This species was previously known only from Oklahoma. A new state
record follows: MISSOURI: Greene Co., Pearson Cr, 3.2 mi E
Springfield, V-25-1977, VI-1 1,15-1977, N. R. Witte.

Ephemera varia Eaton (Fig. 3)

This species was reported from Ohio by Hall (1985), from Alabama
by Kondratieff and Harris (1986), and from South Carolina by Unzicker
and Carlson (1982). The Virginia record given by Kondratieff and
Voshell (1983) is substantiated with new data below. New records are as
follows: INDIANA, Owen Co., Rattlesnake Cr., VI-24-1980 (adults).
KENTUCKY, Jackson Co., War Fork of Station Camp Cr., VI-7-1973,
W. P. McCafferty, A. V. Provonsha, K. Black (larvae). MINNESOTA,
Sand Lake, VI-20-1930, J. B. Fisher (adults). VIRGINIA, Prince
William Forest Park, VII-4-1973, O. S. Flint, Jr. (adults).

Hexagenia atrocaudata McDunnough (Fig. 4)

Unzicker and Carlson (1982) expectedly reported this species from
South Carolina. A new state record is as follows: KENTUCKY, Boyd
Co., East Fork of Little Sandy R. off KY 3, 0.9 mi N jet KY 3 and KY
966, VI-1-1978 (larvae); Fleming Co., Fox Cr. at Big Run Road bridge,
0.2 km NW Big Run Road-KY 1013 jet., X-7-1983.

Hexagenia limbata (Serville) (Fig. 4)

McCafferty (1984) synonymized Hexagenia munda with this species
and thereby expanded the state distribution of H. limbata to include
Connecticut, Florida, Maryland, New Hampshire, New Jersey,
Pennsylvania, and South Carolina. A new state record is as follows:
MASSACHUSETS, Whately, Mill R., X-30-1938 (larvae); Otter R., XI-
19-1938 (larvae); N. Amherst, Pulpit Hill, IV-1952, J. R. Traver
(larvae); Puffer's Pond, Amherst, R. W. Koss, X-7-1964 (larvae).
McCafferty and Pereira (1984) experimentally demonstrated that color
and size variants of H. limbata (and H. munda} sometimes regarded as
subspecies were clinal ecophenotypes determined to a large degree by
developmental temperature regime. This is the most widespread and
variable North American burrowing mayfly species; it is distributed
from coast to coast and is well represented in Canada and Mexico.

Hexagenia orlando Traver (Fig. 4)

This species was not treated by McCafferty (1975) because it was
considered a synonym of Hexagenia munda at that time. Berner and

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 1 1

considered a synonym of Hexagenia munda at that time. Berner and
Pescador (1988) presented evidence that H. orlando is a valid species
restricted to sandbottomed lakes of the central Florida highlands.

Hexagenia rigida McDunnough (Fig. 4)

Gather and Harp (1975) reported this species from Arkansas.
Kondratieff and Voshell (1983) listed this species for Virginia but gave
no locale data. Both Arkansas and Virginia are within the expected
range of this species.

Litobrancha recurvata (Morgan) (Fig. 2)

Lager et al. (1982) reported this species from Minnesota, and
Hilsenhoff (1981) listed this species in Wisconsin but gave no substanti-
ating data. It probably occurs in Wisconsin since it is known from
Minnesota and I have collected it from the Upper Peninsula of
Michigan directly north of Wisconsin. New state records are as follows:
KENTUCKY, Letcher Co., Bad Branch, from falls to St. Rd. 932, IX-
28-1991, G. A. Schuster (larvae). MARYLAND, Beaver pond on
Kelley Stream .5 mi from Clayton Lake road, VI-5-1978, S. Strnad (lar-

Table 1. Classification of the extant Ephemeroidea of North America north of Mexico.

Family Polymitarcyidae

Subfamily Campsurinae Family Ephemeridae

Genus Campsurus Eaton Subfamily Ephemerinae

Campsurus decoloratus (Hagen), 1861 Genus Ephemera Linnaeus

Genus Tortopus Needham & Murphy Ephemera blanda Traver, 1932

Tortopus circumfluus Ulmer, 1942 Ephemera guttulala Pictet, 1843

Tortopus incertus (Traver), 1935 Ephemera simulans Walker, 1853

Tortopus primus (McDunnough), 1924 Ephemera traverae Spieth, 1938

Subfamily Polymitarcyinae Ephemera triplex Traver, 1935

Genus Ephoron Williamson Ephemera varia Eaton, 1883

Ephoron album (Say), 1824 Subfamily Hexageniinae

Ephoron leukon Williamson, 1802 Genus Hexagenia Walsh

Hexagenia atrocaudata
McDunnough, 1924
Hexagenia bilineata (Say), 1824
Hexagenia limbata (Serville), 1829
Family Potamanthidae Hexagenia orlando Traver, 1931

Genus Anthopotamus McCafferty & Bae Hexagenia rigida McDunnough, 1924

Anthopotamus distinctus (Traver), 1935 Genus Litobrancha McCafferty

Anthopotamus myops (Walsh), 1863 Litobrancha recurvata (Morgan), 1913

Anthopotamus neglectus (Traver), 1935 Subfamily Pentageniinae
Anthopotamus verticis (Say), 1839 Genus Pentagenia Walsh

Pentagenia vittigera (Walsh), 1862

12 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

GINIA, Wythe Co., Barren Springs, VII-8-1978, 1. Vance (adults). The
Pennsylvania data reported above are incomplete, but there is no doubt
that L. recurvata is common in Pennsylvania. For example, Caucci and
Nastasi (1975), in their popular treatment of mayflies of importance to
fly fishers, mentioned its importance on limestone streams of
Pennsylvania, and a large sample of larvae evidently was taken from
Fishing Creek at La Mar in 1973. Photographs of this material clearly
indicate that specimens are L. recurvata.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

For providing additional specimens for study, I thank O. S. Flint, Jr., Washington, D.
C; G. A. Hoover, University Park, Pennsylvania; S. L. Jensen, Springfield, Missouri; P.
Liechti, Lawrence, Kansas; and G. A. Schuster, Richmond, Kentucky. For providing infor-
mation, I thank D. R. Lenat, Raleigh, North Carolina and B. Nichols, Columbia, Missouri.
This paper has been assigned Purdue Experiment Station Journal No. 13802.

LITERATURE CITED

Bae, Y. J. and W. P. McCafferty. 1991. Phylogenetic systematics of the Potamanthidae

(Ephemeroptera). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 117: 1-143.
Berner, L. and M. L. Pescador. 1988. The mayflies of Florida, revised edition. Univ. Presses

Fla., Gainesville.
Britt, N. W. 1962. Biology of two species of Lake Erie mayflies, Ephoron album (Say) and

Ephemera simulans Walker. Bull. Ohio Biol. Surv. 1(5): 1-70.
Burian, S. K. and K. E. Gibbs. 1991. Mayflies of Maine: an annotated faunal list. Maine

Agr. Exp. Stat. Tech. Bull. 142: 1-109.
Gather, M. R. and G. L. Harp. 1975. The aquatic macroin vertebrate fauna of an Ozark and

Deltaic stream. Proc. Ark. Acad. Sci. 29: 30-35.

Caucci, A. and B. Nastasi. 1975. Hatches. Comparahatch, Ltd., New York.
Edmunds, G. F., Jr. and W. P. McCafferty. 1984. Ephemera compar: an obscure Colorado

burrowing mayfly (Ephemeroptera: Ephemeridae). Entomol. News. 95: 186-188.
Edmunds, G. F., Jr., S. L. Jensen, and L. Berner. 1976. The mayflies of North and Central

America. Univ. Minn. Press, Minneapolis.
Faulkner, G. M. and D. C. Tarter. 1977. Mayflies, or Ephemeroptera, of WestVirginia with

emphasis on the nymphal stage. Entomol. News. 88: 202-206.
Hagen, H. 1875. Report on the Pseudoneuroptera and Neuroptera collected by Lieut. W.

L. Carpenter in 1873 in Colorado. Annu. Rpt., U. S. Geol. Surv. of the territories for

1873, Part 111:578-583.
Hagen, R. L. 1985. New collection records of Ohio mayflies (Ephemeroptera). Entomol.

News. 96: 171-174.
Hilsenhoff, W. L. 1981. Aquatic insects of Wisconsin. Publ. Nat. Hist. Council Wise. No.2:

1-60
Kondratieff, B. C. and S. C. Harris.. 1986. Preliminary checklist of the mayflies

(Ephemeroptera) of Alabama. Entomol. News 97: 230-236.
Kondratieff, B. C. and J. R. Voshell, Jr. 1983. A checklist of the mayflies (Ephemeroptera)

of Virginia, with a review of pertinent taxonomic literature. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc.

18:273-279.
Koss, R. W. 1970. A list of the mayflies (Ephemeroptera) in the Michigan State University

Entomology Museum. Mich. Entomol. 3: 98-101.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 13

Lager, T. M., M. D. Johnson, and W. P. McCafferty. 1982. The mayflies of northeastern

Minnesota (Ephemeroptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 84: 729-741.
Lenat, D. R. and D. L. Penrose. 1987. New distribution records for North Carolina

Macroinvertebrates. Entomol. News. 98: 67-73.
Liechti, P. M. 1981. Kansas mayfly records for the genera Potamanthus, Pentagenia,

Ephemera, Ephoron, and Tortopus. Tech. Publ. St. Biol. Surv. Kans. 10: 52-56.
Lugo-Ortiz, C. R. and W. P. McCafferty. 1994. The mayflies (Ephemeroptera) of Texas

and their biogeographic affinities. In: L. Corkum and J. Ciborowski [eds.]. Proceedings

of the seventh international conference on Ephemeroptera. Sandhill Crane Press,

Gainesville, Fla. in press.
McCafferty, W. P. 1975. The burrowing mayflies (Ephemeroptera: Ephemeroidea) of the

United States. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 101: 447-504.
McCafferty, W. P. 1979. Evolutionary trends among the families of Ephemeroidea. pp. 45-

50 In: K. Pasternak and R. Sowa [eds.], Proceedings of the second international con-
ference on Ephemeroptera. Panstwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe, Warsaw, Poland.
McCafferty, W. P. 1984. A new synonym in Hexagenia (Ephemeroptera: Ephemeridae).

Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 86: 789.
McCafferty, W. P. 1985. The Ephemeroptera of Alaska. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 87:

381-386.
McCafferty, W. P. 1991. Toward a phylogenetic classification of the Ephemeroptera

(Insecta): a commentary on systematics. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 84: 343-360.
McCafferty, W. P. and Y. J. Bae. 1990. Anthopotamus, a new genus for North American

species previously known as Potamanthus. Entomol. News. 101: 200-202.
McCafferty, W. P. and Y. J. Bae. 1992. Taxonomic status of historically confused species

of Potamanthidae and Heptageniidae (Ephemeroptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 94:

169-171.
McCafferty, W. P. and C. Pereira. 1984. Effects of developmental thermal regimes on two

mayfly species and their taxonomic interpretation. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am.

77: 69-87.
McCafferty, W. P. and A. V. Provonsha. 1978. The Ephemeroptera of mountainous

Arkansas. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 51: 360-379.
McCafferty, W. P., R. S. Durfee, and B. C. Kondratieff. 1993. Colorado mayflies

(Ephemeroptera): an annotated inventory. Southwest. Natural. 38: 252-274.
McCafferty, W. P., R. W. Flowers, and R. D. Waltz. 1992. The biogeography of

Mesoamerican mayflies, pp. 173-193 In: S. P. Darwin and A. L. Weldon [eds.],

Biogeography of Mesoamerica: proceedings of a symposium. Tulane Stud. Zool. Bot.,

Suppl. Publ. No. 1.
McCaffertv, W. P., B. P. Stark and A. V Provonsha. 1990. Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, and

Odonata. pp. 43-58 In: M. Kosztarab and C. W. Schaefer [eds.], Systematics of the

North American insects and arachnids: status and needs. Va. Agr. Exp. Stat. Infor. Ser.

90-1. Va Polytech. Inst. St. Univ, Blacksburg.
McDunnough, J. R. 1926. Notes on North American Ephemeroptera with descriptions of

new species. Can. Entomol. 58: 184-196.
Unzicker, J. D. and P. H. Carlson. 1982. Ephemeroptera. pp. 3.1-3.97 In: A. R. Brigham,

W. U. Brigham, and A. Gnilka [eds.]. Aquatic insects and oligochaetes of North and

South Carolina. Midwest Aquatic Enterprises, Mahomet, 111.
Ward, J. V. and J. A. Stanford. 1990. Ephemeroptera of the Gunnison River,. Colorado,

U.S.A. pp. 215-220 In: I. C. Campbell [ed.]. Mayflies and stoneflies life histories and

biology. Kluwer, Dordrecht, The Netherlands.

14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

PREDATION BY LARVAL SOLDIER BEETLES
(COLEOPTERA: CANTHARIDAE) ON THE EGGS
AND LARVAE OF PSEUDOXYCHEILA TARSALIS
(COLEOPTERA: CICINDELIDAE) 1

Tom D. Schultz 2

ABSTRACT: Predation on the eggs and larvae of Pseudoxycheila tarsalis by cantharid lar-
vae at Monteverde, Costa Rica is described. Larvae of the subfamily Chauliognathinae
were observed repeatedly to forage on clay banks where tiger beetle adults and larvae
were abundant. Eggs and larvae of P. tarsalis were excavated from the clay banks and con-
sumed by the soldier beetles.

Pseudoxycheila tarsalis Bates, a Neotropical cicindelid, occurs in
montane habitats from Costa Rica to Colombia (Palmer 1976). Adults
may be found along unpaved roads or on exposed clay banks. Females
oviposit by digging a hole 5-7 mm deep on steep or vertical slopes, lay-
ing a single egg, and covering it with loose clay. After eclosion, the lar-
vae construct horizontal burrows in the bank, and ambush insects that
pass near the burrow opening at the soil surface. Like other tiger beetle
species, P. tarsalis larvae are parasitized by tiphiid wasps and bombyliid
flies which attack the larvae within their open burrow (Palmer 1976).
Other than parasitoids, few instances of predation on immature stages of
tiger beetles have been observed (Mury Meyer 1987, Pearson 1988).

On 4 August 1991 and 10 August 1992, 1 observed soldier beetle lar-
vae attack and consume eggs and larvae of P. tarsalis on a clay slope near
the entrance of the Monteverde Cloud Forest Preserve in the state of
Puntarenas, Costa Rica. On each day, several cantharid larvae were
observed crawling about on the 15 X 20 m slope where the tiger beetles
were abundant (Fig. 1 a). The cantharids probed in small crevices or
holes they encountered. On one occasion, a cantharid larva located the
pile of loose clay that covered a P. tarsalis egg laid only 2.5 min before.
The cantharid dug out the egg and consumed it. When I moved the same
cantharid larvae to within 5 cm of another recent oviposition, it located
the second egg and consumed it as well. Two other cantharid larvae
repeatedly entered 5 to 6 late instar burrows of P. tarsalis. One of the sol-
dier beetles excavated the entrance of a second instar burrow (Fig. 1 b)
until its head was inserted to a depth of 25 mm. After 3 min in this posi-
tion, the cantharid retracted leaving only the macerated head capsule of
the cicindelid larva near the burrow entrance.

1 Received June 25, 1993. Accepted July 24, 1993.
Department of Biology, Denison University, Granville, OH 43023.

ENT. NEWS 105(1): 14-16, January & February, 1994

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994

CO
es

as
t

3 O
_C O

or,

of/

16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The cantharid larvae belonged to an unknown species in the Sub-
family Cauliognathinae (L. LeSage, personal communication). The late
instar larvae measured 24-34 mm in length and were velvet black with
yellow legs. The posterior margin of the pronotum was white and the 1st
and 3rd through 8th abdominal tergites bore two pairs of white lateral
spots. The 2nd abdominal tergite exhibited only a single spot on each
side. Preserved specimens are in possession of the author.

Chauliognathine larvae are known to prey on other insect larvae
(Arnett 1985), but cantharids have not been reported previously to prey
on cicindelids. It remains uncertain whether predation by this cauliog-
nathine species could have a significant impact on the population of P.
tarsalis at Monteverde. First and 2nd instars of P. tarsalis may be sus-
ceptible to cantharids, but the 3rd instar larvae are themselves formida-
ble predators that can subdue small frogs (Palmer 1976). Predation on
cicindelid eggs, here reported for the first time, may be an important lim-
iting factor on tiger beetles like P. tarsalis that oviposit in clusters with-
in limited microhabitats. The habit of carefully smoothing over the soil
filling the egg chamber has been observed in ovipositing P. tarsalis
(Palmer 1976) and other cicindelids (Pearson 1988), and may have
evolved to prevent the detection of eggs by predators such as cantharid
larvae

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank L. LeSage, Biosystematics Research Institute, Ottawa, Canada for identifying
the cauliognathine larva, and the Carolina Ohio Science Education Network (COSEN) for
giving me the opportunity to lead the 1991 and 1992 Workshops in Tropical Biology, dur-
ing which these observations were made.

LITERATURE CITED

Arnett, R.H. 1985. American insects. Van Nostrand Rheinhold Co., New York.

Mury Meyer, E.J. 1987. The capture efficiency of flickers preying on larval tiger beetles.

The Auk 98:189-191.
Palmer, M. 1976. Natural history and behavior of Pseudoxvcheila tarsalis Bates. Cicindela

8:61-92.
Pearson, D.L. 1988. Biology of tiger beetles. Ann. Rev. Entomol. 33:123-47.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 17

NEW RECORDS OF EPHEMEROPTERA
FROM MEXICO 1

C. R. Lugo-Ortiz, W. P. McCafferty 2

ABSTRACT: Twenty-seven species and six genera of mayflies (Ephemeroptera) are
reported from Mexico for the first time. Twenty-four species and the genera Epheinerella,
Ironodes, Paraleptophlebia, and Siphlonurus were previously known from north of
Mexico, four species and the genus Moribaetis were previously known from Central
America, and one species and the genus Paracloeodes were previously known from north
of Mexico and Central America. Callibaetis punctilusus McCafferty and Provonsha, new
status, is raised to specific rank. Comments on the distributional significance of each of the
new species records are included.

The Ephemeroptera fauna of Mexico has been poorly known. Prior
to this report, only 83 species in the following genera were recorded:
Acentrella Bengtsson, Acerpenna Waltz and McCafferty, Baetis Leach,
Baetodes Needham and Murphy, Callibaetis Eaton, Caenis Stephens,
Camelobaetidius Traver and Edmunds, Campsurus Eaton, Choroterpes
Eaton, Cloeodes Traver, Drunella Needham, Euthyplocia Eaton,
Fallceon Waltz and McCafferty, Hexagenia Walsh, Homoeoneuria
Eaton, Hydrosmilodon Flowers and Dominguez, Iron Eaton, Isonychia
Eaton, Lachlania Hagen, Leptohyphes Eaton, Neochoroterpes Allen,
Nixe Flowers, Rhithrogena Eaton, Serratella Edmunds, Stenonema
Traver, Thraulodes Ulmer, Traverella Edmunds, and Tricorythodes
Ulmer. To these we add 27 species and the following genera: Ephe-
merella Walsh, Ironodes Traver, Moribaetis Waltz and McCafferty,
Paracloeodes Day, Paraleptophlebia Lestage, and Siphlonurus Eaton.

McCafferty et al. (1992) treated the biogeography of those genera
found in Mesoamerica, and their study was applicable to Mexico. They
hypothesized that Baetodes, Camelobaetidius, Campsurus, Cloeodes,
Euthyplocia, Fallceon, Homoeoneuria, Lachlania, Leptohyphes,
Moribaetis, Paracloeodej, Thraulodes, Traverella, and Tricorythodes
have a recent Neotropical center of dispersal, whereas Hexagenia s. s.,
Iron, Isonychia, Nixe, Rhithrogena, and Stenonema have a Nearctic one.
Caenis was hypothesized to be comprised of elements from the Nearctic
and Neotropics (McCafferty et al. 1992). Flowers and Dominguez ( 1 992)
showed the Neotropical affinities of Hydrosmilodon. Lugo-Ortiz and
McCafferty (1993) indicated that Acerpenna might have a Neotropical
origin. Acentrella, Choroterpes, Drunella, Ephemerella, Ironodes,

1 Received August 17, 1993. Accepted September 18, 1993.

2 Department of Entomology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907.

ENT. NEWS 105(1): 17-26, January & February, 1994

18 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Paraleptophlebia, Serratella, and Siphlonurus have evident Nearctic
affinities. Baetis thus far appears to be comprised of elements derived
from Nearctic lineages (Lugo-Ortiz and McCafferty 1993). Available
data regarding Callibaetis and Neochoroterpes are still too inconclusive
to determine affinities. Below, we provide the new distributional records
from Mexico and comment on their significance. Except where other-
wise noted, the materials upon which these records are based are housed
in the Purdue Entomological Research Collection (West Lafayette, IN).

BAETIDAE
Baetis flavistriga McDunnough

Records. CHIHUAHUA. Ri'o Gavi'Ian, Los Amarillos, VI-23-1987, B. Kondratieff
and R. W. Baumann (larvae); Ri'o Gavflan, Gavi'Ian, Ranch, VIII-25-1986, B. C.
Kondratieff (male adults).

Remarks. Baetis flavistriga (fusatus group) is a common species in
eastern North America (McCafferty and Waltz 1990). Recently,
McCafferty and Davis (1992) and McCafferty et al. (1993) reported it
from Texas and Colorado.

Baetis magnus McCafferty and Waltz

Records. CHIAPAS. Tapachula, VI 1-20- 1966, R. K. Allen (larvae). CHI-
HUAHUA. Ri'o Nuevo Casas Grandes, above Casas Grandes, 1-18-1987, B. C.
Kondratieff (larvae); Arroyo Fresas, 3 mi above Ri'o Piedras Verdes, VI-22-1987 (larvae).
DURANGO. La Michilia, Arroyo Temazcal, IV-15-1987, R. Novelo (larvae, deposited
at the Institute de Ecologi'a, A. C.); La Michilia, Arroyo Temazcal, IX-15-1987, R. Novelo
and E. Gonzalez (larvae, deposited at the Institute de Ecologia, A. C.). MEXICO. Rd to
Cotula, VII-5-1965, A. Ortiz (larva). NUEVO LEON. Rio Ramso, XII-20-1939, L.
Berner (larva). MORELOS. Jojutla, Vicente Aranda, Ri'o Amacuzac, 800 m, IV-16-
1987, R. Novelo and E. Gonzalez (larvae, deposited at the Institute de Ecologi'a, A. C.).
OAXACA. Portillo del Rayo, Rio en Finca El Encanto, bosque de niebla, 1200 m, R.
Novelo, IX-27-1988 (larva, deposited at the Instituto de Ecologia, A. C). SAN LUIS
POTOSI. Stream, nr 1 mi from Catorce W of Motehuala, V-30-1986, B. C. Henry (lar-
vae, deposited at the Instituto de Ecologia, A. C.). VERACRUZ. Tlapacoyan, Ri'o
Tomata, X-10-1984, G. Zapien (larvae); Culinavara, 1-1-1948 (larva).

Remarks. Baetis magnus (rhodani group) is the only member of the
genus thus far known to be represented in the Nearctic and Neotropical
regions. Lugo-Ortiz and McCafferty (1993) recently reported it from
Costa Rica and Guatemala. It has a western North American distribu-
tion extending as far north as western Nebraska (McCafferty and Waltz
1986, 1990). Its presence throughout most of Mexico was to be expected.

Baetis notos Allen and Murvosh

Records. VERACRUZ. Culinavara, 1-1-1948 (larva).

Remarks. Baetis notos (rhodani group) was previously known from
Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, and Texas [Morihara and McCafferty

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 19

(1979) as B. sp. C; Allen and Murvosh (1987); McCafferty and Davis
(1992); McCafferty et al. (1993)]. The species should occur in the north-
ern half of Mexico, and it will probably prove to have a distribution sim-
ilar to that of B. magnus .

Baetis tricaudatus Dodds

Records. BAJA CALIFORNIA NORTH. Arroyo Potrero, Rancho Potrero, 1-16-
1988, B. C. Kondratieff and R. W. Baumann (larvae); Mike's Sky Rancho, Ri'o San Rafael,
1-15-1988, B. C. Kondratieff and R. W. Baumann (larvae); Ri'o Santo Domingo, V-17-1936,
P. R. Needham (larvae).

Remarks. Allen and Murvosh (1987) described B. sonora from a
small series of larvae from Sonora. McCafferty and Waltz (1990) recog-
nized that species as a junior synonym of B. tricaudatus; however, R. D.
Waltz (pers. comm.), after examining the type material of B. sonora, has
indicated to us that it is referable to Fallceon quilleri (Dodds), and B. tri-
caudautus, therefore, had not been correctly reported from Mexico.
Given the widespread distribution and ubiquitous nature of B. tricauda-
tus in North America (McCafferty and Waltz 1990), its presence in
Mexico was to be expected.

Callibaetis californicus Banks

Records. GUERRERO. Km 15, Carretera Bejucos, nr Ciudad Altamirano, XI-22-
1984 (larvae, deposited at the Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico). MORE-
LOS. Jojutla, Vicente Aranda, Rio Amacuzac, 800 m, 11-12-1983, S. Ibanez (larvae,
deposited at the Instituto de Ecologia, A. C). NUEVO LEON. 4 mi S of Monterrey,
XII-28-1947, S. Mulaik (larvae); 10 mi N of Monterrey, Sabinas Hidalgo, XII-25-1947, S.
Mulaik (larvae).

Remarks. Previous to this report, McCafferty and Davis (1992) pro-
vided the southeasternmost records of C. californicus from Texas. The
new records represent a considerable southward extension of its known
range into the Neotropical region.

Callibaetis floridanus Banks

Records. GUERRERO. Km 15 carretera Bejucos, nr Ciudad Altamirano, XI-22-
1984 (female adults, deposited at the Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico).
MORELOS. Jojutla, Vicente Aranda, Ri'o Amacuzac, 800 m, Arroyo Corralitos, km 15
carretera Suchil-San Juan Michis, IV-16-1987, R. Novelo and E. Gonzalez (larvae, de-
posited at the Instituto de Ecologia, A.C.). NUEVO LEON. Anahuac, Laguna Salinillas,
XI-14-1985, H. Rojas, R. Baroa, and S. Tufino (female adults, deposited at the Universidad
Nacional Autonoma de Mexico).

Remarks. Callihaetis floridanus was previously known from south-
eastern North America west to Texas (McCafferty and Walt/ 1990;
McCafferty and Davis 1992). The present records considerably extend
its known range southward into the Neotropics.

Callibaetis punctilusm McCafferty and Provonsha, NEW STATUS

Records. CHI APAS. San Cristobal de las Casas, V-5-1979, J. Bueno y Soria (male adult,
deposited at the Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico). NUEVO LEON.

20 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Anahuac, Laguna Salinillas, XI-14-1985, H. Rojas, R. Baroa, and S. Tufino (male adult,
deposited at the Universidad NacionalAutonoma de Mexico).

Remarks. McCafferty and Provonsha (1993) described C. montanus
punctilusus from a small series of male and female adults from south-
eastern Texas. The present records represent a significant southward
extension of its known range, and indicate that it overlaps with that of C.
montanus montanus throughout Mexico. We therefore recognize C.
montanus and C. punctilusus as separate species. Given its apparent re-
stricted distribution in southwestern United States and widespread dis-
tribution in Mexico, C. punctilusus probably has Neotropical affinities.

Camelobaetidius trivialis (Allen and Chao)

Records. SONORA. Rio Chico, above El Chico, 1-18-1988, B. C. Kondratieff and R.
W. Baumann (larvae).

Remarks. Camelobaetidius trivialis is strikingly similar to C. warreni,
and it may prove to be equivalent to that species upon further examina-
tion. However, we are tentatively assigning the Sonoran larvae to C. triv-
ialis since the shape of segments 2 and 3 of the labial palps and the seta-
tion on the labrum do not correspond to the descriptions and figures
provided by Traver and Edmunds (1968) for C. warreni, and the abdom-
inal coloration resembles that described for C. trivialis. Camelobaetidius
trivialis was previously known from Arizona and New Mexico (Allen
and Chao 1978a).

Camelobaetidius warreni (Traver and Edmunds)

Records. BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR. Rio Calamajue. CHIAPAS. Ocosingo
Valley, tributary of Rio Santa Cruz, VII-1-7-1950, Goodnight and Stannard (larva). CHI-
HUAHUA. Rio Gavilan, Gavilan Ranch, VIII-26-1986, B. C. Kondratieff (male adult).
GUERRERO. Km 15 carretera Bejucos, nr Ciudad Altamirano, XI-22-1984, Brailovsky
etal. (larvae, deposited at the Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico). OAXACA.
Dominguillo, III-8-1978, H. Zapien (larvae, deposited at the Universidad Nacional
Autonoma de Mexico). SONORA. Hwy 11, SW of Tezopuco, 1-18-1988, B. C.
Kondratieff and R. W. Baumann (larva); Rio Yaqui, nr Tonichi, IV-25-1982, D.A. and J.
T. Polhemus (larvae).

Remarks. Camelobaetidius warreni was previously known from west-
central California and southern Colorado (Traver and Edmunds 1968;
McCafferty et al. 1993). The present records represent a considerable
southward extension of its known range. The species appears to extend
south along the western states via the Sierra Madre Occidental, and may
be widespread in Mexico.

Cloeodes excogitatus Waltz and McCafferty

Records. UNKNOWN STATE. R. K. Allen (larvae).

Remarks. Cloeodes excogitatus was previously known only from the
type locality in Arizona (Waltz and McCafferty 1987). Unfortunately,
we do not have any data regarding the locality, other than Mexico,
where the present specimens were collected. A reconstruction of the col-

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 21

lector's itinerary, however, indicates that these were collected from one
of the following states: Mexico, Morelos, Oaxaca, or Puebla. If that is in
fact the case, then it would represent a considerable southward exten-
sion of the range of this species, indicating that it occurs somewhat con-
tinuously along the west coast of Mexico, probably via the Sierra Madre
Occidental.

Cloeodes macrolamellus Waltz and McCafferty

Records. CHIHUAHUA. Small stream 12 mi W. of Tomochic, 1-20-1987, B. C.
Kondratieff (larva). DURANGO. La Michilia, Arroyo Taray, IV- 14-1 987, R. Novelo
and E. Gonzalez (larvae, deposited at the Institute de Ecologfa, A. C.).

Remarks. Cloeodes macrolamellus was previously known only from
the type locality in New Mexico (Waltz and McCafferty 1987). The new
records significantly extend its known range southward. Apparently, the
species occurs somewhat continuously along the Sierra Madre
Occidental, but is probably more widespread in Mexico and could also
occur in Central America.

Moribaetis macaferti Waltz

Records. CHIAPAS. Stream at Santa Isabel, 12 mi above Arriaga on Hwy 190, 2000
ft, 73F, X-23-1968, R. K. Allen (larvae); Rio Teapa nr Ishuatan, 650 ft, VII-18-1966, R. K.
Allen (larvae); Stream 7 mi N of Arriaga on Hwy 190, 1400 ft, VI 1-20- 1966 (larvae). OA-
XACA. Portillo del Rayo, Rio en Finca El Encanto, Bosque de niebla, 1200 m, R.
Novelo, IX-27-1988 (larva, deposited at the Institute de Ecologia, A. C.); La Esperanza,
111-23-1984, G. Zapien (larva). VERACRUZ. Rio Tecolapan, nr Santiago Tuxtla on
Hwy 80, VII-16-1966, R. K. Allen (larvae); Rio San Marcos at Apapantilla, 3 mi SE of Villa
A. Camacho, 700 ft, 66F, XI-12-1968 (larvae); Stream 5 mi S of Ciudad Mendoza, 4500 ft,
XII-7-1968, R. K. Allen (larvae); Metlac, XI 1-26- 1940, L. Berner (larvae); XI 1-25-1 940,
Berner (larvae); XII-26-1940, L. Berner (larvae).

Remarks. Previous to this report, M. macaferti was known from
Guatemala and Costa Rica (Waltz and McCafferty 1985). The records
from Veracruz suggest the probability that M. macaferti occurs in the
southern reaches of the Nearctic region, since they are near Poza Rica,
the northernmost limit of the Neotropical region according to
McCafferty et al. (1992). Of interest to us was the fact that some of the
Mexican larvae lack the procoxal osmobranchia, but their other charac-
ters are consistent with the description of Waltz and McCafferty (1985).

Paracloeodes minutus (Daggy)

Records. BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR. Arroyo San Pedro. 19 mi W of Hwy 1 , VI-27-
1988, B. C. Kondratieff (male adults).

Remarks. Paracloeodes minutus is a widespread species extending
from Minnesota south to Texas and west to California (Daggy 1945; Day
1955; McCafferty and Davis 1992). The species is probably widespread
throughout Mexico.

22 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CAENIDAE
Caenis anceps Traver

Records. VERACRUZ. Metlac, XII-26-1940, L. Berner (male adult).

Remarks. Caenis anceps has a primarily eastern North American dis-
tribution, with southwesternmost records from mountainous Arkansas ;
and southeastern Oklahoma (McCafferty and Provonsha 1978;
Provonsha 1990). This considerable range extension suggests that it is a
Nearctic element of Caenis reaching the Neotropics.

EPHEMERELLIDAE
Ephemerella altana Allen

Records. BAJA CALIFORNIA NORTE. Rio San Rafael, Sierra San Pedro Martir,
Mike's Sky Rancho, VI-22-1988, B. C. Kondratieff (larvae).

Remarks. Previously, E. altana was known from Arizona and New
Mexico (Allen 1968). The species may occur in other states of northern
Mexico.

EPHEMERIDAE
Hexagenia albivitta (Walker)

Records. VERACRUZ. Mendoza, VI-24-1965, C. S. Martell (male subimagos).

Remarks. Prior to this report, McCafferty (1970) provided the north-
ernmost records of H. albivitta from Costa Rica. The present record con-
siderably extends its known range and suggests that it is more wide-
spread in Central America. Four species of Hexagenia are now known
from Mexico: H. albivitta, H. bilineata (Say), H. limbata (Serville), and
H. mexicana Eaton.

HEPTAGENIIDAE
Ironodes nitidus (Eaton)

Records. BAJA CALIFORNIA NORTE. Sierra San Pedro Martir, headwaters of
Arroyo San Antonio, below entrance to National Park, 1-16-1988, B. C. Kondratieff
(larvae).

Remarks. The larvae of I. nitidus have not been formally described.
However, the present specimens key out to this species in Traver's
(1935) key to the larvae of Ironodes. We are therefore assigning them to
/. nitidus. The species was previously known from California and Oregon
(Eaton 1885).

Rhithrogena morrisoni (Banks)

Records. BAJA CALIFORNIA NORTE. Rio San Rafael, Mike's Sky Rancho, 1-15-
1988, B. C. Kondratieff (larvae).

Remarks. Although the larvae of R. morrisoni have not been for-
mally described, Allen and Chao (1978b) included the species in their
larval key to the southwestern North American species of Rhithrogena.
The present record is based on that key. Previous to this report, R. mor-

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 23

risoni was known to occur from Alberta south to Arizona and New
Mexico (McDunnough 1934; Allen and Chao 1978b).

LEPTOPHLEBIIDAE
Paraleptophlebia memorialis (Eaton)

Records. BAJA CALIFORNIA NORTE. Rio San Rafael, Mike's Sky Rancho, 1-15-
1988, B. C. Kondratieff (larvae).

Remarks. Paraleptophlebia memorialis has been known from
Alberta and British Columbia south to Arizona and New Mexico
(McDunnough 1926b, 1928; Kilgore and Allen 1972). The species may
occur in other states of northern Mexico.

Thraulodes zonalis Traver and Edmunds

Records. CHIAPAS. Rio Lacan-Ha, km 22.5 carretera Agua Azul-Ocotzingo, nr
Palenque, VII-22-1978, J. Bueno and J. Padilla (larvae, deposited at the Universidad
Nacional Autonoma de Mexico).

Remarks. Thraulodes zonalis has a widespread distribution in Cen-
tral America, extending from Panama to Belize (Traver and Edmunds
1967; Allen and Brusca 1978; McCafferty 1985). The present record
from Chiapas was expected, and it is probable that the species occurs far-
ther north in Mexico.

OLIGONEURIIDAE
Lachlania powelli Edmunds

Records. GUERRERO. Km 15 carretera Bejucos, nr Ciudad Altamirano, XI-22-
1984 (larva, deposited at Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico).

Remarks. Lachlania powelli was previously known only from Utah
(Edmunds 1951). The present record significantly shows that it extends
into the Neotropics. Koss and Edmunds (1970) suggested that L. powelli
might be synonymous with L. saskatchewanensis Ide. McCafferty et al.
(1993) recently found the latter species in Colorado, and suggested the
same possibility. If L. powelli is indeed a junior synonym of L.
saskatchewanensis, then it has a wide distribution extending from
Saskatchewan south to Guerrero.

SIPHLONURIDAE
Siphlonurus occidentalis (Eaton)

Records. CHIHUAHUA. Arroyo Lalo Varela, tributary of Rio Gavilan, VI-22-
1987, B. C. Kondratieff and R. W. Baumann (male and female adults); Spring at Rancho
Salmon, VI-23-1987, B. C. Kondratieff and R. W. Baumann (exuviae). SONORA
Yecora, at lights, VIII-21-1986, B. C. Kondratieff (exuviae and male and female
subimagos).

Remarks. Siphlonurus occidentalis was previously known from
Alberta south to Arizona and New Mexico (McDunnough 1928; Traver
1935; Peters and Edmunds 1961; Allen and Chao 1981). Its presence in
Chihuahua and Sonora was to be expected.

24 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

TRICORYTHIDAE
Leptohyphes apache Allen

Records. CHIHUAHUA. Small stream S of Pacheco, 1-22-1987, B. C. Kondratieff
(larva).

Remarks. Leptohyphes apache was previously known from Arizona,
New Mexico, and Utah (Allen 1967). Its presence in northern Mexico
was to be expected.

Leptohyphes castaneus Allen

Records. OAXACA. Portillo del Rayo, Rio en Finca El Encanto, cloud forest, 1200
m, IX-28-1988 (larvae).

Remarks. This species was known only from the type locality in
Guatemala (Allen 1967). Its presence in southern Mexico was to be
expected.

Leptohyphes michaeli Allen

Records. NUEVO LEON. Santiago, XI 1-20- 1939, L. Berner (larva).

Remarks. Previous to this report, L. michaeli was known only from
the type locality in Texas (Allen 1978). Its presence in northern Mexico
was to be expected.

Tricorythodes condylus Allen

Records. CHIHUAHUA. Rio Gavilan, Los Amarillos, VI-23-1987, B. C.
Kondratieff and R. W. Baumann (larva). SONORA. Rio Chico, above El Chico, B. C.
Kondratieff and R. W. Baumann (larva).

Remarks. Tricorythodes condylus was previously known from
Arizona and New Mexico (Allen 1967; Kilgore and Allen 1973). It is
possible that T. condylus is widespread in the northern half of Mexico.

Tricorythodes dimorphus Allen

Records. CHIHUAHUA. 7 mi N of Basaseachic, IV-27-1982, D. A. Polhemus
(larva)

Remarks. This species was previously known from Arizona and New
Mexico (Allen 1967; Kilgore and Allen 1973). Its presence in Chihuahua
was expected, and the species probably occurs in other states of north-
ern Mexico.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank the following individuals for the donation or loan of material used in this
study: J. Bueno Soria (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, Mexico, D. F.), G. F.
Edmunds, Jr. (University of Utah, Salt Lake City), B. C. Kondratieff (Colorado State
University, Fort Collins), R. Novelo Gutierrez (Institute de Ecologia, A. C., Veracruz,
Mexico), and R. D. Waltz (Department of Natural Resources, Indianapolis). This paper
has been assigned Purdue Experiment Station Journal No. 13900.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 25

LITERATURE CITED

Allen, R. K. 1967. New species of New World Leptohyphinae (Ephemeroptera: Tri-

corythidae). Canad. Entomol. 99: 350-375.
Allen, R. K. 1968. New species and records of Ephemerella (Ephemerella) in western North

America (Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 41: 557-567.
Allen, R. K. and R. C. Brusca. 1978. Generic revisions of mayfly nymphs. II. Thraulodes in

North and Central America (Leptophlebiidae). Canad. Entomol. 110: 413-433.
Allen, R. K. and E. S. M. Chao. 1978a. Mayflies of the southwest: New species and records

of Dactylobaetis (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Pan-Pac. Entomol. 54: 300-304.
Allen, R. K. and E. S. M. Chao. 1978b. Mayflies of the southwest: new species and records

of Heptageniidae. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 54: 311-315.
Allen, R. K. and E. S M. Chao. 1981. Mayflies of the southwest: new records and notes of

Siphlonuridae (Ephemeroptera). Pan-Pac. Entomol. 57: 449-456.
Allen, R. K. and C. M. Murvosh. 1987. New Baetidae from the southwestern United States

and northern Mexico (Ephemeroptera: Insecta), with notes. Canad. Entomol.

119:1095-1099.
Daggy, R. H. 1945. New species and previously undescribed naiads of some Minnesota

mayflies (Ephemeroptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 38:373-396.
Day, W. C. 1955. New genera of mayflies from California (Ephemeroptera). Pan-Pac.

Entomol. 31: 121-137.
Eaton, A. 1883-88. A revisional monograph of recent Ephemeridae or mayflies. Trans.

Linn. Soc. London. Zool. Ser. 3:1-352.

Edmunds, G. F., Jr. 1951. New species of Utah mayflies. I. Oligoneuriidae (Ephe-
meroptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 53: 327-331.
Flowers, R. W. and E. Dominguez. 1992. New genus of Leptophlebiidae (Ephemeroptera)

from Central and South America. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 85: 655-661.
Kilgore, J. I. and R. K. Allen. 1973. Mayflies of the Southwest: new species, descriptions,

and records (Ephemeroptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 66: 321-332.
Koss, R. W. and G. F. Edmunds, Jr. 1970. A new species of Lachlania from New Mexico

with notes on the genus. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 72:5565.
Lugo-Ortiz, C. R. and W. P. McCafTerty. 1993. Genera of Baetidae (Ephemeroptera) from

Central America. Entomol. News 104: 191-195.
McCafferty, W. P. 1970. Neotropical nymphs of the genus Hexagenia (Ephemeroptera:

Ephemeridae). J. Georgia Entomol. Soc. 5: 224-228.
McCafferty, W. P. 1985. New records of Ephemeroptera from Middle America. Intern.

Quart. Entomol. l:-9-ll.
McCafferty, W. P. and J. R. Davis. 1992. New and additional records of small minnow

mayflies (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae) from Texas. Entomol. News 103: 199-209.
McCafferty, W. P. and A. V. Provonsha. 1978. The Ephemeroptera of mountainous

Arkansas. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 51: 360-379.

McCafferty, W. P. and A. V. Provonsha. 1993. New species, subspecies, and stage de-
scriptions of Texas Baetidae (Ephemeroptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 95:59-69.
McCafferty, W. P. and R. D. Waltz. 1986. Baetis magnus, new species, formal new name

for Baetis sp. B. of Morihara and McCafferty (Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Proc.

Entomol. Soc. Wash. 88: 604.
McCafferty, W. P. and R. D. Waltz. 1990. Revisionary synopsis of the Baetidae

(Ephemeroptera) of North and Middle America. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 1 16: 769-

799.

26 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

McCafferty, W. P., R. W. Flowers, and R. D. Waltz. 1992. The biogeography of
Mesoamerican mayflies. In: Biogeography of Mesoamerica: proceedings of a sympo-
sium (S. P. Darwin and A. L. Welden, eds.), pp. 173-193. Tulane Univ. Stud. Zool. Bot.,
Suppl. Publ. 1.

McCafferty, W.P., R. Durfee. and B.C. Kondratieff. 1993. Colorado mayflies
(Ephemeroptera): an annotated inventory. Southwest. Nat. 38: 252-274.

McDunnough, J. H. 1926. New Canadian Ephemeridae with notes. IV. Canad. Entomol.
58: 296-303.

McDunnough, J. H. 1928. The Ephemeroptera of Jasper Park, Alta. Canad. Entomol. 60:
8-10.

McDunnough, J. H. 1934. New species of North American Ephemeroptera. IV. Canad.
Entomol. 66: 154-188.

Morihara, D. K. and W. P. McCafferty. 1979. The Baetis larvae of North America
(Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 105: 139-221.

Peters, W. L. and G. F. Edmunds, Jr. 1961. The mayflies (Ephemeroptera) of the Navajo
Reservoir Basin, New Mexico and Colorado. Univ. Utah Anthropol. Pap. 55: 107-111.

Provonsha, A. V. 1990. A revision of the genus Caenis in North America (Ephemeroptera:
Caenidae). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 116: 801-884.

Traver, J. R. 1934. New North American species of mayflies (Ephemerida). J. Elisha
Mitchell Sci. Soc. 50: 189-254.

Traver, J. R. 1935. Part II, Systematic. In: The biology of mayflies with a systematic
account of North American species (J. G. Needham, J. R. Traver, and Y. C. Hsu, eds.),
pp. 239-739. Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, New York.

Traver, J. R. and G. F. Edmunds, Jr. 1967. A revision of the genus Thraulodes (Ephe-
meroptera: Leptophlebiidae). Misc. Publ. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 5: 349-395.

Traver, J. R. and G. F. Edmunds. Jr. 1968. A revision of the Baetidae with spatulate-
clawed nymphs (Ephemeroptera). Pac. Insects. 10: 629-677.

Waltz, R. D. and W. P. McCafferty. 1985. Moribaetis: a new genus of Neotropical Baetidae
(Ephemeroptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 87: 239-251 .

Waltz, R. D. and W. P. McCafferty. 1987. Revision of the genus Cloeodes Traver
(Ephemeroptera: Baetidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 80: 191207.

ENTOMO-L ELECTRONIC MAIL NOTICE BOARD

An electronic mail (E-mail) notice board to deal with entomological topics has been
established. It is intended to be a means of exchanging information and views, for posting
announcements of conferences, position openings etc., and general communication on an
international scale.

So far the notice board has been operating well for several months and has about 500
subscribers world-wide. The notice board is intended to be interactive, so please partici-
pate and enjoy sharing your ideas, questions, and expertise.

To subscribe at no cost in most places is simple. By using BITNET, NETNORTH,
INTERNET or other electronic mail networks, one can join the subscribers by sending
your electronic mail message to:

LISTSERV@UOGUELPH.CA

For further information, contact Peter G. Kevan, Dep't. of Environmental Biology,
University of Guelph, Guelph, ON, NIG 2W1, Canada.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 27

DERMESTES RATTUS (COLEOPTERA:
DERMESTIDAE): TAXONOMIC STATUS AND
COMPARISON WITH FIVE CLOSELY RELATED
SPECIES IN THE WESTERN UNITED STATES 1

R. S. Beal, Jr l

ABSTRACT: Dermestes tristis, ranging from central California into Baja California
Norte, Mexico, is determined to be a geographical variant and subspecies (New Status) of
D. rattus occurring from northern California to British Columbia and east to Wyoming.
These two forms are distinguished from five closely related species including the
European D. sardous. The latter species is apparently established in southern California.

Through the kindness of William H. Clark I have been privileged to
study a number of specimens of Dermestes rattus LeConte taken in ethy-
lene glycol pitfall traps (Clark and Blom, 1992), particularly a series of
42 specimens collected by him and Thomas A. Bicak over the summer
and fall of 1986 in the Almaden Mine area of Washington County,
Idaho (Bicak et /., 1987). This series, quite evidently consisting of a sin-
gle species, clarified a nagging question of what and how many species
might be involved in the D. caninus-rattus complex. Mr. Clark also pro-
vided for my study a number of specimens which he and associates col-
lected in ethylene glycol pitfall traps (Clark and Blom, 1992) over sev-
eral years in various localities in Baja California Norte. Voucher speci-
mens of the Idaho and Baja California material are deposited in the
Orma J. Smith Museum of Natural History (CIDA), Albertson College
of Idaho, Caldwell.

D. rattus is characterized by (1) the pronotum with intermingled
white and golden brown to golden hairs and 3 small patches of all white
hairs in a transverse line at the middle and (2) the elytra covered with
whitish hairs except for small, irregularly dispersed patches of black
hairs. D. tristis is the name given by Fall to a form with similar pronotal
hairs but with the elytra covered with black hairs except for a few scat-
tered whitish hairs.

The last full revision of the genus Dermestes was by P. Lepesme
(1946). His revision did not consider D. tristis, since specimens of this
form were unavailable to him. Hatch (1962) in his study of beetles of the
Pacific Northwest recognized D. rattus and D. tristis as distinct species.
He did not distinguish these two species from the closely related D. can-
inus, since it is not known to occur in that area.

1 Received June 28, 1993. Accepted August 20, 1993.

2 Colorado Christian University, 180 South Garrison Street, Lakewood, CO 80226.

ENT. NEWS 105(1): 27-32, January & February, 1994

28 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

What now seems clear is that D. tristis is at best a geographic variant
of D. rattus, a species quite variable with respect to the type and pattern
of setae on the elytra. In the series from Idaho are typical D. rattus spec-
imens in which the elytra are covered with whitish setae except for a few
small patches of dark hairs. Also included are specimens with variable
percentages of whitish hairs, and one specimen with all dark hairs. On
some the whitish hairs are fine and on others relatively and noticeably
coarser. The dark setae vary from dark brown to black. The all dark and
nearly all dark specimens in the series are identical to the forms
described as D. tristis.

Past difficulty in recognizing the status of these forms no doubt came
from the lack of collection of series from any one locality, even though
specimens are not uncommon in collections. Out of 62 collections of
"tristis" that I have recorded over the past 35 years, most number no
more than one or two specimens, the longest series consisting of 7 and
one other series of 5 specimens. Of 67 records of "rattus," with one
exception, the collections were mostly of single specimens with a few
small series, the largest numbering 5 specimens. The exception consists
of 36 specimens collected various dates during 1983 in Kemmerer,
Lincoln County, Wyoming, by R. R. Parmenter.

The series from Lincoln County, Wyoming, consists entirely of spec-
imens of the "rattus" type. The collections from Baja California Norte
are wholly "tristis". "Rattus" type specimens predominate in the series
from Washington County, Idaho. I predict that any future long series
collected between Idaho and Mexico will include increasing percentages
of "tristis" forms southward. "Tristis" forms are much more frequent in
collections that have been made in southern California.

In view of the available evidence, I propose that subspecific names be
assigned these two forms with a somewhat arbitrary geographic division
line as indicated.

Dermestes rattus rattus Le Conte (1854)

From the level of Mendocino and Colusa counties, California, north-
ward to central British Columbia, Alberta, and Montana, south to
Colorado and Utah.

The species does not appear to occur in Arizona, New Mexico,
Texas, Kansas, or states farther east. Specimens that I previously
determined as D. rattus from more eastern localities need to be reexam-
ined. I think they will prove to be varieties of D. caninus.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 29

Dermestes rattus tristis Fall (1897) subspecies, NEW STATUS
Synonym: Dermestes medialis Casey (Beal and Seeno, 1977)

Sonoma, Napa, and Yolo counties, California, south into Baja
California Norte. This would include the San Francisco Bay area popu-
lation of tristis noted by Beal and Seeno.

A Mediterranean species not previously recorded from the United
States is apparantly established in a small part of the range of D. rattus
tristis and might be confused with it. D. sardous Kiister (1846) (see
Lepesme, 1946) was collected in California at Santee, San Diego
County, (1 specimen, 12-U-67, J. B. Heppner, blacklight) and at Point
Loma, San Diego (3 specimens, 16-iv-79, 1 specimen 29-V-79, R.
Baranowski). A voucher specimen of this species is deposited in the
California Academy of Sciences.

The following key is provided to distinguish the 2 species above and
4 other closely related species found in North America north of Mexico
and west of the Great Plains. The tricolorous hairs on the disc of the
pronotum readily separate the 6 species from other species of Dermestes
found in the same region. The 6 belong to the subgenus Dermestinus
Zhantiev (1967). In this region there are 2 other species in the same sub-
genus (D. maculatus DeGeer and D. frischi Kugelarm). These are fur-
ther distinguished from D. rattus and its congeners by having a tuft of
long hairs at the middle of abdominal sternum 4 only, rather than at the
middle of both abdominal sterna 3 and 4. (D. carnivorus Fabricius with
tufts on both sterna 3 and 4 is not known to be established in this part of
the U.S.)

1 . Elytra with subbasal band of whitish hair; portion of elytra posteriad to band with small
intermingled patches of golden, whitish, and black hair; dark spots on sides of abdomi-
nal sterna consisting of intermingled black and golden brown hairs. Species large, usu-
ally longer than 9 mm D. marmoratus Say

Elytra with or without subbasal band of whitish hair but if with subbasal band of whitish
hair then without small intermingled patches of golden, whitish, and black hair on pos-
terior 1/2; dark spots on sides of abdominal sterna consisting of black hairs only. Smaller
species, almost always shorter than 7 mm.

2. Elytra with black hairs and small patches of whitish hair throughout, these usually inter-

mingled with small patches of golden hair, but golden patches may rarely be limited to
basal 1/4; pronotum with small, irregular patches of black, golden, and whitish hair;
hairs on either side of midline at base of pronotum diverging from midline about 30
degrees f). talpinns Mannerheim

Elytra with black hairs and bands or patches of whitish hair or band of golden hair but
without small patches of whitish hair throughout (if irregular subbasal band of golden
hair present, whitish hairs may be intermingled with black hairs; if whitish patches pre-
sent, a few golden hairs may be present along basal margin); hairs of pronotum at mid-
line more or less parallel, rarely diverging as much as 10 degrees from midline 3

30 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

3. Elytra with whitish hairs forming broad subbasal band about 2 times length of scutellum,
this band separated from base by band of black hair or black hairs intermingled with few
golden or whitish hairs; elytra with small intermingled patches of whitish and black hair
posterior to subbasal band D. fasciatus LeConte

Elytra with black and golden hairs only, or with whitish hairs covering most of elytra, or
whitish hairs forming band or patches, but then band or patches of whitish hair extend-
ing to base of pronotum 4

4. Elytron with black hairs and intermingled whitish hairs and golden hairs forming a nar-
row, irregular triangle at about basal 1/4; pronotum with black hairs, transverse line of
patches of golden hair across middle of disc, and other variable patches of golden
hair D. sardous Kuster

Elytron with all black hairs, all whitish hairs except for few patches of black hair at apex,
or band and patches of whitish hair but without golden hairs except at times for very few
along basal margin; pronotum with intermingled patches of golden and black hair and
3 patches of white hair set transversely across disc 5

5. Abdominal sternum 1 with dark lateral area extending not more than 2/3 distance
toward posterior margin and separated from margin by region of all white hair; abdom-
inal sterna 2-4 covered with all white hairs except for subcircular area of black hairs at
lateral anterior corners of sterna D. caninus Germar

Abdominal sternum 1 with dark lateral area extending to posterior margin of segment
and consisting of all blackish hairs or with some intermingled golden brown and white
hairs; sterna 3-4 covered with intermingled golden brown and whitish hairs except for
subcircular area of black hairs at lateral anterior corners of sterna. .D. rattus subspecies

I submit the following detailed diagnoses of the last 3 species in the
key, which are easily confused with each other because of the range of
variation in each. The diagnoses depend in large part on setal characters
which, unfortunately, are often lost in old or mishandled specimens.

Dermestes sardous Kuster

(1) Pronotum covered with intermingled black and white hairs with pronounced band
or patches of golden hair along anterior margin, transverse band of patches of golden hair
at middle, and golden patch on each side at basal 1/4 and lateral 1/2. (Lepesme, 1946,
describes the primary pubescence as consisting of black and grey-blue hairs, but our spec-
imens have white rather than grey-blue hairs.) (2) Elytron covered with intermingled black
and whitish hairs; basal margin with patch of golden hair on humerus and patch of golden
hair at about lateral 1/2 of base; basal 1/4 of elytron with somewhat elongate, irregularly
triangular, submedian patch of golden hair. (Lepesme does not mention the golden hairs
at the basal 1/3 in his description of the species but describes the variety striatellus Reitter
which has longitudinal lines of yellowish hairs.) (3) Posterior margin of metasternal
epimeron transverse (as in D. rattus). (4) Dark area on side of abdominal sternum 1
extending about 2/3 distance toward posterior margin and separated from margin by cov-
ering of all white hair. (5) Abdominal sterna 1-4 with covering of all white hair except for
large lateral dark area on sternum 1 and for subcircular patches of black hair at lateral
anterior corners of sterna 24; sternum 5 covered with black hair except for 2 small sublat-
eral patches of white hair at anterior margin. (6) Male with dense brush of fine, golden-
white hair on underside of front tarsomeres 1-3 and to some extent under tarsomere 4.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 31

Dermestis caninus Germar

(1) Pronotum with patches of golden and black hair and 3 small patches of whitish hair
in transverse line across middle of disc (as in D. rattus). (2) Elytron with irregular, large
patches of whitish hair limited to anterior 1/4, except for some small scattered patches on
posterior 3/4, varying to elytron with whitish hairs covering most of anterior 3/4 with irreg-
ular patches of whitish and black hair on posterior 1/4; 2 dark areas of variable size always
present at or close to basal margin, but whitish band or patches also attaining basal mar-
gin. (3) Lateral posterior angle of metasternal epimeron forming acute angle and ex-
tending further posteriad than inner angle. (4) Dark area at lateral margin of abdominal
sternum 1 extending not more than 2/3 distance from base to posterior margin and sepa-
rated from margin by covering of all white hair. (5) Abdominal sterna 1-4 with covering of
all white hair except as described above for sternum 1 and except for small subcircular
patches of all black hair at lateral anterior corners of sterna 2-4; sternum 5 with white hairs
along basal margin, these usually forming 2 sublateral patches extending about 2/3 distance
toward posterior margin. (6) Male with dense brush of fine, golden-white hair on under-
side of front tarsomeres 1-3 and to some extent under tarsomere 4.

Dermestes rattus subspecies

(1) Pronotum with patches of black and golden hair and 3 small patches of all-white
hair in transverse line across the middle of the disc. (2) Elytron with nearly all white hairs
with small, irregular patches of black or dark brown hair (D. rattus rattus) to all black or
dark brown hairs or all dark hairs except for few intermingled white or golden white hairs
(D. rattus tristis). (3) Posterior margin of metasternal epimeron transverse, lateral posteri-
or angle not acute, not extending further posteriad than inner angle. (4) Abdominal ster-
num 1 with lateral dark area extending to posterior margin of segment, this area consisting
of all blackish hair or with some intermingled golden brown and white hairs but without
being separated from posterior margin by solid band of white hair; (5) Abdominal sterna
1-2, except for lateral dark areas, covered mostly with white hair; sterna 3-5 covered with
intermingled golden brown and white hairs. Some small patches of white hair may be pre-
sent, but 1/3 or more of the hairs are golden brown. (6) Male without a dense brush of fine
hair on underside of anterior tarsomeres 1-3; setae of anterior tarsomeres similar to those
of middle and hind tarsomeres.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am particularly grateful to William H. Clark of the Orma J. Smith Museum of
Natural History, Albertson College of Idaho, and to Robert R. Parmenter of the
University of New Mexico for providing me with the opportunity of studying some fine
series of specimens in the genus. I thank R. Baranowski of the Zoological Institute,
University of Lund, Lund, Sweden, and H. V. Weems, Jr., Florida Department of
Agriculture and Consumer Services, for the loan of specimens of D. sardous. I thank
Vladimi'r Kali'k of Pardubice, Czech Republic, for examining a specimen of D. sardous and
comparing it with other specimens in his collection. Over the years I have had the privilege
of examining specimens of Dermestes provided by a number of museums and individuals.
too numerous to recount here. To each of them I extend my sincere appreciation. For a
critical reading of the manuscript and for many helpful suggestions I want to thank William
H. Clark, Boris C. Kondratieff, and two anonymous reviewers.

32 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Beal, R. S., Jr., and T. N. Seeno, 1977. Dermestes medialis Casey a synonym of Dermestes

tristis Fall. Pan-Pacific Entomol. 53:33.
Bicak, T. K., J. Rosenthal, and V. Mantle, 1987. Faunal assessment of the Almaden Site in

Baseline Study, Almaden Mine (Regional Studies Center of the College of Idaho), pp.

133-228.
Clark, W. H., and P. E. Blom, 1992. An efficient and inexpensive pitfall trap system.

Entomol. News 103(2):55-59.
Fall, H. C., 1897. A list of the Coleoptera of the Southern California islands, with notes and

descriptions of new species. Can. Entomol. 29:233-244.
Hatch, M. H. 1962. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part III: Pselaphidae and

Diversicornia I. Univ. of Wash. Publ. in Biol. 16:1-503.
K ster, H. C. 1846. Die Kafer Europa's. Nach der Natur beschrieben. VI Heft. Niimberg,

100 sheets, 2 pis. [not seen].
LeConte, J. L., 1854. Synopsis of the Dermestidae of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Phil., 7:106-1 13.
Lepesme, P., 1946. Revision des Dermestes (Col. Dermestidae). Ann. Soc. Entomol.

France 115:9-68.
Zhantiev, R. D. 1967. Experimental taxonomic analysis of the genus Dermestes L.

(Coleoptera, Dermestidae) [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., Moscow, 46(9):1350-1356.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 33

FIRST RECORD OF AN HETEROTIC,

ADULT FEMALE HYBRID

LIMENITIS (BASILARCHIA) R U B I D U S

(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) 1

A. P. Platt 2 , S. J. Harrison 3 ' 4

ABSTRACT: The interspecific hybrid cross Limenitis arthemis astyanax x L. archip-
pus yields the intermediate hybrid morph L."rubidus" (Strecker). Such Fj hybrids occur
in nature but they are quite rare; those reported to date have all been males. Laboratory
crosses generally are lethal to females (which are heterogametic), with most dying during
development; only a few have eclosed as malformed adults. This paper reports a labora-
tory cross that produced the first known heterotic female specimen of this remarkable F]
morph. It is intermediate between two related species of mimetic butterflies which are
completely unlike in phenotype.

Interspecific hybridization among the four widely distributed species
of Nearctic admiral butterflies Limenitis (Basilarchia) has been well-
documented (Field, 1904; 1914; Nakahara, 1924; Hovanitz, 1949;
Remington, 1958; 1968; Platt, 1975; 1983; 1987; Platt et al., 1978; Ritland,
1990; Kemp, 1991; Platt & Maudsley, in revision). Except for crosses
involving the two subspecific forms L. arthemis arthemis (Drury), and L.
arthemis astyanax (Fabr.) (which in this report, as in the earlier papers
by Platt and his co-workers, are considered to represent a single poly-
morphic species), these insects rarely hybridize in the wild (see White,
1990).

Such hybridization occurs among other closely related species within
different insect groups as well, e.g. Saturniidae (Tuskes & Collins, 1981 ),
Gerridae (Wilcox & Spence, 1986), and Libellulidae (Tennessen, 1981).
The viability of such crosses, however, is variable. Bick & Bick (1981)
report 93 hybrid pairings among Odonata involving ten families, 24 gen-
era, and 124 species. Only two of these (one of which is questionable,
due to the probability of sperm precedence) resulted in hybrid offspring.

In Limenitis, the cross involving L. archippus (Cr.) and L. arthemis
astyanax is heterogametically inviable (Platt, 1987), usually producing

1 Received May 24, 1993, Accepted August 20, 1993.

2 University of Maryland Baltimore County (UMBC), Department of Biological Sciences,
5401 Wilkens Ave., Catonsville, Md. 21228-5398.

^ Maryland Department of Agriculture, Division of Forest Pest Management. 2102 Old
Fountain Green Rd., Hickory, Md. 21014.

4 Current address: Johns Hopkins Asthma & Allergy Center (JHAAC), Div. of Pulmonary
& Critical Care Medicine, Rm. 4B.72, 5501 Hopkins Bayview Or.. Baltimore. Md. 21224-
6821.

ENT. NEWS 105(1): 33-38, January & February, 1994

34 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

no normal Fj adult females. The males develop normally and are fertile
in backcrosses to parental stock females (Platt, 1975; 1983). All 43 of the
known wild-collected hybrid specimens are males. In laboratory crosses
using Platt's (1969) hand-pairing method, 43 females (6.4%) among 628
adults occurred (Table 1). All other females died as eggs, larvae, or pre-
pupae (determined to be female by Kean & Platt's, 1973 methods), or
else formed hibernacula as third instar larvae, even though they were in
long-day photoperiod (16L:8D). Normal Limenitis larvae (hybrid and
non-hybrid) do not exhibit diapause responses when reared in > 11 hr
light (Platt & Harrison, 1988). The few females that did eclose all meta-
morphosed early, at the end of the fourth larval instar. These, without
exception, were stunted, malformed, faded in wing color, unable to fly,
and infertile (Fig. 2). The broods in which females occurred generally
involved parental strains from geographically distant areas such as
northern Vermont and central Maryland (see Platt, 1987; Platt et ai,
1978). The stunted females make up only 1.3% of the progeny from
crosses involving L. archippus and L. arthemis astyanax collected in the
same geographic area (Table 1). These crosses have been made recipro-
cally between the sexes of the two species.

Table 1 also shows 441 males and four females were reared among 19
broods involving crosses of the two species obtained from the same
regions (type A). Ten broods arising from hybrid crosses made between
strains from different localities (type B) produced 187 males and 39
females. A 2 x 2 contingency test for the overall male and female values
for stocks originating from A) the same, or B) different geographic
regions yields XX^ = 66.82**, with P < 0.01. This highly significant result
demonstrates that more adult females develop when stocks of the two
species originating from different geographic regions are crossed. How-
ever, as the table makes clear, this difference arises from the nearly com-
plete fertility of two hybrid crosses reared in 1973, in which a single male
L. archippus from Vermont was hybridized to two sibling female L.
arthemis astyanax from Maryland.

Thirty wild-collected specimens involving crosses between the
broadly sympatric L. archippus and its congeneric species L. arthemis
arthemis (n=ll), L. weidemeyerii Edw. (n=10), and L. lorquini Boisd.
(n=9) have been recorded by Platt & Maudsley (in revision). (The above
allopatric butterflies are more closely related to each other than they are
to L. archippus see Platt, 1983). These Fj hybrids also are all males and
exhibit variable intermediate phenotypes.

A recently reared brood (L. archippus 9 x L. a. astyanax d"), how-
ever, included one heterotic Fj female, plus 97 males. The lone female

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 35

eclosed 14 days after her siblings. Both Pfs were of Maryland stock. The
fertility of this specimen is unknown, as the age and condition of the
remaining males made attempting to breed her impossible. Fig. 1 shows
the F| heterotic L. "rubidus" female; a typical stunted female hybrid is
shown in Fig 2, and a typical wild-collected hybrid male in Fig. 3. All lab-
oratory bred L. "rubidus" males have been similar in size and coloration
to this wild-collected specimen, although they vary somewhat in the
amount of dorsally expressed orange.

Heterotic F[ females similar to the one in Fig. 1 occur when the three
allopatric species of Nearctic Limenitis (L. arthemis, L. lorquini, and L.
weidemeyerii) are crossed. Such individuals are larger, and more robust
than those of the pure-bred species. These hybrid females so far have
proven to be infertile when crossed to male siblings except in two cases,
one involving a New England L. a. arthemis 9 x an L. lorquini cT from
Oregon, and the other involving an L.a. astyanax 9 from Maryland x an
L. weidemeyerii cf from Colorado. In the first cross-type the F2*s are
phenotypically variable, but many closely resemble L. lorquini; in the
second cross-type the progeny all are hybrid-like in appearance.
Dissections of these heterotic females reveal that many of them possess
undeveloped reproductive structures and lack eggs. Similar hybrid-like
females result from backcross broods involving the hybrid L. "rubidus"
males (Platt, 1983; Platt et al., 1978). These females often prove to be
infertile when bred to parental stock males. Several such backcrosses,
however, have been reared over the years and resulted in large broods.

Interspecific crosses among Lepidoptera, including those involving
Limenitis, are variable in terms of their viability. Most of our laboratory
matings are infertile. However, occasional broods exhibit nearly com-
plete egg hatching, and many male progeny. Such was the case with the
brood which produced this unique robust F ( female, resulting from the
union of genetically compatible gametes representing two closely relat-
ed, but distinct species. Admiral butterflies for the most part conform to
Haldane's (1922) Rule among interspecific hybrids, but the survival of
this heterotic individual is a clear exception to it. Apparently this female,
unlike previously known hybrid specimens, had a compatible genetic
makeup allowing for full morphological development. Why her devel-
opment was so delayed relative to that of her male siblings must have
been dependant on the litres of ecdysone and juvenile hormone present
in this particularly large individual.

Our results demonstrate the close affinities existing between the L.
archippus and L. arthemis-astyanax species groups of eastern North
America. Gene exchange and gene flow between the two complexes
takes place only rarely in the natural environment, but it provides a

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

DORSAL

VENTRAL

I cm

Figs. 1-3 Laboratory-bred and wild-collected specimens of interspecific hybrid form
L."rubidus" Strecker (L. a. astyanax x L. archippus): 1) unique heterotic Fj female reared
from first generation Maryland strains; raised on weeping willow, (Salix babylonica L.). 2)
typical weakened and stunted Fj female, as rarely obtained in such crosses (see text). This
specimen was reared on wild or black cherry (Primus serotina Ehrh.). 3) Typical wild-
collected male specimen from near Dover (Kent Co.), Delaware, taken in late Sept. 1943.
From an old, local natural history collection, Accession No. 1 341 , Leg. L. Darr of Middletown,
Md. Laboratory-reared males are similar in size and appearance to this latter specimen. All
specimens are now in the UMBC collection.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994

means by which alleles may be passed from the one complex to the
other. Indeed, if the rare Fj hybrids can backcross in nature such intro-
gression could lead to rapid evolutionary modifications which, perhaps,
have played an important role in the evolution of the mimetic color pat-
terns of the adult insects.

Table 1 Comparison of hybrid L. "rubidus" cT vs. 9 progeny from parental stocks of
the two species originating from A) the same, or B) different geographic locations.

Location
A) Mid-Atlantic 1 x Mid-Atlantic

or
New England^ x New England:

P 99

No. of
Broods

No. of
cT cf

No. of
99

% 9 9

1 ) L. archippus

L. a. astyanax *

L. a. astyanax

L. archippus^

Subtotal:

132

2) L. archippus

L. a. astyanax^

204

0.5

L. a. astyanax

L. archippus

105

2.8

Subtotal:

309

1.3

B) New England x Mid-Atlantic:

3) L. a. astyanax

L. archippus-*

104

39t

27.3

4) L. a. astyanax

L. archippus

5) L. archippus

L. a. astyanax

Subtotal:

187

20.9

Total:

628

6.4

1 Mid-Atlantic includes strains from Delaware, Maryland, and New Jersey.

2 New England includes strains from Connecticut, Massachusetts, and Vermont.

3 Platt ( 1975), 4 Platt ( 1987), 5 Platt et al. ( 1978), 6 Platt (Unpubl. data).

* This is the heterotic 9 that is the subject of this paper.t Thirty-three of these represent
2 broods with the same Pj <f and sibling Pj 9 9 . Sex ratios of both broods were -1:1.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors thank D. Flaim of UMBC, A.G. Scarbrough of Towson State University,
L. P. Brower of the University of Florida, and an anonymous reviewer for commenting on
the manuscript. We also thank G. C. Ford, Jr. of UMBC for preparing the figures.

38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Bick, G. H. & J. C. Bick. 1981. Heterospecific pairing among Odonata. Odonatologica.

10(4): 259-270.

Field, W. L. W. 1904. Problems in the genus Basilarchia. Psyche. 11:1-6.
Field, W. L. W. 1914. Hybrid butterflies of the genus Basilarchia. Psyche. 21: 115-117.
Haldane, J. B. S. 1922. Sex-ratio and unisexual sterility in hybrid animals. J. Genet. 12: 101-

109.
Hovanitz, W. 1949. Increased variability in populations following natural hybridization, p.

339-355. In Jepsen, G. L., E. Mayr, & G. G. Simpson, eds. Genetics, paleontology, and

evolution. Princeton Univ. Press. Princeton, N. J.
Kean, P. J. & A. P. Platt. 1973. Methods for externally sexing mature larvae and pupae of

Limenitis (Nymphalidae). J. Lepid. Soc. 27(2): 122-129.
Kemp, J. M. 1991. My rubidus. News Lepid. Soc. 6: 82.
Nakahara, W. 1924. A revision of the genus Basilarchia (Rhopalocera: Nymphalidae).

Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 19: 166-180.

Platt, A. P. 1969. A simple technique for hand-pairing Limenitis butterflies (Nymphali-
dae). J. Lepid. Soc. 23(2): 109-112.
Platt, A. P. 1975. Monomorphic mimicry in Nearctic Limenitis butterflies: experimental

hybridization of the L. arthemis-astyanax complex with L. archippus. Evolution. 29(1):

120-141.
Platt, A. P. 1983. Evolution of the North American admiral butterflies (Limenitis:

Nymphalidae). Bull. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 29(3): 10-22.
Platt, A. P. 1987. Recent observations on the North American admirals (Lepidoptera:

Nymphalidae). Md. Entomol. 3(1): 18-20.

Platt, A. P. & S. J. Harrison. 1988. "Black-light" induction of photoperiod-controlled dia-
pause responses of the viceroy butterfly, Limenitis archippus (Nymphalidae). J. Res.

Lepid. 26(1-4): 177-186.
Platt, A. P. & J. R. Maudslcy. In revision. Continued interspecific hybridization between

Limenitis (Basilarchia) arthemis astvanax (Fabr.) and L. archippus (Cramer) in the

southeastern U.S. J. Lepid. Soc.
Platt, A. P, G. W. Rawson, & G. Balogh. 1978. Inter-specific hybridization involving

Limenitis archippus and its congeneric species (Nymphalidae). J. Lepid. Soc. 32(4): 289-

303.
Remington, C. L. 1958. Genetics of populations of Lepidoptera. Proc. Tenth Internal.

Congr. Entomol. 2:787-805.
Remington, C. L. 1968. Suture-zones of hybrid interaction between recently joined biotas.

Evol. Biol. 2:321-428.

Ritland, D. B. 1990. Localized interspecific hybridization between mimetic Limenitis but-
terflies (Nymphalidae) in Florida. J. Lepid. Soc. 44(3): 163-173.
Tennessen, K. J. 1981. A hybrid male in the genus Leucorrhinia (Anisoptera:

Libellulidae). Notul. odonatol. 1(8): 136-137.
Tuskes, P. M. & M. M. Collins. 1981. Hybridization of Saturnia mendocino and S. wallero-

rum, and phylogenic notes on Saturnia and Agapmea (Saturniidae). J. Lepid. Soc.

35( 1): 1-21.
White, H. B. 19%. Society meeting of March 28, 1990: Evolution and hybridization of

admiral butterflies. Dr. Austin P. Platt, speaker. Entomol. News. 101(3): 153.
Wilcox, R. S. & J. R. Spence. 1986. The mating system of two hybridizing species of water

striders (Gerridae) I. Ripple signal functions. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol. 19: 79-85.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 39

NESTING BIOLOGY OF
DOLICHOVESPULA NORVEGICOIDES
(HYMENOPTERA: VESPIDAE) 1

Roger D. Akre, Elizabeth A. Myhre^

ABSTRACT: Dolichovespula norvegicoides inhabits very moist areas. Colonies were
much larger than those previously collected with nests of 3 to 5 combs, 701 to 1,641 cells,
and 137 to 321 workers. Estimates on adult production at normal colony death ranged
from 562 to 2,896. The nests were unusual in that reproductive cells were sometimes con-
structed on all combs. Nest associates Sphecophaga vesparum burra, Vilula edmandsae ser-
ratilineela, earwigs, and possibly Triphleba lugubris were collected.

Dolichovespula norvegicoides (Sladen) is a rarely collected species,
with little known about its biology and behavior. Distribution is restrict-
ed almost entirely to the Canadian and Hudsonian zones of the Boreal
Region (Akre el al. 1981, fig. 41).

Previous collections of D. norvegicoides nests included one by
Bequaert (1931), one by Akre et al. (1981), and three by Akre and
Bleicher (1985). The three nests described in 1985, all with no more than
31 workers, 3 combs (n=2), and 263 cells (n=2), were found in Alaska,
Idaho, and Maine (Akre and Bleicher 1985). Two were supraterrestrial
(half buried in the soil), and one was constructed inside a log.

The purpose of this paper is to report on seven additional
colonies/nests collected in the state of Washington.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The seven colonies of D. norvegicoides were collected in the western
half of Cowlitz County, WA between 1986-1992. All colonies were con-
sidered mature in that the production of reproductives was underway in
the nest. The colonies were located by homeowners who phoned in
requests for removal, thus collections were biased towards larger
colonies in urban areas.

During collection, flying individuals, typically workers, were vacu-
umed or netted and transferred to the vacuum, and the nest was placed
in a plastic bag. Carbon dioxide was used to quiet the workers if neces-
sary, and the colony was frozen as soon as possible for later analysis.
The number of individuals that could not be collected but were left

1 Received June 22, 1993. Accepted August 20, 1993.

2 Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Pullman, Washington 99164-
6382.

ENT. NEWS 105(1): 39-46, January & February, 1994

40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

behind at the site was estimated and noted.

Colony analyses included counting adults, combs, and cells. Cells
were tallied as containing one egg, more than one egg, larvae (3 general
sizes; small, medium, large); those having caps, and empty. In addition,
cells were examined for parasites. Observations were also made of habi-
tat, nest support, envelope paper, combs, and buttressing.

Estimates were made of the number of adults that had emerged at
the time of collection, and the number that would have been produced
by the colony before natural demise if it had not been collected.
Production at the time of collection was calculated by counting the silk
layers left behind in the cells by the pupae that emerged as adults. A
minimum and maximum adult production at natural colony demise were
calculated to give a range of the estimated total production of the
colony. The minimum was calculated by adding the number of capped
cells to production at collection, since most pupae emerge even after all
the adults die. The maximum was calculated by adding the number of all
occupied cells to production at collection.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Colonies were numbered chronologically as collected. The first nest
(#1) was collected on 27 July 1986, when the colony was essentially dead.
Dolichovespula arenaria (F.) colonies found nearby were approximately
one month ahead of theii "normal" colony schedule on this date, indi-
cating that this was an unusual year; very warm weather early allowed
most yellowjackets to develop colonies much earlier than normal. The
other six colonies were collected at or near their peak population levels
on 15 July 1989 (# 2), 27 July 1989 (#3), 10 July 1990 (#4), 16 June 1992
(# 5), 18 June 1992 (# 6) and 7 July 1992 (#7).

Habitat. Collection areas were moist (ca 100 cm or 40 in. ppt annual-
ly) and were located near rivers and streams. Elevations ranged from 30-
570 m. Six of the seven colonies had nests located low in shrubs, includ-
ing rhododendron, salal, azalea, salmonberry, blackberry, and/or huck-
leberry. Three were 30-34 cm from the ground, one was 133 cm high, the
remaining two touched the ground. One of the latter was supraterres-
trial, as the nest penetrated the leaf litter layer where the workers exca-
vated debris. Soil was probably not excavated. The seventh colony (#1)
was collected from the mossy crotch of a bigleaf maple tree 6.7 m above
ground. Approximately half of the nest was under the moss layer, and
one-third of the envelope was discontinuous where the nest contacted
the trunk. The moss layer was probably pulled away from the tree as the
nest expanded. All nests had leaves and twigs or moss incorporated into

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 41

the envelopes. Leaves, smaller twigs, and moss were chewed away on the
inside of the envelope.

Diameters of initial support twigs of the other nests ranged from 2-
10 mm, (x =5.8 mm, n=6: nest #1 support unknown).

Nest Construction. The envelope paper was laminar, but the layers
were thinner than those of D. maculata (L.) or D. arenaria. Akre and
Bleicher (1985) noted that the paper weave was looser and consisted of
smaller fibers. This was also true of the envelope of these nests. The
envelope paper color on all nests was grey with subtle variations from
lighter to darker grey, with occasional stripes of brown-grey, yellow-
grey, red-grey, or green-grey paper. Differences in color variations was
much less than that seen in envelope paper of either D. maculata or D.
arenaria.

Nests had an average of 24.5 layers of envelope on the top where the
inner layers had not been cut away or modified for nest enlargement
[range (r) =22-29, n=6; envelope from nest # 5 was not included as it was
smashed]. Layers on the sides of the nests averaged 8.2 (r=6-14, n=13).
Two counts were made of the envelopes on different sides of each nest
except for nest #5, where only one count was made because of envelope
damage. These counts on opposite sides differed by an average of 3.3
layers (r=0-8, n=6).

Nest #4 had an irregular envelope and possible comb irregularities
due to comb separations, but since this colony was the second largest,
the damage apparently caused minimal disruption to the colony. Due to
the damage, additional envelope was formed between combs 2 and 3,
and a layer of previous envelope had folded inward between combs 3
and 4. While other active colonies had from 1-10% empty cells, this
colony had 24% of the cells empty, some cells were cut down, and there
were areas where envelope was built over the cells (Cells covered with
envelope also occur normally in colonies in decline). Combs 1, 4, and 5
were normal, while combs 2 and 3 had 140 and 32 cut down cells, respec-
tively. Comb 3 was unusual as there was one large larva, 2 small larvae,
and 62 egg or empty cells from which adults had already emerged
among large numbers of cells capped for the first time. Cut down cells
were found in small numbers in one other nest (nest # 1), and this was
considered normal in the nest sequence.

The queen pedicels of the top combs of all the nests were glazed
(secretions from the queen), and the tops of these combs were shinier
than the lower combs. The paper of the original queen comb was yellow-
grey in two nests (#5 and #2) and grey surrounded by yellow-grey, then
becoming normal grey in one nest (#7). The top combs of the remaining
nests were uniform grey.

42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Ribbon buttressing was found on all combs of all nests except for the
small bottom combs. Nests had an average of 46.2 cm of ribbon on all
combs (r=4.8-84.0 cm). The top comb usually had about a quarter of all
buttressing (x=24.7%, r=6-48%), while combs two and three had the
greatest amount of buttressing (comb 2: x=34.9%, r=12-77%; comb 3:
x=36.0%, r=26-56%, n=6). Combs 4-5 had little buttressing as they were
constructed just prior to collection. Colony # 1, which was in advanced
decline at collection, had fairly even amounts of buttressing on all combs
(comb 1: 32%, comb 2: 18%, comb 3: 31%, comb 4: 19%; 84 cm total but-
tressing). In most cases 1-4 ribbons radiated outward from the central
pedicel (x=75.6% ribbon on all combs). Some separate ribbons occurred
on the sides of the cells (x=10.9%, mostly on comb 1; attached to the
envelope above), and a few isolated ribbons were neither attached to the
center peticel nor on the sides of the cells (x=13.6%, usually on middle
combs).

Twenty mature (full length) cells were measured on each comb to the
nearest 0.1 mm. Cell measurements were not taken from six of the
reproductive combs as all the cells were immature, or from nest # 1
which was totally destroyed searching for parasites. Twenty measure-
ments of cells were taken from the queen and the worker sections of the
first comb of nest # 6, but queen cells on comb 1 of nest #4 were not
included in measurements as there were very few cells. Worker cells
averaged 4.8 mm diam (r=4.1-6.5 mm, n=120 cells from 6 combs), and
reproductive cells averaged 6.4 mm diam (r-5. 1-8.0 mm, n=300 cells from
15 combs).

Comb Contents: The nests had 3 to 5 combs, with an average of 4.3
combs (n=7. Table 1 ). The top comb (comb 1) consisted of smaller cells
producing first workers, then males; while the remaining combs were
made of larger reproductive cells producing males and queens. At the
time of collection the capped cells of comb 1 in the nests of the 6 living
colonies contained both male and worker pupae. D. norvegicoides is
unusual as queen cells are found on the edge of the worker comb. This
has not been reported previously for any member of the genus
Dolichovespula.

Three of the seven nests had queen cells on their first worker comb.
Colony #6 had 88 large cells on the edge of the worker comb, consisting
of 58 capped cells and 30 non-capped cells. Fifty five of the capped cells
contained queen pupae and three contained male pupae. Comb 1 of nest
#4 had three large cells; queens had emerged from two, and one con-
tained a queen pupa. Comb 1 of colony # 1 had 6 empty reproductive
cells from which queens had emerged.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 43

Worker combs (comb 1) consisted of an average of 317 cells (r= 218-
405 cells, n=7). An average of 37% of these contained eggs (r=18-52%,
n=6 excluding colony #1), 22% larvae (r=17-29%, n=6), 36% pupae
(r=27-50%, n=6), and 5% were empty (r=l-9%, n=6). The larvae were
evenly divided among small (33.4% of all larvae, 6 colonies), medium
(30.5%), and large larvae (36.1%).

The reproductive combs had an average of 968 cells (r=331-l,280
cells, n=7). An average of 27% of the cells contained eggs (r=19-43%,
n=6 excluding colony # 1 ), 31% larvae (r=24-40%, n=6), 32% pupae
(r=24-39%, n=6), and 10% were empty (r=2-30%, n=6). One third of all
the larvae in the 6 colonies were small, and there were slightly more
medium (37.6%) than large larvae (29.3%).

Cells that contain more than one egg or small larva indicate colony
decline as workers begin to lay eggs due to loss of queen control. Five of
the six living colonies had multiple eggs and/or small larvae per cell: #4
(42 cells), #6 (9), # 5 (8), #7 (38), and #3 (5).

Adults and Adult Production. The foundress was collected with five
of the six active colonies (Table 2). Only one had age spots (Ross 1984)
typical of old foundresses of other species. Some had darker areas on the
yellow tergal bands of the gaster, but these were not age spots, and sev-
eral new queens had similar markings. Foundresses without age spots
were distinguished from new queens by the lack of hair and slightly
frayed wings. In addition, the wings of foundresses were tinted yellow-
brown, while new queens had smoky-grey wings.

The six active colonies contained an average of 213 workers (r=137-
326), 25 males (r=7-71), and 28 new queens (r=0-57); only one colony,
#7, did not have new queens (Table 2).

The number of adults produced to date of colony collection was
based on number of silk pupal layers left in cells by emerging adults
(Table 3). The majority of the cells in the six live colonies had not yet
produced any adults (r=45-75% of cells) while only 12% of the nearly
dead colony (#1) cells had never produced adults. Seventeen to 41% of
cells from the six living colonies had produced one adult each, while 71%
of colony #1 cells had produced one adult. Few cells from the 6 living
colonies had produced 2 or more adults per cell (r=6-19), and this was
also true for colony #1 where 16% of the cells produced 2 adults per cell.

An average of 805 workers, queens, and males (range: 330-1,398) had
been produced from the six active colonies at the time of collection
(Table 4). Possible errors in this calculation include pupae that died and
were removed from the capped cells. The average minimum number of
adults that may have been produced at natural colony death was 1.1 N

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(r=562-l,998). The average maximum number of adults was 1,834
(r=l, 075-2,896). Possible errors in the estimate of the maximum popula-
tion include the possibility of colony death before the cell occupants
reached maturity. Also, eggs that had not been laid at the time of col-
lection might have developed into adults if the colony had not been col-
lected. However, comparisons of the six active colonies with cell usage
in colony #1 indicated that the range was accurate, and that the maxi-
mum end of the range was probably more accurate than the minimum.
The number produced by colony #1, a smaller colony, by its natural
demise was 1,457.

Parasites and Associates. Sphecophaga vesparum burra Cresson is a
parasite that occurs in colonies of D. arenaria (Greene et al. 1976), D.
maculata (Akre and Myhre 1991), and D. saxonica (F.) (Edwards 1980).
It was found in high numbers in colony #1. A total of 22 white and 49 yel-
low (overwintering) cocoons was found in the combs of this nest. Nine
white and 18 yellow cocoons were found in comb 1, 7 yellow in comb 2,
2 white and 10 yellow in comb 3, and 11 white and 14 yellow in comb 4.

Vitula edmandsae serratiimeela Ragenot, a pyralid scavenger typi-
cally found in dead and dying D. maculata and D. arenaria nests, was
found in nest #1. Diptera larvae, tentatively identified as the phorid

Table 1. Cell contents of colonies in chronological order as collected.

Colony Date

Comb

No.

Larvae Capped # Empty

No. Collected

Type

Combs

Cells

Eggs

small

medium

large

Cells

(% Empty)

1 211 VI 1/86

Worker

261

261(100)

Queen

1,119

1,118(100)

TOTALS:

1,380

1,379(100)

2 15/VH/89

Worker

405

178

32(8)

Queen

1,082

324

151

127

101

322

57(5)

TOTALS:

1,487

402

187

161

148

500

89(6)

3 271 VI 1/89

Worker

361

160

107

34(9)

Queen

1,280

307

132

122

117

493

109(9)

TOTALS:

1,641

467

157

143

131

600

143(9)

4 10/ VI 1/90

Worker

314

154

4(1)

Queen

1,203

232

136

326

356(30)

TOTALS:

1,517

386

152

112

413

360(24)

5 16/VI/92

Worker

218

10(5)

Queen

928

262

109

334

101(11)

TOTALS:

1,146

348

121

413

111(10)

6 18/VI/92

Worker

287

144

16(6)

Queen

831

157

142

116

288

53(6)

TOTALS:

1.118

208

161

146

102

432

69(6)

7 11 VI 1/89

Worker

370

193

3(1)

Queen

331

142

6(2)

TOTALS:

701

335

179

9(1)

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 45

Triphleba lugubris (Meigen), were found in cells with reddish tinted caps
in nests #1 (one in each of six cells), #4 (1 in one cell, 2 in a second), and
#2 (3 in one cell). The capped cells each contained 1-3 larvae, and the
yellowjacket pupae were dead but usually intact. The largest maggot we
found had burrowed into the abdomen of a pupa (# 4). Earwigs were
found in colonies # 5 and #6.

D. adulterina (du Buysson) parasitizes colonies of D. norvegicoides
(Wagner, cited by Yamane 1975), but none was found in these colonies.

Table 2. Number of old queens (foundresses if not usurped), workers, new queens, and
males collected with colony. Colony # 1 was not included in averages as it was essentially
dead.

Colony Number Date Collected Old Queens Workers New Queens Males

2 15/VII/89 1 288 18 17

3 27/VII/89 205 48 71

4 10/VII/90 1 326 14 17

5 16/V1/92 1 137 57 21

6 18/VI/92 1 141 28 15

7 7/VII/89 1 183 7

Ave: 0.8 213.3 27.5 24.7

1 12/VII/86 22 1

Table 3. Cell usage by emerged adults based on number of silk pupal layers in cells.

Colony

No.Cells

No. cells used: (% of total cells)

Number

in Nest

times

1 time 2 times 3 times

4 times

1,380

168(12)

984(71) 211(15) 17(1)

1,487

1,118(75)

275(18) 68(5) 26(2)

1,641

744 (45)

560(34) 196(12) 118(7)

23(1)

1,517

786 (52)

542(36) 145(10) 39(3)

5 (0.3)

1,146

553 (48)

474(41) 86(8) 33(3)

1,118

862 (77)

191(17) 56(5) 9(1)

7 701 403(57) 223(32) 65(9) 10(1)

Table 4. Total adult production and number of adults produced per cell up to time of col-
lection ("At Collection Date"), and estimated total production and number produced
per cell if colony had not been collected ("Natural Death").

At Collection Date Natural Death

Colony Total # Produced Total Production # Produced/cell

Number Production per Cell Min.-Max. Min.-Max.

2 489 0.33 989-1,887 0.67-1.27

3 1,398 0.85 1,998-2,896 1.22-1.76

4 969 0.64 1,382-2,126 0.91-1.40

5 745 0.65 1,158-1,780 1.01-1.55

6 330 0.30 762-1,379 0.68-1.23

7 383 0.55 562-1,075 0.80-1.53
Ave: 719 0.55 1.142-1,857 0.88-1.46

1 1,457 1.06 1.457 1.06

46 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Carl Roush for the collection and detailed notes on these nests, and for
sending both to us. We also thank Peter Landolt and Rich Zack for reviewing the manu-
script.

LITERATURE CITED

Akre, R. D., A. Greene, J. F. MacDonald, P. J. Landolt, and H. G. Davis 1981. The yel-

lowjackets of America north of Mexico. USDA Handb. No. 552. 102 p.
Akre, R. D. and D. P. Bleicher. 1985. Nests of Dolkhovespula norwegica and D. norvegl-

coides in North America (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Entomol. News 96: 29-35.
Akre, R. D. and E. A. Myhre. 1991. Nesting biology and behavior of Paravespula vulgaris

(L.) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) in the Pacific Northwest. Melanderia 47: 31-58.
Bequaert, J. 1931. A tentative synopsis of the hornets and yellow-jackets (Vespinae:

Hymenoptera) of America. Entomol. Am. 12: 17-138.
Edwards, R. 1980. Social Wasps: Their Biology and Control. Rentokil: W. Sussex,

England. 398 p.
Greene, A., R. D. Akre, and P. Landolt. 1976. The aerial yellowjacket, Doliclwvespula

arenaria (Fab.): nesting biology, reproductive behavior, and behavior (Hymenoptera:

Vespidae). Melanderia 26:1-34.
Ross, K. G. 1984. Cuticular pigment changes in worker yellowjackets (Hymenoptera:

Vespidae). J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc. 91: 394-404.
Yamane, S. J. 1975. Taxonomic notes on the subgenus Boreovespula Bluthgen

(Hymenoptera: Vespidae) of Japan, with notes on specimens from Sakhalin. Kontyu

43: 343-355.

FULBRIGHT SCHOLAR AWARDS: 1995-1996 COMPETITION

Fulbright opportunities are available for university lecturing or advanced research in
nearly 140 countries. Funding for the Fulbright Program is provided by the United States
Information Agency, on behalf of the U.S. government, cooperating governments and host
institutions abroad.

Awards range from two months to a full academic year and many assignments are flex-
ible to the needs of the grantee. Virtually all disciplines participate: openings exist in
almost every area of the humanities, social sciences, natural and applied sciences, the arts,
and professional fields. Applications are encouraged from professionals outside academe,
as well as from faculty at all types of institutions.

The basic eligibility requirements for a Fulbright Scholar award are U.S. citizenship
and the Ph.D. or comparable professional qualifications. For lecturing awards, university
or college teaching experience is expected. Language skills are needed for some countries,
but most lecturing assignments are in English.

A single deadline of AUGUST 1, 1994 exists for research or lecturing grants to all
world areas. Other deadlines are in place for special programs.

For further information and application materials, contact the Council for Inter-
national Exchange of Scholars, 3007 Tilden Street, N.W., Suite 5M, Box GNEWS, Wash-
ington, DC 20008-3009.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 47

A LIST OF BACTERIAL FLORA

RESIDING IN THE MID AND HINDGUT REGIONS

OF SIX SPECIES OF CARRION BEETLES

(COLEOPTERA: SILPHIDAE)

Glenn Berdela, Bonnie Lustigman,^ Paul P. S'uibeck^

ABSTRACT: Forty-eight carrion beetles (Silphidae: Nicrophorus tomentosus, Nicro-
phorus orbicollis, Oiceoptoma noveboracense, Oiceoptoma inaequale, Necrophila ameri-
cana, Necrodes surinamensis) were dissected and the midgut, hindgut, and associated
hemolymph were cultured for bacteria. Eight specimens of each of the six species above
were utilized. Analytical profile index rapid biochemical systems were used for bacterial
identifications. Thirty-two bacteria were identified to species and seven to genus level. Six
isolations were limited to "group" identifications and eight morphologically distinct bac-
teria could not be identified using the rapid biochemical test strips because of data base
limitations. Many of the species are known opportunistic pathogens.

Most entomologists, and many field naturalists, have been aware of
the existence of carrion beetles for many years and, in fact, the last quar-
ter century has seen a fair number of publications on this family in ento-
mological literature. Only recently, however, has a serious effort been
made to survey the medically important true bacteria associated with
the silphids. In that study (Solter et al. 1989) 36 carrion beetles
(Silphidae: Nicrophorus tomentosus Weber, Oiceoptoma noveboracense
(Forster), Necrophila americana (L.)) were collected in the Great
Swamp National Wildlife Refuge (GSNWR), Basking Ridge, N.J. They
were dissected and the midgut, hindgut and associated hemolymph were
cultured for bacteria. Nineteen bacteria were identified to species and
seven to the genus level. Several of the identified coliform and staphy-
lococci bacteria were known opportunistic pathogens.

The primary objective of the current study was to expand on Solter
et al. (1989), establishing the full spectrum of intestinal bacterial micro-
flora harbored among a greater number of silphid species. In our study
we were able to collect six of the eight species of silphids found in
GSNWR (Shubeck 1983). In addition to the three species studied by
Solter et al. (1989) our study included also Nicrophorus orbicollis Say,
Oiceoptoma inaequale (F.), and Necrodes surinamensis (F.). Beetle tax-
onomy follows Anderson (1982). These six species are common at dif-
ferent times throughout the spring and summer months, in a variety of
habitats including fields and forests. It was hoped such information

1 Received June 30, 1993. Accepted July 20, 1993

2 Biology Department, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, New Jersey 07043

3 Present Address: 6.5 Pleasantview Ave., New Providence, N.J. 07974

ENT. NEWS 105(1): 47-58, January & February, 1994

48 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

would help further define an epidemiological role for the carrion
beetles.

A secondary objective of this study was to develop and utilize bacte-
riological techniques suitable for this type of study. Efforts to identify
the large numbers and varieties of intestinal bacteria of silphid beetles
have proven a formidable task. Colonies representing different species
may not always be readily distinguishable when viewed among polymi-
crobic growth. This approach contrasts with that taken in a clinical
microbiology laboratory, where efforts are directed only at identifying
or characterizing suspected causitive agents of infection. Isolation media
commonly employed in clinical applications were used here to assist in
the detection of such pathogens as Salmonella, Shigella, Yersinia enter-
coloitia, Campylobacter jejuni, Staphylococcus aureus, and pathogenic
streptococci and clostridia. These media were also used in conjunction
with biochemical tests as a means of grouping isolates.

Identification of pure culture isolates was accomplished using the
API 20E, Rapid-STREPT, STAPH-Trac, STAPH-Ident and AN-
IDENT identification systems. Such commercially available systems
offer advantages over conventional methods including ease of use, stan-
dardized selection of biochemical tests, relatively low cost and quick
response. Profile numbers are constructed from the results obtained and
compared with those in an established data base. It should be under-
stood that data bases supporting each of these systems have been
derived primarily from human clinical strains. While systems like API
are often used to identify isolates of non-human origin, there is a possi-
bility of obtaining profile numbers either not contained in the data base,
or of those yielding incorrect identifications. In spite of this, since bacte-
ria associated with carrion beetles may be expected to represent those of
entomological, veterinary or other environmental origins, we considered
this study of sufficient importance to be pursued.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Collection. Six species of carrion beetles (Silphidae) were collected
at the Great Swamp National Wildlife Refuge in Basking Ridge, N.J.
Collection was accomplished by the use of 5 ground surface type traps
described elsewhere (Shubeck 1976). Three of these traps were placed
along a straight line at 5 meter intervals within a mixed-oak forest, one
in an adjacent field, and the fifth near a swamp. Each trap was baited
with a fresh (1-7 days) and a stale (8-14 days) chicken leg, each in a sep-
arate styrofoam cup. Seven collections were made during the summer of
1988. Collecting dates were; 06/06, 06/13, 06/20, 06/27, 07/08, 08/02, 08/08.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 49

Collected beetles were stored in a refrigerator and dissected within
72 hours. Only those that were alive at the time of dissection were used.
The beetles were killed by crushing their heads with forceps, then rinsed
in 2% Amphyl disinfectant and rinsed twice in sterile distilled water.
They were then dissected and the midgut, hindgut and associated
hemolymph were removed and placed in vials containing 1.0 ml of
Trypticase Soy Broth with 15% glycerol. At least 8 specimens of each of
the following 6 species were prepared: Necrophila americana, Oice-
optoma inaequale, Oiceoptoma noveboracense, Nicrophorus orbicollis,
Necrodes surinamensis and Nicrophorus tomentosus.The cultures were
then stored at or below -60 C.

Culture Techniques. The following protocol is based on the work of
Solter et al. (1989) but does include some changes which increased the
likelihood of identifying additional bacterial species. The contents of
each vial were thawed, homogenized and preincubated for 2 hours in
lactose broth to facilitate cellular repair. Ten uL aliquots were then inoc-
ulated into Gram Negative (GN) Broth, Selenite Cysteine Medium and
0.1% sterile peptone water. Two drops of the preincubated homogenate
were also plated onto Columbia Colistan Naladixic Acid (CNA) Blood
Agar Plate (BAP), Mannitol Salt Agar and anerobic media. The anero-
bic media included Anerobic Phenylethyl Alcohol Blood Agar Plates
(ANA PEA BAP), Anerobic Kanamycin-Vancomycin Blood Agar
Plates (ANA KV BAP). These were cultured in a Gas Pak pouch at 30-
35 C. The GN Broth was then plated onto the following agar plates;
Salmonella Shigella (SS), Xylose Lysine Deoxycholate (XLD),
MacConkey's (MAC), Levine Eosin Methylene Blue (EMB), Bismuth
Sulfite (BS), Pseudosel and Cefsulfodin Irgasen Novobiocin Agar Base
(Yersinia selective agar) (CIN agar). The inoculated tubes of 0.1% pep-
tone water were futher serially diluted and plated onto Trypticase Soy
Agar (TSA) for total aerobic counts (TACs). Aerobic plates were incu-
bated at 35 C for 24 hours except for the TAC's which were incubated
for 72 hours.

Representative colonial types from the primary isolation plates were
then subcultured onto fresh media to obtain pure cultures. All gram neg-
ative organisms were streaked onto TSA, gram positive onto Columbia
CNA BAP, and anerobes onto ANA PEA BAP. Stock cultures of the
purified isolates were prepared and stored at -6O C. Each gram nega-
tive isolate was streaked onto MAC, XLD, BS, and CIN agars. The
plates were incubated and the morphological characteristics of the col-
onies determined. Tubes of Triple Sugar Iron (TSI), Lysine Iron Agar
(LIA),and Urease Broth were inoculated and then incubated.

50 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Gram positive bacteria were characterized and grouped on the basis
of colonial morphology observed on Columbia CNA BAP, TSA and
coagulase and reactions in Oxidation Fermentation (OF) Glucose Bile
Esculin and Trypticase Soy Broth (TSB) with 6.5% NaCl and the results
were recorded. Anerobic isolates were tested for oxygen tolerance by
incubating PEA BAP under both aerobic and anerobic conditions.

Final identification was performed using the following API identifi-
cation systems; API 2OE for gram negative bacteria, API Staph-Ident
and Staph-Trac (catalase positive gram + cocci), API Rapid-Strep (cata-
lase negative gram + cocci) and API An-Ident for anerobes.

RESULTS

Most of the beetles were collected during the four weeks of June,
with the exception of N. tomentosus which was common during July and
early August. Nineteen of the 48 beetles tested (39.6%) yielded aerobic
counts on the order of 10 E7 cfu's (colonies) per specimen, while 22 bee-
tles (45.8%) yielded 10 E6 cfu's per specimen, 6 beetles (12.5%) yielded
10 E5 cfu's per specimen and 1 (2%) yielded 10 E4 cfu's per specimen.
There was no observable correlation between count and carrion beetle
species. Overall, 607 isolates consisting of at least 42 different strains of
bacteria were recovered. Of these isolates 52.1% were gram negative
bacteria (21 strains), 21.1% were coagulase-negative staphylococci (5
strains), 8.1% were obligately anaerobic bacteria (7 strains), 7.6% were
streptococci (6 strains), 5.4% were Bacillus spp., 4.4% were Aerococcus
and less than 1% were coryneform bacteria (3 strains) or Gemella (for-
merly Streptococcus) haemolysans. A variety of colony types were
recorded as either Staphylococcus spp.. Streptococcus spp., Clostridium
spp. or Bacillus spp., so that the total number of varying strains recov-
ered was actually more than indicated.

Facultative and Aerobic Gram Positive Bacteria.

Columbia CNA BAP's supported growth of all recovered gram-pos-
itive bacteria, while that of gram-negatives was effectively inhibited.
Yeast colonies, although not targeted in this study, also grew on this
media. Mannitol Salt Agar was considerably more selective, as only
Staphylococcus sciuri, S. xylosus and S. warned were recovered.

Biochemical testing performed on the gram-positive isolates was
able to distinguish between the mannitol positive and mannitol nega-
tive non-agglutinating staphylococci, and between Streptococcus/
Aerococcus spp. and Streptococcus bovis (Table 1). These tests were

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 51

used in conjunction with colonial morphology, to group the isolates prior
to attempts at final identification.

Coagulase-negative staphylococci accounted for 52.9% of the 242
facultative and aerobic gram-positive bacteria recovered. Included were
Staphylococcus xylosus (19.0%), S. sciuri (13.6%,), S. warneri (9.1%), S.
saprophyticus (8.3%), and 2.9% identified as Staphylococcus spp. (Table

1).

Streptococci accounted for 19.8% of all gram-positive bacteria,

15.7% of which were equally divided between the enterococci and those
identified as Streptococcus spp. Also recovered were Streptococcus san-
guis (2.1%), 5". lactis (1.7%,), and one S. bovis variant isolate. Two iso-
lates were identified as Gemella haemolysans, a species previously
assigned to the genus Streptococcus.

Another 13.6% of the gram-positive isolates consisted of a number
of morphologically distinct catalase-positive, spore-forming rods, all of
which were recorded as Bacillus spp.. Finally, a small number of coryne-
form bacteria (1.7%) were recovered.

Anaerobic Bacteria

Most of the 49 anaerobic isolates recovered belonged to the genus
Clostridium, with 44.4% identified as Clostridium spp., 18.4% as C.
barati, 14.3% as C. bifermentans and only one isolate each (2%,) of C.
cadaveris and C. innocuum. All clostridia failed to grow, or grew only
slightly when incubated under aerobic conditions. The two remaining
anaerobes recovered were Peptostreptococcus anaerobius (16.3%) and
Bacteroides capillosus (2%) (Table 2).

Facultative and Aerobic Gram-Negative Bacteria

There were 23 different strains of gram-negative bacteria recovered,
14 of which belong to the family Enterobacteriaceae. The gram-negative
bacteria constituted the single largest and most diverse group in this
study. There was a total of 638 colonies recorded from among the 7 dif-
ferent gram-negative isolation plates, representing 514 isolates when
only one species per plate is considered. The difference may represent
either strain variation, or inadvertent recording (as different colony
types) of a single strain more than once from the same plate.When
counting each species only once per beetle specimen, the number of iso-
lates drops to 316.

There were 23 different taxa and groups of gram-negative bacteria
identified by the API 20E system (Table 3). Approximately one half of
these constituted almost 90% of the 316 recovered isolates. The single

52 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

largest group was the so-called Proteeae tribe, including Proteus
(26.6%), Providencia (16.5%) and Morganella (6.6%). Other predomi-
nant gram-negatives included Serratia (17.1%), Citrobacter freundii
(9.5%), Klebsiella (7%) and Hafnia alvd (6.3%).

DISCUSSION

Bacteria representing most of the major groups, of which approxi-
mately 50% are gram-negative rods, were recovered from the beetles
studied. These findings are consistent with previous studies of silphids
(Solter et al. 1989) and other insects (Steinhaus 1941). Eighteen of the 26
bacterial types recovered from the Solter et al. study (1989) are included
among the 45 different types recovered here. Frank pathogens were not
recovered from either study with the exception of 3 possible Salmonella
isolations in this study. On the other hand, many of these isolates are
considered to be opportunistic pathogens, recognizing the often tenuous
distinction between "harmless" and "pathogenic" microorganisms.

In the discussion that follows only species not mentioned in the
Solter et al. study (1989) will be covered.

Gram Positive Bacterial Isolates (Table 1).

In animals, variants of Staphylococcus have evolved to be adapted to
various hosts. These separate biotypes of ecotypes vary dependent upon
the host species. Most of these organisms are coagulase negative and
have limited clinical importance (Joklik et al. 1988). Included would be
Staphylococcus sciuri which has been isolated from the skin of rodents,
ungulates, carnivora and marsupials. It may be isolated from other mam-
mals and environmental sources such as soil and water. It has only rarely
been isolated from humans (Sneath et al. 1986).

Streptococcus faecalis is primarily located in the gastrointestinal tract
of humans, homothermic and poikilothermic animals and in insects and
plants. It is common in many non-sterile foods and its presence is often
not related to fecal contamination. It is an opportunistic pathogen agent
in urinary tract infections (Sneath et al. 1986). It also has been frequent-
ly associated with biliary tract infections, septicemia, wound infection
and intraabdominal abcess complicating appendicitis, especially in the
elderly or those who are immunologically compromised (Joklik et al.
1988).

Streptococcus sanguis is one of a group of streptococci that is associ-
ated with the oral cavity. These organisms are consistently isolated as a
part of the flora of the mouth and are associated, along with several

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 53

other streptococcal species, in the production of dental plaque and den-
tal carries. They have been isolated from the blood and heart valves in
some cases of bacterial endocarditis. They are present in low levels in
human feces and have been isolated from soil (Sneath et al. 1986).

Streptococcus bovis is frequently isolated from the alimentary tract of
cows, sheep, and other ruminants and the feces of pigs. It is occasional-
ly found in large numbers in human feces. It is one of the acidogenic
streptococci found in raw and pasteurized milk, cream and cheese. It has
been found occasionally in cases of endocarditis and is considered to be
related to S. faecalis (Sneath et al. 1986).

Streptococcus lactis is non-pathogenic and is associated with the pro-
duction of acid from large numbers of sugars. It is responsible for the
souring of milk, and production of yogurt (Sneath et al. 1986).

As the name implies, Streptococcus avium is characteristically isolat-
ed from the feces of chickens and other fowl. These organisms also have
been found in the feces of humans, dogs and pigs. They have been asso-
ciated with appendicitis, otitis and abscesses of the brain (Sneath et al.
1986).

Aerococcus viridans is frequently found as a common airborne
organism. Another variety is a marine organism which causes disease in
lobsters. No pathogenic association is known to exist in humans (Sneath
et al. 1986).

Gemella haemolysans is considered to be similar to the neissera
species. It is not known to be a pathogen. This organism has been isolat-
ed from bronchial secretions and human gingiva (Sneath et al 1986).

Anaerobic Bacterial Isolates (Table 2)

Bacteroides capillosus is a gram (-) anerobic organism forming tan to
black pigments. Bactero'des are indigenous to various locations through-
out the body including the mouth and thoracic region, intraabdominal
and pelvic regions. The infections that they may cause are related to
their location in the body (Krieg & Holt 1984).

Bacteroides capillosus has been isolated from cysts and wounds in
humans, as well as the human mouth and feces. This organism has also
been isolated from the intestinal tracts of several animals including hogs,
mice and termites. It has also been found in sewage sludge (Krieg & Holt
1984).

Clostridia are anerobic spore forming bacilli that are usually gram
(+). Most species are obligate anerobes. The pathogenic species produce
soluble toxins some of which are extremely potent. The clostridia are
widely distributed in nature and are present in soil and as inhabitants of
the intestinal tract of humans and other animals (Joklik et al. 1988).

54 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The histotoxic clostridia cause a severe infection of muscle-com-
monly called gas gangrene. Because the clostridia are so widely distrib-
uted in nature, contamination of wounds by these bacteria is very com-
mon. Often more than one clostridial species is present including both
saprophytic and histotoxic species. The most commonly isolated histo-
toxic Clostridium is C. perfringens. However, several other species are
commonly encountered in soft tissue infections, abscesses, wound infec-
tions, anerobic cellulitis and gas gangrene. These organisms may be con-
sidered non-pathogenic, but they can be opportunistic pathogens.
Included in this group are C. barati, C. bifermentans, C. innocuum, and
C. cadaveris. While these organisms may not produce toxins, they may
play a synergistic role in the development of gas gangrene (Joklik et al.
1988).

Peptostreptococcus anaerobius is an anerobic gram (+) coccus. These
organisms are a part of the normal flora of the mouth, gastrointestinal
tract and genital tract. They are particularly important in pleuropul-
monary disease, brain abscesses and obstetric and gynecologic infections
(Sneath et al. 1986).

Gram Negative Bacterial Isolates (Table 3)

The bulk of the species in this category are members of family
Enterobacteriaceae. They are glucose fermenting bacilli or coccobacilli
and as the name implies they are enteric bacteria;

Serratia marcescens is a prominent opportunistic pathogen affecting
hospitalized patients. At one time they were thought to be harmless
saprophytes and were used to trace air currents in the environment and
in hospitals. In nature they are found widely distributed in soil and water
and are found associated with a large number of plants and animals,
including insects. Almost all Serratia infections are associated with
underlying disease. They cause nosocomial infections of the urinary tract
and wound infections, pneumonia and septicemia. Mastitis in cows and
other animal infections are caused by this organism (Joklik et al. 1988).

Serratia liquifacens has been isolated from clinical specimens. The
disease spectrum for this species is similar to S. marcescens (Joklik et al.
1988).

Klebsiella pneumoniae is normally found in the intestinal tract of
man and animals, but in lower numbers than E. coli. As the name
suggests it can cause pneumonia. It can also infect other sites than the
respiratory tract. It is the mucoid capsule that determines the patho-
genicity. The organism is an opportunistic pathogen and usually causes
illness in a patient who is already compromised. It can also cause urinary

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 55

tract and wound infections, bacteremia and meningitis (Joklik et al.
1988).

Klebsiella oxytoca resembles K. pneumoniae in disease spectrum and
it is also very similar from a clinical viewpoint (Joklik et al. 1988).

Klebsiella oionae causes chronic atrophic rhinitis characterized by a
fetid odor. Nasal and pharyngeal infections are primarily seen in people
from endemic regions in Eastern Europe and South America. It can also
be isolated from urinary tract and soft tissue infections and from sec-
ondary bacteremia (Joklik et al. 1988).

Enterobacter cloacae is found less frequently than Klebsiella and E.
coil. It is most frequently associated with urinary tract infections in noso-
comial patients having other underlying problems. In the 1970's
Enterobacter agglomerans and E. cloacae were responsible for 150 bac-
teremias and 9 deaths in a nationwide epidemic caused by contaminated
intravenous fluids (Joklik et al. 1988).

Hafnia alvei is found in feces of man and other animals including
birds. It is also found in sewage, soil and water. The infections it pro-
duces are similar to those produced by Enterobacter (Krieg & Holt
1984).

Some serotypes of Salmonella are primarily adapted to one species of
host or another. Salmonella pullorum is adapted to poultry rather than
man and is primarilly transmitted between poultry. Humans can, how-
ever, develop salmonellosis from contaminated food and water (Krieg &
Holt 1984).

Cedacea spp. is an enteric genus that has been isolated from a variety
of opportunistic infections (over 50% from the respiratory tract). The
organisms are infrequent opportunistic pathogens and constitute only a
small percentage of isolates. Very little is known about their ecology,
epidemiology or role in human disease (Krieg & Holt 1984).

Mollerella wisconsinsis is a recently described organism and was for-
merly considered in Enteric Group 46. It has been isolated from feces.
The reported isolates have been found in patients with diarrhea but
there is no evidence that it can actually cause diarrhea (Farmer et al.
1985).

Tatumella ptyseos is similar to other members of the Entero-
bacteriaceae. It has been isolated from human clinical specimens-86%
from the respiratory tract. It may be a rare opportunistic pathogen,
whose epidemiology is not known (Krieg & Holt 1984).

The remaining gram negative bacterial isolates are all non-ferment-
ing bacilli:

Pseudomonas fluorescens is found in soil and water. It is commonly
associated with spoilage of foods, such as eggs, meats and it is often iso-

56 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

lated from clinical specimens (Krieg & Holt 1984). Although these
organisms are not etiological agents of disease, they may be the cause of
opportunistic infections of wounds and the urinary tract (Krieg & Holt
1984).

Pseudomonas testosteroni occurs in soil. It is not considered patho-
genic, but like P. fluorescens it may be opportunistic (Krieg & Holt
1984).

Pasteurella are parasitic on the mucous membrane of the upper res-
piratory and digestive tracts of mammals (rarely man) and birds. Some
primary diseases include hemorrhagic septicemia of cattle and fowl
cholera in chicken, turkeys, ducks, etc. These organisms also cause sec-
ondary pneumonia-like illness in cattle and sheep (Krieg & Holt 1984).

The most significant source of microorganisms colonizing the silphid
gut is the carrion on which they feed. The bacteria recovered in this
study should, therefore, be reflective of those commonly found on
decaying carcasses. Most of the recovered species are, in fact, widely dis-
tributed in nature and capable of existing as free-living organisms. The
variety of gram-negative and gram-positive, facultative and anaerobic
bacteria recovered from all six species indicates conditions which may be
favorable to at least transient populations of pathogenic bacteria. Such
organisms may be acquired exogenously from infected carrion, in which
case the silphids could become vectors of disease transmission.

Table 1. The number of times each identified gram positive bacterial species was isolated
from six silphid species. N.a. = Necrophila americana, N.o. = Nicrophorus orbicollis,
O.n. = Oiceoptoma noveboracense, O.i. = Oiceoptonia inaequale, N.t. - Nicrophorus tomento-
sus, N.s. = Necrodes surinamensis. (Silphidae-8 specimens per species were used.)

GRAM POSITIVE BACTERIAL ISOLATE N.a. N.o. O.n. O.i. N.t. N.s. TOTALS

Slaphylococcus xylosus Schleifer and Kloos 688888 46

Staphylococcus sciuri Kloos, Schleifer and Smith 8 64375 33

Staphylococcus warneri Kloos and Schleifer 563026 22

Staphvlococcus saprophvticus (Fairbrother) 323084 20

Staphylococcus spp. 2 11030 7

Streptococcus faecalis Andrewes and Horder 3 33036 18

Streptococcus sanguis White and Niven 301100 5

Streptococcus lactis (Lister) Lohnis 001300 4

Streptococcus aviuni Nowlan and Deibel 001000 1

Streptococcus bovis variant Orla-Jensen 10000 1

Streptococcus spp. 26533 19

Aerococcus viridans Williams, Hirch and Cowan 1 24578 27

Bacillus spp 788640 33

coryneform bacteria 002011 4

Gemella haeinolysans (Thjotta and Boe) Berger 1 00010 2

TOTALS 39 39 45 31 47 41 242

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 57

Table 2. The number of times each identified anaerobic bacterial species was isolated from
six silphid species. N.a. = Necrophila americana, N.o. = Nicrophorus orbicollis,
O.n. = Oiceoptoma noveboracense, O.i. = Oiceoptoma inaequale, N.t. = Nicrophorus
tomentosus, N.s. = Necrodes surinamensis. (Silphidae-8 specimens per species were used.)

ANAEROBIC BACTERIAL ISOLATE N.a. N.o. O.n. O.i. N.t. N.s. TOTALS

Clostridium barati Prevot 540000 9

Clostridium bifennentans Weinberg and Seguin 4 12000 7

Clostridium cadaveris Klein 001000 1

Clostridium innocuum Smith and King 001000 1

Clostridium spp. 225454 22

Peptostreptococcus anaerobius Natvig 003500 8

Bacteroides capillosus (Tissier) Kelly 010000 1

TOTALS 11 8 12 9 5 4 49

Table 3. The number of times each identified gram negative bacterial species was isolated

from six silphid species. N.a. = Necrophila americana, N.o. = Nicrophorus orbicollis,
O.n. = Oiceoptoma noveboracense, O.i. = Oiceoptoma inaequale, N.t. = Nicrophorus
tomentosus, N.s. = Necrodes surinamensis. (Silphidae-8 specimens per species were used.)

GRAM NEGATIVE BACTERIAL ISOLATE N.a. N.o. O.n. O.i. N.t. N.s. TOTALS

Proteus mirabilis Hauser 8 86588 43

Proteus vulgaris Hauser 8 77568 41
Providencia rettgeri (Hadley, Elkins, and

Caldwell) 3 36688 34

Providencia alcalifacaens (De Dalles Gomes) 3 03048 18
Morganella morganii (Winslow, Kligler, and

Rothberg) 1 16805 21

Serratia marcescens Bizio 5 51 100 12

Serratia liquifacens Grimes and Hennerty 3 01140 9

Serratia spp. 6 24588 33

Citrobacter freundii (Braak) 5 76642 30

Klebsiella pneumoniae (Schroeter) Trevisan 3 52073 20

Klebsiella oxvtoca (Flugge) 1 10000 2

Hafnia alvei Moller 3 06263 20

Alcaligenes spp. 003400 7

Alcaligenes or Morganella spp. 03000 3

Pasteurella or Acimetobacter spp. 01200 3
Enterobacter cloacae (Jordan) Hormaeche and

Edwards 001200 3

Pasteurella spp. 000100 1
Salmonella pullorum Rettger or Hafnia alvei

Moller 000021 3
Cedacea spp. or Klebsiella ozonae (Abel)

Bergey 001000 1

Pseudomonas fluorescens Migula 01000 1
Pseudomonas testosteroni Marcus and Talalay

or Pasteurella spp. 001 1
Tautumella ptyseos Hollis, Hickman and

Fanning 010 1

Mollerella wisconsinsis (Farmer et al.) 1 1

No Match 220310 8

TOTALS 51 41 60 52 58 54 316

58 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank William Koch and Janith Taylor for permission to collect at the Great Swamp
National Wildlife Refuge, Basking Ridge, N.J.

LITERATURE CITED

Anderson, R. S. 1982. Resource partitioning in the carrion beetles (Coleoptera: Silphidae)
fauna of southern Ontario: ecological and evolutionary considerations. Can. J. Zool.
60: 1314-1325.

API Analtab Products. 1982. RAPID-STREP identification codebook. Product number
8886-525107. DMS Laboratories, Flemington, N.J.

1983. STAPH-TRAC identification codebook. Product number 8886-5274000. DMS
Laboratories, Flemington, N.J.

1985a. API 20E analytical profile index. Sherwood Medical, Plainview, N.Y.

1985b. AN-IDENT system. Product number 8886-090250. Sherwood Medical, Plainview,
N.Y.

1986. STAPH-IDENT system Product number 8886-060253.Sherwood Medical, Plainview,
N.Y.

Farmer III, J. J., B. R. Davis, F. W. Hickman-Brenner, A. McWhorter, G. P. Huntley
Carter, M. A. Asbury, C. Riddle, H. G. Wathen-Grady, C. Elias, G. R. Fanning, A. G.
Steigerwalt, C. M. O Hara, G. K. Morris, P. B. Smith & D. J. Brenner 1985.
Biochemical identification of new species and bio-groups of Enterobacteriaceae isolat-
ed from clinical specimens. J. of Clinical Microbiol. 21: 46-76.

Joklik,W. K., H. P. Willett, D. B. Amos & C. M. Wilfert. 1988. Zinsser microbiology.
Appleton & Lange, Norwalk, Conn.

Krieg, N. & J. Holt. 1984. Bergey's manual of systematic bacteriology, volume 1. Williams
& Wilkins, Baltimore, Md.

Shubeck, P. P. 1976. An alternative to pitfall traps in carrion beetle studies (Coleoptera).
Entomol. News 87: 176-178.

Shubeck, P. P. 1983. Habitat preferences of carrion beetles in The Great Swamp National
Wildlife Refuge, New Jersey (Coleoptera: Silphidae, Dermestidae, Nitidulidae,
Histeridae, Scarabaeidae). J. of N. Y. Ent. Soc. 91: 333-341.

Sneath, P., N. Mair, M. E. Sharpe & J. Holt. 1986. Bergey's manual of systematic bacteri-
ology, volume 2. Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md.

Solter, L. F., B. Lustigman & P. Shubeck. 1989. Survey of medically important true bacte-
ria found associated with carrion beetles (Coleoptera: Silphidae). J. Med. Entomol. 26:
354-359.

Steinhaus, E. A. J. 1941. A study of the bacteria associated with thirty species of insects. J.
Bact. 42: 757-790.

Vol. 105, January & February, 1994 59

JOE D. PRATT: BIOPHILE

Joe D. Pratt died at 9:30 am, Sunday, June 14, 1992 while attending the Animal Behavior
Society meetings in Kingston, Ontario, Canada. He was born September 29, 1945 in
Bloomington, Illinois, the son of Robert James and Mary Louise Darnell Pratt.

He lived in Armington, Illinois, attending Armington Grade School and Hittle High School.
Joe graduated from Southern Illinois University (Carbondale) in 1968 with a degree in biology.
From 1968 to 1970, Joe served in the Army as a biological research specialist at Ford Ord,
California. He did graduate work at the University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire from 1970 to 1972.

Joe was park naturalist director of Westmoor Park in West Hartford, Connecticut from 1974
to 1985. Joe returned to Illinois in 1985 and began to work for the Illinois Department of
Conservation as a resource planner (August, 1986). He established Biodiversity Unlimited (to
integrate sociobiology and biodiversity theory) in 1988. Joe was an ardent admirer of Edward
O. Wilson and he was instrumental in attracting Dr. Wilson to the Illinois Academy of Sciences
meeting at Loyola University in 1989. It was there that Joe presented Dr. Wilson with the first
Benjamin D. Walsh award. This sculpture of the ant, Daceton armigerruni, resides in Dr.
Wilson's office (Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts). (See photo.)

In the years before his death, Joe developed an interest in ants. Although his publications
dealt mostly with plants and natural history, his knowledge was not restricted to these areas. We
participated in memorable collecting trips in central Illinois. I found his knowledge of birds,
plants, and insects refreshing.

He participated in seminars and symposia (including leading numerous field trips). He was
a member of various natural history related societies. Joe was past president of the Hartford
Audubon Society and Connecticut Valley Mycological Society and past vice-president of the
Connecticut Botanical Society. He served as director at large of the Connecticut Outdoor Edu-
cation Association and as advisor of the Connecticut Geological and Natural History Survey.

Joe is survived by his wife, Judith and three sons: Landis T. Pratt of Armington, Illinois,
Jedediah D. Linden, and Spencer E. Pratt, both at home. One brother, Robert N. Pratt, and one
sister, Judy J. Pratt, also live in Armington.

Joe had a keen eye and a questioning mind. His frequent thought provoking questions were
his trademark. These queries and zeal will be missed by those who knew him.

This paper could not have been prepared without the help of his wife, Judith. She provided
a copy of Joe's resume and improved a draft of this manuscript. Her efforts are appreciated.

Mark B. DuBois, 1 16 Burton St., Washington, IL.

60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

BOOK REVIEW

THE BEETLES OF THE WORLD. VOL. 18. CICINDELIDAE 3. THE NEARCTIC
REGION. Karl Werner. 1993. Sciences Nat., Venette, France. 163 pp. 24 pi. Text in
German, English, and French.

This is another in a series of fine books that attempt to provide species identification
almost exclusively by means of beautiful photographs. Included in this volume are the gen-
era Ctenostoma (7 sp.), Amblycheila (7 sp.), Omus (15 sp.), Tetracha (1 sp.), Oxycheila (1
sp.), Pseudoxycheila (1 sp.), Iresia (1 sp.), Odontocheila (1 sp.), Pentacomia (2 sp.),
Oxygenia (1 sp.), and 35 species of Cicindela. Presumably, the balance of the approxi-
mately 150 species of Nearctic Cicindela will be included in future volumes. In addition to
the specimen illustrations, some of the species, or groups of species found in similar habi-
tats, are illustrated with a color habitus photograph. In all, there are 19 color plates illus-
trating 202 species and 13 habitat photographs.

The specimen photographs are outstanding and well illustrate such obvious characters
as shape, relative size, elytral maculation, and color but because there are no species
descriptions, and no keys, it is difficult to understand how it is possible to identify very
closely related species (ex: C. longilabris vs. C. nebraskana) and the many subspecies (ex:
the 12 listed ssp. of C. tranquebarica) without more complete descriptive information.
Details of structure simply can not be seen in dorsal habitus photographs. What are pro-
vided are complete citations to original descriptions, synonyms, degree of rarity (in collec-
tions!), size, type locality, distribution, field notes from cited collectors, and subspecies
with citations .

All in all, this is a very beautiful book but perhaps better suited for a coffee table than
for a taxonomist's library.

H.P.B.

IMMIGRANT ARTHROPOD PROJECT

We would like to invite you to participate in a project seeking to gather information
on the immigrant arthropods of North Ame.ica. We would like to obtain documented
information, specimens, or published records, on immigrant species of insects or arachnids
that you have worked on. In order to best accomplish our task we seek participation of all
entomologists.

The goals of this project are: 1) to determine the current status of non-indigenous
insects and arachnids in North America; 2) to determine distribution, pathways, and eco-
nomic/environmental impacts caused by the introduction and spread of non-indigenous
arthropods in North America; 3) to compile information on immigrant insects and arach-
nids and develop a database compatible with the NAIAD.

The development of this database is funded by the National Biological Control
Institute (NBCI), USDA/APHIS. The database will be merged with the North American
Immigrant Arthropod Database/Western Hemisphere Immigrant Arthropod Database
(NAIAD/WHIAD). When completed, it will be available to researchers and the scientific
community and will be useful for many applications. We are also planning to have a sym-
posium on immigrant insects and arachnids based on the results of this project in 1995.

If interested in participating in this project or the conference, please contact: K.C. Kim,
NBCI Project Manager, or J. Slusark, NBCI Project, The Pennsylvania State University,
Dep't. of Entomology, 501 ASI Bldg, University Park, PA 16802, USA.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to (I) provide the names of two
qualified individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and
(2) suggest the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to
whom the manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are
submitted to recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited
in abstracting journals and should be carefully written. It should be an informative digest
of the significant contents and of the main conclusions of the research. The author's com-
plete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the arti-
cle. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them
useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of
the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the
name(s) of recognized institution(s) where their voucher specimens have been deposited.
Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric
system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be
included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manu-
script, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying figures, tables and
other illustrations.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor,
Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books
received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books
dealing with taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and
similar aspects of insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and
regulatory entomology, on toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's
Market Place .

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is availahle
in microform from University
Microforms International.

Call toll-free 800-521-3044. Or mail inquiry to
University Microfilms International. 300 North
Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48 1 06.

The Entomologist's Market Place

FOR SALE: Desirable, A 1 Coleoptera specimens, Coptolabrus lafossei buchi; C.principalis;
C.pust. pustulifer; C.pust. mirificus: Plusiotis limbata; P.aurigans; P.aurigans red form;
Ischnocelis (Neocelis) dohrni male: Heterosternus oberthuri male; Pelidnota burmeisteri, Man-
tichora latipennis livingstonia; Anoplophora zonatrix (Thailand & Malaysia forms): Pyrodes
longiceps. Pruculus mniszechi; Inca clathrata (Lg. prs. 5+cm); Gymnetis chevrolati {flavo-
marginata?). Reasonable prices. Contact: Bob Natalini, 118 Old Spies Church Rd., Read-
ing, PA 19606 U.S.A. Phone: 215-370-0817.

FOR SALE: Unbound complete 21 -volume set of Environmental Entomology Vol. 1(1)
thru Vol. 21(6) (1972-1992). Make offer to: J. W. Peacock. 51 Mill Pond Road, Hamden,
CT06514.

PEMBERLEY BOOKS ENTOMOLOGICAL BOOKS FOR SALE. We are specialist
suppliers of entomological literature to clients around world. Send for free catalogue listing
wide range of second-hand, antiquarian, and new natural history titles. We're always
pleased to receive customers' want lists and details of books you wish to sell. PEMBERLEY
BOOKS. Ian Johnson, BSc FRES. 34 Melrose Close, Hayes, Middx., UB4 OAZ. U.K. Tel.
Fax: Internat'l Code +44 81 561 5494.

MICROFAGIA Boletin Informative sobre la Interaccion Insecto-Hongo. This bulletin is
published three times per year. Contributions are published without page charges. Sub-
scription fees are $10 U. S. per year. Please contact Jose Luis Navarrete-Heredia. Lab. de
Morfofisiologia Animal. Facultad de Ciencias. UNAM. apdo. Postal 21-518 (Coyoacan).
04000, Mexico. D.F. MEXICO.

NEEDED: BACK VOLUMES and numbers of Entomological News to complete my set.
Will trade. Send SASE for list of offerta/disiderata to Roderick R. Irwin. Rural Route 3.
Streator. IL61364.

FOR SALE: Quality insect pins, black enameled, stainless steel. Best prices guaranteed.
Call for free samples. Phone: 1 (800) 484-7347 Ext. 1324. Fax: (617) 581-5904.

WANTED: Worldwide butterflies, moths, and beetles, with data. Send your price list to
S. THERIAULT, 230 Pariseau, Boisbriand, Quebec, Canada J7G 2C7.

VOL. 105

NTO

MARCH & APRIL, 1994
CIJ RJIH CK1

NEWS

Colony founding by queens of Solenopsis molesta

(Hymenoptera: Formicidae) B.R. DuBois, M.B. DuBois 61

Occurrence of Limonia (Geranomyia) communis
(Diptera: Tipulidae) in a Mammoth hot spring,

Wyoming

Dennis H. Bartow 69

First record of Campodea (s. str.) pempturochaeta
(Diplura: Campodeidae) from North America

New records of stoneflies (Plecoptera) from
Pennsylvania

Robert T. Allen 71

Jane Earle 80

New prey records for Proctacanthus (Diptera:
Asilidae) with comments on prey choice

R.J. Lavigne, C.R. Nelson, E.T. Schreiber 85

Aquatic weevils (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) associated
with northern watermilfoil (Myriophyllum sibiricum)
in Alberta, Canada R.P. Creed, Jr., S.P. Sheldon 98

Techniques for handling mosquito egg rafts and raft

samples (Diptera: Culicidae) R.G. Weber, T.A. Horner 103

Karyotypic data on thirteen species of Nearctic carabid

beetles (Coleoptera) J. Galidn, A.S. Ortiz, J. Serrano 111

Grasshoppers (Acridoidea) associated with Xi Qiao
Mountain in central Guangdong Province,
southeastern China E.R. Boston, G-Q. Liang 119

BOOK REVIEW

BOOK RECEIVED & BRIEFLY NOTED

* JUN 9 6

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 27, 1993
SOCIETY MEETING OF NOVEMBER 17,1f993
ERRATA (lines dropped and repeated, p. 11, Jan ./Feb. 1994)

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Officers for 1993-1994: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice-President: Harold B. White;
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer; Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus;
Treasurer: Howard P. Boyd.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr., D. Otte, and Paul M.
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.: 1973-4/1974
R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic and
foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for non-members and for institutions such as
libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic: $18.00 per year postpaid; foreign: $20.00 per year post-
paid. Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Benjamin Franklin
Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103-1195, U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Benjamin Franklin Parkway,Philadelphia,Pa., 191 03-1 195, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $10.00 per year (regular); $6.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the
editor: Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey
08088, U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members
of the American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all
prospective authors join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recom-
mended in the AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in
recent issues of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each
manuscript are needed on 8V2 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged
and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight
printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to
pay the entire costs of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable
such an article to appear without division.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: If undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road,
Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 61

COLONY FOUNDING BY QUEENS OF

SOLENOPSIS MOLESTA
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE) 1

Ben R. DuBois 2 ' 3 , Mark B. DuBois 2 ' 3 ' 4

ABSTRACT: Founding queens of Solenopsis molesta were collected, isolated, and studied
for 100 days. Although the presumed method of colony foundation is haplometrotic, only
two queens established colonies with workers during this time. Minimum developmental
time was determined to be 49 days from egg to worker at 23 degrees C. Queens began to
lay eggs 3 days after mating. Less than 50% of the queens survived the first 100 days. The
biology of these founding queens is reviewed and briefly compared with the distantly
related Solenopsis invicta.

Although the preferred habitat of Solenopsis molesta is open fields
and meadows (Wilson and Hunt, 1966), this species readily accepts sub-
urban lawns (DuBois and La Berge, 1988). Most colonies have a single
queen. In spite of its abundance, many aspects of the biology of this
species, including details of nest establishment, are unknown.

Ant colonies may have three stages of growth; a founding stage, an
exponential growth stage, and a reproductive stage (Oster and Wilson,
1978). Previous studies of S. molesta have concentrated upon the latter
two stages of colony growth. McColloch and Hayes (1916) studied the
economic importance and life history of S. molesta. Development was
summarized as follows: egg stage 16-28 days, larvae 21 days, semi-pupa
[last instar larvae] 2-11 days, pupae 13-27 days; minimum development
time (egg to adult worker), 52 days. Overwintering larvae had signifi-
cantly longer development times. Their findings were based upon
mature colonies collected in the field and observed in the lab. They
noted that "queens unattended by workers will rear and care for their
young." (McColloch and Hayes, 1916: 31). They inferred newly fertilized
queens are able to establish colonies without worker assistance.

Hayes (1920) confirmed that minimum worker development time
from egg to adult, in an established colony, is 52 days. He provided
detailed descriptions of worker, queen, male, and immature stages and
noted that the number of fertile queens ranged from one per colony to
one colony containing 26 dealate queens. No queens in laboratory
colonies lived through an entire summer nor survived over winter.

1 Received August 17, 1993. Accepted October 3, 1993.

2 1 16 Burton Street, Washington, Illinois 61571-2509, U. S. A.
- Send reprint requests to Washington, Illinois address.

4 Research Affiliate, Center for Biodiversity, Illinois Natural History Survey, 607 East
Peabody Drive, Champaign, Illinois 61820, U. S. A.

ENT. NEWS 105(2): 61-68, March & April. 1994

62 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

However, he noted queens were discovered outdoors in May, indicating
they could survive the winter under natural conditions.

Macnamara (1945) briefly reported on a nuptial flight of this species.
He encountered "two or three small clouds of insects" which were iden-
tified as Solenopsis molesta. He described the swarms further and noted
that some queens were carrying workers. He estimated the swarms
might contain tens of thousands of queens with every third queen carry-
ing a worker.

Wilson and Hunt (1966) studied habitat selection by Solenopsis
molesta queens during and after their nuptial flight. Queens actively
selected a preferred macrohabitat ("mowed fields"), but relocated
queens would accept alternative habitats. Once queens landed, they
exhibited microhabitat selection by locating, a "sheltering leaf, grass
stem, or clump of earth." (Wilson and Hunt, 1966: 487).

In July 1991, founding queens of Solenopsis molesta were collected
and placed together in a suitable nesting chamber. Mortality among
queens was high; all but one was dead when the first workers emerged.
The resulting colony never achieved significant size, and the remaining
queen died within two months of the first worker emergence (M.
DuBois, pers. obs.). Due to the limited published studies on colony
founding of this species and the above observations, it was decided to
determine if reproductives of this species could establish colonies hap-
lometrotically.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Queens were collected at dusk (8:30-9:30 pm) on July 26, 1992 [ILLI-
NOIS: Tazewell Co., Washington, 116 Burton Street]. Presumably, they
had recently descended from their mating flight, as no nearby colonies
were releasing reproductives and there were no workers nearby. Queens
were walking on a brick sidewalk and a concrete driveway, and were pre-
sumably engaged in the microhabitat selection described by Wilson and
Hunt (1966). Most queens had shed their wings; a few were starting to
tunnel into the sand between the bricks in the sidewalk. A total of 62
queens were collected from the surface. No workers were found in asso-
ciation with the queens. An area slightly in excess of 30 m 2 was searched.
It was apparent that the abundance of queens extended beyond the
immediate range; however, the full extent of the area could not be deter-
mined (due to lawns and fences in this disturbed, urban setting). Nearby
areas searched in a cursory fashion revealed a similar concentration (2
queens per m 2 ). Subsequent searching on the following night (July 27)
revealed 2 additional isolated queens. No additional queens were lo-
cated on following nights (July 28 on).

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 63

Ants were observed (July 26) when the air was dry with no wind. It
had rained heavily the previous day (over 3 cm) with sporadic rainstorms
for several days preceding as well. The soil was visibly moist. Air tem-
perature was 19.5 degrees C, relative humidity was 61% and barometric
pressure was 737 mm Hg (constant).

Individual queens were isolated in test tubes (1 cm diameter) partly
filled with water (separated from the queen by a cotton plug). Each tube
was capped with another cotton plug. Queens were observed daily
(under red light) and verified they were alive by noting motion of legs or
antennae. Records were taken noting ambient air temperature, time,
presence and type of brood (including workers). Queens were observed
for 100 days. By that time (early November), the outside environment
was too cold for ants to function. Queens were then refrigerated for fur-
ther study the following spring. They were stored between 5 and 6
degrees C for 164 days at 100 humidity.

Voucher specimens (queens) have been deposited in the authors'
personal collection and the Illinois Natural History Survey.

RESULTS

Only 26 of the 62 queens survived two months in the lab (table 2).
Initial mortality may have been due to handling during capture; how-
ever, subsequent deaths occurred at a steady rate through the remainder
of the study (on average 1 queen died every 3 days) (figure 1). Of the 62
queens observed, 5 (8%) established colonies with workers. Of these 5
colonies, only 2 (3%) survived with workers until the end of 100 days.
Prime causes of death appeared to be related to various molds which
became established in the damp chambers.

All queens began laying eggs within 10 days. Egg laying then
decreased through most of the remaining days (figure 1). Those queens
which established successful colonies were ones which were able to rear
their offspring from these initial eggs. Queens which lost their initial
investment in eggs due to mold or cannibalism were only able to rear lar-
vae within the first 100 days. Only 8 queens successfully reared their off-
spring to the pupal stage (figure 1). By the end of the 100 days, there
were no pupae. Similarly, only 5 queens were able to produce workers
(figure 1).

Minimum developmental times were observed for all stages.
Although some individuals took longer at various stages, the time indi-
cated (table 1) represents the minimum amount of time for a founding
queen to establish a colony with at least one worker present. The first
worker actually appeared on day 53 (figure 1). Although minimum

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

developmental time was 49 days, queens did not begin laying eggs until
3 days after mating.

Colony composition was reviewed every 20 days (table 2). After 20
days, August 14, 1992, all queens had both eggs and larvae. Forty days
after capture (September 3) some pupae were present in a few nests;
however a number of queens (18) had no developing brood at all. Sixty
days after capture (September 23) four queens had mature workers. By
October 3 (80 days after capture) the number of queens lacking brood
had increased to 21. This remained constant through 100 days.

Queens were removed for further study on April 10, 1993 (164 days
after being refrigerated). Of the 26 queens refrigerated, 5 died demon-
strating that queens can survive low temperatures for extended periods
of time.

3
O

0)
3
O

20-

Queens Alive

A Queens with Eggs

O Queens with Larvae

Queens with Pupae

k Queens with Workers

A
A

10 20 30 40 50 60 70

Days Observed

100

Figure 1. Development of colonies from founding queens (number of queens with young)
of Solenopsis molesta. Once queens died, unattended offspring died rapidly. The first 101
days of growth are shown. For further discussion, see text.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 65

DISCUSSION

The ant tribe Solenopsidini contains two dominant genera: Mono-
morium and Solenopsis. Over 300 species of Monomorium have been
described (DuBois, 1986; Bolton, 1987). Of these only Monomorium
pharaonis has been comprehensively studied (for example, Peacock and
Baxter, 1950). Solenopsis contains a comparable number of species; only
the biology of the "fire ant," Solenopsis invicta has been studied in depth
(for an early example, Wilson 1966). Thus, only 2 species out of over 500
have been extensively studied.

It is reasonable to expect that young colonies of S. molesta will
attempt to maximize the number of workers. Ants foraging for food are
most susceptible to predation Therefore, most queens found their
colonies in isolation (histolyzing their flight muscles for nourishment and
production of trophic eggs to feed their offspring). By rapidly generating
workers a colony increases its chance for success (Oster and Wilson,
1978).

Assuming that queens dispersing after their mating flight cover a rea-
sonably large area in a relatively uniform manner (as was observed), ini-
tial concentrations of queens appear relatively high (about 2 per m 2 in
the area searched). Extrapolated to a hectare, this would yield about
20,500 queens per hectare. Macnamara (1945) observed tens of thou-
sands of queens per mating swarm. Since queens should live at least
three years (based upon observations of laboratory colonies), this means
a potential concentration of over 6.1 colonies per m 2 within three years.
It appears that mating flights populate the same area with founding
queens every year (pers. obs.). Previous field observations yielded
observed densities of less than 1 colony per m 2 . Mortality must play a sig-
nificant role in the actual number of colonies.

It appears that colony foundation in Solenopsis molesta is hap-
lometrotic. However, some ants have diverse methods of colony foun-
dation. For example, the Australian meat ant, fridomyrmex purpureus,
is capable of founding colonies haplometrotically, pleometrotically, or
by colony budding (Holldobler and Carlin, 1985). Furthermore,
Tschinkel and Howard (1983) indicated that newly mated queens of
Solenopsis invicta are able to establish colonies either haplometrotically
or by cooperating with other queens (pleometrotically). No workers
were found accompanying queens in this study in contrast with
Macnamara's (1945) findings. Additionally, MacKay et al. (1991) reported
that survivorship among queens in monogynous colonies of 5. invicta
was higher than for queens in polygynous colonies. Additional studies of
S. molesta should compare queens isolated in chambers and grouped

66 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

together. Although clusters of dealate queens of S.invicta are observed
in the field, no such clusters have been noted for S. molesta.

Minimum development times in this study agree with those reported
by McColloch and Hayes (1916) and Hayes (1920). Development of off-
spring is slower in Solenopsis molesta than the distantly related (and
larger) S.invicta. Kahn et al. (1967) reported that queens of S.invicta
produced workers in 22-28 days. Markin et al. (1972) determined the
optimum temperature for development was 29.5 degrees C with workers
produced in 22 days. Optimum developmental temperature for S. mo-
lesta is unknown. Average temperature in the present study was 23
degrees C. Data from Markin et al. (1972) for average temperature of 24
degrees C yielded similar developmental times for S.invicta.

Queen mortality in the laboratory was high and only a small per-
centage (3%) of newly mated queens of Solenopsis molesta were able to
establish colonies after 100 days. This contrasts with the distantly relat-
ed Solenopsis invicta. Stringer et al. (1976) reported that 74% (111 out of
150 queens) had produced worker ants within 8 weeks. Given the rela-
tively small size of Solenopsis molesta queens, they may be more sus-
ceptible to dessication. O'Neal and Markin (1973) reported that eggs are
rapidly attacked by fungus without almost continual care. Additionally,
Markin et al. (1972) reported that developing larvae of Solenopsis in-
victa are fed trophic eggs. This was also observed in Solenopsis molesta.
There may be a limit to the number of trophic eggs which each queen
can produce by histolyzing her flight muscles. This might prevent queens
from having more than one chance at establishing their colonies.

It is hoped this paper stimulates further biological investigations on
other species of the ant tribe Solenopsidini. It has been demonstrated
that 5. molesta can establish colonies in the lab (haplometrotically) and
that queens can be kept under refrigeration for extended periods of
time.

Table 1. Minimum development times for each life stage of Solenopsis molesta workers.
For further discussion, see text.

Table 1.

Life

Stage

Minimum
Development
Time (Days)

Egg
Larva
Pupa

TOTAL DAYS

11
19
19

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994

Table 2. Development details within each colony at selected dates. Dates are shown
every 20 days from date founding queens were collected. For further discussion, see text.

Table 2.

Date

(Days after

Queens

Capture)

Alive

with Eggs

with Larvae

with Pupae

with Workers

with No Brood

14Aug-92

(20 days)

03-Sep-92

(40 days)

23-Sep-92

(60 days)

13-Oct-92

(80 days)

02-Nov-92

(100 days)

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We wish to thank Jeri DuBois for tolerating numerous ant colonies in the house.
Without her support, this work would not have been possible. The following individuals
contributed to the quality of the manuscript with their reviews: Wallace LaBerge and
Larry Page (Illinois Natural History Survey), Jon Gelhaus (Academy of Natural Sciences),
Mark Deyrup (Archbold Biological Station), and Lloyd Davis, Jr. (U.S.D A). We accept
responsibility for any errors or omissions which have remained.

LITERATURE CITED

Bolton, B. 1987. A review of the Solenopsis genus-group and revision of Afro-tropical

Monomorium Mayr (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Bull. British Mus. (Nat. Hist.).

Entomol. 54 (3): 263-452.
DuBois, M. B. 1986. A revision of the native New World species of the ant genus

Monomorium (minimum Group) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull.

53:65-119.
DuBois M. B. and W. E. LaBerge. 1988. Annotated list of ants in Illinois (Hymenoptera:

Formicidae), pp. 133-156. In J. C. Trager (ed.). Advances in Myrmecology. E. J. Brill,

New York, N. Y.
Hayes, W. P. 1920. Solenopsis molesta Say (Hym.): A biological study. Kansas Agric. Exp.

Sta.Tech. Bull. 7: 1-55.
Holldobler, B. and N. F. Carlin. 1985. Colony founding, queen dominance and oligogyny

in the Australian meat ant, Iridomyrmex purpureus. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol. 18: 45-58.
Kahn, A. R., H. B. Green, and J. R. Brazzel. 1967. Laboratory rearing of the imported fire

ant. J. Econ. Entomol. 60:915-917.
MacKay, W., L. Greenberg and S. B. Vinson (1991). Survivorship of founding queens of

Solenopsis invicta (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in areas with monogynous and polygy-

nous nests. Sociobiol. 19: 293-304.
Macnamara, C. 1945. A note on the swarming of Solenopsis molesta Say (Hymenoptera).

Canad. Entomol. 77: 40.

68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Markin, G. P., H. L. Collins and J. H. Dillier. 1972. Colony founding by Queens of the Red

Imported Fire Ant, Solenopsis invicta. Ann. Entomol. Soc. America 65: 1053-1058.
McColloch, J. W. and W. P. Hayes. 1916. A preliminary report on the life economy of

Solenopsis molesta Say. J. Econ. Entomol. 9: 23-38.
O'Neal, J. and G. P. Markin. 1973. Brood nutrition and parental relationships of the

imported fire ant, Solenopsis invicta. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc. 8: 294-303.
Oster, G. F. and E. O. Wilson. 1978. Caste and ecology in the social insects. Princeton

Univ. Press, Princeton, New Jersey, xv + 352 pp.
Peacock, A. D. and A. T. Baxter. 1950. Studies in Pharaoh's ant, Monomorium pharaonis

(L.). 3. Life history. Entomol. Mon. Mag. 86: 171-178.
Stringer, C. E., Jr., W. A. Banks, B. M. Glancey, and C. S. Lofgren. 1976. Red imported

fire ants: Capability of queens from established colonies and of newly-mated queens

to establish colonies in the laboratory. Ann. Entomol. Soc. America 69: 1004-1006.
Tschinkel, W. R. and D. F. Howard. 1983. Colony founding by pleometrosis in the fire ant,

Solenopsis invicta. Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol. 12: 103-113.
Wilson, E. O. 1966. Behaviour of social insects. Symposium Roy. Entomol. Soc. London 3:

81-96.
Wilson, E. O. and G. L. Hunt. 1966. Habitat selection by the queens of two field-dwelling

species of ants. Ecology 47: 485-487.

BOOK RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

THE DANCE LANGUAGE AND ORIENTATION OF BEES. Karl
von Frisch. 1993 Harvard University Press. 566 pp. $29.95 ppbk.

Now available for the first time in paperback. The Dance Language and Orientation of
Bees, originally published in 1967, described in non-technical language what Professor Karl
von Frisch discovered in a lifetime of studies about honeybees - - their methods of
orientation, their sensory faculties, and their remarkable ability to communicate with one
another. Thomas Seeley's new foreword traces the revolutionary effects of von Frisch's
work, not just for the study of bees, but for all subsequent research in animal behavior. A
great opportunity at a bargain price.

ERRATA

In the paper by W.P. McCafferty on "Distributional and classificatory supplement to
the burrowing mayflies of the United States" in the Vol. 105, No. 1, January & February,
1994 issue of ENT. NEWS, two last minute printer's errors developed on page 1 1.

First, the last line on page 10 was repeated as the top line on page 1 1. This line should
be deleted on the top of page 1 1 .

Second, the last line of text on page 11, above Table 1, was dropped out. This line,
which needs to be reinserted, should have read:

vae). PENNSYLVANIA, L.M. Bartlett (larvae), no other data. VIR-

ENT. NEWS regrets these errors. Complete new reprints have been furnished to the
author and are available from him.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 69

OCCURRENCE OF LIMONIA (GERANOMYIA)
COMMUNIS (DIPTERA: TIPULIDAE) IN A
MAMMOTH HOT SPRING, WYOMING 1

Dennis H. Bartow^

ABSTRACT: Limonia (Geranomyia) communis is recorded for the first time from a ther-
mal environment. This represents the first tipulid among 51 dipterous species collected
from thermal habitats in the continental United States.

A 1972 survey of the literature concerning insects inhabiting hot
springs in the continental United States (Bartow, 1972) and subsequent
research (Barnby, 1987; Resh, 1984) has to date identified 50 species of
Diptera but includes no records of tipulid species inhabiting thermal
waters. While a Seasonal Park Ranger Naturalist at Yellowstone
National Park in 1970, 1 had the opportunity to survey the insects inhab-
iting hot springs in the Mammoth Hot Springs region of the park. During
the survey one tipulid pupa and one pupal case were taken from the face
of Orange Mound Spring and were subsequently identified as Limonia
(Geranomyia) communis (Osten Sacken). G. W. Byers (1977, personal
communication) indicated that, although tipulids have been collected
from moist runoff areas surrounding hot springs (he collected L.(G.) ibis
(Alexander) from algae in warm water on a thermal-water fountain at
Hot Springs National Park, Arkansas), none have definitely been asso-
ciated with a hot spring or thermal gradient for breeding. To my knowl-
edge, this collection represents the first published record of association
of tipulids with a hot spring habitat in the United States.

The habitat consists of a thin sheet of water slowly flowing over the
nearly vertical surface of the hot spring formation (primarily travertine
limestone) the surface of which is roughened by the irregular deposition
of minerals from the hot spring. The micro-habitat consists of "mini-
shelves" of mineral deposition which trap minute pools of water (>1 mm
in depth) from which the pupa and pupal case were collected. The col-
lection site is consistent with the habitat of the subgenus described by
Pennak (1953) as being "On cliffs or rock faces, in or beneath algal scum
with percolating or flowing water..." The temperature of the water at this
location was 27.2C (79F), whereas it was 60.6C (141F) at the source of
the spring. As the specimens were collected at a temperature lower than

1 Received August 21, 1993. Accepted September 18, 1993.

2 Supervisor of Science, Springfield School District, Springfield, PA 19064. Home address:
616 School Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.

ENT. NEWS 105(2): 69-70, March & April. 1994

70 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

30C., the temperature limit to which accumulated precipitation may be
heated naturally by sunlight in desert areas (Brues, 1928) and therefore
the lower threshold of the thermal environment, this species may be clas-
sified as a sub-thermal form. However, as only two specimens were col-
lected from this location, and the normal habitats of species of Limonia
(Geranomyia) and of this species are in cooler waters, one should refer
to the temperature of collection as in its upper range of tolerance rather
than the maximum temperature that the species can tolerate (Lutz,
1931). Additional collections may determine that the upper thermal tol-
erance of Limonia (Geranomyia) communis is within the true thermal
habitats hot springs create.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank George Morrison, former Acting North District Naturalist, Mammoth Hot
Springs, Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming, for his assistance and encouragement in
my 1970 survey, and George W. Byers and Ernest M. May (Snow Entomological Museum,
University of Kansas) for identifying the specimens of Limonia (Geranomyia) communis,
and for their critical review of the manuscript and helpful suggestions in its development.

LITERATURE CITED

Barnby, M.A. 1987. Osmotic and ionic regulation of two brine fly species (Diptera:

Ephedridae) from a saline hot spring. Physiol. Zool. 60(3): 327-338.
Bartow, D.H. 1972. Hot springs insects: An annotated listing of insects collected in thermal

waters of the continental United States. 242 pp. (Unpublished manuscript, University

of Delaware.)
Brues, C.T. 1928. Studies on the fauna of hot springs in the Western United States and the

biology of thermophilous animals. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts. Sci. 59(15): 371-437.
Lutz, F.E. 1931. Notes on the animal life of thermal waters in Yellowstone National Park.

Amer. Mus. Nov. #498. October 5, 1931.
Osten Sacken, C.R. 1859. New genera and species of North American tipulidae with short

palpi, with an attempt at a new classification of the tribe. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,

Philadelphia. 1859: 197-256.
Pennak, R.W. 1953. Fresh-water invertebrates of the United States. Ronald Press Co.,

N.Y. ix + 769 pp.
Resh, V.H. 1984. Distribution of shore bugs and shore flies at Sylvan Springs, Yellowstone

National Park, USA. Great Basin Nat. 44(1): 99-103.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 71

FIRST RECORD OF CAMPODEA (S. STR.)
PEMPTVROCHAETA (DIPLURA: CAMPODEIDAE)
FROM NORTH AMERICA 1

Robert T. Allen 2

ABSTRACT: Campodea (s. sir.) pempturochaeta, previously recorded from Italy, Spain
and Algeria, is reported for the first time in North America (Delaware, New Castle Co.,
Middle Run Nature Area near Newark). A brief description and illustrations of the more
pertinent characters are given. Also collected at the same locality was the dipluran
Eumesocampa frigillis (Hilton) representing a new state record for this species.

Eighteen species and four subspecies of Diplura in the nominate
subgenus Campodea have been recorded from North America (Allen,
1993, ms). Only six of these Campodea (s. str.) species have been
recorded east of the Mississippi River Valley: C. fragilis Meinert; C.
lubbocki Silvestri; C. ludoviciana Conde and Geeraert; C. meinerti
Bagnall; C. plusiochaeta (Silvestri); C. rhopalota Dennis. The remaining
twelve species and four subspecies of Campodea are western, with the
majority known only from California.

Of the six Campodea species recorded from eastern North America
C. fragilis is the most wide spread being found in Connecticut, Illinois,
Kentucky, Massachusetts, New York, New Jersey, Ohio and in a number
of western states. Campodea ludoviciana has been recorded only from
St. Charles Parish in Louisiana. Campodea lubbocki and C. meinerti
have been recorded from single localities in Massachusetts, and C.
rhopalota from one locality in western New York (Conde. 1973). The
latter three species had previously been known only from Europe. To
this list of European species now known from North America may be
added Campodea (s. sir.) pempturochaeta Silvestri.

Collections made during October and November, 1992 and March.
1993, from Middle Run Nature Area near Newark, Delaware (New
Castle Co.) produced a large number of Symphyla (Allen and Walther,
1993) and a much smaller number of Diplura. Only two Diplura species,
C. pempturochaeta and Eumesocampa fragillis (Hilton), were collected.
A total of eight adults and forty immatures of C. pempturochaeta were
collected from leaf litter samples. Two specimens of E. frigillis were
hand collected beneath rocks. This latter species had previously been
recorded from Maryland, New York, Ohio and Pennsylvania (Conde,

1 Received April 6, 1993. Accepted June 22, 1993.

2 Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of Delaware, Newark,
DE 19717-1301.

ENT. NEWS 105(2): 71-78. March & April, 1994

72 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1973). In comparison, four species of Symphyla in four different genera
(over 250 specimens) have been identified from the leaf litter samples
(Allen and Walther, 1993).

METHODS AND MATERIALS

Forty-eight specimens of C. pempturochaeta (8 adults, 40 imma-
tures) were collected from leaf litter samples. All specimens, including
the two E. frigillis specimens, were initially collected in 70% ethyl alco-
hol and held until mounted on microscope slides. The mounting medi-
um used for slide preparation was a commercially available Polyvinyl
alcohol, phenol and lactic acid mixture. Clearing the specimens before
mounting is seldom necessary with Campodeidae.

Illustrations were prepared using a drawing tube attached to a
Nikon microscope. Measurements were made using the Jandel Video
Analysis Software (JAVA) package and are in millimeters (mm.).

The following is a brief description of C. pempturochaeta, accompa-
nied by illustrations, that will assist in the recognition of the species.

Campodea pempturochaeta Silvestri 1912:128

Measurements (in millimeters based on the 8 adult specimens). Total length: adults,
males, 3.01 (2.85-3.1 1); females, 3.62 (3.15-3.92); immatures vary greatly in size depending
on the age but are generally much smaller (1.43) than the adults and with fewer setae.
Ratios combine male and female data. Head, length to width: .88. The following ratios are
the length of the lateral posterior macrochaeta (Ip) to the distance between Ip's: prono-
tum, .56; mesonotum, .40; metanotum, .43; tergite V, .40; tergite VI, .35.

Head, Fig. 1. Moderately setose; cranial sutures distinct; mouth parts and ventral setae
normal for the subgenus.

Thorax, Figs 2, 5-7. Pro- (Fig. 2), meso- (Fig.6) and metanota (Fig. 7) with 3 + 3, 3 + 3 and
2 + 2 macrochaetae respectively; surface moderately setose; 3-4 outer setae on posterior
margin between Ip's short, distinctly barbed (Fig. 2).

Antennae, Figs 3-4. Number of segments in adults uncertain, 21 segments in one specimen;
two trichobothria on dorsum of segments III-VI (Fig. 3); apical segment elongate with
cupiliform organ.

Abdomen, Figs. 9-10. All tergites without a pair of median anterior setae (ma) (Figs. 9-10);
la and Ip beginning on tergite V (Fig. 10). Sternum I: males with distinct glandular setae
(Fig. 8) arranged in two irregular rows along the posterior margin, setae numbering about
50-60; lateral subcoxal organs large, with glandular setae and elongate setae (Fig. 8), api-
cal segment distinctly articulated with basal area. Additional sternites normal for the sub-
genus (Figs. 12-13).

Immatures, Figs. 14-16. Much smaller than the adults and sparsely setose. The /p's on the
nota and abdominal tergites present.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994

Figures 1-4. Campodea pempturochaeta. (1) Head, dorsal. (2) Pronotum. (3-4) Antennal
segments III-IV showing insertion of phaneres, trichohothria and hasilliform sensillum;
(3) dorsal; (4) ventral, ma = median anterior macrochaeta, la = lateral anterior macro-
chaeta, lp = lateral posterior macrochaeta, Tr - trichohothria.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figures 5-8. Campodea pempturochaeta. (5) Mesonotum. (6) Intersclerite between
mesonotum and metanotum. (7) Metanotum. (8) Sternum of abdominal segment I. gs =
glandular setae.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994

x / \ i " i ''

ill

Mi'A/iiffS

toil A/// ;'//

Figures 9-11. Campodea pempturochaeta. (9) Tergitcs I-II. (10) Tcrgitcs IV-V. (11)
Cercus. mss = median anterior small setae, lass = lateral anterior small setae.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figures 12-13. Campodea pempturochaeta. (12) Sternite IV. (13) Sternite VIII including
the male genital area, st = abdominal stylus.

DISCUSSION

Campodea pempturochaeta was first described as a subspecies of C.
fragilis by Silvestri (1912) from Naples, Italy. Subsequently the taxon
was raised to a full species (Wygodzinsky, 1941) and recorded from
Spain and Algeria (Conde, 1948; Pack, 1967). This is the first record of
the species from North America. Campodea pempturochaeta closely
resembles C. fragilis but may be easily recognized by the presence of an
Ip and la macrochaeta on abdominal tergite V.

The question arises as to whether North American C. pempturo-
chaeta are different from European populations. Based on comparison
with the literature description, the two populations appear to be the
same species (Silvestri, 1912). This was also apparently true for the

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994

Figures 14-16. Campodea pempturochaeta, immature form, dorsum. (14) Head, throaxic
nota I, II, III and tergite I. (15) Tergites II-X. (16) Cerci.

other three Campodea species (C. lubbocki, C. meinerti, C. rhopalota)
previously known from Europe but recorded from localities in Massa-
chusetts and New York by Conde (1973). This raises the question of
whether or not these species, and perhaps others, are historical intro-
ductions from Europe. Lindroth (1967) discussed the possible introduc-
tion of 375-417 species of animals into North America from Europe.
Some of the introduced insect species were apparently brought over in
the ballast of sailing ships during the 19th Century. If the four Campo-
dea species are not artificial introductions, then they represent species
with very wide geographical distributions. If they originally represented

78 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

four wide spread species on the former Euro-America segment of
Laurasia prior to the opening of the North Atlantic 65 million years
ago, they have changed very little, at least in their external anatomical
structure, during the intervening long period of isolation. The paucity
of collecting records and knowledge about the Diplura and most of the
Apterygota in general, prevents conjecture at this time.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I wish to thank Denise Walther for her diligent work collecting, inventorying and
preparing the insects from Middle Run Nature Area. T. K. Wood and D. W. Tallamy
read the manuscript and offered helpful suggestions.

LITERATURE CITED

Allen, R. T., 1993. An Annotated Checklist and distribution records of the subfamily

Campodeiinae in North America (Insecta: Diplura). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. (in

press).
Allen, R. T. & D. A. Walther, 1993. A new species and new records of Symphyla from

Delaware (Arthropoda: Myriapoda: Symphyla). Entomol. News, (in press).
Conde, B., 1948. Campodeides d'Algerie. Bull. Soc. Entomol. France. 52:144-146.
Conde, B., 1973. Campodeides endoges de Test des Etats-Unis. Soc. Linne. Lyon.

42:17-29.
Lindroth, C. H., 1967. The Faunal Connections between Europe and North America.

John Wiley & Sons, New York. 344 pp.
Silvestri, F., 1912. Contribuzione alia conoscenza dei Campodeidae (Thysanura)

d'Europa. Boll. Lab. Zool. General e Agraria, Portici, 6:110-147.
Paclt, J., 19.57. Diplura. In P. Wytsman, Genera Insectorum de fasc. 212E, 123 pp.,

Crainhem, Belgium.
Wygodzinsky, P., 1941. Ueber eine neue Campodea und eine neue Lepismachilis aus

Sudeeuropa. Entomol. Medd. 22:137-141.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 79

BOOK REVIEW

WRENSCH, D.L. & M.A. EBBERT. 1991. EVOLUTION AND DI-
VERSITY OF SEX RATIO IN INSECTS AND MITES. Chapman &
Hall, NY. 630 pp. $49.00 (paper), $97.95 (hard cover).

Workers in several branches of entomology (e.g. biological control, reproductive biol-
ogy, apiculture, etc.) have long been aware that many insects and mites do not have the one
female: one male sex ratio that is common among animals. Some species are 100% female,
some can control the sex of their progeny, while the sex of others are regulated by envi-
ronmental factors such as daylength, temperature, or food quality. Unfortunately, the
causes and mechanisms for exceptional sex ratios are unknown for some species, and con-
fusing and complex for others. This book is a valuable reference for entomologists who
wish to understand the latest developments on this subject.

There are 28 authors of the 17 chapters in the book. About two thirds of the authors
are from the U.S., and the rest are from seven other countries.

To summarize the contents of this large book in the space available here, I've listed the
chapter titles and authors: 1) Phylogenetic perspectives on genetic systems and reproduc-
tive modes of mites: Norton, Kethley, Johnston, & O'Connor; 2) Patterns of reproduction
in insects: Suomalainen & Saura; 3) Evolutionary flexibility through haploid males or how
chance favors the prepared genome: Wrensch; 4) Endosymbiotic sex ratio distorters in
insects and mites: Ebbert; 5) Evolution of sex determination and sex ratio within the mite
cohort Tarsonemina: Kaliszewski & Wrensch; 6) Sex allocation ratio selection in
Thysanoptera: Crespi; 7) Ecology and evolution of biased sex ratios in bark and ambrosia
beetles: Kirkendall; 8) Evolution of sex ratio variation in aphids: Moran; 9) Sex allocation
in social insects: problems in prediction and estimation; Crozier & Pamilo; 10) Male
parentage and sexual deception in the social Hymenoptera: Nonacs; 11) Sex ratio and vir-
ginity in haplodiploid insects: Godfray & Hardy; 12) Sex ratio manipulation by parasitic
wasps: King; 13) Sex determination and sex ratio patterns in parasitic Hymenoptera: Luck,
Stouthamer, & Nunney; 14) Sex ratio evolution in parasitic wasps: Orzack; 15) Sex alloca-
tion and pseudoarrhenotoky in phytoseiid mites: Sabelis & Nagelkerke; 16) Alteration of
sex ratios of parasitoids for use in biological control: Hall; and 17) Quantitative genetics
applied to haplodiploid insects and mites: Margolies & Cox.

This is a large book, with advanced terminology and discussions of complex phenom-
ena. Most readers will welcome the 1 1-page glossary of terms, and the indices to authors
cited, taxonomic names, and subjects are also helpful. 1 recommend this book to libraries
used by graduate students and teachers, and to researchers who are working on sex ratios.

W. H. Day.
USDA-ARS-BIRL, Newark, DE

80 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NEW RECORDS OF STONEFLIES
(PLECOPTERA) FROM PENNSYLVANIA 1

Jane Earle 2

ABSTRACT: Fourteen species of Plecoptera, Allocapnia aurora, A. simmonsi,
Paraleuctra sara, Ostrocerca albidipennis, O. prolongata, Prostoia completa, P. similis,
Bolotoperla rossi, Oemopteryx contorta, Taenionema allanticum, Taeniopteryx ugola,
Acroneuria filicis, Agnetina flavescens and Hansonoperla appalachia are reported for the
first time from Pennsylvania. Two additional species, Diploperla duplicata and Agnetina
capitata are confirmed for the state. Alloperla neglecta, Isogenoides doratus and Yugus ari-
nus are deleted from the state list. With these additions and deletions, the number of
species known from Pennsylvania is 113.

Surdick and Kim (1976) published a synopsis of the stoneflies of
Pennsylvania, listing 90 species. Stark et al. (1986) and Stewart and
Stark (1988) listed 95 species as having been recorded from Penn-
sylvania, adding Alloperla concolor Ricker, A. vostoki Ricker, Sweltsa
onkos (Ricker), Utaperla gaspesiana Harper and Roy, Malirekus iro-
quois Stark and Szczytko and Yugus arinus (Prison); substituting
Agnetina anmdipes (Hagen) for Agnetina capitata (Pictet), Diploperla
robusta Stark and Gaufin for D. duplicata (Banks); and deleting
Paragnetina fumosa (Banks). Other species additions have been
Alloperla chloris Prison, A. irnbecilla (Say) and A. lisa Ricker from
Surdick (1985); Perlesta nitida Banks from Stark (1989), and Perlinella
drymo (Newman) from Kondratieff et al., (1987), putting the state total
at 100. Alloperla neglecta Prison, Isogenoides doratus (Prison) and Yugus
arinus (Prison) have been previously reported in error and should be
deleted from the state list.

I have in my collection 14 additional species from Pennsylvania
which represent new state records. With these additions, confirmations
and deletions, the new state total is 113.

The following is a list of the new species records, counties, streams,
dates of collection and the collector. COLLECTORS: Michael D.
Bilger (MDB), Jane I. Earle (JIE), Gregory A. Hoover (GAH),
Lawrence L. Jackson (LLJ). Identifications were of adult males unless
otherwise stated. Listed ranges are from Stark et al. (1986).

1 Received August 17, 1993. Accepted November 4, 1993

^ Department of Environmental Resources, Bureau of Mining and Reclamation, P.O. Box
8461, Harrisburg, PA, 17105-8461

ENT. NEWS 105(2): 80-84, March & April, 1994

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 81

Capniidae

Allocapnia aurora Ricker: Adams Co. Carbaugh Run, 17 February 1992 (JIE);
Cumberland Co. Mountain Creek, 23 January 1993, (LLJ) and Toms Run, 23 January
1993 (LLJ); York Co. Muddy Creek, 3 February 1993 (MDB).

These records represent a northern range extension for this species,
previously known from Maryland south to Alabama.

Allocapnia simmonsi Kondratieff and Voshell: Yellow Breeches Creek, Huntsdale, 8
March 1993 (JIE); Dauphin Co. Swatara Creek, Middletown, 24 March, 1993 (JIE).

This rare winter stonefly has previously been known only from two
sites in Montgomery County, Virginia and is considered endangered in
Virginia (Kondratieff and Kirchner, 1991).

Leuctridae

Paraleuctra sara (Claassen): Cambria Co. Laurel Run, 10 April 1990 (JIE); Columbia Co.
Fishing Creek, 30 April 1977 (JIE); Cumberland Co. Cold Spring Run, 19 April 1993
(JIE); Fayette Co. unnamed tributary to Youghiogheny River, 7 May 1978 (JIE);
Huntingdon Co. Standing Stone Creek, 7 April 1992 (LLJ); Jefferson Co. Clover Run, 23
April 1986 (JIE); Lawrence Co. unnamed Tributary to Hell Run, 15 April 1980 (JIE);
Luzerne Co. Kitchen Creek, 12 April 1977 (JIE); Perry Co. McCabe Run. 11 April 1993
(JIE); Sullivan Co. West Branch Fishing Creek, 17 April 1977 (LLJ): Union Co. Cherry
Run, 11 April 1977 (LLJ).

It is surprising that this spring species, known from Quebec to South
Carolina, has not been previously reported. Although having a wide-
spread distribution in Pennsylvania, nymphs are rarely collected in ben-
thic samples and are likely part of the hyporheos. In Pennsylvania, adults
have most commonly been collected from first through third order cool
streams, many of which are affected by acid precipitation.

Nemouridae

Ostrocerca albidipennis (Walker): Dauphin Co. Clark Creek, 10 May 1993 (JIE); Franklin
Co. unnamed tributary to Conodoguinet Creek, 16 May 1993 (JIE); Potter Co. Black
Stump Hollow, 12 May 1993 (LLJ).

This species has previously been reported from Connecticut, Massa-
chusetts, Maine, New Hampshire, New York, Virginia, Nova Scotia,
Ontario and Quebec.

Ostrocerca prolongata (Claassen): Tioga Co. Babb Creek, 20 May 1992 (JIE).

Babb Creek receives acid mine drainage from abandoned deep
mines. A pH of 5.2 was recorded at the time of collection. Stark et ul.
(1986) and Young et al. (1989) previously listed this species from
Quebec, Ontario, Delaware, Maine, New Hampshire, New York,
Virginia and West Virginia. These Ostrocerca records confirm the pres-
ence of all four eastern Ostrocerca species in Pennsylvania.

82 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Prostoia completa (Walker): Dauphin Co. Powell Creek, female, 10 May 1993, (JIE) and
Susquehanna River, 25 March 1992 (JIE); Lancaster Co. Bowery Run and West Branch
Octoraro Creek, 21 March 1992 (LLJ); Potter Co. First Fork Sinnemahoning Creek, 9 May

1992 (LLJ).

This species ranges from Quebec to Minnesota and south to South
Carolina.

Prostoia similis (Hagen): Cumberland Co. Doubling Gap Run, 18 April 1993 (JIE);
Perry Co. McCabe Run, female, 15 May 1993 (JIE) and Tuscarora Creek, female, 18 April

1993 (JIE).

This species of Prostoia has a range similar to that of P. completa.

Taeniopterygidae:

Bolotoperla rossi (Prison): Dauphin Co. Powell Creek, 10 May 1993 (JIE).

This species is considered to be rare and has been previously re-
ported from Maine, North Carolina, New Hampshire, Virginia, West
Virginia and Quebec.

Oemopteryx contorta (Needham and Claassen): Cumberland Co. Mountain Creek, 28
February 1992 (LLJ) and Toms Run, 8 March 1992 (JIE).

This species has previously been reported from Connecticut, Ken-
tucky, Massachusetts, Maine, New Hampshire, Tennessee, Virginia and
West Virginia.

Taenionema atlanticum Ricker and Ross: Luzerne Co. Kitchen Creek, 12 April 1977
(JIE); Perry Co. McCabe Run, (JIE); Potter Co. East Fork Sinnemahoning Creek, 13 May
1992 (LLJ); Union Co. Cherry Run, 11 April 1977 (LLJ); Sullivan Co. West Branch
Fishing Creek, 17 April 1977 (JIE).

This species ranges from Quebec to Newfoundland and south to
Tennessee.

Taeniopteryx ugola Ricker and Ross: Cambria Co. Roaring Run, 7 April 1992 (JIE);
Cumberland Co. Cold Spring Run, 5 February 1993 (LLJ), Mountain Creek, 14 February
1992 (JIE) and Toms Run, 22 February 1992 (JIE).

These records represent a northern range extension. Previous rec-
ords were from Georgia, Kentucky, Tennessee, Virginia and West
Virginia.

Perlidae:

Acroneuria filicis Prison: Dauphin Co. at light. Dauphin, PA, 26 June 1992, female
(GAH).

This species was previously reported from Illinois through Maryland,
south to Arkansas and South Carolina.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 83

Agnetina capitata (Pictet): Blair Co. South Poplar Run, 28 June 1978 (LLJ); Cumberland
Co. Yellow Breeches Creek, 11 July 1992 (JIE); Dauphin Co. Susquehanna River, 18 June
1992 , female (JIE).

Surdick and Kim listed A. capitata (as Phasganophora) as occurring
in Pennsylvania. This, however, was prior to the publication of Stark's
(1986) revision and may have been a mixture of all three species.
Stewart and Stark (1988) listed A. annulipes as occurring in Penn-
sylvania based on specimens studied during Stark's (1986) revision.
These records confirm the presence of A. capitata in Pennsylvania.

Agnetina flavescens (Walsh): Dauphin Co. Susquehanna River, 12 June 1992 (JIE);
Lehigh Co. Ontelaunee Creek, 8 June 1976 (JIE).

These records confirm the presence of all three species of Agnetina
in Pennsylvania.

Hansonoperla appalachia Nelson: Cambria Co. Unnamed Tributary to Laurel Run, 1 1
April 1990, nymph (JIE); Tioga Co. Babb Creek, 20 May 1992, nymph (JIE).

Both of these streams are acidic. Babb Creek receives acid mine
drainage from abandoned coal mines. The pH was 5.2 at the time of col-
lection. The Laurel Run tributary is in a forested watershed affected by
chronic acidity from atmospheric deposition; pH's ranged from 4.8 to 5.5
during 1990. This rare species has previously been reported from
Alabama, Kentucky, Massachusetts, South Carolina, Tennessee and
West Virginia.

Perlodidae

Diploperla duplicata (Banks): Cumberland Co. Mountain Creek, 4 July 1992 (JIE);
Dauphin Co. Clark Creek, 26 June 1992 (GAH).

Surdick and Kim (1976) included D. duplicata (Banks) as occurring
in Pennsylvania; however, their records may have included both D.
duplicata and D. robusta. Stark and Gaufin's (1975) revision of Diplo-
perla may not have been completed prior to the preparation of Surdick
and Kim's manuscript. Later publications (Masteller, 1983. Stark et til..
1986, and Stewart and Stark, 1988) listed D. robusta, not D. duplicata
from Pennsylvania. My records confirm D. duplicata as part of the
Pennsylvania fauna.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank Boris C. Kondratieff and Ralph F. Kirchner for verifying species
identifications and reviewing the manuscript. Bill P. Stark verified identifications of
Agnetina and Acroneuria. I would also like to thank my husband, Lawrence L. Jackson, for
his encouragement and assistance in collection of material.

84 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Kondratieff, B. C. and R. F. Kirchner. 1991. Stoneflies. pp. 221-224 in Virginia's

Endangered Species. K. Terwilliger (ed). McDonald and Woodward Publ. Co.,

Blacksburg, Virginia.
Kondratieff, B. C., R. F. Kirchner and K.W. Stewart. 1987. A review of Perlinella Banks.

Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 81:19-27.

Kondratieff, B. C. and J. R. Voshell, Jr. 1979. Allocapnia simmonsi, a new species of win-
ter stonefly (Plecoptera: Capniidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 74:58-59.
Masteller, E. C. 1983. Emergence phenology of Plecoptera from Sixmile Creek, Erie

County, Pennsylvania, USA. Aquatic Insects 5: 1-8.

Stark, B. P. 1986. The Nearctic species of Agnetina. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 59:437-445.
Stark, B. P. 1989. Perlesta placida (Hagen), an eastern Nearctic species complex. Entomol.

Scand. 20:263-286.
Stark, B. P. and A. R. Gaufln. 1975. The Genus Diploperla (Plecoptera: Perlodidae). J.

Kansas Entomol. Soc. 47:433-436.
Stark, B. P., S. W. Szczytko and R. W. Baumann. 1986. North American Stoneflies.

(Plecoptera), systematics, distribution and taxonomic references. Great Basin Nat.

46:383-397.
Stewart, K. W. and B. P. Stark. 1988. Nymphs of North American stonefly genera

(Plecoptera). Thomas Say Found. Entomol. Soc. Am. 12:1-460.
Surdick, R. F. 1985. Nearctic genera of Chloroperlidae (Plecoptera: Chloroperlidae).

Illinois Biological Monographs 54.
Surdick, R. F. and K. C. Kim. 1976. Stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Pennsylvania-A Synopsis.

Bull. Penn. State University Coll. Agric. 808:9-73.
Young, D. C., B. C. Kondratieff and R. F. Kirchner. 1989. Description of male Oslrocerca

Ricker (Plecoptera: Nemouridae) using the scanning electron microscope. Proc.

Entomol. Soc. Wash. 91:257-268.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 85

NEW PREY RECORDS FOR PROCTACANTHUS

(DIPTERA: ASILIDAE)
WITH COMMENTS ON PREY CHOICE 1 ' 2

R. J. Lavigne 3 , C. R. Nelson 4 , E. T. Schreiber 5

ABSTRACT: New prey records (n=239) for the following species of Proctacanthus in
North American collections are listed: P. coquillettii, P. longus, P. micans, P. nearno, P.
nigriventris, P. occidentalis, P. philadelphicus, and P. rodecki. Prey were most often record-
ed for P. milbertii (n=129); these prey represented 7 insect orders and 17 families.

Over the course of several years, miscellaneous records of attacks
by asilids of the genus Proctacanthus on miscellaneous insects have been
observed by the authors and the prey collected. Additionally, in the
course of his revision of the genus, Dr. Nelson has made note of insects
pinned as prey beneath asilids in the collections he has identified. These
records are listed below. Sex of the prey, where noted, follows the sci-
entific name or collecting site; sex of the predator is indicated in paren-
thesis following the date.

Because of the large number of records encompassed by this accu-
mulation of data, it was felt it would be of little use to list the complete
data unless the prey item was identified to genus and/or species. Con-
sequently, data incorporating only Order/Family, State where collected
and sex of predator in parenthesis have been included in Table 1.
Cumulative data is presented in Tables 2 and 3.

Proctacanthus coquillettii Hine

Hymenoptera: Apidae

Apis mellifera L., California: Imperial Co., Glamis, 4 mi NW, sand hills; IX-3-81 (9); E.M.
Fisher, coll.; Mexico: Baja California, San Quintin, 20 km S, El Socorro Sand Dunes;
V-23-88 (9); E.M. Fisher, coll.

Hymenoptera: Sphecidae

Ammophila sp., California: San Bernardino Co., Kelso, 2 mi S; VI-30-78 (9); J. Powell, coll.

1 Received May 14, 1993. Accepted October 3, 1993

Published with the approval of the Director, Wyoming Agricultural Experiment Station
as Journal Article No. JA 1695

Entomology Section, Department of Plant, Soil and Insect Sciences, University of
Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 82071

^ Department of Zoology, The University of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX 78712

John A. Mulrennan, Sr. Research Laboratory, Florida A & M University, 4000 Frank-
ford Ave., Panama Citv, FL 32405

ENT. NEWS 105(2): 85-97, March & April, 1994

86 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Proctacanthus longus Wiedemann

Hymenoptera: Apidae

Bombus sp., Florida: Palm Beach Co., SR 441, 2mi N Co. line; V-15-31 (9); (? coll.)

Proctacanthus micans Schiner

Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae

Sphaeridium scarabaeoides (L.), Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N, Pawnee Nat'l
Grasslands (IBP site); VII-30-81 (29 9), VIII-2-81 (9), VIII-6-81 (d); E. Schreiber,
coll.

Diptera: Asilidae

Megaphorus guildianus (Williston), Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N, Pawnee Nat'l

Grasslands (IBP site); VII-26-76 (9); R. Lavigne, coll.
Ospriocerus abdominalis (Say), Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N, Pawnee Nat'l

Grasslands (IBP site); VIII-1-81 (9); E. Schreiber, coll.
Proctacanthus micans Schiner, Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N, Pawnee Nat'l

Grasslands (IBP site); VII-31-81 (d), VIII-2-81 (d); E. Schreiber, coll.
Scleropogon picticornis Loew, Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N, Pawnee Nat'l

Grasslands (IBP site); VIII-2-81 (d,9); E. Schreiber, coll. VIII-04-81 (29 9); E.

Schreiber, coll.

Heteroptera: Lygaeidae
Lvgaeus reclivatus (Say), Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N, Pawnee Nat'l Grasslands

(IBP site); VIII-2-81 (9); E. Schreiber, coll.

Heteroptera: Pentatomidae

Codophila remota (Horvath), Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N, Pawnee Nat'l Grasslands
(IBP site); VIII-4-81 (9); E. Schreiber, coll.

Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae

Synhalonia sp., Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N, Pawnee Nat'l Grasslands (IBP site);
VII-30-81 (9); E. Schreiber, coll.

Hymenoptera: Halictidae

Agapostemon virescens (Fabricius), Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N, Pawnee Nat'l
Grasslands (IBP site); VI 11-28-68 (d); R. Lavigne, coll.

Hymenoptera: Pompilidae

Cryptocheilus terminatum (Say), Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N, Pawnee Nat'l
'Grasslands (IBP site); VII-30-81 (9); E. Schreiber, coll.

Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae

Lycaeides melissa melissa (Edwards), Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N, Pawnee Nat'l
" Grasslands (IBP site); VIII-2-81 (d); E. Schreiber, coll.

Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae

Vanessa sp.. New Mexico: Lucy; VI I- 17-32 (9); C.W. Sabrosky, coll.

Neuroptera: Myrmeleontidae

Hesperoleon nigrilabris (Hagen), Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N, Pawnee Nat'l
Grasslands (IBP site); VII-30-81 (9); E. Schreiber, coll.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 87

Orthoptera: Acrididae

Arphia pseudonietana (Thomas), Utah: Washington Co., above Zion National Park,

Crystal Creek at jet. with Deep Creek; IX-21-82 (of); C.R. Nelson, coll.
Melanoplus infantilis Scudder, Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N; VIII-6-81 (d); E.

Schreiber, coll.
Melanoplus sanquinipes (Fabricius), Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N; VI1-31-81 (9); E.

Schreiber, coll.
Trachyrachys kiowa (Thomas), Colorado: Weld Co., Nunn, 7 mi N; V1I-31-81 (9); E.

Schreiber, coll.
Trimerotropis gracilis (Thomas), Colorado: Alamosa Co., Great Sand Dunes Nat. Mon.

T27S R73W Sec. 15; VII-30-77; P.M. Brown, coll.

Proctacanthus milbertii Macquart

Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae

Aphodius haemorrhoidalis L., Wyoming: Guernsey, 7 mi W; d; Frederick Ranch; VIII-20-

76 (9); GSA 1; VI 1-25-70; R.E. Pfadt, coll.
Euphoria inda (L.), Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts"; VIII-22-91 (d);

R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Diptera: Asilidae
Diogmites angustipennis Loew, Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts";

VI 1 1-26-91 (d); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
Efferia helenae (Bromley), Wyoming: Guernsey, 7 mi W, Frederick Ranch; VI 1 1-4-60;

VIII-16-61 (d), IX-07-64 (9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Efferia sp., Wyoming: Guernsey, 7 mi W, Frederick Ranch; VIII-24-61; R.J. Lavigne, coll.
Megaphorus guildianus (Williston), Wyoming: Platte Co., Wheatland, 37 km N; VIII-16-73

(d); VII-31-74 (9); D.S. Dennis, coll.

Guernsey, 7 mi W; VII-29-60 (299); VIII-4-60 (d); VIII-12-60 (9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Wyoming: Wheatland, 37 km N; VI 1 1-24-67 (9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
Ospriocerus latipennis (Loew), Wyoming: Glendo, 7 mi S; VI 1 1-20-59 (9); R.J. Lavigne,

coll.
Proctacanthus milbertii Macquart, Wyoming: Guernsey, 7 mi W, Frederick Ranch; VIII-

11-61; R.J. Lavigne, coll. (prey was 9, sex of predator ?);

Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts"; VIII-20-91 (9 took d); R.J.
Lavigne, coll.

Canada, Manitoba: Bald Hills, Glenboro, 13 mi N; VIII-18-58, J.G. Chillcott, coll. (9

took 9)
Scleropogon covote (Bromley), Wyoming: Glendo, 7 mi S; VII1-12-64 (d); R.J. Lavigne,

coll.
Scleropogon sp., Kansas: 2800'; VI 1-27-1 1 (d,9); F.X. Williams, coll.

Hcmiptera: Alydidae

Alydus sp., nr. pilosulus Herrich-Schaeffer, Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail
Ruts"; VI 1 1-22-91 (d); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Hymcnoplcra: Anthophoridae

Melissodes sp., Wyoming: Wheatland, T24N R65W Sec 13; VIII-17-74 (9); R.J. Lavigne,
coll.

88 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Hymenoptera: Apidae

Apis mellifera L., Wyoming: Platte Co., Wheatland, 37 km N; worker; VIII-16-64 (cf); R.J.
Lavigne, F. Holland, coll.

worker; IX-17-73 (9); G. Sharafi, coll.

worker; VI 1-27-74 (5 records); R. Lavigne, coll.

worker; VII-31-74 (4 records); R. Lavigne, coll.
Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts", worker; VIII-26-91 (9); R.J.

Lavigne, coll.

Bombus sp., Wyoming: Platte Co., Wheatland, 37 km N; VIII-10-61 (9, in copula); R.J.
Lavigne, coll.

VIII-10-61 (9); in copula); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

VIII-17-61 (9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

VIII-18-61 (9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

VIII-23-61 (9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts", 3 workers; VIII-26-91 (399, one

in copula); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
Canada, Ontario: Simcoe Co., Tiny Twp., Cawaja Beach; VI 1 1-15-68 (9); J.C.E. Riotte,

coll.
Mellisodes obliqua (Say), Kansas: Scott Co., 2970'; (? date) (9); F.X. Williams, coll.

Hymenoptera: Colletidae

Colletessp. (399), Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts"; VIII-26-91 (399);
R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Hymenoptera: Halictidae

Halictus sp. (9), Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts"; VIII-26-91 (9);
R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Hymenoptera: Sphecidae

Ammophila sp., Texas: Brazos Co., College Station; VIII-23-33 (9); H.J. Reinhard, coll.

Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae

Myzinum quinquecinctum (F.), Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, 7 mi W; VIII-4-60; R.J.
Lavigne, coll.; Wheatland; VI 1-28-74 (9); D.S. Dennis, coll. Guernsey, "Oregon Trail
Ruts"; VIII-20-91 (2cfd); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Hymenoptera: Vespidae

Polistes sp., Canada, British Columbia, Oliver; VI-22-22 (9); P.N. Vroom, coll.

Ohio: Williams Co, Saint Joseph Tp.; IX-1-32 (9); H. Price, coll.

Washington: Spokane Co., Spokane; VIII-27-31-56 (9); L.A. Stange, coll.
Pterocheilus quinquefasciatus Say, Wyoming: Platte Co., Wheatland; VII-27-74; R.

Lavigne, coll.

Lepidoptera: Noctuidae

Drasteria sp., prob. howlandi (Grote), Wyoming: Platte Co., Wheatland, T25N R65W Sec
4; VII-6-74; R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae

Junonia coenia (Hubner), Virginia: Chesterfield, Hoods, Richmond; VIII-28-28 (9); (?

coll.)
Vanessa cardui (L.), Kansas: Clark Co., 1950'; VIII-20-1 1 (?,9); F.X. Williams, coll.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 89

Lepidoptera: Pieridae

Pontia protodice (Boisduval & LeConte), Colorado: Burlington, S of; VI 1-27-33; H.G.
Rodeck & M.T. James, coll.

Orthoptera: Acrididae

Ageneotettix deorum (Scudder), Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts";
2dd, VIII-26-91 (2dd); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
d; VIII-22-91 (9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
9; VIII-22-91 (d); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Wyoming: Platte Co.: Wheatland, T25N R65W Sec 4; VI 1-6-74; R. Lavigne (coll.)
Amphitornus coloradus (Thomas), Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts",
9; VIII-20-91 (9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
d; VIII-22-91 (d); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
d; VIII-26-91 (d); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Aidocara elliotti (Thomas), Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, 7 mi W, Frederick Ranch;
VIII-11-61; R.J. Lavigne, coll.; Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts",
d; VIII-20-91 (d); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Melanoplus angustipennis (Dodge), Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts",
2dd; VIII-20-91 (d,9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
2dd; VIII-22-91 (29 9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
9; VIII-22-91 (9, in copula); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
d; VIII-22-91 (9, in copula); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
d; VIII-26-91 (9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Melanoplus femurrubrum (DeGeer), Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts'.'
2dd; VIII-22-91 (2dd); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
d; VIII-22-91 (9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
9; VIII-22-91 (d); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Melanoplus gladstoni Scudder, Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts",
d, nymph; VIII-20-91 (d, 9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
d, 9; VIII-22-91 (d, 9, in copula); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Melanoplus occidentalis (Thomas), Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey. 7 mi W, Frederick
Ranch;

VIII-20-76; R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts", d, 9; VIII-20-91 (2dd); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
Melanoplus sanguinipes (Fabricius), Wyoming: Platte Co., Guernsey, "Oregon Trail
Ruts",

9; VIII-20-91 (9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
2dd; VIII-22-91 (29 9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
9; VIII-22-91 (9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.
Wheatland; VI 1 1-18-64. (9); R. Lavigne (coll.)
Hadrotettix trifasciatus (Say), d, Wyoming: Guernsey, "Oregon Trail Ruts"; VIII-22-91

(9); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

Spharagemon (Trimerotropis) campestris (McNeil), d, Wyoming: Guernsey, "Oregon Trail
Ruts"; VIII-22-91 (9, in copula); R.J. Lavigne, coll.

90 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Proctacanthus nearno Martin

Diptera: Apioceridae

Apiocera sp., Nevada: Clark Co., Mesquite; VIII-30-59 (rf); F.D. Parker, coll.

Hymenoptera: Apidae

Apis mellifera L., Arizona: Navajo Co., Leroux Wash, Holbrook, 1 mi N, 5075'; VI-25-66

(9); Davidsons & M. Cazier, coll.
New Mexico: Hidalgo Co., Post office Canyon; VIII-8-65 (9); Davidsons & M. Cazier,

coll.
Utah: Millard Co., Delta; VII-9-47 (9), VII-30-49 (9), VI1I-13-64 (9); G.E. Bohart,

coll.
Mexico: Coahuila, across from Langtry; V-18-67 (9); E.E. Remington, coll.

Proctacanthus nigriventris Macquart

Hymenoptera: Vespidae

Vespttla sp.. South Carolina: Horry Co., Myrtle Beach; VI-18-82 (d); F. Genier, coll.

Proctacanthus occidentalis Hine

Diptera: Apioceridae

Apiocera sp., California: Mono Co., Mono Lake, shore, SW corner, 6420'; VIII-18-62 (9);
H.B. Leech, coll.

Diptera: Asilidae

Mallophora fautrix, California: Riverside Co., Riverside; IX-01-35 (d); Timberlake, coll.

Heteroptera: Alydidae

Alydus sp., California: Contra Costa Co., Antioch; VI 11-05-51 (d); J.C. Hall, coll.
Riverside Co., San Jacinto Mts.; VII-9-30 (cf); E.A. Dodge, coll.

Hymenoptera: Apidae

Apis mellifera L., California: Fresno Co., Kingsburg; VIII-26-52 (9); (? coll.)

Merced Co., Dos Palos; VII-15-47 (9); R.E. Beer, coll.

Tuolumne Co., Browns Meadow; VIII-15-60 (9); A.S. Menke, coll.

Ventura Co., Oxnard; VIII-02-50 (9); K.G. Whitesell, coll.

Nevada: Humbolt Co., Denio, 1 mi S; VIII-07-72 (9); D.E. Foster, coll.

Oregon: Jackson Co., Gold Hill; VIM 3-30 (9); H.A. Scullen, coll.

Lake Co., Plush, 15 mi SW; VIII-06-72 (9); D.E. Foster, coll.

Malheur Co., Adrian, Owyhee River; VII-22-34 (29 9); D. Martin, coll.

Dixie; VII-08-32 (cf); R.H. Beamer, coll.

Bombus sp., California: Contra Costa Co., Antioch; V1II-20-38 (d), Sept. 1936; M. Cazier,
coll.

Tuolumne Co., Strawberry; VIII-04-60 (9); R.R. Montanucci, coll.

Washington: Garfield Co., Snake River, Lower Granite Dam, 4 mi NW; VI1-26-84 (d);
W.J. Turner, coll.

Hymenoptera: Vespidae

Vespula sp., California: Trinity Co., Mad River, Ruth, 6 mi S (d); VII-31-60; H.B. Leech,
coll.

Lepidoptera: Pieridae
Colias sp., California: Merced Co., Dos Palos; IX-06-49 (d); J.E. Gillaspy, coll.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 91

Proctacanthus philadelphicus Macquart.

Hymenoptera: Apidae

Apis mellifera L., Massachusetts: Plymouth Co., Carver, sand area near airport; VIII-21-86

(of); M.A. Valenti, coll.

New Jersey: Burlington Co., Riverton; VIII-24-22 (9), IX-15-22 (9); (?, coll )

Proctacanthus rodecki James

Coleoptera: Cicindelidae

Cicindela sp., Kansas: Reno Co., Medora Sand Dunes; VII-3-? (d); R.H. Painter, coll.

Diptera: Asilidae

Ospriocerus sp., Texas: Donley Co.; VI-26-58 (9); J.W. Monk, coll.

COMMENTS ON PREY SELECTION

The greatest number of prey records reported in the literature for
any species of Proctacanthus have been for P. milbertii. "Proctacanthus
tnilbertii Macquart is a widely distributed large Asilid occurring from
Mexico to British Columbia east to Ontario, Ohio, Virginia, and
Florida" (Bromley 1949). In that paper, Bromley recorded 659 prey
records for P. milbertii from the widely diverse states of Iowa, Michigan,
Missouri, Ohio, New Mexico and Texas. Based on a revision of the
genus, which one of us (CRN) is currently conducting, some of these
records are suspect and are not included in this paper, unless specimens
were seen by one of the authors. A few additional prey of P. milbertii
were reported for Texas (Bromley 1934) and for Florida (Bromley
1950). Additional Orthoptera prey were listed for Wyoming (Lavigne
and Pfadt 1966), while Joern and Rudd (1982) recorded the impact of
this species on grasshoppers.

It should be noted that all ethological and prey information attrib-
uted to Proctacanthus micans in Guernsey, Wyoming (Dennis and
Lavigne 1975) do, in fact, refer to Proctacanthus milbertii. All ethologi-
cal and prey information attributed to Proctacanthus micans in Colorado
(Rogers and Lavigne 1972) are correct. The prey (n=50) reported in the
latter paper represented 7 orders and 17 families.

As suggested by O'Neil and Kemp (1991) "the contents of prey
records are not only a function of local insect abundance, but of varia-
tion in visibility and catchability among prey species, as well as evolved
preferences of robber flies for nutritionally superior or non-toxic
insects (Shelly 1984)". O'Neil and Kemp suggested site-specific prey
use for Stenopogon inguinatus Loew since that species of asilid was
observed to concentrate on winged formicid reproductives when locally

92 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

available. Certainly this is the case for Machimus gilvipes (Hine) which
forages in or near the entrances of mammal burrows and appears to spe-
cialize on calliphorid flies (85% of diet) (Schreiber & Lavigne 1986).

This also appears to be true in the case of the population of
Proctacanthus milbertii briefly studied at Guernsey, Wyoming on
August 20, 22, & 26, 1991. The asilids ignored a tremendous number of
available insects, and while not tested, color appeared to be a dominant
consideration. Large numbers of orange & black cantharid beetles were
constantly in flight amongst sunflowers (where many asilids congre-
gated), but were ignored even when they flew directly over the asilids.
Additionally, no attempt was made to attack orange & black skippers
(Hesperiidae), orange and black wasps, such as Sphex ichneumoneus
(L.), shiny blue-black wasps (Sphecidae), and dragonflies (both red and
orange), even though they were in the same size range as commonly
taken prey. On the other hand, this population of robber flies apparent-
ly showed a predilection (66%, n=47) for brownish grasshoppers, which
also were locally abundant. In the case of grasshoppers, the asilids would
have had to show great patience awaiting the occasional flight of a
grasshopper, as opposed to taking readily available flying insects. Other
prey taken were yellow & black striped wasps, i.e. Myzinum quin-
quecinctum (Fabricius) & Halictus sp., black, i.e., an unidentified
tachinid and black and yellow bumble bee workers. Based on these lim-
ited observations, a case could be made for testing the assumption of
color preference by using the technique of lure presentation utilized by
Lavigne and Holland (1969). It is of interest to note that the population
of P. milbertii studied at another location near Guernsey, Wyoming by
Dennis and Lavigne (1975) also preyed primarily on Hymenoptera
(50.6%) and Orthoptera (24.7%).

Of incidental interest, in 1991 five out of 15 mated females were feed-
ing on prey when the pair was collected. This behavior, while fairly
uncommon, has previously been reported for four asilid species (Dennis
and Lavigne 1975), including P. milbertii.

Does the genus Proctacanthus specialize on particular orders of
insects? A summary of prey records reported herein, broken down by
taxonomic order, is given in Table 2. Eight orders of insects were taken
as prey with three orders numerically dominating: Hymenoptera,
Orthoptera, and Diptera. While our data cannot be used to indicate
true preference for particular prey as information regarding relative
availability of potential prey at individual sites is lacking, we can note
some trends which indicate potential areas for future research. In P.
milbertii, the species for which the most prey records were available

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 93

(Table 3), three orders predominated: Orthoptera (40.3%), Hymenop-
tera (35.7%), and Diptera (14.7%). These three orders thus made up
91% of the diet of this species, with nearly equally divided specialization
between Orthoptera and Hymenoptera. Specialization for Hymenoptera
also may be occurring in P. nearno where 56% of the records are
Hymenoptera; in P. occidentalis, 63%; in P. philadelphicus, 88%, and in
several other less sampled species (Table 3).

However, P. micans, another species for which a reasonable number
of prey items have been taken, showed a more generalist strategy as
evidenced by a more evenly distributed prey scheme (Tables 2 & 3).
P. brevipennis also seems to be more generalist in food habit.

Overall, 87% of the prey for Proctacanthus was of four orders: 38.5%
hymenopteran, 26.4% orthopteran, 14.2% dipteran, and 7.5% cole-
opteran. By partitioning out the relatively well-studied P. milbertii, the
overall percentage for the four top orders changed to 78% with 41.8%,
10.0%, 13.6%, and 12.7% for the respective orders. Note that the rela-
tive importance of the four orders dropped and that the ranking of the
orders changed as well (see totals, Table 3), but that these four orders
remained on top.

In summary, a certain amount of prey specialization exists in some
species of Proctacanthus, while others show more generalist trends.
Future food niche studies of Proctacanthus should address the questions
of availability of prey taxa and explore reasons why these prey orders
might be preferentially taken. Particular species of Proctacanthus which
are abundant enough to be used as models in these studies would cer-
tainly include P. brevipennis, P. nearno, and P. rodecki. Feeding behav-
ior studies of P. rodecki would be particularly desirable to see if its pur-
ported specialization on Orthoptera holds up as larger sample sizes are
obtained.

Table 1. List of prey of Proctacanthus that were not identified beyond Order and Family.

Proctacanthus brevipennis Wiedemann

Coleoptera: Scarahaeidae; Kansas (cf). New Jersey (cO

Heteroptera: Reduviidae; North Carolina (9)

Heteroptera: Pentatomidae; Florida (9)

Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae; Florida (9)

Odonata: Lihellulidae; Florida (9)

Orthoptera: Acrididae; Kansas (9)
Proctacanthus coquillettii Hine

Diptera: Calliphoridae; California (d)

Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae; California (cf)

Lepidoptera: Noctuidae; California (9)

94 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Proctacanthus lonqus Wiedemann

Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae; Florida (9)
Proctacanthus micans Schiner

Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae; Mexico, Durango (299)

Diptera: Bombyliidae; Arizona (d)

Heteroptera: Pentatomidae; Arizona (d)

Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae; Utah (9)

Hymenoptera: Sphecidae; Arizona (d)

Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae; Utah (d)

Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae; Colorado (d)
Proctacanthus milbertii Macquart

Coleoptera: Cicindelidae; Indiana (d)

Homoptera: Cicadidae; Kansas (9)

Hymenoptera: (?); Anthophoridae; Canada, British Columbia( d )

Hymenoptera: Apidae; Montana (d)

Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae; Michigan (9); Ohio (9)

Hymenoptera: Sphecidae; Mississippi (9)

Hymenoptera: Vespidae; Canada, British Columbia (d)\
Ontario (9); Michigan (d, 9); Texas (9); Wisconsin ((9)

Lepidoptera: Pieridae; Colorado (9)

Lepidoptera: (?); Texas (d)

Orthoptera: Acrididae; Arizona (9); Canada, Manitoba (9);
Colorado (9, ? Xanthippus); Kansas (d, 9); Nebraska (of);
Ohio (9); Tennessee (9); Texas (5d, 399); Virginia (d)
Proctacanthus nearno Martin

Coleoptera: Buprestidae; Utah (9)

Heteroptera: Pentatomidae; New Mexico (9)

Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae; Utah (9)

Hymenoptera: Sphecidae; Utah (9)

Hymenoptera: Sphecidae: Cercerinae; Arizona (9)

Lepidoptera: (moth); Arizona (9)

Lepidoptera: Noctuidae; Utah (9)

Orthoptera: Acrididae; Utah (9); Mexico: Sonora (9)
Proctacanthus nigriventris Macquart

Diptera: Tipulidae; New Jersey (d)
Proctacanthus occidentalis Hine

Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae; California (d); Idaho (d)

Coleoptera: Silphidae; California (d)

Hymenoptera: Apoidea; California (d)

Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae; California (9)

Hymenoptera: Sphecidae; California (9)

Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae; California (9)

Odonata: Coenagrionidae; Washington (d)
Proctacanthus philadelphicus Macquart

Hymenoptera: Vespidae; Massachusetts (9); Maryland (9); New York (d)

Odonata: Libellulidae; Maine (9)
Proctacanthus rodecki James

Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae; Oklahoma (d)

Heteroptera: Coreidae; New Mexico (d)

Orthoptera: Acrididae; Nebraska (d); New Mexico (299) Texas (9)

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 95

Table 2. Records of prey of particular orders pinned with or collected by Proctacanthus
species in North American insect collections.

Odo- Orth- Heter-
species nata optera optera

Lepi- Cole- Hymen- Neur-
doptera optera Diptera optera optera

brevipennis 1 1 2

12010

n=8

coquillettii 000
n=6

10140

longus 000
n=2

10010

micans 1 5 3

36 9 61

n=34

milbertii 52 2

64 19 46

n=129

nearno 2 1

21 190

n=16

nigriventris 000
n=2

00110

occidentalis 1 2

23 2 17

n=27

philadelphicus 1

00070

n=8

rodecki 3 1

02 100

n=7

totals 4 63 11

16 18 34 92 1

Grand total: 239 records

96 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 3. Percentage of use of particular orders of prey taken by Proctacanthus species.

species

Odo-
nata

Orth-
optera

Heter-
optera

Lepi-
doptera

Cole-
optera

Diptera

Hymen-
optera

Neur-
optera

brevipennis
n=8

12.5

coquillettii
n=6

16.7

66.7

longus
n=2

micans

2.9

14.7

8.8

17.6

26.5

17.6

2.9

n=34

milbertii

40.3

1.6

4.7

3.1

14.7

35.7

n= 129

nearno

12.5

6.3

12.5

6.3

56.3

n=16

nigriventris
n=2

occidentalis

3.7

7.4

11.1

7.4

n=27

philadelphicus

12.5

87.5

n=8

rodecki

42.9

14.3

28.6

14.3

n=7

Genus %, with

P. milbertii

1.7

26.4

4.6

6.7

7.5

14.2

38.5

0.4

Order ranking
with P. milbertii

Genus %, without

P. milbertii 3.6 10 8.2 9.0 12.7 1 3.6 4 1.8 0.9

Order ranking
without
P. milbertii 7465 32 1 8

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 97

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors would like to thank the following taxonomists who identified prey
insects: R.W. Carlson, U.S. National Museum (USNM) (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae);
C.D. Ferris, Univ. Wyoming (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera); J.M. Kingsolver, USNM
(Coleoptera: Melyridae); R. Kumar, Univ. Wyoming (Diptera: Calliphoridae); R.E. Pfadt,
Univ. Wyoming (Orthoptera: Acrididae); F.D. Parker (Hymenoptera: Halictidae); S. Shaw,
Univ. Wyoming (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae, Tiphiidae). C.R. Nelson especially
thanks the Tilton Fellowship and the entomology staff of the California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco for financial support.

LITERATURE CITED

Bromley, S.W. 1934. The robber flies of Texas (Diptera, Asilidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc.

Am. 27:74-113.
Bromley, S.W. 1949. The Missouri bee-killer, Proctacanthus milbertii Macq., (Asilidae:

Diptera). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 44: 21-28.
Bromley, S.W. 1950. Florida Asilidae (Diptera) with a description of one new species.

Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 43: 227-239.
Dennis, D.S. and R.J. Lavigne. 1975. Comparative behavior of Wyoming robber flies II

(Diptera: Asilidae). Univ. Wyoming Agr. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr., No. 30, 68 pp.
Joern, A. and N.T. Rudd. 1982. Impact of predation by the robber fly Proctacanthus mil-
bertii (Diptera: Asilidae) on grasshopper (Orthoptera: Acrididae) populations.

Oecologia 55(1): 42-46.
Lavigne, RJ. and F.R. Holland. 1969. Comparative behavior of eleven species of

Wyoming robber flies (Diptera: Asilidae). Univ. Wyoming Agr. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr.

18,61 pp.
Lavigne, R.J. and R.E. Pfadt. 1966. Parasites and predators of Wyoming rangeland

grasshoppers. Univ. Wyoming Agr. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr. 3, 31 pp.
O'Neill, K.M. and W.P. Kemp. 1991. Foraging of Stenopogon inguinatus (Loew) (Diptera:

Asilidae) on Montana rangeland sites. Pan-Pacific Entomol. 67: 177-180.
Rogers, L.E. and RJ. Lavigne. 1972. Asilidae of the Pawnee National Grasslands, in

northeastern Colorado. Univ. Wyoming Agr. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr. 25, 35 pp.
Schreiber, E.T. and RJ. Lavigne. 1986. Ethology of Asilus gilvipes (Hine) (Diptera:

Asilidae) associated with small mammal burrows in southeastern Wyoming. Proc.

Entomol. Soc. Wash. 88: 71 1-719.
Shelly, T.E. 1984. Prey selection by the Neotropical robber fly, Atractia nuirginuiu

(Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 86: 120-126.

98 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

AQUATIC WEEVILS (COLEOPTERA:
CURCULIONIDAE) ASSOCIATED
WITH NORTHERN WATERMILFOIL

(MYRIOPHYLLUM SIBIRICUM) IN
ALBERTA, CANADA 1

Robert P. Creed Jr., Sallie P. Sheldon 2

ABSTRACT: Eggs, larvae, pupae and adults of two aquatic weevils (Euhrychiopsis sp. 3
and Phytobius leucogaster) were found associated with northern watermilfoil
(Myriophyllum sibiricum) in the province of Alberta, Canada. While both weevils had
been collected previously in Alberta, this is the first report to document northern water-
milfoil as a native host.

The North American weevil Euhrychiopsis lecontei (Dietz) may be
used for biological control of Eurasian watermilfoil (Myriophyllum spi-
catum L.) (Creed and Sheldon 1991a&b, 1992a&b), an introduced
aquatic macrophyte which is a nuisance in lakes and ponds throughout
much of North America (Aiken et al. 1979, Couch and Nelson 1986,
Smith and Barko 1990). E. lecontei has been found associated with
Eurasian watermilfoil in several lakes located in Vermont, Massa-
chusetts, New York and Connecticut (Creed and Sheldon 1991a&b).
Adult E. lecontei consume leaf and stem tissue. First instar larvae feed
on meristems and older larvae burrow through the stem. Weevils dam-
age the plants and may be responsible for some Eurasian watermilfoil
declines in Vermont (Creed and Sheldon 1991a&b, 1992a&b, 1993a&b,
Creed et al. 1992). Despite the interest in E. lecontei as a biological con-
trol agent, neither the identity of its native host (or hosts) nor its life his-
tory on its native host(s) are known. Blatchley and Leng (1916) report
Potamogeton sp. and Myriophyllum spicatum as hosts. However,
Blatchley and Leng incorrectly synonymized this weevil species with the
palearctic weevil Eubrychius velatus (Beck) (Dr. Charles O'Brien,

Received June 7, 1993. Accepted November 27, 1993.

Department of Biology, Middlebury College, Middlebury, Vermont 05753

Currently, two species of Euhrychiopsis, E. lecontei and E. albertanus (Brown), are rec-
ognized in North America. However, Dr. Charles O'Brien (Florida A&M University)
has examined the weevils we collected in Alberta and other specimens in his collection
and believes that E. lecontei and E. albertanus may be a single species based on a lack of
differentiation in male genitalia. Due to the present uncertainty in the taxonomic status
of these two species we will simply refer to the weevils collected in Alberta as Euhry-
chiopsis. Please note that these two species are not being synonymized in this paper.

ENT. NEWS 105(2): 98-102, March & April, 1994

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 99

Florida A&M, pers. comm.). Since the host use information reported by
Blatchley and Leng (1916) may be derived from European records of E.
velatus, this information is questionable. More recently, Kissinger (1964)
reported that one species of Euhrychiopsis lived on M. spicatum.
Kangasniemi (1983) reported collecting E. lecontei on M. spicatum in
British Columbia. The repeated collection of E. lecontei on the intro-
duced M. spicatum suggests that the native host(s) might be one or more
of the native watermilfoils.

We have collected E. lecontei from northern watermilfoil (Myrio-
phyllum sibiricum Komarov (=M. exalbescens Fernald) in three lakes in
Vermont. M. spicatum was also present in two of the three lakes so it was
unclear if the weevils had been present on the northern watermilfoil
when Eurasian watermilfoil invaded the lakes or if they had entered the
lakes with Eurasian watermilfoil and had then begun to feed on the
native watermilfoil which is morphologically similar to Eurasian water-
milfoil (Aiken et al. 1979). To determine if northern watermilfoil is a
native host, we collected weevils in Alberta, Canada, where both north-
ern watermilfoil and the weevil are present but Eurasian watermilfoil is
absent. Previous collections of Euhrychiopsis had been made in Alberta
(Brown 1932, Kissinger 1964, O'Brien and Wibmer 1982) but the native
host was not determined.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Collections of weevils on northern watermilfoil were made in mid to
late July of 1992. Weevils were usually collected from northern water-
milfoil while snorkeling. Only lakes where the visibility exceeded 1 m
were surveyed intensively by snorkeling. In very shallow water or in very
turbid water bodies, collections were made by inspecting northern
watermilfoil while wading. Lakes with extensive algal blooms that made
visual collection impossible were not examined. Approximately 1 hr
was spent examining northern watermilfoil in lakes where collecting
was possible. While the primary goal of these collections was to obtain
adult specimens, some eggs, larvae, and pupae were collected. The iden-
tity of the adult weevils was verified by Dr. Charles O'Brien of Florida
A&M University and most of the specimens are now in his collection.
The identity of eggs, larvae, and pupae was based on our field and labo-
ratory observations of these lifestages of E. lecontei and Phytobius
leucogaster (Marsham) on M. spicatum and M. sibiricum in eastern
North America.

100 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Adult Euhrychiopsis were found on M. sibiricum in 10 of the 13
lakes that were sampled (Table 1). M. sibiricum was present in all 13
lakes. Euhrychiopsis adults were always collected beneath the surface of
the water. They were usually located near apical or lateral meristems
although they were occasionally found further down the stem. Euhry-
chiopsis eggs, larvae and pupae were always found underwater on M.
sibiricum. Eggs were found on northern watermilfoil in six of the lakes;
larvae and pupae were each collected in two lakes (Table 1). Eggs were
found on meristems. Only one egg was found per meristem on northern
watermilfoil (n=16). This is unlike what we have observed for E. lecon-
tei which may lay several eggs on a Eurasian watermilfoil meristem. No
first instar Euhrychiopsis larvae were collected in Alberta but the pres-
ence of eggs on the meristems suggests that the first instar larvae of west-
ern Euhrychiopsis feed on northern watermilfoil meristems. Older lar-
vae (n=4) were found burrowing in the stem well below the surface
of the water. Pupae (n=2) were found inside the stem below the region
burrowed by the larvae. The puparium consisted of a small chamber
entirely within the stem with a sealed entrance hole. The location of
western Euhrychiopsis eggs, larvae and pupae on M. sibiricum was the
same as that observed for E. lecontei on M. sibiricum and M. spicatum in
eastern North America (Creed and Sheldon 1991a, 1992a). It is highly
likely that these eggs, larvae and pupae are those of Euhrychiopsis as all
three life stages were collected in lakes in which Euhrychiopsis was the
only adult weevil found on M. sibiricum (Table 1).

The weevil Phytobius leucogaster (Marsham) [=Litodactylus griseo-
micans (Schwarz) and Litodactylus leucogaster (Marsham)], a species
with a holarctic distribution, was found on M. sibiricum in four of these
lakes (Table 1). Phytobius adults (n=ll) were found both above and
below the surface of the water. All life stages were collected at Island
Lake which was the only lake where large numbers of the M. sibiricum
plants were flowering. Eggs (n=2) and larvae (n=2) were collected on
M. sibiricum floral spikes above the water surface. Pupal chambers
(n=8) were found on the stem a short distance below the floral spike
and were either above or just below the water surface. The puparium
consisted of a shallow excavation with a dark, translucent cover and
was similar to that described by Buckingham and Bennett (1981). The
locations of Phytobius eggs, larvae and pupae on northern watermilfoil
were similar to the locations reported by Buckingham and Bennett
(1981) for Phytobius on Eurasian watermilfoil. Hatch (1971) and
Buckingham and Bennett (1981) speculated that a native watermilfoil

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 101

was the native host of P. leucogaster. Our observations confirm that M.
sibiricum is one host for P. leucogaster. While this weevil may use other
native macrophyte species as hosts, they have yet to be reported. Our
observations and those of Buckingham and Bennett (1981) suggest that
Phytobius, like Euhrychiopsis, may be a watermilfoil specialist.

Table 1. Lakes in which Euhrychiopsis and Phytobius were collected. E refers to the col-
lection of eggs, L to larvae, P to pupae and A to adults. The numbers in parentheses fol-
lowing a letter refer to the number collected.

Lake Location ' Euhrychiopsis Phytobius

Winchell

T29,R5,W5

E(3),A(4)

Pine

T26,R7,W5

E(4),L(1),A(6)

Hofmann

T30,R5,W5

E(2),L(3),P(1),A(8) A(2)

Newall

T17,R14,W4

MacGregor

T16.R21.W4

Narrow

T65,R24,W4

E(4),A(13)

Long

T64,R25,W4

E(2),P(1),A(5)

Island

T68,R24,W4

A(5) E(1),L(2),P(8),A(4)

N. Buck

T66,R17,W4

A(l)

Chump

T65.R17.W4

A(l)

Lac la Biche

T68.R16.W4

A(4)

Beaver

T66,R13,W4

E(1),A(9) A(l)

Hasse

T52,R2,W5

A(1)#

1 Locations are given with respect to the Townships (T), Ranges (R) and Meridians (e.g.,
W4) used on the Alberta Transportation Maps (1:250,000 series) which are distributed
by Maps Alberta.

* previously collected at this site by John Carr.

# identified but not collected.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We wish to thank John and Bertie Carr of Calgary, Alberta for their help in locating
collection sites, access to their collection, their capable help in the field and their wonder-
ful hospitality. Several people at the Meanook Biological Station also suggested collec-
tion sites and provided space for sample sorting. We are grateful to Charles O'Brien for
verifying the identity of the weevils and for all of the other weevil-related information he
has generously shared with us. Thanks to Charles O'Brien, Peter Wimmer and two
anonymous reviewers for helpful comments on an earlier draft of the manuscript. This
work was funded by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers" Waterways Experiment Station,
the EPA Clean Lakes Demonstration Program, the Vermont Department of Environ-
mental Conservation and Middlebury College.

102 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Aiken, S.G., P.R. Newroth and I. Wile. 1979. The biology of Canadian weeds. 34.

Myriophyllum spicatum L. Can. J. Plant Sci. 59:201-215.
Blatchley, W.S., and C.W. Leng. 1916. Rhynchophora or weevils of Northeastern

America. The Nature Publ. Co., Indianapolis, IN. 682 pp.
Brown, W.J. 1932. New species of Coleoptera III. Can. Ent. 64:3-12.
Buckingham, G.R., and C.A. Bennett. 1981. Laboratory biology and behavior of

Litodactylus leucogaster, a Ceutorhynchine weevil that feeds on watermilfoils. Ann.

Ent. Soc. Amer. 74:451-458.
Couch, R., and E. Nelson. 1986. Myriophyllum spicatum in North America. In: L.W.J.

Anderson (ed.), Proceedings of the First International Symposium on watermilfoil

(Myriophyllum spicatum) and related Haloragaceae species. Aquat. Plant Manage.

Soc., Washington, D.C. pp 8-18.
Creed, R.P., Jr., and S.P. Sheldon. 1991a. The potential for biological control of Eurasian

watermilfoil (Myriophyllum spicatum): Results of the Research Programs initiated in

1990. Prepared for Region 1, U.S. EPA, Boston, MA, (unpubl.) 119pp.

Creed, R.P., Jr., and S.P. Sheldon. 1991b. The potential for biological control of Eurasian
watermilfoil (Myriophyllum spicatum): Results of Brownington Pond, Vermont, study
and multi-state lake survey. In: The Proceedings of the 25th Annual Meeting of the
Aquatic Plant Control Research Program. Misc. Paper A-91-3, Waterways Exp. Sta.,
Vicksburg, Mississippi, pp. 183-193.

Creed, R.P., Jr., and S.P. Sheldon 1992a. The potential for biological control of Eurasian
watermilfoil (Mvriophvllum spicatum): Results of the research programs conducted in

1991. Prepared for Region 1, U.S. EPA, Boston, MA (unpubl.) 197 pp.

Creed, R.P., Jr., and S.P. Sheldon. 1992b. Further investigations into the effect of herbi-
vores on Eurasian watermilfoil (Myriophyllum spicatum). In: The Proceedings of the
26th Annual Meeting of the Aquatic Plant Control Research Program. Misc. Paper A-
92-2, Waterways Exp. Sta., Vicksburg, MI. pp. 244-252.

Creed, R.P., Jr., and S.P. Sheldon. 1993a. The effect of feeding by a North American wee-
vil, Euhrvchiopsis lecontei, on Eurasian watermilfoil (Mvriophvllum spicatum). Aquat.
Bot. 45:245-256.

Creed, R.P., Jr., and S.P. Sheldon. 1993b. The effect of the weevil Euhrvchiopsis lecontei
on Eurasian watermilfoil: Results from Brownington Pond and Norton Brook Pond. In:
The Proceedings of the 27th Annual Meeting of the Aquatic Plant Control Research
Program. Misc. Paper A-93-2, Waterways Exp. Sta. Vicksburg, MI. pp. 99-1 17.

Creed, R.P., Jr., S.P. Sheldon and D.M. Cheek. 1992. The effect of herbivore feeding on
the buoyancy of Eurasian watermilfoil. J. Aquat. Plant Manage. 30:75-76.

Hatch, N.H. 1971. Beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part 5. Univ. of Washington Press,
Seattle, WA. 662 pp.

Kangasniemi, BJ. 1983. Observations on herbivorous insects that feed on Myriophyllum
spicatum in British Columbia. In: Lake restoration, protection and management,
Proceedings of the Second Annual Conference of the North American Lake Man-
agement Society. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. pp. 214-
218.

Kissinger, D.G. 1964. Curculionidae of America north of Mexico: A key to genera.
Taxonomic Publications, South Lancaster, MA. 143 pp.

O'Brien, C.W., and G.J. Wibmer. 1982. Annotated checklist of the weevils (Curculionidae
sensu lato) of North America, Central America, and the West Indies: (Coleoptera:
Curculionoidea). Memoirs of American Entomol. Institute, No. 34. 382 pp.

Smith, C.S., and J.W. Barko. 1990. Ecology of Eurasian watermilfoil. J. Aquat. Plant
Manage. 28:55-64.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 103

TECHNIQUES FOR HANDLING MOSQUITO
EGG RAFTS AND RAFT SAMPLES
(DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) 1

R. G. Weber, Tracy A. Horner 2

ABSTRACT: We review methods for handling mosquito egg rafts and describe new tools
and techniques that permit rapid handling of the large numbers of individual Culex spp.
egg rafts collected during field studies of oviposition behavior and vector surveillance. We
also describe a method of taking egg samples from individual rafts that maintains the
species mix and proportional numbers of eggs deposited nightly on an ovisite. The tools
and techniques presented greatly decrease the laboratory space required for hatching
large numbers of eggs collected for species determination.

Studies of mosquito oviposition behavior and vector surveillance
programs commonly utilize data derived from counts of eggs, or egg
rafts, collected from ovitraps (Briand 1964, Fay and Eliason 1966, Frank
and Lynn 1982, Hoick, et al. 1988, Jakob and Bevier 1969, Maw and
Bracken 1971, Reiter 1986, Smith and Jones 1972, Surgeoner and Helson
1978). Such studies frequently involve thousands of eggs or rafts (e.g.,
Lowe, etal. 1973 [9,956 rafts], Madder, etal. 1980 [13,606 rafts]. Maw and
Bracken 1971 [9,077 rafts], Smith and Jones 1972 [2,332 rafts]). A vari-
ety of devices have been used to collect eggs for study: a plastic scoop
(Arredondo-Bernal and Reyes-Villaneuva 1989), metal spoon (Beament
and Corbet 1981), small sieve (Chadee and Small 1988), small vial
(Guptavanij and Barr 1985), spatula made of fine brass screen (Ilitis and
Zweig 1962), the corner of a culture plate lid (Reiter 1986), a spoon-type
tissue section lifter (Weber and Weber 1985), and a wire loop (Woke
1937). In many cases the collected eggs or rafts must be held in indi-
vidual containers for hatching so species may be determined using larval
characters. Containers used for hatching have been mentioned infre-
quently: 200 ml plastic cups (Madder, et al. 1980), culture dishes (Weber
and Weber 1985), and 24-well tissue culture plates (Reiter 1986).

Part of our oviposition research requires that we collect and identify
many individual rafts each summer. Only two mosquito species oviposit
in our study sites: Culex pipiens L. and C. restuans Theobald, species
distinguishable with certainty using characters of the first instar head
capsule (see keys by Dodge 1966 and Reiter 1986). Larval identification

1 Received October 28, 1992. Accepted November 22, 1993.

2 Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station, Department of Entomology and Applied
Ecology, College of Agricultural Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE 19717-
1303.

ENT. NEWS 105(2): 103-109, March & April. 1994

104 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

is easiest when larvae are dead. The time required for eggs of these
species to hatch and the larvae to die (55-65 h) means that considerable
material is in the laboratory at any particular time. To reduce space
requirements we use 96-well tissue culture plates for collecting and hold-
ing eggs until they hatch and larvae can be identified. The wells are filled
ca. two-thirds with aged tap water. The small diameter of individual
wells in these plates (6.7mm) required us to develop a tool ("raft
spoon") for rapid, accurate collection of individual rafts in the field that
could be used by relatively inexperienced personnel to collect rafts
directly from field ovisites into the wells (Fig. 1). When required,
removal of rafts from the wells is equally easy.

The raft spoon is made from brass rod, 4 mm (5/32") in diameter
and 12 cm (4-3/4") in length. Brass rod is available from hobby shops;
brazing rod of similar diameter should serve as well. Steps in making
the spoon are shown in Fig. 2. The taper is 4 cm (1-9/16") long and is
formed by filing from each side until the thin end is ca. 0.5 mm (1/32")
thick. Both sides are then polished with emery paper. At this stage the
thin end is bent to an approximate 9.5 mm (3/8") radius and two punch
marks are made where holes will be bored. Holes are required so rafts
center on the tip as they are lifted from the surface, instead of sliding
off the side. Bending hardens the brass, so the tip must be annealed
before holes can be drilled. This is done by heating it to a dull red, then
allowing it to cool. The 1 mm (0.04") holes are made with a #60 drill bit,
using the punch marks as starting guides, and the square end is rounded
with a file. After the holes are drilled, upper and lower surfaces should
be repolished to remove burrs. Wrapping the handles with bright-col-
ored plastic tape helps avoid loss of spoons on the ground and, by
increasing their diameter, makes them easier to hold.

In some field studies of Culex spp. oviposition, we need to identify
the species that have laid rafts on test ovisites each night, but without
removing complete rafts from an ovisite. Removing a daily sample of
rafts for species identification from those laid the previous night would
greatly alter larval abundance and would not indicate the exact number
of rafts deposited by each species. Removal of complete rafts could also
alter species ratio of the remaining rafts and thus might affect attrac-
tancy of the site to gravid females of one species or the other (e.g.,
Andreadis 1977, Hudson and McLintock 1967, Nakamura 1978). To
avoid this problem we remove a sample of 15-25 eggs from each raft for
hatching and identification and return the sampled raft to the ovisite.
This practice allows us to maintain larval populations in test containers
that are proportional, in larval numbers, to nightly oviposition. It has
the added benefits of maintaining original species ratios and any attrac-
tancy due to presence of eggs or immature stages.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994

105

Figure 1. Using the raft spoon to place a raft into a well of a 96-well tissue culture plate.

106

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figure 2. The three stages in making a raft spoon. Left to right: the taper has been filed; tip
has been bent and punched; holes have been bored at punch marks and tip rounded.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994

107

Figure 3. Small spoon for taking samples from egg rafts.

Figure 4. Using the small spoon to obtain a sample of eggs from an egg raft.

108 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

To obtain these raft samples, we made a second spoon similar to the
one described above, but much smaller and without holes. It consists of
a #3 steel insect pin with its tip hammered paper-thin and bent to a
radius similar to the first tool. Before bending, the end is rounded with
a file and both sides polished with fine emery paper. This tool is set into
the end of a wooden handle from an artist's paint brush (Fig. 3).

In practice, a raft is removed from the ovisite surface with the raft
spoon, and a sample is removed by slicing off the pointed end of the raft
with the edge of the smaller spoon. The smaller spoon is then rotated so
it can be slipped under the sample (Fig. 4), and the sample is transferred
to a well of a tissue culture plate. The remainder of the raft is placed
back on the ovisite, within a floating plastic ring (a fish feeding ring from
a pet store) so it will not be sampled again. Eggs hatch within the ring
and larvae are free to disperse throughout the ovisite. Both tools are
wiped clean after taking a sample to ensure that no loose eggs are car-
ried to the next sample. Data about site and date are written on the cul-
ture plate cover with a Sharpie felt-tip marker (Sanford Permanent
Marker Company). Sharpie markings are easily removed with 95%
ethanol when plates are cleaned. We examine each well after returning
plates to the laboratory to be sure all samples are upright, which helps
ensure hatching (Horner and Weber 1991). It is also necessary to rest
one end of the cover on the upper surface of the plate itself, with the
other end resting on the table so the two don't seal together from con-
densation and smother developing embryos (Reiter 1986). For larval
identification, the entire culture plate (minus lid) is placed on the stage
of a binocular microscope and moved cell-by-cell under the lens.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank C. Tipping and S. Kleiner for assistance in raft collection and larval identi-
fication. This research was supported in part by Hatch Funds. Published with the approval
of the director of the Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station as Paper No. 1484.
Contribution No. 653 of the Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology. University
of Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

LITERATURE CITED

Andreadis, T. G. 1977. An oviposition attractant of pupal origin in Culex salinarius. Mosq.

News. 37: 53-56.
Arredondo-Bernal, H. C. and F. Reyes-Villaneuva 1989. Diurnal pattern and behavior of

oviposition of Toxorhvnc kites theobaldi in the field. J. Am. Mosq. Control Assoc.

5: 25-28.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 109

Beament, J. and S. A. Corbet. 1981. Surface properties of Culex pipiens pipiens eggs and

the behaviour of the female during egg-raft assembly. Physiol. Entomol. 6: 135-148.
Briand, L. J. 1964. A permanent pond for studies of mosquitoes and other aquatic insects.

Ecology 45: 365-367.
Chadee, D. D. and G. J. Small. 1988. A simple spoon device for collecting eggs of

Toxorhvnchites from small containers in the laboratory and field. J. Fla. Anti-Mosq.

Assoc. 59: 5-6.
Dodge, H. R. 1966. Studies of mosquito larvae II. The first-stage larvae of North American

Culicidae and of world Anophelinae. Can. Entomol. 98: 337-393.
Fay, R. W. and D. A. Eliason. 1966. A preferred oviposition site as a surveillance method

for Aedes aegypti. Mosq. News 26: 531-535.
Frank, J. H. and H. C. Lynn. 1982. Standardizing oviposition traps for Aedes aegypti and

Culex quinquefasciatus: Time and medium J. Fla. Anti-mosq. Assoc. 53: 22-27.
Guptavanij, P. and A. R. Barr. 1985. Failure of culicine eggs to darken in the field. J. Med.

Entomol. 22: 228-229.

Hoick, A. R., C. L. Meek and J. C. Hoick. 1988. Attractant enhanced ovitraps for the sur-
veillance of container breeding mosquitoes. J. Am. Mosq. Control Assoc. 4: 97-98.
Homer, T. A. and R. G. Weber. 1991. Hatchability of Culex pipiens and Culex restuans

eggs in normally and abnormally oriented rafts. Proc. N.J. Mosq. Control Assoc. 78: 77-

82.
Hudson, A. and J. McLintock. 1967. A chemical factor that stimulates oviposition by Culex

tarsalis Coquillet (Diptera, Culicidae). Anim. Behav. 15: 336-341.

Ililis, W. G. and G. Zweig. 1962. Surfactant in apical drop of eggs of some culicine mos-
quitoes. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 55: 409-415.
Jakob, W. L. and G. A. Bevier. 1969. Application of ovitraps in the U. S. Aedes aegypti

eradication program. Mosq. News 29: 55-62.
Lowe, R. E., H. R. Ford, B. J. Smittle and D. E. Weidhass. 1973. Reproductive behavior

of Culex pipiens quinquefasciatus released into a natural population. Mosq. News 33:

221-227.
Madder, D. J., R. S. MacDonald, G. A. Surgeoner and B. V. Helson. 1980. The use of

oviposition activity to monitor populations of Culex pipiens and Culex restuans

(Diptera: Culicidae). Can. Entomol. 112: 1013-1017.
Maw, M. G. and G. K. Bracken. 1971. The use of artificial pools in assessing populations

of the mosquito Culex restuans Theobald. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Ontario 102: 78-83.
Nakamura, H. 1978. Oviposition preference of Culex pipiens molestus and C. tritae-

niorhvnchus summorosus onto the waters conditioned by the egg rafts or the larvae.

Jap. J. Sanit. Zool. 29: 117-123.
Reiter, P. 1986. A standardized procedure for the quantitative surveillance of certain

Culex mosquitoes by egg raft collection. J. Am. Mosq. Control Assoc. 2: 219-221 .
Smith, W. W. and I). W. Jones. 1972. Use of artificial pools for determining presence,

abundance, and oviposition preferences of Culex nigripalpus Theobald in the field.

Mosq. News 32: 244-245.
Surgeoner, G. A. and B. V. Helson. 1978. An oviposition trap for arbovirus surveillance in

Culex sp. mosquitoes (Diptera: Culicidae). Can. Entomol. 1 10: 1049-1052.
Woke, P. A. 1937. Comparative effects of the blood of man and of canary on egg produc-
tion of Culex pipiens Linn. J. Parasitol. 23: 311-313.
Weber, R. M. and R. G. Weber. 1985. The egg raft seam as an indicator of species in Culex

pipiens and Culex restuans. Mosq. Syst. 17: 363

110 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 27, 1993

THE MODE OF ACTION OF THE BIORATIONAL INSECTICIDES
FROM BACILLUS THURING1ENSIS

Dr. Fred Walters

Ecogen, Inc., Langhorne, PA

During this first talk of the 1993-1994 round of meetings, Dr. Fred Walters, of Ecogen,
Inc., Langhorne, PA., focused on the bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis (BT), its mode of
action and pesticidal properties. Dr. Walters, who received his graduate degrees in ento-
mology from nearby Pennsylvania State University, researches the mode of action of BT
for Ecogen, while other teams of researchers bioassay new strains of BT against major
pests and develop more effective strains through genetic engineering. All these areas were
summarized by Dr. Walters in an informative presentation.

BT is a well-known biological (= biorational) pesticide, with its best qualities being its
safety and ease of application, inexpensive cost of overall production due to facilitated
registration, and effectiveness on key insect pests. Yet, for all its success, BT and other
biorational pesticides still constitute only a minor part (less than 1/2 of 1%) of the entire
$25 billion world-wide pesticide market. Of great importance for the future, though, BT
is very amenable to improvement through genetic engineering and it is here that there is
great potential to increase its share of the market. As Dr. Walters stressed, Ecogen is
focusing its efforts on the genetic engineering of BT, particularly through designing more
effective strains or combining strains for wider spectrum effects similar to chemical insec-
ticides. Part of this strategy also relies on a better understanding of how BT actually works
once it is ingested by a pest.

The mode of action of BT is through an internal crystalline protein, which, when
ingested by a susceptible insect, solubilizes in the gut, causes a swelling and rupturing of
the midgut epithelial cells, and the host itself quickly stops feeding and dies of starvation
and disrupted hemolymph conditions. The disruption of the midgut epithelium also allows
passage of BT spores into the hemolymph which may contribute to toxicity by septicemis.
Ecogen has isolated close to 10,000 strains of BT whose internal protein crystals exhibit
specificity toward certain orders of insects and over a range of gut physiological conditions.

The internal crystal proteins are encoded on multiple plasmids in the bacterium, not
on the chromosomes, and this allows for the excision of plasmids that code for weak pro-
teins, and the introduction of new plasmids that code for more effective proteins or those
from strains affecting other insects. Through this, BT strains are developed which are much
more effective against a certain pest, or which may possess a diverse combination of crys-
tals affecting a multitude of pests. In this vein, Ecogen has several biological pesticides
already on the market and has received an EPA generic approval for small scale field tests
of the products it is developing.

The meeting also included several notes of entomological interest. Dr. Harold White,
University of Delaware, noted that the reportedly rare gomphid dragonfly, Gomphus (=
Stylitrus) plagiatus, was found to be the most common dragonfly present on September 5
as he canoed the tidal part of Christina Creek in Delaware. The only previous record of
this species for Delaware was a single specimen from Newcastle Co. in October. Dr. Paul
Schaeffer, USDA, reported that the introduced beneficial coccinellid Harmonia axyridis
has the annoying habit of aggregating in homes during the winter. He has had reports from
places as widespread as Oregon, Louisiana and Georgia, including the complaint that the
beetle's fecal material was staining one house.

About 20 members and their guests attended the meeting.

Jon K. Gelhaus,
Corresponding Secretary

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 1 1 1

KARYOTYPIC DATA ON THIRTEEN SPECIES OF
NEARCTIC CARABID BEETLES (COLEOPTERA) 1

J. Galian, A.S. Ortiz, J. Serrano^

ABSTRACT: Mitotic and meiotic chromosomes of thirteen Nearctic species of cara-
bid beetles have been studied. The male haploid chromosome number varies between
n=ll+X and n=21+X. The results obtained allow the following conclusions: (1) The 2n=37
karyotype has been found in eight species, one of them belongs to the Limbata Stylifera
group, thus corroborating its widespread occurrence among the main lineages of the fam-
ily. (2) Data on Amara (Celia) moerens, 2n=37, fit the hypothesis about the ancestrality of
this number for the genus Amara. (3) The trend towards low-numbered karyotypes
observed in the tribe Lebiini has much progressed in Cymindis chevrolati, 2n=24.

The chromosome number is already known for more than 750 spe-
cies of the family Carabidae. Most cytogenetic studies on the Nearctic
fauna have been concerned with the genus Bernbidion (160 species:
Maddison, 1985; Smith, 1953). The chromosome number of other groups
of Carabidae from this region were described in 50 species and compiled
in Smith and Virkki (1978) and Serrano and Yadav (1984). New results
on Nearctic species have been added by Galian et al. (1990a, 1992). The
aim of this work is to increase the basic knowledge of the cytotaxonomy
of North American carabids, by adding the results obtained in 13
Canadian and Mexican species, and discussing briefly their cytotaxo-
nomic significance.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The species analyzed were collected in the localities listed in Table 1.
Results were obtained from one to four male adults per species. Identi-
fications were made by G.E. Ball and D. Shpeley (Edmonton, Canada)
and P. Moret (Paris, France). The beetles are deposited in the Departa-
mento de Biologia Animal, Universidad de Murcia (Spain). Specimens
of the three unnamed species of Platynus are also deposited in the
U.S.N.M., Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Karyological
analyses were carried out on testes using a routine orcein-squashing
method described elsewhere (Galian et al., 1990). Chromosomes were
tentatively arranged in pairs by size and shape (karyogram) in order to
show gross features such as symmetry of the karyotype, occurrence of
heteromorphic chromosomes, etc.

1 Received June, 1993. Accepted October 3, 1993

2 Departamento de Biologi'a Animal, Facultad de Veterinaria, Universidad de Murcia,
Apdo. 4021, Murcia 30071, Spain

ENT. NEWS 105(2): 111-118. March & April, 1994

112 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

RESULTS

Results are summarized in Table 1.

Genus Omophron. Spermatogonial metaphases of Omophron ovale
have 2n=36 chromosomes gradually decreasing in size, making a sym-
metric karyogram (Fig. 1). The X chromosome might be a submetacen-
tric element of intermediate size and the Y is the smallest element of the
karyogram. This identification is in agreement with meiotic observations
in which there are 18 bivalents one of which is heteromorphic (Fig. 5).

Genus Diplous. The diploid number of Diplous californicus is 2n=37.
There is a large submetacentric pair (Fig. 2). The second pair is sub-
metacentric and it is of the same size as an odd metacentric element,
probably the X chromosome. The other pairs are mediocentric and grad-
ually decreasing in size. Metaphase I cells have 18+X elements.
Metaphase II cells are of two types, with 18 and 18+X.

Genus Pterostichus. The haploid number of the two species of
Pterostichus is n=18+X. Spermatogonial mitosis of P. melanarius shows
2n=37 chromosomes making a symmetric karyogram (Fig. 3). The X
chromosome may be a submetacentric element of intermediate size. In
P. herculaneiis only meiotic observations were available. Metaphase I
cells of both species (Figs. 6 and 7) show 18 autosomal bivalents with ter-
minal chiasmata and the X univalent usually situated peripherally. Meta-
phase II cells are of two types with n=18 and n=18+X.

Genus Agonum. The diploid number of spermatogoniae of Agonum
corvus is 2n=39. The karyogram is made up of meta- and submetacentric
chromosomes gradually decreasing in size (Fig. 4). The X chromosome
is identified as a mediocentric element about the size of the largest pair.

Genus Platynus. The diploid number of Platynus nugax is 2n=37.
The karyogram is made up of 18 autosomal pairs and one element about
the size of the largest pair that may be the X chromosome. The haploid
number of Platynus chloreus is n=18+X. Metaphase I plates (Fig. 8)
show 18 autosomal bivalents and a univalent usually laying at the periph-
ery. Metaphase II cells are of two types with n=18 and n=18+X. The hap-
loid number of Platynus sp. 1 and Platynus sp. 3 is n=18+X. Metaphase I
cells of Platynus sp. 1 (Fig. 9) show 18 autosomal bivalents and a univa-
lent usually situated at the periphery. Metaphase II cells are of two types
with n=18 and n=18+X (Fig. 10). Meiotic observations indicate that the
haploid number of Platynus sp. 2 is n=21+X (Fig. 11). The X univalent is
situated peripherally and may be the largest element of the karyotype
according to the observations of metaphase II plates. In this stage there
are cells with n=21 (Fig. 12) and cells with n=22 (Fig. 13) which have the
large X chromosome. The haploid number of Platynus variabilis is
n=21+X. At diakinesis (Fig. 14) the two largest pairs form two chias-
mata, pairs three and four form one interstitial chiasma and the other

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 113

bivalents have only one terminal chiasma. The X chromosome is identi-
fied as one element of small size which condenses precociously in the
earlier stages and in metaphase I is situated peripherally.

Genus Amara. Amara moerens has a haploid number of n= 18+X.
At metaphase I (Fig. 15) 18 bivalents were observed with terminal chi-
asmata and one univalent. Two types of cells either with n=18 or
n=18+X are observed at metaphase II.

Genus Cymindis. Meiotic cells of Cymindis chevrolati have n=
11+XY. At diakinesis (Fig. 16) the three largest bivalents form rings.
There is an heteromorphic bivalent that is identified as the XY pair,
clearly observed in all the cells studied. Metaphase II plates are of two
types with n=ll+X (Fig. 17) and with n=ll+Y (Fig. 18).

DISCUSSION

The haploid chromosome number of the species investigated varies
between n=21+X and n=ll+XY and the commonest number (8 species)
is n=18+X. Males of 11 species have XO sex chromosomes and 2 species

>c )t me >tt< n t

M t tl I*

H >i*

Ct It )C II > l ! <

Mil II II II II lilt II II II

II ft II tl tl M .

Itiiif mi MM

M i t f

Figs. 1-4. Tentative karyograms of: (1) Omophron ovule, 2n 36; (2) Diplous
californicus, 2n = 37. (3) Pterostichus melanarius, 2n = 37. (4) Agonum corvus, 2n - 39. Sex
chromosomes (XY or XO) are figured to the right. The bar equals 5 pm.

114

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

'. '

*_ Lv

Figs. 5-8. Metaphase I or diakinesis of: (5) Omophron ovale, n = 17 + XY. (6)
Pterostichns melanariits, n = 18 + X. (7) Pterostichus herculaneus, n = 18 + X. (8)
Platynus chloreus, n = 18 + X. Figs. 9, 10. Platynus sp 1 (9) metaphase I, n = 18 + X
(10) metaphase II, n = 18 + X, n = 18. Figs 11-13. Platynus sp 2 (11) metaphase 1, n =
21 + X (12) metaphase II, n = 21, (13) metaphase II, n = 21 + X. Arrows show tentative
identification of sex chromosomes. The bar equals 5 pm, except for Fig. 7 which is 7 (jm.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 115

have XY sex chromosomes. The course of meiosis is chiasmatic and the
recombination index is low because one chiasma per bivalent is the rule.
The exception is represented by Platynus variabilis in which the four
largest pairs form rings at diakinesis and the others have interstitial
chiasmata.

The karyotype with 2n=37 was previously known of Limbata Con-
chifera and Scrobifera of Jeannel (1941), and has been found now in
Diplous californicus (Tribe Patrobini), a species included in the Limbata
Stylifera. Numbers close to 37 have also been found in the Limbata
Balteifera (Galian et al., 1990b) and in the Limbata Simplicia. To this last
group belongs the Nearctic species Omophron ovale, which has 2n=36
like O. limbatiim from Europe (Nettmann, 1986). As more data become
available a widespread occurrence of a 2n=37 karyotype, or its close
derivatives, is corroborated in the main phyletic lineages of Carabidae
suggested by Jeannel (1941). The corroboration applies also for Erwin's
(1985) system of carabid classification and it supports the hypothesis that

16 17

Figs. 14-16. Metaphase I of: (14) Platynus variabilis, n = 21 + X. (15) Amara moerens. n =
18 + X. (16) Cvmindis chevrolati, metaphase I, n = 1 1 + XY. Figs. 17, 18. Metaphase II of
C. chevrolati, (17) n = 1 1 + X. (18) n = 1 1 + Y. Arrows show sex chromosomes. The bar
equals 5 pm.

116 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

this number is an autapomorphy for the whole family or appeared early
during the first stages of radiation of carabids.

Particular aspects of the tribes

The chromosomal number n=18+X of Pterostichus melanarius agrees
with that reported for Nearctic individuals by Smith (1960) and for
Palearctic ones by Wilken (1973), Kowalczyk (1976) and Nettmann
(1986); P. herculaneus has also this number. Both species follow the
same common pattern found in the tribe Pterostichini, in which n=18+X
may be considered the ancestral number of the tribe (Serrano, 1986;
Galian, 1989).

The karyotypes of the seven Nearctic species of the tribe Platynini
reflect the pattern already known for the tribe based on Palearctic
species (Serrano, 1986). The predominant number for the tribe is 2n=37,
although there are some species with deviant numbers but keeping in
most cases the XO sex system. Incidentally, the species named Platynus
sp. 1 and sp. 2 were initially separated by the karyotypic results and
thereafter by a careful morphological study. This is another case of kary-
otypic divergence between morphologically related species that is some-
times found among carabid beetles.

The finding of a 2n=37 karyotype in Amara moerens corroborates its
occurrence in species of European and North American groups of the
subgenus Celia. This same number is found in the subgenera Amara and
Camptocelia, and thus it seems to be a shared state for many subgenera.

Table I. Male chromosome number of thirteen species of Carabidae.

Species

Localities (*)

Omophron ovale Horn

17+XY

Diplous californicus Motschulsky

18+X

Pterostichus melanarius Illiger

18+X

Pterostichus herculaneus Mannerheim

18+X

Agonum corvus Leconte

Platynus nugax Bates

Platynus chloreus Bates

18+X

Platynus variabilis Chaudoir

21+X

Platynus sp. 1

18+X

Platynus sp. 2

21+X

Platynus sp. 3

18+X

Amara moerens Zimmermann

18+X

Cymindis chevrolati Dejean

11+XY

* (1) Nicola River, British Columbia (Canada); (2) UBC Forest, British Columbia
(Canada); (3) Thompson River, British Columbia (Canada); (4) La Marquesa, Mexico
(Mexico); (5) Piramide de Malinalco. Mexico (Mexico); (6) Bosque de Chapultepec,
Mexico D.F. (Mexico); (7) Puerto Lobos, Veracruz. (Mexico); (8) Tenango de Doria,
Hidalgo (Mexico).

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 1 1 7

Serrano (1986) and Galian et al. (1991a) have already postulated that
this number is ancestral for the genus Amara. The data of Smith (1953)
for A. impuncticollis, 2n=17+XY, indicate that the trend towards de-
creasing numbers observed in other Amara groups is also present in the
Nearctic Celia.

The number of Cymindis chevrolati, n=ll+XY, is lower than those
reported for six Palearctic species of the same genus (from n=21+X to
n=16+XY; Serrano, 1981; Galian et al., 1991b). This observation in C.
chevrolati agrees with the predictions of the hypothesis of Galian et al.
(1991b) of a trend towards numbers lower than 2n=37 in the subfamily
Lebiinae. This trend is also present in the Australian species of the sub-
family Lebiinae (Galian and Moore, in press). According to the hypoth-
esis, C. chevrolati is the karyotypically most advanced species of the
genus. The study of more Nearctic species is needed before making more
accurate comparisons with Palearctic taxa.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors wish to thank George E. Ball and Danny Shpeley (Edmonton), and Pierre
Moret (Paris) for their help in determinating the beetles and Pedro Reyes-Castillo (Jalapa)
for his help in collecting the Mexican specimens. We are also grateful to D. Mossakowski
(Bremen, Germany), E. Petitpierre and C. Juan (Palma de Mallorca, Spain) for their crit-
ical review of the manuscript. This work was supported by project number PB90-0357-C02-
02 of the DGICYT of the Spanish Government.

LITERATURE CITED

Erwin, T. L. 1985. The taxon pulse: a general pattern of lineage radiation and extinction
among carabid beetles, pp. 435-472. In: G.E. Ball (Ed.), Taxonomy, phylogeny and zoo-
geography of beetles and ants. Junk, Dordrecht.

Galian, J. 1989. Citotaxonomfa y filogenia de la familia Carabidae (Coleoptera). Ph.D.
Thesis. Universidad de Murcia.

Galian, J., A.S. Ortiz, and J. Serrano. 1990a. Karyotypes of nine species of Cicindelini and
cytotaxonomic notes on Cicindelinae (Coleoptera, Carabidae). Genetica 82: 17-24.

Galian, J., A.S. Ortiz, and J. Serrano. 1990b. Cytogenetics and cytotaxonomy of seven
Iberian species of Brachinus Weber (Coleoptera, Carabidae). Cytobios 63: 185-192.

Galian, J., A.S. Ortiz, and J. Serrano. 1991 a. Amara and Zabrus, two different patterns of
karyotypic evolution (Coleoptera, Carabidae). Caryologia 44: 75-84.

Galian, J., A.S. Ortiz, and J. Serrano. 1991b. A cytotaxonomic survey of Iberian Lebiinae
(Coleoptera, Carabidae). Zool. Anz. 226: 88-96.

Galian, J., A.S. Ortiz, and J. Serrano. 1992. A chromosome study of twelve species of old
and middle-aged lineages of Carabidae (Coleoptera). Elytron 6: 143-150

Galian, J., and B.P Moore. In press. Chromosome number and sex-determining mecha-
nism in Australian Carabidae (Coleoptera). Col. Bull.

Jeanne), R. 1941. Faune de France. 39. Coleopteres Carabiques 1. Lechevalier, Paris.
571 pp.

118 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Kowalczyk, M. 1976. Chromosomes of Pterostichus cupreus L. and Pterostichits vulgaris L.

(= Pterostichus melanarius 111. sensu Lindroth, 1957) (Coleoptera, Carabidae). Folia

Biol. (Krakow) 24: 231 -234.
Maddison, D.R., 1985. Chromosomal diversity and evolution in the ground beetle genus

Bembidion and related taxa (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Trechitae). Genetica, 66: 93-114.
Nettmann, H.K. 1986. Karyotyp und Stammesgeschichte der Carabiden. Ph. D. Thesis.,

Universitat zu Bremen.
Serrano, J. 1981. Chromosome numbers and karyotypic evolution of Caraboidea. Genetica

55: 51-60.
Serrano, J. 1986. A karyotypical approach to carabid evolution (Coleoptera). pp. 221- 234.

In: P.J. Den Boer, ML. Luff; D. Mossakowski, and F. Weber (eds.). Carabid beetles.

Their adaptations and dynamics. Gustav Fischer, Stuttgart.
Serrano, J. and J.S. Yadav. 1984. Chromosome numbers and sex-determining mechanisms

in Adephagan Coleoptera. Col. Bull. 38: 335-357.

Smith, S.G. 1953. Chromosome numbers of Coleoptera. Heredity 7: 31-48.
Smith, S.G. 1960. Chromosome numbers of Coleoptera. II. Can. J. Genet. Cytol. 2: 66-88.
Smith, S.G. and N. Virkki. 1978. Animal cytogenetics. 3. Insecta 5. Coleoptera. B. John

(Ed.). Gebriider Borntraeger, Berlin.
Wilken, U. 1973. Karyotyp-Analysen bei Carabiden. Staatsexamenarbeit. Universitat zu

Miinster.

SOCIETY MEETING OF NOVEMBER 17, 1993

RAISING SATURNIID MOTHS FOR LABORATORY RESEARCH

Dr. William Telfer

Department of Biology, University of Pennsylvania

For the past 35 years, a back yard orchard of wild cherry. Primus serotina, normally
considered a weed tree, has served as food for hundreds, even thousands of saturniid cater-
pillars destined for the research laboratory. Housed under netting covering individual
trees, cecropia moths and other desired species, including luna moths, have been reared
annually to provide specimens used for investigating the intricacies of hormonal control
and biochemistry of such physiological processes as molting, pupation, and reproduction.
Although these rearing efforts are reminiscent of another time and place where the objec-
tive was silk production (i.e. Etienne Leopold Trouvelot in Medford, MA, the site of the
release of the gypsy moth in North America [see story in American Naturalist, 1:30-38, 85-
94, 145-149 and Bull. ESA 35(2): 20-22]), only native moths have been encouraged in these
rearings in suburban Philadelphia. Not unlike other outdoor rearing efforts, problems of
disease were often encountered in the net cages. Dr. Telfer noted that the cecropia is par-
ticularly susceptible to this fate. Nevertheless, over the years, these efforts have led to an
annual supply of specimens which were brought into the laboratory and placed in refrig-
erators until their use in experiments designed to investigate the intricate biochemical
processes which occur during pupation, molting, diapause, and reproduction of these mag-
nificent native silk moths.

Once in the laboratory, these moths, usually used as pupae, were subjected to intricate
surgical procedures designed to test hypotheses to reveal the complex inner biochemical
and physiological workings of transformation processes, hormonal control, and reproduc-
tion. Most impressive were illustrated microdissection procedures of bisecting pupae and

Continued on page 124

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 119

GRASSHOPPERS (ACRIDOIDEA)

ASSOCIATED WITH XI QIAO
MOUNTAIN IN CENTRAL GUANGDONG
PROVINCE OF SOUTHEASTERN CHINA 1

Enunett R. Easton 2 , Ge-Qiu Liang 3

ABSTRACT: Notes are provided for 31 species of acridoid grasshoppers of the Pyrgo-
morphidae, Catantopidae, Oedipodidae Arcypteridae and Acrididae from a mountain
area near Nanhai city in the central Guangdong Province of mainland China.

Xi Qiao Hill or mountain is a forested resort area (2-3,000 feet ele-
vation) near Nanhai City approximately 60 miles southeast of the city of
Guangzhou in the central Guangdong Province of southeastern main-
land China. The climate is wet tropical or sub-tropical, frosts are rare
and rainfall averages around 2,000 mm annually. Average temperatures
in July range from 28-30C and 13-16C in January. Overstory vegetation
in the upper region of the mountain consists largely of secondary growth
southern pine, Pinus mansoniana. Evidence is lacking for the subtropi-
cal broadleaf evergreens reported in nature reserves such as Dinghu
Mountain near Zhaoqing City. Cunninghamia sp. of conifer was found
at lower elevations along with Eucalyptus sp. and sweetgum, Liquid-
ambar formosana. Bamboo was common along roadsides. Of the 31
species of Acridoidea reported herein, 16 species were collected by
sweep net from grassy vegetation near roadsides between July 6-12,
1993. Three species of Ceracris inhabited bamboo groves. The others
consist largely of museum records collected previously by the second
author and deposited in the Zhongshan University Research Institute
entomology collection (Guangzhou).

LIST OF SPECIES

ACRIDOIDEA
Pyrgomorphidae

Atractomorpha sinensis Bolivar, 11-17 June 1987, 6-12 July collected in
beans from garden near the Nanhai Middle School. Wei Kai (1992)
reports it feeding on willow and bamboo. It is widely distributed in
China (Bei Bienko & Michchenko, 1963) and has also been reported

1 Received September 2, 1993. Accepted October 3, 1993.

2 Director of Extension Studies, University of Macau, P.O. Box 3001. Macau.

Research Institute of Entomology. Zhongshan University, Guangzhou China.

ENT. NEWS 105(2): 1 19-124, March & April, 1994

120 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

from the colony of Hong Kong (C. Lau, unpubl. data).
Atractomorpha psittacina (deHaan) 17 May 1981.

Catantopidae

Tristria pisciformei (Serville) 17 May 1981, collected in grass. Found in
tall grasses on hillsides or slopes of mountains. Adults develop by
October and are believed to overwinter until June of the following year.
This species is known from Victoria Peak on Hong Kong island at 1400
feet elevation and the species occurs on Hainan island as well as
Kwangsi Province of China.

Spathosternum sinensis Uvarov, 29 July 1981. Tinkham (1940) found
this species in short grass plains in damp areas with nymphs emerging in
May and maturing in July. It is believed to occur throughout Guangdong
Province as well as Kwangsi and Hainan Island.

Hieroglyphus tonkinensis Bolivar, 19 Sept 1984, 6-12 July 1993. Tink-
ham (1940) reported it as a pest of rice, sugar cane and bamboo. Egg
pods, according to him, are bowl-shaped with their ends circularly-
rounded and the top sunken or concave.

Gesonula punctifrons (Stal.) 16 May 1981, 7 July 1993 has been called
the Taro locust. We collected this species in a lowland field near a stream
on Colocassia esculenta leaves. It is believed to inhabit dense shrubs on
the edges of streams, and the adults have been observed from November
through March in the Guangdong region. Hill (1982) illustrated this
species in Hong Kong as a species of Ceracris. It is also recorded from
the Hunan province of China (Wei Kai, 1992) as well as from Taiwan
and the Ryuku islands of Japan.

Oxya chinensis (Thunberg) 10 June 1964, 5 July 1993. Hill (1982) in
Hong Kong referred to this species as the small rice grasshopper as it is
a pest of rice in many areas, including Hawaii, USA.

Oxya hyla intricata (Stal) 17 October 1981, 6 July 1993. Tinkham (1940)
reported eggs of O. intricata hatching in late April through early May
and adults developed by July. He reported egg pods as irregularly
shaped and cemented to stones with a brown secretion. It is distributed
from Japan and Taiwan through central China to India as well as Indo-
nesia. Hollis (1971) reported it from Hong Kong.

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 121

Pseudoxya diminuta (Walker) 3-6 May, 1983, 5 July 1993 on beans and
grasses near middle school. This species is sold for bird food in Hong
Kong in Mongkok.

Chondracis rosea rosea (DeGeer) 26 Oct. 1992, 5 July 1993. Only imma-
tures were observed during July at this site. Easton (1991) reported an
adult feeding on elephant grass in Macau during August and Tinkham
(1940) claimed that young nymphs emerge in early May with adults
maturing after the first week in July. The female has one more instar
than the male and eggs are believed to be laid in September or early
October while adults are not able to overwinter. Hill and Cheung (1978)
record it from Hong Kong.

Patanga succincta (Johannsen) 21 April 1982. This species is known as
the Bombay locust in Hong Kong (Hill, 1982). Apparently it is wide-
spread in southeast Asia including India and commonly sold as food for
caged birds in the Mongkok bird market in Hong Kong colony.

Chloroedocus capensis (Thunberg) 24 Sept 1982, 6 July 1993. It has
often been reported from dense grass and brush on hillsides. According
to Tinkham (1940), nymphs occur in May with adults developing in July
and eggs are laid in September in the Guangdong and Hainan provinces.
Willemse (1957) also records it from India and Sri Lanka.

Stenocatantops splendens (Thunberg) 6 April 1981, 7 May 1983. Ap-
parently widespread in southern China and India it is a common species
sold in the Mongkok bird market of Hong Kong.

Xenocatantops brachycerus (Willemse) 28 May 1986, 6 July 1993.

Eucoptacra praemorsa (Stal) 5 July 1993 along roadside near the mid-
dle school. The type locality is listed as Hong Kong (Willemse, 1957). It
is also reported from Taiwan and Burma.

Oedipodidae

Aiolopus famulus (Fabricius) 14 June 1984. This species has recently
been found to be widespread in Macau including the islands of Taipa
and Coloane (unpubl. data). It has been recorded in Taiwan and Japan
as well as the Guangdong region of China.

122 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Heteropternis respondent (Walker) 20 Oct 1990. Occurs also in the
Hong Kong colony (C. Lau, unpubl. data).

Heteropternis rufipes (Shiraki) 6 April 1981, 20 August 1987. It has been
recently collected during September (1993) on the islands of Taipa and
Coloane in Macau (unpubl. data).

Oedaleus abruptus (Thunberg) 4 April 1981.

Gastrimargus marmoratus (Thunberg) 6 April 1981, 5 July 1993. Found
near secondary road on sparsely vegetated hillside. It is widespread in
China (Ritchie 1982) and believed to occur as far north as Beijing; also
found in Japan and South Korea and in Hong Kong it is sold as bird food
(Hill and Cheung, 1978).

Pternoscirta sauteri (Karny) 6 June 1984.

Pternoscirta callignosa (deHaan) 27 May 1986. It is reported as feeding
on Agave sp. in the colony of Hong Kong.

Trilophidea annulata (Thunberg) 11 Sept 1958, 5 July 1993. This was a
common species found along roadsides on the ground in arid well
drained areas. It also occurs in the Hong Kong colony (C. Lau, unpubl.
data.) where it is sold as food in the Mongkok bird market.

Arcypteridae

Ceracris nigricornis laeta (I. Bol.) 8 April 1981, 6 July 1993. Hill (1982)
in Hong Kong refers to this species as the Blackhorned grasshopper. It
is found on bamboo and roadside grasses.

Ceracris kiangsu Tsai, 21 June 1981, 5-8 July 1993. Collected in bamboo
thickets along road sides on a hill, it is a major pest of bamboo in the
Guangdong province. One of us (LGQ) determined when investigating
an outbreak during the spring of 1993 that eggs collected from the soil
on March 26th hatched by the middle of April and adults had developed
by June. Egg-laying occurs starting in July and lasts through November.
Effective control of this pest involves treatment of the soil with pesti-
cides during the period of nymphal emergence (Liang, 1992).

Ceracris fasciata (Brunner-Wattenwyl) 8 Oct 1958, 6 July 1993. It was
collected from tall grasses. This species is reported as feeding on bam-

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 123

boo grass, Miscanthis sp. It has also been reported from Hainan island as
well as Burma in southeast Asia.

Ceracris hoffmani Uvarov. 11 August, 16 Oct 1981, 7 July 1993, col-
lected from tall grasses at foot of mountain near middle school.

Bidentacris quangdongensis Zheng, a synonym of Dnopherula taeniatus
(Bolivar, 1902). This species has recently been collected from Coloane
island in Macau during September (1993) (unpubl. data) from short
grasses on a hillside.

Acrididae

Acrida cinerea Thunberg. 29 May, 17 July 1981, 5-6 July 1993. Common
in grassy fields, this species was abundant near the breast of a dam near
the top of the mountain.

Gelastorhinus chinensis Willemse. 26 July 1932, 7 July 1993. Collected
in tall rank grasses on a lower mountain slope near the middle school.

Phlaeoba infumata Brunner-Wattenwyl. 7 July 1993. This species was
found in tall rank grasses on the lower slopes near the middle school.
Reported in the literature from rice fields and longer grasses along
streams. Bei-Bienko and Michchenko (1963) record it from India and
Burma as well as the Guangdong and Hainan provinces of China. It also
occurs in Hong Kong (C. Lau, unpubl. data).

Phlaeoba antennata Brunner-Wattenwyl. 8 July 1986. This species is
known to feed upon slender bamboo grass, Miscanthus sp. Willemse
(1951) has reported it occurring in Singapore, Burma, Borneo and Su-
matra in addition to Hong Kong and the Kwangsi and Hainan provinces
of China.

LITERATURE CITED

Bei-Bienko, G.Y. and L.L. Michchenko. 1963. Locusts and grasshoppers of USSR and
adjacent countries. Part I. Keys to the fauna of USSR and adjacent countries. Israel
Program for Science Translation. Office of Technical Services. 291 p.

Easton, E.R. 1991. Annotated list of insects of Macau observed during 1989. Entomol.
News. 102(2): March & April 105-1 11.

I Mil, l).s ;md W.W.K. Cheung. 1978. Hong Kong Insects. Urban Council Hong Kong. 128p.

124 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Hill, D.S. 1982. Hong Kong Insects. Vol II. Urban Council, Hong Kong. 191p.

llollis, D. 1971. A preliminary revision of the genus Oxya Audinet-Serville (Orthoptera:

Acridoidea). Bull. British Museum (Natural History) Entomol. 26(7) 343p.
Liang, Ge-Qiu. 1992. Some problems of controlling grasshoppers of bamboo in Guangning

county of Guangdong Province, China, (in Chinese, in manuscript).
Ritchie, . I. M. 1982. A taxonomic revision of the genus Gastrimargus Saussure (Orthoptera:

Acrididae) Bull. British Museum Entomol. Series 44(4) 329p.
Tinkham, E.R. 1940. Taxonomic and biologic studies on the Cyrtacanthacrinae of South

China. Lingnan Science Jour. 19(3) 271-363.
Wei Kai, 1992. Acridoidea section pp55-86 in Iconography of Forest insects in Hunan

Province, China. Edited by Pang Jianwen. Provincial Forestry Dept of Hunan and

Forestry Institute. 1473p. (in Chinese).
Willemse, C. 1951. Synopsis of the Acridoidea of the Indo-Malayan and adjacent regions.

Part I. Family Acrididae. Publicaties van het Natuurhistorisch Genootschap in Lim-

burg. pp 41-114.
Willemse, C. 1957. Synopsis of the Acridoidea of the Indo-Malayan and adjacent regions.

Part II. Family Acrididae. subfamily Catantopinae. Publicaties van het Natuurhis-
torisch Genootschap in Limburg. pp 227-500.
Yin, Xiang-chu and Liu, Zhi-wei. 1987. A new subfamily of catantopidae with a new

genus and new species from China (Orthoptera: Acridoidea). Acta Zootaxonomica

Sinica 12(1) 66-72 (in Chinese)
Zheng, /lu-mm. 1986. A study of the genus Bidentacris Zheng of China (Orthoptera:

Arcypteridae). Journal of Shaanxi Teachers University. 2(2) 54-65 (in Chinese).

Continued from page 1 18

then aseptically sealing the severed end to a microscope coverslip to permit both contin-
ued development and visual observation of changes in tissues during pupal transformation.

Dr. Telfer's work has contributed to enhanced understanding of the unseen internal
biochemical processes that most of us only view as a marvelous eclosion of a magnificent
silk moth.

There were several entomological notes of interest, including a first hand account of
the urticating properties of a slug caterpillar (Sue Frank), the recent southern movement
of pierid butterflies (Joe Sheldon) and Dr. Curtis Sabrosky called our attention to a pub-
lished account of an African treatment for cobra and viper bites, as well as bee and scor-
pion stings -the use of electrical shock, as with a cattle prod! Howard Boyd called our
attention to an article in Natural History (Dec. 1992) showing a 17th Century artist's ren-
dition of various South American caterpillars. On display during the meeting was a collec-
tion of insects in amber (Yale Goldman) and another of the Society's historical memora-
bilia provided by Mildred Morgan. On view were several old block plates used for the
Society's logo, letterhead, and, most impressive, an original block plate used to print old
certificates of membership. Surrounding the edges of the latter is intricate scroll work in
which are embedded the names of some of the famous early members at the time of incor-
poration (1862, when no other entomological society was in existence): Say, Melsheimer,
Haldeman, Leconte, Horn, Scudder, Harris, Fitch, Norton, Uhler, and Cresson.

The meeting at the Academy of Natural Sciences was attended by 23 members and
eight guests.

Paul W. Schaefer,
Recording Secretary

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited
in abstracting journals and should be carefully written. It should be an informative digest
of the significant contents and of the main conclusions of the research. The author's com-
plete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the arti-
cle. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them
useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of
the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the
name(s) of recognized institution(s) where their voucher specimens have been deposited.
Illustrations nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric
system or, if in the standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be
included. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manu-
script, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying figures, tables and
other illustrations.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor,
Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books
received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books
dealing with taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and
similar aspects of insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and
regulatory entomology, on toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's
Market Place .

Page charges: For society members, a charge of SI 5. 00 is made for each published page of
an article, plus costs of all illustrations. For non-society members, the page charge is $20.00
per page. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of billing, authors will be charged an
additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time
at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform from University
Microforms International.

Call toll-free 800-521-3044. Or mail inquiry in
University Microfilms International. 300 North
Zeeb Road. Ann Arbor. MI 48106.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per
line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges
not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and
position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box
numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new
ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older
ones at the top are discontinued.

FOR SALE: Desirable, A 1 Coleoptera specimens, Coptolabrus lafassei buchi; C.principalis;
C.pust. pustulifer; C.pust. mirificus: Plusiotis limbata; P.aurigans; P.aurigans red form;
Ischnocelis (Neocelis) dohrni male: Heterosternus oberthuri male; Pelidnota burmcisteri, Man-
tichora latipennis livingstonia; Anoplophora zonatrix (Thailand & Malaysia forms): Pyrodes
longiceps. Proculus mniszechi; Inca clathrata (Lg. prs. 5+cm); Gymnctis chcvrolali (flavo-
marginata?). Reasonable prices. Contact: Bob Natalini, 118 Old Spies Church Rd., Read-
ing, PA 19606 U.S.A. Phone: 215-370-0817.

FOR SALE: Unbound complete 21-volume set of Environmental Entomology Vol. 1(1)
thru Vol. 21(6) (1972-1992). Make offer to: J. W. Peacock. 51 Mill Pond Road, Hamden,
CT 065 1 4.

PEMBERLEY BOOKS ENTOMOLOGICAL BOOKS FOR SALE. We are specialist
suppliers of entomological literature to clients around world. Send for free catalogue listing
wide range of second-hand, antiquarian, and new natural history titles. We're always
pleased to receive customers' want lists and details of books you wish to sell. PEMBERLEY
BOOKS. Ian Johnson, BSc FRES. 34 Melrose Close, Hayes, Middx., UB4 OAZ. U.K. Tel.
Fax: Internal' 1 Code +44 81 561 5494.

MICROFAGIA Boletin Informative sobre la Interaccion Insecto-Hongo. This bulletin is
published three times per year. Contributions are published without page charges. Sub-
scription fees are $10 U. S. per year. Please contact Jose Luis Navarrete-Heredia. Lab. de
Morfofisiologia Animal. Facultad de Ciencias. UNAM. apdo. Postal 21-518 (Coyoacan).
04000, Mexico. D.F. MEXICO.

NEEDED: BACK VOLUMES and numbers of Entomological News to complete my set.
Will trade. Send SASE for list of offerta/disiderata to Roderick R. Invin. Rural Route 3.
Streator. IL61364.

FOR SALE: Quality insect pins, black enameled, stainless steel. Best prices guaranteed.
Call for free samples. Phone: 1 (800) 484-7347 Ext. 1324. Fax: (617) 581-5904.

WANTED: Worldwide butterflies, moths, and beetles, with data. Send your price list to
S. THERIAULT, 230 Pariseau, Boisbriand, Quebec, Canada J7G 2C7.

^L
f6)

^V->J
N}T

MAY & JUNE, 1994

NTOM

AL NEWS

A new species of Helius crane fly (Diptera:
Tipulidae) with reduced antennae, from
Aripo Caves, Trinidad N. Welch, J.K. Gelhaus 125

Arawana scapularis (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae)
in the U.S. & new locality records for
species of A raw ana Robert D. Gordon 133

A new Anagrus (Hymenoptera: Mymaridae), egg
parasitoid of Erythroneura spp. (Homoptera:
Cicadellidae) S. V. Trjapitzin, E. Chiappini 137

The nesting biology & behavior of the California
yellowjacket, Vespula sulphured (Hymenoptera:
Vespidae) R.D. Akre, E.A. Myhre 141

A preliminary study of the Nitidulidae (Coleoptera)
in Shawnee State Forest, Ohio

G. Keeney, M.S. Ellis, D. Richmond, R.N. Williams 149

First records of Enicocephalidae (Hemiptera: Heterop-

tera) from Wisconsin SJ. Kraut h, O.K. Young 159

Taxonomic status of three species of Fallceon (Ephem-

eroptera: Baetidae) W.P. McCafferty, C.R. Lugo-Ortiz 161

New records, distribution & taxonomic status of some
northern Arizona caddisflies (Trichoptera)

S.R. Moulton II, K.W. Stewart, K.L. Young 164

A new subfamily for the fossil conopid fly, (Palaeo-

myopa tertiaria (Diptera: Conopidae) Sidney Camras 175

A cage to isolate individual ovipositing Culex spp.
females (Diptera: Culicidae) in the field

R.G. Weber, T.A. Homer 178

Amphisbaenians (Reptilia: Amphisbaenidae) in nests
of Atta sexdens (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in
eastern Amazonia, Brazil C. A. -Ramos, P.R.S. Moutinho 183

BOOK REVIEW 182

1994 CALVERT AWARD 185

DIRECTIONS TO USE ENTOMO-L BULLETIN BOARD 186

SOCIETY MEETING OF FEBRUARY 23, 1994 187

SOCIETY MEETING OF MARCH 23, 1994 188

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February and
April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The October
and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of Delaware,
Newark, Delaware.

Officers for 1991-1992: President: Joseph K. Sheldon; Vice-President: Harold B. White;
Recording Secretary: Paul W. Schaefer; Corresponding Secretary: Jon K. Gelhaus; Treasurer:
Howard P. Boyd.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr., D. Otte, and Paul M. Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1 920 Henry Skinner (1861 -1926); 1921-1944 Philip P. Calvert (1871-
1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H.Arnett, Jr.: 1973-4/1974 R.W.
Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic and
foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for non-members and for institutions such as
libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic: $18.00 per year postpaid; foreign: $20.00 per year post-
paid. Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Benjamin Franklin
Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103-1195, U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Benjamin Franklin Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa., 19103-1 195, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $10.00 per year (regular); $6.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the
editor: Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey
08088, U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members
of the American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all
prospective authors join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recom-
mended in the AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in
recent issues of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each
manuscript are needed on 8'/2 x 11 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged
and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight
printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to
pay the entire costs of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such
an article to appear without division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology,
ecology, behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are
appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and
regulatory entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only
if they also make a major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: // undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd 232 Oak Shade Road,
Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.SA.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, U.S.A.

Vol. 105, No. 3, May & June, 1994 125

A NEW SPECIES OF HELIUS CRANE FLY

(DIPTERA: TIPULIDAE) WITH REDUCED

ANTENNAE, FROM ARIPO CAVES, TRINIDAD*

Nathan Welch, 2 Jon K. Celhaus 3

ABSTRACT: A new species of crane fly, Helius (Helius) darlingtonae, is described from
Aripo Caves, Trinidad. Both sexes possess a single segmented antennal flagellum, a fea-
ture unique within the Tipulidae, and of rare occurrence within the Diptera in general.
Helius darlingtonae n. sp. is apparently an obligate cave dweller, the first noted in this habi-
tat for this genus in the New World and the first species in the genus recorded from
Trinidad. Based on characteristics of the male genitalia, //. darlingtonae n. sp. appears
most similar to H. distinervis Alexander from Panama.

The crane fly genus Helius consists of approximately 215 described
species worldwide, most of these found in tropical regions. In the neo-
tropics alone, 45 species and subspecies have been recorded (Alexander
and Alexander 1970, Alexander 1971a, b, 1980). The genus is currently
placed in the tribe Limoniini, and is recognized in the adult stage by the
distinct and moderately elongate rostrum (about as long as head or
longer) and lack of an R2 crossvein (Alexander and Byers 1981). A
recent cladistic analysis, based on characters of the immature stages,
places Helius not in the Limoniini but as a sister taxon to a clade con-
taining the Limoniini, subfamilies Cylindrotominae and Tipulinae and
several other genera combined (Oosterbroek and Theowald 1991).
Several north temperate species have been reared from aquatic and
semi-aquatic habitats, mainly in or around marshy areas (Alexander
1920, Brindle 1967, Byers 1984). In addition, Helius albitarsis (Osten
Sacken) emerged in a trap set over a small Puerto Rican stream (Liv-
ingston and Gelhaus, 1993) and larvae tentatively identified as Helius
were collected from the water in bamboo internodes in Peru (Louton ct
a/., in press).

Although virtually nothing is known of the adult habitat of the vast
majority of species (some exceptions for nearctic species include Rogers
1942, and Zalom 1979), three species in Southeast Asia have been
reported from caves, one collected at some distance from the cave
entrance (Alexander 1961). We describe in this paper a new species col-
lected from Aripo Caves, Trinidad, which shows a remarkable reduction

1 Received September 9, 1993. Accepted October 3, 1993.

2 7213 Boyer Street, Philadelphia, PA 191 19.

-Department of Entomology, Academy of Natural Sciences. 1900 Benjamin Franklin
Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103-1 195. Send reprint requests to second author.

ENT. NEWS 105(3): 125-132, Mav & June. 1994

126 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

in the antennal flagellum. The adult habitat and entire crane fly fauna
from this site is discussed in detail by Darlington and Gelhaus (1993).
This is the first species of Helius recorded on the island of Trinidad, and
the first known cave inhabitant for the genus in the New World.
Terminology follows that of McAlpine (1981) and Young (1987).

Helius (Helius) darlingtonae, NEW SPECIES

DIAGNOSIS: Antennal flagellum consisting of a single short segment with 3-4 elongate
setae and a single subapical one (Fig. 2); male genitalia with apex of outer dististyle bifid,
largest spine with numerous tubercles (Fig. 5), lateral process of vesica broadly flattened,
strongly bent beyond base, with rounded apex (Fig. 4).

DESCRIPTION: (Figs. 1-9) (Measurements based on N=12 males, 6 critical point dried
(CPD), 6 in ethanol; 1 female in ethanol)

Body length: 3.7-4.3 mm (CPD specimens); 4.3-5.3 mm (in ethanol). Overall body col-
oration light yellowish brown in ethanol, slightly darker in CPD specimens, weakly sclero-
tized throughout.

Head: (Fig. 2). Without darker markings; eyes large but not holoptic, clearly separated dor-
sally and ventrally. Length of rostrum subequal to length of head, orientation perpendicu-
lar to longitudinal axis of body. Maxillary palps four-segmented, terminal segment moder-
ately long, equal to or slightly exceeding the lengths of segments 1-3 combined. Antenna
strikingly short, 0.2mm long, with three segments. Length of single flagellar segment 2/3
length of scape and pedicel combined, strongly narrowed in apical half with 4-5 elongate
setae (3-4 terminal, one near mid-length), length of each exceeding overall length of
segments.

Thorax: Overall light brown without darker markings. Dorsum slightly polished, distinct
dark brown setae on dorsum of cervical region, and arranged in a pair of lines longitudi-
nally on presutural scutum only. Wing (Fig. 1 ) overall light brown, veins brown, stigma
slightly darker. Wing length: male 4.5-5.1 mm; female 4.9; width: male 1.3-1.4 mm; female
1.3mm. Venation as in Fig. 1. Legs mostly brown throughout, but each basitarsus paler in
apical half, extreme apex and remainder of tarsi whitish.
Abdomen: Evenly light brown, sclerites unmarked.

Male genitalia: Figs. 3-5. Eighth tergum narrow, length 1/1 Oth that of preceding; eighth
sternum twice as wide, weakly sclerotized. Ninth tergum and sternum fused into continu-
ous ring; posterior margin of tergum weakly concave; sternum strongly produced posteri-
orly with median apical cleft (Fig. 3). Tenth tergum broadly swollen, mostly membranous,
with lightly sclerotized areas dorsolaterally. Basistyles (=gonocoxites) cylindrical, without
any basal lobe, not produced past insertion of dististyles; basistyles with scattered long
setae but without distinct patches of finer setae. Two dististyles (dorsal and ventral)
approximately subequal in length (Fig. 4). Dorsal dististyle (=gonostyle) a darkly sclero-
tized, nearly straight rod, with unequally bifid apex; at high magnification, apex with
numerous tubercles on surface of larger apical point (Fig. 5). Ventral dististyle mostly pale,
broad basally, narrowing to slender, rounded apex; distinct setae mostly along dorsal mar-
gin, with two subequal setae at apex. Body of vesica small; each lateral process of the
vesica (sensu Young 1987, = gonopophysis, Alexander 1961, or lateral tergal arm,
Alexander 1940) an evenly broad, flattened, moderately pale blade, strongly bent beyond
the base, apex rounded (Fig. 4). Apparent dorsal bridge of vesica with tuberculate surface,
extending from base of lateral process medially. Anterior processes of vesica very small,
widely separated, not reaching midpoint of ninth segment. Aedeagus of moderate length.

Vol. 105, No. 3, May & June, 1994

127

Fig. I. Wing of Helius darlingtonae n. sp.

Fig. 2. Head of Hcliits darlingtonae n. sp., lateral view.

128

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

straight, lightly sclerotized, about as long as ninth sternal lobe; aedeagal processes as trans-
parent blades, slightly divergent near apex , with medial margin slightly roughened.

a h

0.01 mm
b I 1

0.5 mm

Figs. 3-5. Male genitalia of Helius darlingtonae n. sp. Fig. 3, ventral view, Fig. 4, dorsal
view, terminal abdominal segments (for clarity, aedeagus omitted). Fig. 5, apex of dorsal
dististyle. Scale a, Figs. 3,4; scale b, Fig. 5.

Vol. 105, No. 3, May & June, 1994

129

1.0 mm

Figs. 6-9. Female genitalia of Helins darlingtonae n. sp. Fig. 6, lateral view. Fig. 7, inner
view of eighth sternum and hypovalves (right valve only shown). Fig. 8, dorsal view. Fig. 9,
ventral view.

Female genitalia: Figs. 6-9. Eighth and ninth terga narrowed, each approximately half
length of preceding terga. Tenth tergum with elongate scattered setae posteriorly, posteri-
or border narrowly emarginate medially, with paired lohes suhlaterally appressed to base
of cerci (Fig. 8). Cerci slender and elongate, over twice as long as tenth tergum (Fig. 6).
Infraanal plate a "U"-shaped sclerite, 13 long setae along posterior margin, finer hairs
and microtrichia on remainder of plate. Hypovalves (Figs. 7, 9) as elongate blades, with
closely-set setae (or seta-like extensions?) along distal half of dorsal margin, a distinct
socketed seta at apex of each blade.

HOLOTYPE: Male (recovered from 70% alcohol via CPD). labelled "TRlNlDAD:/Aripo
Soho Cave/3 March 1991/J.P.E.C. Darlington" "HOLOTYPE/Helius/darlingtonae/N.
Welch &/J. Gelhaus" (red label). The type is in the collection of the Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia.

130 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

PARATYPES: All topotypic (Aripo Caves system) and at light: 18-VI-1989 (Main cave),
5 males (dried); 22-IV-1990 (Soho cave), 3 males (fluid, slide of wing); 24-11-1991, (Main
cave) 5 males (fluid); 3-111-1991 (Soho cave), 12 males, (CPD), 4 males, 1 female (fluid,
slides of male and female genitalia). Paratypes are deposited in the Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia, PA, Carnegie Museum of Natural Sciences, Pittsburgh, PA and the
National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.

SPECIFIC ETYMOLOGY: We name this species for Dr. Johanna Darlington, a special-
ist of Isoptera, in recognition of her great efforts to make the insect fauna of the caves of
Trinidad better known.

DISCUSSION

Helius darlingtonae cannot be easily confused with any other known
species. As noted, the single-segmented flagellum with several long setae
is unique within the Tipulidae. Based on aspects of the male genitalia, H.
darlingtonae is closely related to H. distinervis Alexander from Panama
(Chiriqui). Both species share the following two features: the apex of the
outer dististyle with numerous tubercles or "spinulae" and the lateral
process of vesica broad and flattened with a rounded apex (Alexander
1940). Neither characteristic is described for any other neotropical spe-
cies of the genus.

Although no other crane fly is known to possess a single segmented
flagellum, a somewhat similar reduction is seen in the unrelated genus of
flightless crane flies, Chionea. In Chionea, the first flagellomere is also
thick and subconical as seen in H. darlingtonae, followed by 1-9 more
slender and elongate flagellomeres (Byers 1983). Although this first fla-
gellomere has been thought to be a fusion segment of 5-13 flagellomeres
in Chionea, this cannot be confirmed by simple examination (Byers
1983: 67), nor is this seen in H. darlingtonae. The single flagellomere
found in H. darlingtonae is a rare condition among Diptera in general as
even brachyceran flies usually possess 3-4 flagellomeres and most
Nematocera possess far more (Crampton 1942, McAlpine 1981).

Although the reduction of the antennal flagella of H. darlingtonae
might be related to a caverniculous way of life, this morphological reduc-
tion stands in contrast to the general observation that many cave arthro-
pods have, in relation to their non-cave relatives, lengthened antennae,
not shortened ones (Howarth 1983). The overall light sclerotization of
the body of H. darlingtonae is in agreement with the general trend for
thinning cuticle found among many cave-inhabiting arthropods
(Howarth 1993).

HABITAT: Helius darlingtonae has been found only in the Aripo
cave system in Trinidad, both from the mouth of Main cave, and from
a darker chamber in the Soho cave (Darlington and Gelhaus 1993).

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994 131

Adults of three other species of the genus have been collected in caves
in southeast Asia and India (Alexander 1961), and an aggregation of
adults of two species of Helms (both apparently undescribed) was col-
lected in a dark crevice along a dry stream bed in Peru (R. Bouchard,
personal communication); none of these five species, though, shows any
modification of the antennae.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank the Pew Foundation for support of N.W. during June - August 1993 as part
of the Pew Scholarships in Systematics Program at the Academy of Natural Sciences,
Philadelphia. We also thank Margot Livingston for the excellent illustration of the wing,
and two anonymous reviewers for their comments.

LITERATURE CITED

Alexander, C. P. 1920. The crane-flies of New York. Part II. Biology and Phylogeny.
Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta., Mem. 38:691-1133.

. 1940. Records and descriptions of neotropical crane-flies. XI. J. New York Entomol.

Soc. 48: 105-116.

.1961. A new cave-inhabiting crane fly from Malaya (Diptera: Tipulidae). Pacific

Insects 3(1): 27-29.

. 1971a. New species of crane flies from tropical America (Diptera: Tipulidae). VII. J.

Kansas Entomol. Soc. 44:103-1 10.

_. 1971b. Undescribed or little-known tropical America Tipulidae (Diptera). Stud.
Entomol. 14: 225-266.

1980. New or little-known neotropical Tipulidae (Diptera). V. Trans. Amer.

Entomol. Soc. 106:89-119.
Alexander, C.P. & Alexander, M.M. 1970. Family Tipulidae. fascicle 4:1-259. In: N.

Papavero (ed.). Catalogue of the Diptera of the Americas south of the United States.

Museu de Zoologia, Universidade Sao Paulo.
Alexander, C.P. & Byers, G.W. 1981. Tipulidae, pp. 153-190. In: J.F. McAlpine et al., eds..

Manual of Nearctic Diptera. Vol.1 . Research Branch Agriculture Canada. Monograph

27.
Byers, G. W. 1984 Tipulidae, pp. 491-514,/Aj; R. W. Merritt and K. W. Cummins (eds.). An

introduction to the aquatic insects of North America. Second edition. Kendall/Hunt

Publishing Co., Dubuque, Iowa.
Brindle, A. 1967. The larvae and pupae of the British Cylindrotominae and Limoniinae

(Diptera, Tipulidae). Trans. Soc. British Entomol. 17: 151-216.
Crampton, G. C. 1942. The external morphology of the Diptera. In: The Diptera or true

flies of Connecticut. Part VI. Bull. Conn. St. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. 64: 10-165 [re-
printed 1966].
Darlington, J.P.E.C. and J. K. Gelhaus. 1993. Crane flies (Diptera: Tipulidae) in Trinidad

caves. Living World 1993-1994: 38-41.
Howarth, F. G. 1983. Ecology of cave arthropods. Ann. Rev. Entomol. 28:365-389.

_.1993. High-stress subterranean habitats and evolutionary change in cave-inhabiting

arthropods. Am. Nat. 142: 65-77 (Supplement).

132 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Livingston, M. E. and J. K. Gelhaus 1993. Further observations on the emergence compo-
sition and phenology of crane flies (Diptera: Tipulidae) from a tropical rain forest
stream at El Verde, Puerto Rico. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 66: 405-410.

Louton, J., J. Gelhaus and R. Bouchard, in press. The aquatic fauna of water-filled bam-
boo (Poaceae: Bambusoideae: Guadua) internodes in a Peruvian lowland tropical for-
est. Biotropica.

McAlpine, J. F. 1981. Morphology and terminology - adults, pp. 9-63. In: J.F. McAlpine et
ai, eds.. Manual of Nearctic Diptera Vol. 1. Research Branch Agriculture Canada,
Monograph 27.

Oosterbroek, P. and Br. Theowald 1991. Phylogeny of the Tipuloidea based on characters
of larvae and pupae, with an index to the literature except Tipulidae (Insect, Diptera,
Nematocera). Tijdschr. Entomol. 134: 211-267.

Rogers, J. S. 1942. The crane flies (Tipulidae) of the George Reserve, Michigan. Mus. of
Zool., Univ. of Michigan, Misc. Publ. no. 53:1-128.

Young, C. W. 1987. A revision of the crane fly genus Dicranoptvcha in North America.
Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 53: 215-274.

Zalom, F. G. 1979. Notes on male assemblages of Helius flavipes (Macq.) with reference to
mating habits (Diptera: Tipulidae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 52: 553-555.

Vol. 105, No. 3, May & June, 1994 133

ARAWANA SCAPULARIS (COLEOPTERA:
COCCINELLIDAE) IN THE UNITED STATES
AND NEW LOCALITY RECORDS
FOR SPECIES OF ARAWANA 1

Robert D. Gordon 2

ABSTRACT: Arawana scapularis is recorded again from southern Arizona. Habitus and
genitalia are illustrated, and new locality records are listed for A. scapularis and A. ari-
zonica.

Leng (1908) described Arawana as a subgenus of Exochomus and
elevated it to generic rank in his 1920 catalog. Korschefsky (1932) placed
Arawana as a subgenus of Chilocorus. Chapin (1965) agreed with Leng
that it deserved generic status based on the unique structure of the front
tibia of the type species. S. Arawana contains three species: A. cubensis
(Dimmock) from Cuba, A. arizonica (Casey) from the mountains of
southern Arizona, and A scapularis (Gorham) from Central America,
Mexico and southern Arizona. The Structure of the front tibia in A.
cubensis is atypical for Arawana, but this species was placed in the genus
(Chapin 1965) based on strong genitalic similarities, a decision with
which I agree. The first U. S. record of A. scapularis was based on spec-
imens collected by H. A. Wenzel in the Huachucha Mountains, Arizona
(Leng 1912). This record was overlooked by Gordon (1985), who record-
ed only A. arizonica from the United States. Scott McCleve, Douglas,
Arizona, recently collected specimens from the Southern Arizona local-
ities listed below. All specimens examined are in the collections of Scott
McCleve (SM), California Department of Agriculture, Sacramento,
California (CDA), and the National Museum of Natural History,
Washington, D. C. (NMNH).

Key to North American Species of Arawana

\. Basal red spot on elytron broadly separated from humeral angle of elytron; dorsal

habitus as in Fig. 2 arizonica (Casey)

Basal red spot on elytron reaching humeral angle of elytron; dorsal habitus as in
Fig. I scapularis (Gorham)

' Received December 21, 1993. Accepted January 26, 1994.

2 Systematic Entomology Laboratory, PSI, Agricultural Research Service, USDA, c/o
U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D,C. 20560.

ENT. NEWS 105(3): 133-136, May & June, 1994

134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Arawana scapularis (Gorham)

Exochomus scapularis Gorham, 1894:178; Leng, 1912:68; Blackwelder, 1945:451.
Chilocorus scapularis: Korschefsky, 1932:246 (incorrect generic placement).
Arawana scapularis: Chapin, 1965:247.

Diagnosis: Length 3.5 to 4.3 mm, width 3.0 to 3.8 mm. Elytron bluish or greenish black with
large or small red spot on humeral angle, smaller red or orange spot at apex, pale areas
usually narrowly connected along lateral margin (Fig. 1). Male genitalia as in Figs. 3-5.
Type Locality:: Lectotype not designated, described from Specimens collected in Mexico
and Nicaragua.

Type depository: Natural History Museum, London. Geographic distribution: Specimens
examined, 12. COSTA RICA. 6 km. W. Santa Elena. MEXICO. Guerrero, Amula, Iguala
(data from original description); Sinaloa, Eldorado; Sonora, 55 kilometers Southwest of
Moctezuma. NICARAGUA. Chontales (data from original description). UNITED
STATES. Arizona. Cochise Co., Guadelupe Canyon. Graham Co., Aravaipa Canyon;
Graham Co., Turkey Creek. (NMNH) (SM).

Additional records: (from Gorham 1894, Specimens not examined) "Mexico, Jalapa, Vera
Cruz, Tapachula in Chiapas."

Comments: All specimens examined were collected by Scott
McCleve except two examples in the CDA collection from Costa Rica,
and two specimens in the USNM collection from Eldorado, Mexico.

Arawana arizonica (Casey)

Exochomus arizonicus Casey, 1899:107

Exochomus (Arawana) arizonica: Leng, 1908:38; Casey, 1908:409.
Arawana arizonica: Leng, 1920:217; Chapin, 1965:245; Gordon, 1985:620.
Chilocorus arizonicus: Korschefsky, 1932:245 (incorrect generic placement).

Gordon (1985) recorded A. arizonica in Arizona only from Catalina
Springs and the Santa Rita Mountains. Additional localities are listed
below.

Geographic distribution: Specimens examined, 6. UNITED STATES. Arizona. Cochise
Co., 28 miles east of Douglas; Cochise Co., Guadelupe Canyon; Santa Catalina Mountains,
Sabino Canyon. (NMNH) (SM).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank Scott McCleve, Douglas, Arizona, and Fred Andrews, CDA, for the loans of
specimens upon which this paper is based. The illustrations were prepared by A.
Konstantinov. For manuscript review I thank J. Chapin, Louisiana State University, Baton
Rouge; H. Dozier, Pickens, South Carolina; and A. Menke and N. Vandenberg, Systematic
Entomology Laboratory, Washington, D.C.

Vol. 105, No. 3, Mav & June, 1994

135

Figures 1-5, Arawana species. Fig. 1, habitus. A. scapularis; Fig. 2. habitus. A. amonica;
Figs. 3-5. male genitalia, A. scapularis.

136 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Blackwelder, R. E. 1945. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America,

the West Indies, and South America. Part 3. United States Nat. Mus. Bull. 185:343-850.
Casey, T. L. 1899. A revision of the American Coccinelidae. Jour. New York Entomol. Soc.

7:71-169

Casey, T. L. 1908. Notes on the Coccinellidae, Can. Entomol. 40:393-421.
Chapin, E. A. 1965. The genera of the Chilocorini (Coleoptera, Coccinellidae). Bull. Mus.

Comp. Zool. Harvard Univ. ,133:227-271.
Gordon, R. D. 1985. The Coccinellidae (Coleoptera) of America north of Mexico. Jour.

New York Entomol. Soc. 93:1-912.
Gorham, H. S. 1894. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera: Coccinellidae

7:177-192.
Korschefsky, R. 1932. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Pars 120. Coccinellidae. II. W. Junk.

Berlin, pp. 225-659.

Leng, C. W. 1908. Notes on Coccinellidae. III. Jour. New York Entomol. Soc. 16:33-44.
Leng, C. W. 1912. Miscellaneous Notes. Jour. New York Entomol. Soc. 20:67-71.
Leng, C. W. 1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. John D.

Sherman, Jr. Mount Vernon, New York. 470 pp.

Vol. 105, No. 3, May & June, 1994 137

\NEWANAGRUS
(HYMENOPTERA: MYMARIDAE),
EGG PARASITOID OF ERYTHRONEURA SPP.
(HOMOPTERA: CICADELLIDAE) 1

S.V. Trjapitzin , E. ChiappinP

ABSTRACT: This paper describes a new species of mymarid, Anagrus erythroneurae, a
common egg parasitoid of the variegated leafhopper, Erythroneura variabilis, in the south-
western United States and northwestern Mexico, and of the grape leafhopper, E. elegan-
tula, in California. The new species is compared with the European A. ustulatus, to which
it is most similar, and with the North American species A. epos and A. spiritus.

An extensive search for natural enemies of the variegated leafhop-
per, Erythroneura variabilis Beamer, was conducted in 1985 and 1986 in
the southwestern United States and northwestern Mexico (Gonzalez et
al. 1988) and again from 1987 to 1991 (D. Gonzalez, pers. comm.).
Several species of the genus Anagrus Haliday were reared from samples
of eggs of E. variabilis and the grape leafhopper, E. elegantula Osborn,
obtained from these collections. The taxonomy of the North American
Anagrus is poorly known and parasitoids reared from Erythroneura spp.
eggs could not be identified to species (K. Daane, pers. comm.). From
recent studies of the Holarctic Anagrus we recognize a new species
which is described below.

A. erythroneurae n. sp. was the most commonly reared natural enemy
of E. variabilis in southern California, U.S.A. and Baja California,
Mexico. A. erythroneurae, a member of the atomus species group of the
subgenus Anagrus s. str. as defined by Chiappini (1989), was the only
species of this group among Anagrus spp. reared from Erythroneura spp.
eggs. It is easily distinguished from A. epos Girault, which is a member
of the incarnatus species group and a well-known egg parasitoid of
grape-infesting leafhoppers in California and elsewhere in the United
States and Canada (McKenzie and Beirne 1972; Jensen and Flaherty
1982), in having only 3 sensory ridges on the antennal club. A. epos and
other members of the incarnatus group possess 5 sensory ridges on the
club.

Measurements are given in micrometers, with the mean followed, in

1 Received November 13, 1993. Accepted Decembers, 1993.
" Department of Entomology, University of California, Riverside, CA 92521-0314.
- Istituto di Entomologia, Universita Cattolica del Sacro Cuore, Via Emilia Parmense 84,
29100 Piacenza, Italy.

ENT. NEWS 105(3): 137-140, Mav & June, 1994

138 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

parentheses, by the range and number of specimens measured, unless
otherwise specified. The specimens of A. erythroneurae n. sp. studied are
deposited in the collections indicated by the following acronyms: CNCI,
Canadian National Collection of Insects, Ottawa; IEFA, Istituto di
Entomologia, Facolta di Agraria, Piacenza; UCRC, University of
California, Riverside; USNM, National Museum of Natural History,
Washington, D.C. An abbreviation used in the description is: F = funic-
ular (flagellar in males) segment.

Anagrus erythroneurae, NEW SPECIES

(Figs. 1-2)

Female. General color dark brown; head and metasoma darker to black; F2-F6 and
club dusky; scape, pedicel, Fl, posterior scutellum, propodeum, mesopleura, and legs light
brown to brown.

Head slightly wider than mesosoma. Antenna (Fig. 1) sparsely setose; scape slightly
curved, Fl almost globular, F2 slightly more than 2 times as long as Fl , longer than F3 and
usually subequal to F4, F5 slightly shorter or subequal to F6, F6 usually longest of funicle;
F3 and F4 without sensory ridges, F5 with 1 sensory ridge, F6 with 2 sensory ridges, club
with 3 sensory ridges.

Mesosoma 0.72 (0.69-0.85, n=10) times as long as metasoma. Mesoscutum without a
pair of setae near notaulices. Forewing (Fig. 2, a) slightly shorter than body, 9.0 (8.6-9.3,
n=10) times longer than wide, with 2 or 3 longitudinal rows of setae at broadest part leav-
ing small oval hairless area subapically. Lengths of distal and proximal macrochaetae in
ratio 3.0 (2.4-3.8, n=10). Marginal fringe with longest cilia more than 3 times, but less than
4 times, the wing width. Hindwing (Fig. 2, b) disk asetose, save for 1 complete row of small
setae along posterior margin and sometimes 1 incomplete row of 1 to 4 setae along ante-
rior margin on distal third.

Metasoma. Ovipositor slightly exserted beyond apex of metasoma. Ratio of total
ovipositor length to length of its exserted part 1 5 (8-28, n=7). External plates of ovipositor
each bearing 1 seta. Ovipositor/foretibia ratio 2.1 (2.0-2.2, n=10).

Measurements (n=10): Body: 571 (543-619); Head: 99 (95-1 14); Mesosoma: 198 (181-
235); Metasoma: 275 (251-289); Ovipositor: 214 (198-230).

Antenna: Scape: 72 (68-80); Pedicel: 35 (32-37); Fl: 17 (15-19); F2: 40 (36-45); F3: 35
(32-38); F4: 40 (38-44); F5: 48 (46-51); F6: 51 (48-59); Club: 95 (91-99).

Forewing: Length: 440 (418-456); Width: 49 (46-53); Venation: 144 (133-152); Mar-
ginal vein: 29 (27-34); Hypochaeta: 28 (20-34); Proximal macrochaeta: 20 (15-27); Distal
macrochaeta: 59 (49-68); Longest marginal cilia: 184 (171-194).

Hindwing: Length: 395 (370-428); Width: 17(15-18); Venation: 1 19 (1 14-129); Longest
marginal cilia: 141 (133-158).

Legs: Femur Tibia Tarsus

Fore 93 (87-99) 100 (95-106) 131 (118-141)

Middle 85 (77-91) 143 (137-150) 129 (122-140)

Hind 86 (82-91) 155 (148-167) 133 (122-141)

Male. Similar to female except forewing wider (index 7.7 (7.4-8.0, n=4)), sometimes
with 3 or 4 incomplete rows of setae at broadest part of disk leaving no distinct hairless
area. Genitalia typical for the atomus species group (Chiappini 1989).

Measurements (n=4): Body: 559 (523-570). Antenna: Scape: 60 (53-65); Pedicel: 35
(34-37); Fl: 34 (32-36); F2: 43 (40-44); F3: 43 (38-46); F4: 42 (38-44); F5: 44 (39-46); F6: 46
(42-49); F7: 46 (42-48); F8: 46 (42-49); F9: 46 (40-49); F10: 47 (42-50); Fll: 48 (43-51).

Vol. 105, No. 2, March & April, 1994

139

Forewing: Length: 495 (456-517); Width: 64 (57-68). Genitalia: 79 (72-84).

Type material: Described from the type-series of 10 99 and 4 dd on slides as follows:
Holotype. 9, U.S.A., California, Riverside Co., Coachella, ex. Eryihroneura variabilis
eggs on grape, VII. 1988, D. Gonzalez (deposited in USNM). Paratypcs. 5 99, 1 cf, same
data as holotype (UCRC); 299, 1 d, same data (CNCI); Id, MEXICO, Estado de Baja
California, Mexicali, ex. Eryihroneura variabilis eggs on grape, 11.V.1988, D. Gonzalez

Figs. ]-2.Anagrus erythroneurae,fema\c. 1. Antenna; 2. Wings: a- forewing. h - hindwing.

140 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(USNM); 1 9, 1 d, same data as above (IEFA); 1 9, MEXICO, Estado de Baja California,
Ejido Guerrero, IX.1988, D. Gonzalez (UCRC).

Additional material examined: U.S.A. California. Fresno Co., Parlier, 18. VI. 1986, W.
White and M. Moratorio, 10 99, 2 dd, ex. Erythroneura elegantula eggs; Riverside Co.,
Mecca, 1.V.1986, D. Gonzalez, 3 99. New Mexico. Las Cruces, 05.VII.1986, D. Gonzalez,
4 99. MEXICO. Estado de Baja California. Ejido Veracruz, IX.1988, D. Gonzalez, 7
99, 1 d; Ejido Guerrero, IX.1988, D. Gonzalez, 5 99; Ejido Tehuantepec, IX.1988, D.
Gonzalez, 4 99, 2 dd; Guadalupe, 9.IX.1988, D. Gonzalez, 3 99, 1 d (all UCRC).

Remarks: these specimens were mounted in a water-soluble solution and therefore ar